397

47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7
Page 2: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Testing SAP R/3A Manager’s Step-by-Step Guide

JOSE FAJARDOELFRIEDE DUSTIN

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page iii

Page 3: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page ii

Page 4: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Testing SAP R/3A Manager’s Step-by-Step Guide

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page i

Page 5: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page ii

Page 6: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Testing SAP R/3A Manager’s Step-by-Step Guide

JOSE FAJARDOELFRIEDE DUSTIN

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page iii

Page 7: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

This book is printed on acid-free paper.

Copyright © 2007 by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.

Wiley Bicentennial Logo: Richard J. Pacifico

Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey.

Published simultaneously in Canada.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, ortransmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,recording, scanning, or otherwise, except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the1976 United States Copyright Act, without either the prior written permission of thePublisher, or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to theCopyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, 978-750-8400, fax 978-646-8600, or on the Web at www.copyright.com. Requests tothe Publisher for permission should be addressed to the Permissions Department, JohnWiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030, 201-748-6011, fax 201-748-6008, or online at http://www.wiley.com/go/permissions.

Limit of Liability/Disclaimer of Warranty: While the publisher and author have usedtheir best efforts in preparing this book, they make no representations or warrantieswith respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this book andspecifically disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particularpurpose. No warranty may be created or extended by sales representatives or writtensales materials. The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for yoursituation. You should consult with a professional where appropriate. Neither thepublisher nor author shall be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercialdamages, including but not limited to special, incidental, consequential, or otherdamages.

For general information on our other products and services, or technical support, pleasecontact our Customer Care Department within the United States at 800-762-2974,outside the United States at 317-572-3993 or fax 317-572-4002.

Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats. Some content thatappears in print may not be available in electronic books.

For more information about Wiley products, visit our Web site atwww.wiley.com.Anand, Sanjay.

Sarbanes-Oxley guide for finance and information technology professionals / Sanjay Anand.Fajardo, Jose, 1974–Testing SAP R/3 : a manager’s step-by-step guide / Jose Fajardo, Elfriede Dustin.p. cm.Includes index.ISBN: 978-0-470-05573-1 (cloth : acid-free paper)1. SAP R/3—Testing. 2. Business enterprises—Computer programs—Testing.3. Client/server computing. I. Dustin, Elfriede. II. Title.HF5548.4.R2F34 2007650.0285’53—dc22

20060366512005031928

Printed in the United States of America

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page iv

Page 8: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

This book is dedicated to the loving memory of my mother, Maria T. Arregoces

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page v

Page 9: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page vi

Page 10: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

vii

Contents

CHAPTER 1Introduction 1

CHAPTER 2Status Quo Review of Existing Testing Practices 19

CHAPTER 3Requirements 35

CHAPTER 4Estimating Testing Costs 61

CHAPTER 5Functional Test Automation 69

CHAPTER 6Test Tool Review and Usage 91

CHAPTER 7Quality Assurance Standards 171

CHAPTER 8Assembling the QA/Test Team 187

CHAPTER 9Establishing and Maintaining Testing Resources 219

CHAPTER 10Planning and Construction of Test Cases 231

CHAPTER 11Capacity Testing 243

CHAPTER 12Test Execution 267

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page vii

Page 11: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

CHAPTER 13Management of Test Results and Defects 285

CHAPTER 14Testing in an SAP Production Environment 299

CHAPTER 15Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 319

APPENDIX AAdvanced Testing Concepts 333

APPENDIX BCase Study: Accelerating SAP Testing 355

Index 365

viii Contents

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page viii

Page 12: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

ix

About the Authors

Jose Fajardo is a former SAP consultant of PricewaterhouseCoop-ers LLP and Computer Sciences Corporation (CSC), he has

worked as an independent SAP consultant for Fortune 100 companiesutilizing automated testing strategies and in particular implementingSAP R/3. His competency in automated test tools includes productsfrom Mercury Interactive as well as Rational Corporation.

With subject matter expertise in validating and managing testingof ERP systems, Fajardo has participated in verification of cus-tomized implementations of SAP R/3, SAP R/3 bolt-ons, customapplications, and non-SAP applications interfacing with SAP R/3.Fajardo has been instrumental in guiding and mentoring Fortune 100companies in the development of testing strategies and methodolo-gies, creating testing standards, documenting Test Readiness Reviewchecklists, documenting entrance/exit/release criteria, implementingtesting best practices, creating quality assurance (QA) teams and QAprocesses, mentoring junior programmers, staffing testing effortswith resources, performing verification and validation activities,managing outsourcing agreements, preparing for audits of testing re-sults, managing the execution of test scripts, and implementing auto-mated testing strategies.

Fajardo has published several articles on automation strategy,performance testing, regression testing, functional testing, imple-menting testing best practices, and testing standards and procedures.

Elfriede Dustin is author of Effective Software Testing and lead au-thor of Automated Software Testing and Quality Web Systems,books that have been translated into various languages and have soldtens of thousands of copies throughout the world. Her latest book,

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page ix

Page 13: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The Art of Software Security Testing, coauthored with securityexperts Chris Wysopal, Lucas Nelson, and Dino Dai Zovi, was pub-lished by Symantec Press in November 2006. Dustin has also au-thored various white papers on the topic of software testing, teachesvarious testing tutorials, and is a frequent speaker at various softwaretesting conferences. She is the cochair of VERIFY, an internationalsoftware testing conference held in the Washington, D.C., area. Insupport of software test efforts, Dustin has been responsible for im-plementing automated test, or has performed as the lead consul-tant/manager guiding the implementation of automated and manualsoftware testing efforts. Dustin has a BS in computer science withover 15 years of information technology experience and currentlyworks as an independent consultant in the Washington, D.C., area.You can reach her via her Web site at www.effectivesoftwaretest-ing.com or at [email protected].

x About the Authors

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page x

Page 14: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

xi

About the Contributors

Lorrie Collins is a national solutions director for Spherion Corpora-tion. She leads the Software Quality Management Practice, whichprovides Quality Assurance, Validation and Testing, and TestAutomation services to help clients maximize their technology invest-ments. Collins is certified in information technology (IT) project man-agement and has over 20 years of IT experience across numerousindustries, technical platforms, and environments.

Bob Koche began his career developing software and evolved toa writer and speaker on software development practices. As a soft-ware entrepreneur he is associated with a number of category firstsincluding the first SQL database on a PC (acquired by IBM), the firstWeb QA tool (acquired by Microsoft), and now the first SAP-centrictest automation tool.

Linda G. Hayes is the CTO of WorkSoft, Inc., developer of next-generation test automation solutions. She is the founder of three soft-ware companies including AutoTester, the first PC-based testautomation tool. Hayes holds degrees in accounting, tax, and lawand is a frequent industry speaker and award-winning author on soft-ware quality. She has been named as one of Fortune magazine’s Peo-ple to Watch and one of the Top 40 under 40 by Dallas BusinessJournal. She is a columnist for ComputerWorld, Datamation, andStickyMinds.com; authored the Automated Testing Handbook; andcoedited Dare to Be Excellent with Alka Jarvis on best practices in thesoftware industry. Her article “Quality Is Everyone’s Business” wona Most Significant Contribution award from the Quality AssuranceInstitute and was published as part of the Auerbach Systems Devel-opment Handbook. You can contact her at [email protected].

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page xi

Page 15: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page xii

Page 16: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

xiii

Preface

Planning, preparing, scheduling, and executing SAP test cycles is atime-consuming and resource-intensive endeavor that requires par-

ticipation from several project members. SAP projects are prone tohave informal, ad-hoc test approaches that decrease the stability ofthe production environment and tend to increase the cost of owner-ship for the SAP system. Many SAP project and test managers cannotprovide answers for questions such as how many requirements havetesting coverage, the exit criteria for a test phase, the audit trails fortest results, the dependencies and correct sequence for executing testcases, or the cost figures for a previously executed test cycle. Fortu-nately, through established testing techniques predicated on guide-lines and methodologies (i.e., ASAP SAP Roadmap methodology,IBM’s Ascendant methodology, and Deloitte’s ThreadManagermethodology), enforcement of standards, application of objectivetesting criteria, test case automation, implementation of a require-ments traceability matrix (RTM), and independent testing and for-mation of centralized test teams, many of the testing risks that plagueexisting or initial SAP programs can be significantly reduced.

This book is written for SAP managers, SAP consultants, SAPtesters, and team leaders who are tasked with supporting, managing,implementing, and monitoring testing activities related to test plan-ning, test design, test automation, test tool management, execution oftest cases, reporting of test results, test outsourcing, planning a bud-get for testing activities, enforcing testing standards, and resolvingdefects.

The book revisits testing standards and techniques supported bythe software engineering institute, the Institute of Electrical and Elec-tronics Engineers, and Unified Modeling Language (UML), which

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page xiii

Page 17: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

have dominated the landscape for producing software-based applica-tions. The book provides the reader with information for incorporat-ing proven software testing standards and techniques when planninga major SAP testing cycle for either an SAP upgrade or initial SAPinstallation. The methods and techniques described in this bookoffer the reader a different (not new) way to look at SAP testingdeliverables.

The approaches and methodologies advocated in the book forSAP testing are recommended for teams of people involved in differ-ent aspects of SAP testing. Typically, in SAP implementations there ismuch confusion and obfuscation in determining which project re-sources are responsible for testing tasks, and test results in particular,for testing cycles such as performance and user acceptance testing,and the book addresses this prevalent problem. A major SAP testcycle such as an integration, regression, or performance test may re-quire the expertise and contributions of subject matter experts(SMEs), business analysts, system architects, integration managers,functional team leaders, and Basis team, test team, and development(advanced business application programming [ABAP]) team mem-bers. The book aims to logically define and identify the roles and re-sponsibilities for all expected stakeholders affiliated with an SAP testcycle and makes arguments in favor of adopting the concept of a cen-tralized test teams and enforcing quality assurance (QA) standards.

The book also provides much needed industry guidance for com-panies that want to establish an automated testing framework,construct an RTM, adhere to industry regulations (i.e., Sarbanes-Oxley), participate in an outsourced agreement for SAP testing, re-duce and compress the testing schedule with the concept oforthogonal arrays, and learn about recent trends in SAP testing vis-à-vis the concept of SAP accelerators.

The methodology presented in these pages is not offered as apanacea for SAP testing. It is simply a reiteration of powerful,straightforward, proven testing techniques and approaches for everyaspect of SAP testing.

xiv Preface

00_FM_4782 2/5/07 10:27 AM Page xiv

Page 18: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

1

CHAPTER 1Introduction

SAP testing is complex, difficult, and esoteric. The perils and risksto the intended SAP production system are maximized when the

project team does not have enough skilled testers and a robustapproach for testing the system, tracing the entire system design andarchitecture to testable requirements, and eliminating defects. A com-prehensive plan or approach for testing an SAP system even for asmall project includes assembling a test team, acquisition of test tools,establishment of a test lab, construction of a test calendar, monitor-ing of testing activities, training for testing participants, and comple-tion of a test cycle based on predefined criteria.

A test plan for SAP includes the approach; description; roles andresponsibility for conducting usability testing; white box and blackbox testing for interfaces; negative testing; security testing for roles,integration, scenario, unit, and performance; user acceptance testing;and regression testing. Few companies implementing SAP are struc-tured or organized to address all these various types of testing.

This book offers guidance and assistance to project managers,test managers, and configuration leaders who want to establish a test-ing framework from the ground up based on industry-establishedprinciples for evaluating requirements, providing coverage for re-quirements, diagramming processes, test planning, estimating testingbudgets and resource allocation, establishing an automation frame-work, and reviewing case studies from large SAP implementations.

WHY THIS BOOK?

SAP is by far the world’s largest enterprise resource planning (ERP)application, and this position is not likely to be relinquished anytimesoon. SAP traces its origins to its mainframe-based R/2 version from

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 1

Page 19: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the 1970s. Even though SAP and other vendors have developed imple-mentation methodologies for SAP that provide emphasis for activitiesneeded to design the system and for going live, many of these method-ologies fall short of addressing robust testing practices for SAP in par-ticular in light of the prominence of automated test tools andoutsourcing testing activities.

The roles and activities for SAP configuration, for SAP advancedbusiness application programming (ABAP) development, and SAPBasis are for the most part well understood and clearly defined. Incontrast, when it comes to SAP testing, the roles and activities are amystery and subject to interpretation. It is possible for a person whois entertaining becoming an SAP consultant to take courses on howto configure a particular SAP module, how to build security roles, orhow to develop ABAP programming code but not how to test SAPR/3. Functional testing of SAP is often left to individuals without atesting background whose main tasks are to configure the system.Other types of SAP testing such as technical and system testing forsystem performance and backup and recovery are also left to indi-viduals without a testing background whose main responsibilities areto design and maintain the technical architecture for SAP.

This book was written to help SAP projects address weaknessesin the SAP testing life cycle, define testing and quality assurance ac-tivities, and overcome misconceptions about SAP testing. The bookcontains contributions from industry leaders in the fields of SAP test-ing, test tool automation, and templates to help project managers andtest managers establish immediate testing best practices. It covers allaspects of SAP testing from preparation to resolution of defects.

WHAT DOES THIS BOOK OFFER ME?

This book is written from the point of view of the company or entityrequesting SAP services from a systems integrator. The book empha-sizes testing practices predicated on the following principles:

■ Building a system with quality as opposed to merely testing forquality.

■ Adhering to testing practices from SAP’s ASAP Roadmap Method-ology, IBM’s Ascendant™ methodology and guide for imple-

2 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 2

Page 20: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

menting SAP, Institute of Electrical and Electronics (IEEE) stan-dards, and the Capability Maturity Model (CMM) from the Soft-ware Engineering Institute (SEI).

■ Drafting of clearly stated requirements that can be validated withtest cases.

■ Construction of a requirements traceability matrix (RTM) to ver-ify all in-scope requirements.

■ Supporting each testing effort with an exit, entrance, or suspen-sion criterion.

■ Validation of production support changes through thoroughregression testing.

■ Subjecting all test results to third-party verification and approval(sign-offs) from appropriate project stakeholders.

■ Diagramming processes and requirements with Unified ModelingLanguage (UML) notation.

■ Documentation and adherence to test plans and test strategiesthat are subjected to version control.

■ Early formation of a test team that participates in design work-shops during the blueprint phase, change control boards meet-ings, and the “go/no go” decision.

■ Inclusion and enforcement of quality assurance (QA) standards.■ Peer reviews and inspections for testable requirements.■ Independent verification and validation of system design.■ Independent “hands-on” testing with participation from end

users who execute test cases.■ Functional testing with manual testing and automated test tools.■ Maintaining testing deliverables such as test cases, test results,

and testing defects in a test management tool that includes secu-rity features and audit trails.

■ Compliance with company and industry audits.

The book is a primer for testing SAP from unit testing through re-gression testing for production support. The intended audience forthe book includes test managers, project managers, integration lead-ers, test team members, QA personnel, and auditing groups. Thebook provides templates, case studies, and criteria to establish aframework for SAP testing, establish a test case automation strategy,mentor junior testers, and identify tasks and activities that the SAPsystem integrator is expected to accomplish for the client requesting

Introduction 3

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 3

Page 21: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

SAP services. Specifically, this book will address the following activi-ties that are prevalent yet poorly conducted at most SAP projects:

■ Identifying the testable requirements.■ How to ensure that requirements are testable, unambiguous,

clearly defined, necessary, prioritized, and consistent with corpo-rate policies or industry standards.

■ How to retain testing documentation to support audits (i.e., Sec-tion 404 from Sarbanes-Oxley).

■ Defining the scope of testing.■ Creating a test plan and test strategy.■ Developing a strategy for acquiring automated test tools and for

automating processes that includes verification at the graphicaluser interface (GUI) and back-end layers.

■ How to create a library of automated test cases for productionregression testing that can be executed unattended.

■ How to define and verify service-level agreements (SLAs).■ Boundary testing for negative and positive testing.■ How to apply quality standards from the SEI and Rational Uni-

fying Process (RUP).■ Creating robust flow process diagrams that include narratives.■ Techniques for estimating the testing schedule, duration for test-

ing activities, and number of testers needed.■ How to compress or reduce the necessary number of test cases

with the technique of orthogonal arrays (OATS) for projectsimplementing SAP variant configuration or projects that have mul-tiple variations for end-to-end processes and are time constrained.

■ Defining criteria for deciding which processes or scenarios aresuitable for testing.

■ How to estimate testing costs and budget.■ Creating an RTM to ensure that coverage has been provided for

all types of testable requirements (i.e., functional, security, per-formance, archiving, technical, and development requirements).

■ Creating a test schedule and a test calendar.■ Defining objective criteria to commence, finish, and stop testing.■ Managing, categorizing, and resolving test results.

4 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 4

Page 22: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

CHALLENGES IN SAP TESTING

Established commercial implementation methodologies for SAP typ-ically fail to address how requirements will be met, the criteria fortesting, the framework for utilizing test tools, necessary resources fortesting, estimating testing budgets, specific testing roles and responsi-bilities, and how test defects will be managed and resolved. Further-more, many factors hamper successful testing at most SAP projectssuch as unclear requirements, inability to trace the system design torequirements, missing dedicated test teams, waiving defects withoutappropriate workarounds, and inadequate involvement of neededparticipants for testing such as subject matter experts (SMEs) for cap-turing requirements and end users for user acceptance testing. Despitethese testing challenges, many SAP project managers perceive thattheir SAP implementation is successful or “fine” even when the pro-duction help desk team is flooded with complaints that the systemdoes not perform necessary functionality, the production system doesnot meet intended performance SLAs, security roles are not definedand implemented correctly, the system produces short dumps becauseit cannot perform exception handling or not enough negative testingwas conducted, data is not converted properly from legacy systems,and end users cannot find even the most basic data or necessaryreports.

The SAP arena is replete with functional, development, and tech-nical consultants that moonlight and parade as SAP testers for vari-ous testing efforts but often lack sufficient knowledge to establish asuccessful testing strategy and framework. What is more puzzling andbaffling at SAP projects is that it is the individuals with the leastamount of knowledge and skills in the area of testing who are theones in charge of leading and managing the testing effort since manySAP projects do not have dedicated test managers or centralized testteams. Admittedly, testing at any SAP project is an integrated effortthat requires the expertise and skills of several resources such asSMEs, functional configuration resources, ABAP developers, andbusiness analysts. Yet executing testing activities without the guid-ance and help of testing professionals is analogous to taking a tripwithout knowing what the final destination will be.

Introduction 5

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 5

Page 23: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Frequently, an individual moonlighting as an SAP tester will statethat “testing is breaking or exploring the system” or that he “knowshow to test,” which undoubtedly leads to a misconception aboutwhat SAP testing is really all about. The truth is that many compa-nies fail to adequately test an SAP system and rather deploy the sys-tem into production because testing is taking too long, whichconsequently forces the production support team to fix the system forthe first six to eight months after the system is deployed because itwas never properly tested prior to its release into the production en-vironment. Whether by accident or on purpose, often the modusoperandus for many corporations is to deploy an unstable and/orpoorly tested SAP system into production because defects and systemproblems can be dealt with at a later date in the production environ-ment, even while there is substantial and empirical data that demon-strates that removing system defects is least expensive when done inthe early stages of testing.

Industry data shows that removing system defects in a live pro-duction environment is at least 20 to 40 times more expensive thandoing so in the unit-testing phase or during the requirements-gathering phase. Many defects can be eliminated or prevented alto-gether with thorough evaluation and peer review of requirements.Many corporations pay expensive consulting fees to fix productionproblems arriving at the production help desk rather than addressthese problems or defects during the applicable testing phase. Themain reason that this occurs is that SAP projects often do not spendthe time or have the appropriate resources to ensure that the capturedrequirements are peer reviewed and evaluated with objective criteria,or to construct an RTM to provide coverage for all requirements andestablish objective testing criteria for each testing phase. Another crit-ical or overlooked reason that causes defects that should have beenresolved during testing to slip into the production environment is thatindividuals acting as SAP testers cannot reach consensus on testingnomenclature or the test approach.

The mere term testing in the SAP world is in and of itself broadenough to create ambiguity, since different individuals will have dif-ferent perceptions and experiences about what testing means. Testingencompasses many activities such as requirements gathering andtraceability, test planning, test design, test execution, test reporting,

6 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 6

Page 24: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

test results, and resolution of defects to cover a wide range of testingefforts such as unit, boundary, scenario, development, white/blackbox, security, smoke, integration, performance, user acceptance, andregression testing. Rarely, if ever, do two or more individuals fromthe configuration, development, or technical teams have the samenomenclature or understanding for a particular type of test. Chaosand inconsistency are the ensuing results from misunderstandingabout what the term testing entails or what activities are associatedwith testing. Dedicated test teams can establish consistency for alltesting terms for all project members based on established guidelinesand nomenclature from credible sources such as the Software Engi-neering Institute (SEI), IEEE standards, and the SAP ASAP Roadmapmethodology.

A common theme repeated at many SAP projects is that conclu-sive evidence is missing to show that requirements have been met be-fore releasing the system into the production environment. Mostproject managers or functional managers cannot answer with any de-gree of confidence or objectively whether the in-scope requirementscaptured during the requirements phase have been met before releas-ing or deploying a system. This occurs because the concept of anRTM is not embedded within most, if not all, of the mainstream orconventional methodologies for implementing SAP for either initialSAP implementations or SAP upgrades.

Test tools pose a challenge for many SAP projects. SAP tools holdthe promise of unattended test case playback at any time, increasedtesting coverage, testing of processes with multiple data and processvariations, verification of objects and calculations, and generation ofautomated test logs with time stamps for audit purposes and compli-ance. Many SAP system integrators and test tool vendors are adept atconvincing companies to spend hundreds of thousands of dollars inacquiring automated test tools and test tool training only to have thetest tools gather dust. Test tools can sit idle because the company ac-quiring the test tools is missing an automation framework and thuscannot successfully engage the appropriate resources to maintain, in-stall, and utilize the test tools. The payback period or return on in-vestment (ROI) for test tools is not maximized or even reached untila series or library of automated test cases can be constructed andreused frequently for future system releases or to support production

Introduction 7

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 7

Page 25: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

regression testing to the point where automated execution is cheaperthan doing the same tasks with manual labor hours. Constructing alibrary of automated test cases is rarely achieved even by companiesthat have had SAP in the production environment for years becausethey do not allocate the necessary skilled resources to maintainingand utilizing the test tools. Companies that commit hundreds of thou-sands of dollars to the acquisition of test tools that sit idle compro-mise their testing budgets. Consequently, these companies resort totesting SAP exclusively with manual testers.

Another common challenge for testing SAP is inadequate trainingat all levels for either cross-matrixed testing resources or dedicatedtesting resources. Training is needed for testers who are participatingin one-time testing efforts such as user acceptance testing, or partici-pating in all testing efforts for execution of test cases and resolutionof defects. The test manager needs to develop the procedures for men-toring and educating all project resources who are expected to par-ticipate in testing activities. Training consists of the followingactivities:

■ Training dedicated testers on how to maintain and install auto-mated test tools, test management tools, and develop automatedtest cases.

■ Training testing participants on test procedures for logging defectsand reporting test results.

■ Training on how to evaluate and peer review requirements.■ Training on testing nomenclature to standardize testing terms for

all project members.■ Training for roles and responsibilities for resolving defects.

The challenges mentioned above are some of the most prevalentproblems and issues that permeate most SAP projects. By no meansare these the only challenges present at SAP projects. Many SAP pro-jects suffer from poor documentation and configuration managementfor testing deliverables or work products, and inability to successfullymeet audits or design a solution that is in compliance with industryregulations and requirements. The aforementioned challenges areused as illustrations that highlight the need to establish robust testingtechniques, methodologies, strategies, and frameworks.

8 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 8

Page 26: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

EARLY TESTING MATTERS

It is never too early to implement and establish the testing program.In fact, for readers familiar with the SAP ASAP Roadmap methodol-ogy, Exhibit 1.1 shows that testing strategies are defined as early asthe project preparation phase. For readers familiar with the differentsoftware development life cycles including the waterfall model, thesoftware industry has developed a similar model known as the V-shaped model that emphasizes testing as a consideration throughoutthe development life cycle. Furthermore, industry standards suggestand manifest that testing early helps to decrease costs since identify-ing and resolving defects early on during the initial software devel-opment life cycle is much more economical than troubleshooting andresolving defects once the system has been deployed into the produc-tion environment.

Testing early and often is instrumental to reducing developmentcosts, ensuring fulfillment of in-scope requirements, and aligningwith the project’s scope statement. The most effective testing pro-grams start at the beginning of a project, long before any programcode has been written. The requirements documentation is verifiedfirst; then, in the later stages of the project, testing can concentrate onensuring the quality of the application code. Expensive reworking isminimized by eliminating requirements-related defects early in theproject’s life, prior to detailed design or coding work.

The requirements specifications for a software application or sys-tem must ultimately describe its functionality in great detail. Typicallyin SAP, requirements for initial implementations are captured duringthe blueprint phase with workshops where various stakeholders statewhat they expect SAP to accomplish for them or for existing SAP im-plementations that are undergoing major upgrades or implementingpreviously deferred requirements. One of the most challenging as-pects of requirements development is communicating with the peoplewho are supplying the requirements. Each requirement should bestated precisely and clearly, so it can be understood in the same wayby everyone who reads it.

If there is a consistent way of documenting requirements, it ispossible for the stakeholders responsible for requirements gatheringto effectively participate in the requirements process. As soon as a re-quirement is made visible, it can be tested and clarified by asking the

Introduction 9

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 9

Page 27: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

10

EXHI

BIT

1.1

Test

ing

and

Qua

lity

Ass

uran

ce A

ctiv

itie

s fo

r an

Ini

tial

SA

P Im

plem

enta

tion

Proj

ect

Phas

ePr

epar

atio

nB

luep

rint

Rea

lizat

ion

Fina

l Pre

para

tion

Go-

Liv

e Su

ppor

t

•D

efin

e te

stin

gst

rate

gies

•P

rese

nt Q

A s

tand

ards

and

proc

esse

s•

Rev

iew

req

uire

men

ts•

Att

end

wor

ksho

ps f

orga

ther

ing

requ

irem

ents

•C

ondu

ct r

equi

rem

ents

peer

rev

iew

s•

Enf

orce

QA

pro

cess

es•

Ass

embl

e te

st t

eam

•Se

t up

tes

t la

b•

Pro

cure

tes

t to

ols

•T

est

tool

tra

inin

g fo

rfu

ncti

onal

use

rs•

Cus

tom

ize

test

too

ls

•D

efin

e B

asel

ine

Test

Cas

es•

Cre

ate

test

pla

n fo

r ba

selin

e•

Kic

k-of

f pr

esen

tati

on•

Test

bas

elin

e•

Def

ine

fina

l sco

pe t

est

case

s•

Cre

ate

test

pla

n fo

r fi

nal s

cope

•Te

st f

inal

sco

pe•

Con

duct

dev

elop

men

t te

stin

g•

Con

duct

inte

grat

ion

test

ing

•Pr

epar

e fo

r sy

stem

tes

ting

•U

AT

pre

para

tion

and

exe

cuti

on

•C

ondu

ct S

yste

mTe

stin

g•

Con

tinu

ous

Impr

ovem

ent

•D

efin

e re

gres

sion

tes

ting

stra

tegy

•D

efin

e ch

ange

con

trol

proc

esse

s•

Aut

omat

e te

st s

crip

ts•

Mod

ify

exis

ting

tes

t sc

ript

s•

Par

tici

pate

in C

CB

mee

ting

s•

Exe

cute

tes

t ca

ses

•D

ocum

ent

test

fin

ding

s•

Supp

ort

test

too

ls•

Supp

ort

SOX

•Te

stin

g st

rate

gypa

per

•A

utom

atio

nst

anda

rds

•Q

ualit

y A

ssur

ance

Pla

n•

Est

abli

shed

Pro

ject

Met

hodo

logi

es, T

ools

and

Gov

erna

nce

Stan

dard

s

•C

reat

e C

heck

lists

for

eval

uati

ngsp

ecif

icat

ions

and

diag

ram

s•

Est

ablis

h T

est

lab

wit

hin

stal

led

test

too

ls•

Con

stru

ct R

TM

(req

uire

men

tstr

acea

bilit

y m

atri

x)•

Test

Pla

n an

d C

rite

ria

•B

asel

ine

test

cas

e•

Tes

t R

eadi

ness

Rev

iew

•T

est

Cas

es•

Tes

t R

esul

ts•

Tes

t re

port

•D

evel

oped

aut

omat

ed s

crip

ts•

Exe

cuti

on c

alen

dar

•L

esso

ns L

earn

ed

•E

xecu

te s

tres

s/lo

ad/v

olum

e/pe

rfor

man

ce t

esti

ng•

Gen

erat

e an

dpr

oduc

e sy

stem

test

ing

scri

pts

•G

athe

r an

din

terp

ret

syst

emte

stin

g re

sult

s•

Tes

t re

port

•A

utom

atio

n fr

amew

ork

•R

egre

ssio

n te

stin

g pa

per

•R

efin

ed li

brar

y of

Aut

omat

ed t

est

scri

pts

•Fu

ncti

onal

Des

ign

Spec

s•

Tec

hnic

al D

esig

n Sp

ecs

•Fl

ow p

roce

ssD

iagr

ams

•B

PPs

wit

h te

st c

ondi

tion

s•

Test

sce

nari

o te

mpl

ate

•B

PML

•St

ress

tes

ting

str

ateg

y•

Stre

ss/V

olum

e te

stin

g sa

mpl

e pl

ans•

Loa

drun

ner

•Q

uick

test

Pro

•K

inta

na

DeliverablesActivities Tools

•Te

stin

g St

rate

gyW

hite

pap

ers

Not

e: D

urin

g re

aliz

atio

n ph

ase,

50%

or

mor

e of

all

proj

ect

cost

s ar

e de

dica

ted

to t

esti

ng a

ctiv

itie

s.

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 10

Page 28: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

stakeholders detailed questions. Whether your team develops re-quirements using UML and some form of use case or writing “thesystem shall” statements, a variety of requirement tests can be appliedto ensure that each requirement is relevant, and that everyone has thesame understanding of its meaning. UML is a widely accepted tech-nique for requirements gathering or reverse engineering an existingsystem, and its notation is composed of multiple diagramming tech-niques such as use-case notation, activity, class and sequence dia-grams, and so on.

In order to introduce the concept of “test early and test often,” itis important to recognize the following two items: (1) involve testersfrom the beginning and (2) verify the requirements.

Involve Testers from the Beginning1

Testers need to be involved from the beginning of a project’s life cycleso they can understand exactly what they are testing and can workwith other stakeholders to create testable requirements.

Not only can testers verify testability of the requirement, but theywill also learn the thought process that went into the requirement asit applies to the application under test (AUT), making the tester moreknowledgeable about the AUT.

A defect occurs when an executed test case produces test resultsthat do not match the expected test results. Defect prevention is theuse of techniques and processes that can help detect and avoid errorsbefore they propagate to later development phases. Defect preventionis most effective during the requirements phase, when the impact ofa change required to fix a defect is low. The only modifications willbe to requirements documentation and possibly to the testing plan,also being developed during this phase. If testers (along with otherstakeholders) are involved from the beginning of the development lifecycle, they can help recognize omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities,and other problems that may affect the project requirements’ testa-bility, correctness, and other qualities.

Introduction 11

1Adapted from Elfriede Dustin, Effective Software Testing, Reading, MA: AddisonWesley, 2002.

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 11

Page 29: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

A requirement can be considered testable if it is possible to designa procedure in which the functionality being tested can be executed,the expected output is known, and the output can be programmati-cally or visually verified.

Testers need a solid understanding of the product so they can de-vise better and more complete test plans, designs, procedures, andcases. Early test-team involvement can eliminate confusion aboutfunctional behavior later in the project life cycle. In addition, early in-volvement allows the test team to learn over time which aspects of the application are the most critical to the end user and which are thehighest-risk elements. This knowledge enables testers to focus on themost important parts of the application first, avoiding overtestingrarely used areas and undertesting the more important ones.

Some organizations regard testers strictly as consumers of the re-quirements and other software development work products, requir-ing them to learn the application and domain as software builds aredelivered to the testers, instead of involving them during the earlierphases. This may be acceptable in smaller projects, but in complexenvironments it is not realistic to expect testers to find all significantdefects if their first exposure to the application is after it has alreadybeen through requirements, analysis, design, and some software im-plementation. More than just understanding the “inputs and out-puts” of the software, testers need deeper knowledge that can comeonly from understanding the thought process used during the specifi-cation of product functionality. Such understanding not only in-creases the quality and depth of the test procedures developed, butalso allows testers to provide feedback regarding the requirements.

Verify the Requirements

In his work on specifying the requirements for buildings, ChristopherAlexander describes setting up a quality measure for each require-ment: “The idea is for each requirement to have a quality measurethat makes it possible to divide all solutions to the requirement intotwo classes: those for which we agree that they fit the requirementand those for which we agree that they do not fit the requirement.”In other words, if a quality measure is specified for a requirement, any

12 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 12

Page 30: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

solution that meets this measure will be acceptable, and any solutionthat does not meet the measure will not be acceptable. Quality mea-sures are used to test the new system against the requirements.

Attempting to define the quality measure for a requirement helpsto eliminate requirements not suitable for implementation and thustesting. For example, everyone would agree with a statement like “thesystem must provide good value,” but each person may have a dif-ferent interpretation of “good value.” In devising the scale that mustbe used to measure “good value,” it will become necessary to identifywhat that term means. Sometimes requiring the stakeholders to thinkabout a requirement in this way will lead to defining an agreed-uponquality measure. In other cases, there may be no agreement on a qual-ity measure. One solution would be to replace one vague requirementwith several unambiguous requirements, each with its own qualitymeasure.

It is important that guidelines for requirement development anddocumentation be defined at the outset of the project. In all but thesmallest programs, careful analysis is required to ensure that the sys-tem is developed properly. Use cases from UML notation are one wayto document functional requirements, and can lead to more thoroughsystem designs and test procedures. (Here, the broad term require-ment will be used to denote any type of specification, whether a usecase or another type of description of functional aspects of thesystem.)

In addition to functional requirements, it is also important toconsider nonfunctional requirements, such as performance and secu-rity, early in the process. They can determine the technology choicesand areas of risk. Nonfunctional requirements do not endow the sys-tem with any specific functions, but rather constrain or further definehow the system will perform any given function. Functional require-ments should be specified along with their associated nonfunctionalrequirements.

Chapter 3 offers a checklist that can be used by testers during therequirements phase to verify the quality of the requirements. Usingthis checklist is a first step toward trapping requirements-related de-fects as early as possible, so they don’t propagate to subsequentphases, where they would be more difficult and expensive to find andcorrect.

Introduction 13

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 13

Page 31: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

TYPES OF SAP TESTS

Traditionally, the main types of SAP tests include unit, development,scenario, integration, performance, and regression testing. These testsare further described below to provide greater granularity into whateach type of test entails.

Unit Testing

This is the lowest level of testing at the SAP transaction level. Unittesting includes boundary testing for positive and negative testing.Negative testing should be performed for custom fields and transac-tions to ensure that the system only allows valid input and can ade-quately perform exception handling. An example of a negative testfor a process would be attempting to process an order with the wrongstatus.

Unit testing includes testing security roles. The configurationteam owns the unit-testing effort and is responsible for planning andexecution of unit testing. The main focuses for unit testing are:

■ Master data■ Negative-positive testing■ Transaction functionality■ Security roles and profiles

Negative testing is performed on security roles and profiles, cus-tom fields, objects, and processes. Each test in negative testing needstwo elements:

1. Intentionally specify conditions that will cause the software togenerate an error.

2. Ensure that the generated error is handled in a specified manner.

An example of a negative test condition would be “Attempting topost a material to an invalid profit center should produce an errormessage.” Another negative testing example for security roles andsegregation of duties would be “An inventory clerk attempts to ap-

14 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 14

Page 32: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

prove a million-dollar purchase order when he is only permitted toapprove purchase orders for a maximum of $500,000.”

Negative testing will be designed to address the followingsituations:

■ Check exception handling and error message.■ Prove that the system will deal with program exceptions and erro-

neous data.■ Limit or prevent an end user from trying to do something he

should not.■ Demonstrate that the system does not do anything that it is not

supposed to do.■ Users are permitted to perform only actions based on their autho-

rizations, position roles, and permissions.

Development Testing

This is the testing for reports, interfaces, conversions, enhancements,work flows, and forms (RICEWF) development objects developedprimarily with ABAP code. Testing of development objects includestesting for security authorizations, performance, extracts, data trans-fer rules, reconciliations, and batch scheduling jobs. In many SAPprojects, third-party tools such as Control-M and AutoSys areacquired to schedule reports and interfaces with dependencies, andthese scheduled jobs need to be tested prior to releasing the systeminto the production environment. Development testing should alsoensure that data can be tested through the intended target system. Theowner(s) of the target system can specify the applicable or represen-tative sets of data needed to test interfaces and conversions, whichallows the development or ABAP team to conduct white box andblack box testing on ABAP programs.

The development or ABAP team is responsible for planning andexecuting the development tests, but the configuration team is re-sponsible for approving the results for the development tests.

Development testing ensures that the interfaced data originatingfrom legacy systems can be effectively transferred into SAP or sentfrom SAP into a legacy system. In order to design test cases for

Introduction 15

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 15

Page 33: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

RICEWF objects, technical specifications that can contain pseudo-code will need to be developed. The development test cases need toreflect the testable conditions from the technical specifications.

Business Warehouse (BW) testing is also part of the developmenttests. BW testing includes testing the infocubes, queries, reports, andmulticubes. The main types of tests for BW testing are:

■ Reconciliations. Are financial calculations rolling up correctly?■ Extracts. Is there a match between the number of extracted

records and the number of received records?■ Performance. How fast can a query be performed, and does it

conform to established performance SLAs?■ Security. Who is permitted to slice and dice the data in the Bex

Analyzer? What are the established roles for generating queries?■ Data transfer rules. Is data transformed correctly for all fields

from the source system to the target system?

Scenario Testing

The equivalent of a string test, scenario testing is the testing of chainsof SAP transactions that make up a process within a single area ormodule. Scenario testing includes testing of a process with data fromexternal systems and applicable SAP roles/profiles.

Scenario testing is primarily a manual effort but can include somepartial automation with test tools for processes that are stable,frozen, and proven to have worked manually. The scenario testing isowned by the configuration teams but includes participation fromSMEs and members of the test team and development team.

Integration Testing

Integration testing is the testing of chains of SAP transactions thatmake up an end-to-end process that cuts across multiple modules, forinstance, order-to-cash, purchase-to-pay, and hire-to-retire withexternal data and converted data. Integration testing includes testingthrough the external systems and SAP bolt-ons with security roles andworkflow. Integration testing consists of multiple iterations. The ded-

16 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 16

Page 34: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

icated test team is the owner of the integration test. Integration test-ing requires participation from members of the configuration anddevelopment teams for defect resolution. Additionally, SMEs and endusers participate in the integration test as reviewers and for approvalof test results.

Integration testing is mostly a manual effort but can include somepartial automation with test tools.

Performance Testing

Performance testing encompasses load, volume, and stress testing todetermine system bottlenecks and degradation points. A performancetest helps to determine the optimal system settings to meet and fulfillthe established SLAs.

The dedicated test team is the owner of the performance test. Per-formance tests are conducted primarily with automated test tools. Intheory it is possible to conduct performance testing with manual testcases, but this proves highly impractical since it is not easily repeat-able and requires both human and hardware resources that are oftennot available. A performance test, even if automated, can still includemanual execution of interfaces, batch jobs, and external processesthat send data into SAP.

The basis, database, and infrastructure teams help monitor theperformance test, whereas the configuration team helps to identifytest data and document test cases that are suitable for the perfor-mance test.

User Acceptance Testing

User acceptance testing allows the system’s end users to independentlyexecute test cases from the perspective of how the end users plan toperform tasks in the production environment. The owners of the useracceptance testing are the end users, and the configuration and testteam members resolve defects identified during the user acceptancetest. The test team and change management team members help trainend users and prepare them for the user acceptance test.

Introduction 17

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 17

Page 35: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Regression Testing

Regression testing ensures that previously working system function-ality is not adversely affected by the introduction of new systemchanges. System changes targeted for the production environmentneed to be analyzed for impact and cascading effects on otherprocesses. Since SAP R/3 is an integrated system, a single systemchange—whether it is a hotpack, an OSS note, or a transport to resolvea defect—can have far-reaching consequences for other processes, andthus regression testing is needed to ensure that “nothing is broken”as a result of a new system change. Regression testing is primarily anautomated testing effort. For regression testing, a library of auto-mated test cases is constructed and played back to ensure that systemtransports do not break or alter system functionality.

The test team owns the execution of the regression test. Deter-mining the impact of a system change is primarily the responsibilityof the integration team and change control board (CCB).

Other types of SAP tests include usability, archiving, data migra-tion testing, and technical tests. Usability testing is discussed in Ap-pendix A. Technical tests such as backup and recovery, printing,faxing, electronic data interchange (EDI), availability, and so on arealso needed in particular for initial SAP implementations and/orglobal SAP rollouts. The concept of technical testing is beyond thescope of this book.

Data migration testing for established SAP implementation refersto SAP projects that have global SAP rollouts or multiple businessunits and want to introduce SAP to other company divisions or busi-ness segments. For example, a company may have designed the order-to-cash business process within SAP for one division and may haveplans to extend the same or slightly modified version of the order-to-cash business process to a different division that has different datavalues, and thus the new data values need to be tested.

Depending on contractual, scope of the project, project’s over-sight, or industry regulations, the SAP tests described above may needto be either very formal and structured or casual. The tests describedwill at a minimum require identification of valid test data, rewritingof test cases, or creation of new test cases; manual testing; peer re-views; and approvals at the end of each testing cycle.

18 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

01_4782 2/5/07 10:29 AM Page 18

Page 36: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

19

CHAPTER 2Status Quo Review of

Existing Testing Practices

In order to establish a successful SAP testing program it is importantto determine what strengths and weaknesses the existing testing

approach offers. The status quo for many SAP projects is outdatedtesting documentation, underutilized automated test tools, over-looked lessons learned, and testing resources who are fillers or stand-ins until a formal and dedicated test team is established.

Reviewing the status quo requires elimination of flawed testingpractices and the furthering of successful practices. Naturally, this iseasier to discern when lessons learned are captured. However, even inthe absence of lessons learned, it is possible to dissect and detect theprogram’s testing strengths and weaknesses by reviewing the project’smethodologies, reviewing the reported defects, holding testing semi-nars, or hiring third-party organizations that specialize in softwaretesting.

HOW ARE YOU TESTING?

Project managers at most SAP installations have the perception thattheir projects follow structured testing approaches, that their projectmembers “know how to test,” and that they successfully completedtesting for previous system releases. While this notion is prevalent atmany SAP installations, most SAP installations cannot accuratelyanswer the following 10 questions:

1. What is the number of fulfilled testable requirements for a previ-ous testing cycle, or how does the system design trace back to allcaptured functional, development, and technical requirements?

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 19

Page 37: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

2. What is the number of test cases that need to be planned for thenext testing cycle?

3. What is the expected cost associated with all testing activities?4. What is the number of resources needed to test the system either

for a major system upgrade or for an initial system installation?5. What business processes are suitable for test automation based

on predefined criteria? How are automated test cases reusedfrom one testing cycle to the next?

6. How is the system configuration compliant with company poli-cies, corporate business rules, and/or industry regulations?

7. How many defects remain outstanding from a system release,what is their priority, or how they will be resolved in a future sys-tem release?

8. What are the assessment criteria for evaluating proposed systemchanges and what objects are impacted that require regressiontesting as a result of the introduction of a system change?

9. What are the components of a test exit criterion or how is a testreadiness review (TRR) conducted?

10. What testing metrics are captured for each system release and/orwhat testing documentation is retained at the end of each testingcycle to support company audits?

This is only a partial list of the questions that most SAP installa-tions struggle to answer when planning and executing their testingtasks. The status quo at most SAP installations is to interpret or de-fine the intention of captured requirements, configure the system, de-velop advanced business application programming (ABAP) objectswithout code walk-through, rush or compress the testing schedulewith project resources who are fillers or devoid of a testing back-ground, transport objects into the production environment to meetproject deadlines, and confront system defects through the produc-tion help desk. This approach of compressing the testing scheduleand rushing transports into the production environment increasesproject costs since resolving and eliminating system defects after theyhave been introduced in the production environment is much morecost expensive than doing so in the earlier stages of the software lifecycle. But the practice at many SAP installations is to place the bur-den on the SAP production support for resolving defects that were

20 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 20

Page 38: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

missed, overlooked, or waived from a previous system release in thehopes of dealing with system defects at a later date.

In a current era of strict compliance with government acts and in-dustry regulations, many companies implementing or maintainingSAP installations must show how their SAP projects tie in with theproject charter, scope statement, captured requirements, and the re-tention of testing artifacts such as test logs and test results, which re-quires a robust and comprehensive testing approach. In order tomaximize the effectiveness of the project’s testing resources, it is nec-essary to review and analyze existing testing practices in order to ad-dress a wide range of situations that may impact testing cycles such as:

■ Does the project have centralized or decentralized test teams? Isthe test team or what passes for a test team composed of “fillers”or individuals from other project teams who are moonlighting astesters?

■ How are process flow diagrams constructed to meet and enhanceunderstanding of testable requirements? How are links andinterdependencies among process flow diagrams captured, main-tained, and depicted? Do process flow diagrams include swim-lanes and expected SAP production roles for each swimlane?

■ Can the project manually execute all planned test cases and testscenarios?

■ Do test cases contain sufficient information and test conditions toverify and validate SAP profiles, segregation of duties, workflow,inbound data from legacy systems, reports, and company policies?

■ Does the project have documented peer-reviewed and -approvedtest plans and test strategies? If so, how do project membersadhere to such documentation?

■ How are referenced documents for configuring the system suchas business process procedures (BPPs), flow process diagrams,functional and technical specifications, and requirements man-aged and updated so that the system configuration settings andABAP objects are in sync and in harmony with the project’s doc-umentation?

■ How are lessons learned from a previous testing cycle applied tofuture testing efforts? Or are lessons learned gathered and col-lected only to be gathering dust and never applied?

Status Quo Review Existing Testing Practices 21

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 21

Page 39: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Do project resources show resistance to change when new testinginitiatives or approaches are introduced?

The inability to address these situations can substantially com-promise and undermine all testing tasks and deliverables. For SAPprojects that can successfully address all the preceding situations, thenext path forward is continuous process improvement for testing inthe never-ending quest of streamlining the testing effort without com-promising system quality and/or increasing project costs. However,practical experience would manifest that few companies can addressall the aforementioned conditions and rather excel at meeting someof the conditions while completely ignoring the rest. SAP installationsthat recognize the gaps and disconnects associated with their testingmethodology—even when their SAP has been in production supportfor a number of years—can reduce project costs, increase the chancesof verifying testable requirements, and minimize end-user-logged de-fects about the production environment.

TEST TEAM STRUCTURE

Reviewing the status quo for SAP testing requires the project man-ager and/or test manager (if one exists) to determine the makeup andcomposition of the testing team. In SAP projects the makeup of thetesting team consists of centralized, decentralized, or “outsourced”testing teams. After the composition of the test team is determined,the next steps include deciding whether the current team makeup issuitable for the project’s testing needs or what it would take to shiftthe team structure.

Centralized test teams are dedicated test teams whose main oronly responsibilities are to maintain automated test tools, executemanual and automated test cases, report defects, design test cases,and enforce testing standards. Centralized test teams are under thecontrol of and report directly to the appointed test manager and in-terface heavily with members from the configuration and develop-ment teams to document and design test cases, execute test cases, andresolve defects. They tend to bring consistency to the creation of test-ing deliverables since testers have a single reporting hierarchy, who isthe test manager, and adhere to the testing standards implemented by

22 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 22

Page 40: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the test manager. Centralized test teams would conduct hands-ontesting for regression, performance, and integration testing. They aremost suitable for projects that meet the following criteria:

■ There is a large functional scope.■ Data is migrated from multiple legacy systems and/or SAP is heav-

ily customized.■ They are subject to audits and industry standards.■ They have automated test tools.■ They can allocate the necessary budget for the test team.■ They have constructed a requirements traceability matrix (RTM).■ They have experienced a high volume of complaints and/or

requests for changes about the system functionality and perfor-mance from the production end users.

■ They are paying a system integrator to deliver SAP services andrequire some “independent” testing to verify and validate thedeliverables from the system integrator.

Decentralized test teams are by far the most common structure atSAP implementations whereby members from the functional and de-velopment teams act as filler testers as required by the project-testingschedule. For example, under decentralized test teams, a functionalSAP configuration team member or ABAP team member becomes a“tester” when he develops and executes test cases to test a functionalprocess. Admittedly, initial testing efforts such as unit testing are usu-ally conducted with members from the configuration and ABAPteams, but these individuals are not dedicated testers and have a pro-clivity to produce deliverables with varying degrees of quality.

With decentralized test teams, different standards, methodolo-gies, or templates may be used for testing SAP, which gives rise tomultiple “test leads” based on the functional SAP area being tested.Accountability and ownership tend to fall through the cracks since nosingle individual is responsible for test results, maintaining auto-mated test tools, ensuring that requirements have traceability withtest cases, reporting testing metrics to measure testing progress, ordocumenting test plans and lessons learned. Decentralized test teamsare suitable for projects with limited budgets that do not have auto-mated test tools, when the SAP implementation is plain vanilla andimplemented primarily out-of-the-box, or when the project has a

Status Quo Review Existing Testing Practices 23

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 23

Page 41: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

limited functional scope. Decentralized test teams yield results thatvary widely across the functional teams, and hinder the ability of theproject manager to evaluate the exit criteria for each testing effort.These test teams create confusion over testing deliverables, roles, andresponsibilities for testing the system, and produce results that are toleverage for future testing efforts during future system releases.

Outsourced test teams are the latest industry hype in order tolower testing costs. With an outsourcing agreement a project wouldhand off testing activities to a third-party company that specialized intesting, typically located in a country with markedly lower laborcosts. For example, an SAP installation may turn over all test au-tomation tasks for developing, constructing, and executing auto-mated test cases to a third-party company in the hopes of loweringthe costs of performing the same automation tasks in-house. Out-sourcing agreements also require at a minimum a project liaison tomonitor, guide, and verify the deliverables that the outsourcing third-party company is performing. The outsourcing team is a subset of acentralized test team since in theory the outsourced testers were hiredbased on their testing expertise and ability to follow the same ap-proach, templates, methodology, and practices for producing deliver-ables, which adds consistency. They also report to a single manager.Exhibit 2.1 highlights the drawbacks and benefits of different testteams.

In addition to determining the makeup of the test team, it is alsoimportant to determine the makeup of the configuration test teams.The test team needs to be a reflection or mirror image of the makeupof the functional and development teams. For instance, if the SAPproject has a “hire-to-retire” functional team, then the test teamneeds to have a tester assigned to test the cases for the “hire-to-retire”team, which include negative, security, workflow, migrated data, anduser exit testable conditions. SAP implementations structure theirfunctional teams either to emulate an end-to-end production businessprocess (i.e., hire-to-retire, order-to-cash, purchase-to-pay, etc.) or toemulate standalone SAP modules (i.e., Human Resources module,Sales & Distribution module, Materials Management module, etc).Setting up functional teams according to end-to-end processes is moreeffective than a team structure that emulates standalone SAP mod-ules since it takes into account the SAP integration points (“touch

24 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 24

Page 42: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

25

Dec

entr

aliz

edC

entr

aliz

ed

Con

cept

Eac

h te

am (

RIC

E, F

unct

iona

l, Se

curi

ty)

QA

and

tes

ting

tea

ms

are

esta

blis

hed

for

defi

ning

and

enf

orci

ng t

he

cond

ucts

its

own

test

ing

wit

hout

st

anda

rds

and

proc

edur

es f

or t

he v

ario

us t

esti

ng c

ycle

s an

d do

cu-

coor

dina

tion

and

sta

ndar

dsm

enti

ng t

he t

est

plan

, tes

t re

sult

s, e

tc. Q

A is

gea

red

tow

ard

prev

enti

on. T

esti

ng is

gea

red

tow

ard

dete

ctio

n.

Ben

efit

sPe

rcei

ved

grea

ter

cont

rol o

ver

test

ing

Uni

form

ity

and

cons

iste

ncy

(i.e

., sa

me

tem

plat

es)

arti

fact

sIn

crea

sed

test

ing

expe

rtis

ePe

rcep

tion

tha

t te

stin

g go

es “

fast

er”

Test

too

l kno

wle

dge,

indu

stry

cer

tifi

cati

ons

(i.e

., C

STE

, Mer

cury

, etc

.)G

reat

er f

lexi

bilit

y to

tes

t w

itho

ut

Can

bui

ld a

cen

ter

of e

xcel

lenc

ein

terf

eren

ce f

rom

a t

hird

par

ty (

grou

p)In

depe

nden

t po

int

of v

iew

Faci

litat

e go

/no

go d

ecis

ion

Incr

ease

d te

st c

over

age

Dra

wba

cks

Red

unda

ncy

Mor

e re

sour

ces,

hig

her

payr

oll

Inco

nsis

tenc

yC

ultu

ral s

hift

Test

ing

rush

ed t

o m

eet

dead

lines

Can

slo

w t

he p

roce

ss t

o en

forc

e Q

APo

tent

ial c

onfl

ict

of in

tere

stL

imit

ed m

anag

eria

l vis

ibili

tyL

ack

of s

tand

ards

Lim

ited

tes

t co

vera

geM

issi

ng t

esti

ng m

etri

cs, r

esul

ts

EXHI

BIT

2.1

Ben

efit

s an

d D

raw

back

s of

Dif

fere

nt T

est

Team

Com

posi

tion

s

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 25

Page 43: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

points”) as well as the variations (whether data or process driven) foreach end-to-end process.

The review of the existing test team structure is the first step indeciding how future testing cycles will be conducted. In order tochange the test team structure, the project manager will need to re-view existing project deadlines, budget constraints, the project’s test-ing methodology and test plans, and the project’s charter. However,before making any decisions about revamping the structure of the testteam, it is necessary to review any documented lessons learned fromprevious testing cycles and how those lessons learned have beenapplied.

REVIEW LESSONS LEARNED

One of the most critical components of a testing program is docu-menting lessons learned and implementing corrective actions toaddress any deficiencies identified in the documentation. Recognizedindustry methodologies and models such as the Capability MaturityModel (CMM) and the Project Management Institute (PMI) place apremium on leveraging off lessons learned. Lessons learned, however,are rarely documented because most projects do not have the band-width or discipline to document “what went wrong.” This is a fal-lacy, as most companies have a proclivity to repeat the same mistakesin future testing cycles. Lessons learned are needed for the followingshortcomings that plague many SAP testing programs:

■ Inability or difficulty in collecting and reporting testing metrics.■ Making little or no use of automated test tools and test manage-

ment tools even when a significant financial investment has beenmade in these tools.

■ Not allowing sufficient time to conduct a performance test orhave trial runs for a performance test.

■ Having a shared test environment that is subject to frequentchanges and transports that can adversely affect the test execu-tion of manual test cases or the automation of test cases.

■ Obsolete and outdated documentation for BPPs, flow process dia-grams, and functional specifications.

■ Missing peer reviews and signoffs for test cases.

26 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 26

Page 44: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Missing test execution calendar.■ Not managing testable requirements or creating an RTM.■ Not documenting workarounds for defects that do not have a res-

olution prior to cut-over or go-live.■ Not having predefined exit criteria for each testing cycle.■ Not implementing or testing a solution that traces to the intent of

the original scope statement.■ Poorly tested SAP roles/profiles or having documented test cases

that do not consider SAP roles for the SAP transactions that needto be conducted.

■ Ignoring negative testing conditions.

After every testing cycle the test manager is expected to documentall lessons learned for continuous process improvement. Lessonsfrom testing typically describe what areas of testing require improve-ment or were not performed in accordance with approved standards.Lessons learned are needed because SAP projects usually need tocompress the testing schedule, which causes testers to cut corners inorder to meet deadlines, or because the test manager encountered sit-uations during testing that were not planned for in the test plan andthat caused the test manager to make hasty decisions during the test-ing cycle, which did not yield the expected results.

In the event that the SAP project does not have a dedicated testmanager, an organization implementing SAP can hire a third-partyorganization to document “what went wrong” after the fact. Thesethird-party organizations analyze test results and apply software life-cycle techniques to discern why testing was not conducted as ex-pected or why a large number of defects slipped into the productionenvironment. The main reasons for bringing in a third-party organi-zation to document testing lessons learned are manifested as follows:when the original SAP system integrator is dismissed in favor of anew system integrator, and when the SAP production support team isexpected to resolve all defects that were missed during previous test-ing cycles, which causes the workload for the production team tosurge in the first six months following a major SAP system upgradeor SAP initial go-live.

Documenting lessons learned can help programs meet future au-dits for test results, reduce rework costs, increase the stability of theproduction environment, and provide a template for planning the

Status Quo Review Existing Testing Practices 27

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 27

Page 45: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

next test cycle. Captured lessons, whether documented by the testmanager or a third-party company, must be reviewed at the end ofthe testing cycle, which may cause modifications to test plans, teststrategies, automation approach, design and construction of futuretest cases, and the approach for resolving and closing defects. Forlarge or global organizations implementing SAP in multiple sites withpotentially different system integrators, it is important to communi-cate the lessons learned company-wide and to have them posted in acommon repository such as a company-sponsored intranet.

A company’s methodology, whether created in-house or adoptedfrom another body, needs to be aligned with the need to capturelessons learned.

EXISTING METHODOLOGY

When reviewing the status quo, companies implementing SAP need toassess what software methodology or approach guides the workproducts and deliverables of the SAP resources, including the SAPtesting team.

Large SAP system integrators such as Deloitte Consulting andIBM offer methodologies and implementation guides such as Thread-Manager and Ascendant™ for either upgrading or initial installationsof SAP. SAP itself offers the SAP Roadmap methodology embeddedwithin the Solution Manager platform. Recognized bodies such asIEEE, SEI, and the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) 5000 series di-rectives for life-cycle management and acquisition, to name a few,also provide software methodologies for implementing an ERP/Cus-tomer Relationship Management (CRM) solution such as SAP R/3.

Corporations that are missing a recognized methodology for im-plementing SAP can rely on software approaches that conform to thewaterfall, spiral, and evolutionary models. These models offer differ-ent approaches for implementing software that include prototyping,dealing with programs that have a large scope, or unstable require-ments. Depending on the size of the corporation implementing SAP,it is possible that the corporation already has other large software ini-tiatives and a successful life cycle for doing so that can be leveragedfor implementing SAP.

28 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 28

Page 46: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

A successful software methodology, whether created in-house oradopted from another body, needs to have templates, accelerators,and white papers for testing ERP applications. Methodologies specif-ically designed for building software from scratch or from the groundup may not be suitable for implementing an out-of-the-box solutionsuch as SAP and thus not offer any relevant guidance for testing SAP.Methodologies can differ in style, nomenclature, or deliverables, butfor testing purposes, guidelines need to be clearly identified for thetesting tasks that need to be performed. For instance, in the DoD theacquisition 5000 series governs by law what the government requiresfor a user acceptance test (UAT), which can differ drastically from therecommendations and guidelines from other SAP methodologies forconducting UATs. In the aforementioned example, methodologies candiffer in what is necessary to conduct a UAT, but what is importantis that the methodologies address the need for UAT testing and pro-vide some guidance for conducting the UAT.

The project and test manager must provide special attention tothe project’s methodologies and how existing testing activities andtasks conform and align to the project’s methodologies. If no formalmethodology exists within the project, then efforts must be taken toensure that the testing approach and test plans are adequate for theproject to help fulfill testing exit criteria, comply with testing audits,document lessons learned, and ensure that the system successfullytraces its design to the in-scope requirements.

MANAGING TESTING CHANGES

An appointed or chartered committee such as a change control boardor project management operations (PMO) office has the ability to for-mally congregate project stakeholders who are authorized to intro-duce project or system changes affecting project resources, projectschedule, project quality, or project scope. But finding a similar com-mittee for introducing testing changes at SAP projects can proveinconceivable. SAP or other ERP projects need a testing committeeconsisting of members such as solution architects, integration man-ager, test manager, configuration and development managers, releasemanagers, and project manager who are capable and authorized to

Status Quo Review Existing Testing Practices 29

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 29

Page 47: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

introduce changes to the test plan, test strategy, or test approach. Thetest manager can chair the testing committee and members can meetwith a specified frequency (i.e., monthly) in order to review testingchanges for acceptance, rejection, introduction, implementation, andenforcement across all project teams. The concept of a testing steer-ing committee or chartered testing group is often ignored at manySAP projects, which causes the testing life cycle to remain static, inef-ficient, or useless.

One of the most pressing and frequent challenges that a testingprogram at an SAP project experiences is how to bring or introducechange to an organization for testing artifacts, deliverables, and stan-dards. Most SAP projects lack an appointed or chartered committeefor introducing, implementing, and enforcing new testing changes toeither the testing approach or testing standards. A test manager whodoes not have authority over functional (configuration) and develop-ment (technical) resources who are test fillers or appointed to testingtasks may encounter resistance from various team leaders or projectmanagers who have direct reports impacted by the introduction oftesting changes. A test manager may propose an ostensibly “minor”change to the testing life cycle or testing methodology only to findthat the configuration team leaders or configuration manager will re-ject or resist the proposed testing change.

It is often the case that the test manager cannot align the testingobjectives and consequences with the individuals in charge of man-aging the resources appointed to testing tasks. Under these circum-stances, the test manager would need to convince a project manageror several team leaders (who may not be authorized to make deci-sions) in a series of ongoing meetings that a test change is necessary,of the rationale for the testing change, and of the benefits of intro-ducing the testing change. An approach whereby a test manager mustconvince several project entities and stakeholders that a testingchange is needed is typically time consuming, and likely to delay theimplementation of the testing change or cause the testing change toget scrapped due to the project members’ inability to reach an agree-ment on a testing change.

During the implementation or support of an SAP system it will benecessary for the test manager to propose changes at a minimum tothe following artifacts or work products testing methodology, testplans, automation strategy, testing templates, testing presentations,

30 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 30

Page 48: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the approach for defect resolution, and test execution. Introducingchanges to a test artifact, however, has the potential to affect projectmembers responsible or assigned to testing tasks, the project scope,training of resources, project schedule, and project costs. Examples oftesting changes that a test manager may propose to the project andtheir consequences to the project include the following:

■ Customization changes to a test management tool (i.e., addingnew fields, screens, or validation logic to the management tool),which can trigger the creation of new custom training materialsfor the changes introduced to the test management tool, and thetraining of project resources who may have different learningcurves for becoming familiar with the changes to the test man-agement tool.

■ Applying lessons learned from a previous testing cycle to a futuretesting cycle can over the long run increase quality or improve thetesting methodology, but may cause a cultural shift within thetesting resources who resist the adoption of a new test approachderived from lessons learned.

■ Conducting requirements-based testing as opposed to executingtest cases that do not map to a requirement can cause the config-uration team members or test team members to allocate time fromtheir schedules toward constructing an RTM and updating all testcases to map to a valid requirement.

■ Peer-reviewing test cases. Peer reviews are recognized in theCMM. Peer reviewing helps to refine the test cases and ensurethat the documented test conditions are valid. However, intro-ducing the concept of peer reviews would require at a minimuma form to collect feedback from the peer-review session andassignment of project resources. The consequences of peerreviews can include conflict among testing resources, and rework,and require training since a peer review may cause one testingmember to critique and evaluate the work from another test teammember.

■ Introducing a test readiness review (TRR) checklist. A TRRbrings a discipline approach to assessing the preparedness for test-ing prior to the start of a testing cycle. A TRR is a checklist ofitems that must be met or have workarounds before the test exe-cution phase is commenced. Items not met for a TRR may indi-

Status Quo Review Existing Testing Practices 31

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 31

Page 49: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

cate that the project is not ready to begin execution for the test-ing cycle or that project members have not fulfilled all theirresponsibilities associated with a testing cycle. Under a TRR, dif-ferent individuals are assigned items from a checklist that theymust address in meetings prior to the start of testing. A TRRwould require different project resources to provide statuses fortheir assigned tasks under a large audience, which can expose pro-ject members to political considerations and greater transparencyfor their assigned tasks.

■ Enhancing flow process diagrams with narratives. It is often thecase that a flow process diagram representing either an entire end-to-end scenario or a portion of an end-to-end scenario is outdatedor does not include a narrative. A narrative describes the actors,preconditions, postconditions, description of the process, andassumptions made that are associated with a flow process dia-gram. In UML (Unified Modeling Language) notation, use-casesare constructed with narratives that describe the modeled process.Narratives for diagrams are particularly useful for projects thatexperience high levels of turnover or have complex (highly cus-tomized) business processes. Enhancing a flow process diagramwith narratives would require the author of the diagram todescribe different attributes of the modeled diagram, which cancause the diagram’s author to shift attention from other tasks inorder to document the diagram’s narratives.

■ Automating testing processes. Automation is a useful techniquefor providing greater testing coverage, in particular for regressiontesting to support new project releases, system transports, or sys-tem upgrade. However, initial automation efforts are time con-suming, require robust documentation of test cases andconditions to be validated, and most likely would require func-tional support from subject matter experts and SAP configurationmembers. Projects are often reluctant to provide SAP configura-tion members for extended periods of time or any period of timeto construct automated test cases or update documentation suchas test cases or business process procedures.

The aforementioned examples are situations that have training,political, rework, and labor hours implications on project membersassigned to testing tasks. Adopting these changes or similar testing

32 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 32

Page 50: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

changes within an SAP project has the potential to end in futility asdecisions on testing changes move at a slow pace if at all. Projectmanagers must formally establish a test engineering committee withparticipation from project members empowered and authorized toaccept or reject testing changes to avoid the inertia encountered withthe introduction of testing changes.

Status Quo Review Existing Testing Practices 33

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 33

Page 51: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

02_4782 2/5/07 10:32 AM Page 34

Page 52: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

35

CHAPTER 3Requirements

Total quality management (TQM) proponent Crosby defined qual-ity as “conformance to requirement.” At the time it was coined,

Crosby’s definition applied primarily to statistical process control andmanufacturing processes, but his definition is also applicable to soft-ware projects whereby software requirements are mapped to testcases and ultimately to the designed software solution to be deployedinto the production environment.

Our definition of quality is “a system that performs as expected,making available the required system features in a consistent fashion,demonstrating high availability under any type of constraint (i.e.,stress, concurrency, security breach, etc.); thus, consistently meetingthe user’s expectations and satisfying the system’s user needs can beconsidered to be high quality.”

Whose responsibility is it to build high-quality systems? All stake-holders that take part in the software development process are re-sponsible for the system quality and need to have tasks assignedaccordingly to be able to contribute to the quality of a system.

How is this type of quality achieved? Simply put, by documentingthe system’s user requirements and needs. However, achieving this typeof quality is more complicated than that. For example, many SAP pro-jects do not have a stringent and effective methodology for drafting,capturing, managing, and verifying requirements, nor the schedules andbudgets to implement this effectively. It can also be counterproductiveto document every single requirement detail, something that is just notfeasible unless you are working in an environment with no deadlines.

Even simple concepts such as the basic requirements traceabilitymatrix (RTM1) and requirements-based testing are often obscure or

1An RTM links all requirements to the SAP implementation and to test cases to allowfor measuring completeness.

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 35

Page 53: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

esoteric at most SAP implementations. So can be efforts to prioritizerequirements. When working on a project where all requirements areconsidered high priority, it is not possible to implement or test basedon requirement risk.

The inability to successfully manage and prioritize requirementsbased on risk or link requirements to SAP components or test casesdue to unrealistic deadlines and other internal project pressures andpolitical ramifications can lead to deployment of an SAP system thatseverely lacks quality (i.e., it does not meet the client’s needs or goals,or is in violation of the company’s rules). Companies that do not ver-ify all requirements cannot answer the simple yet critical question:“Have we built the system correctly?”

Recent industry surveys also demonstrate that enterprise resourceplanning (ERP) systems (e.g., SAP) were judged unsuccessful. Manyprojects that cannot answer “have we built the system completelyand correctly based on prioritized, traceable, and testable require-ments” engage in the inexact art of hunches and wild guesses todetermine and assess whether the delivered SAP solution or function-ality can be deployed into a production environment on time andwithin budget, which is the equivalent of sticking out a thumb in theair to determine the wind velocity.

While the quest for perfect requirements may never be reached,with the help of requirements management tools, risk analysis, peerreviews, RTMs, and stakeholder involvement, companies imple-menting and upgrading SAP projects can design robust solutions ca-pable of meeting end-user (client) expectations.

REQUIREMENTS BACKGROUND

According to Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia:

By definition a requirement is a description of what a system shoulddo. A requirement is a singular documented need of what a partic-ular product or service should be or do. In the classical engineeringapproach, sets of requirements are used as inputs into the designstages of product development.

A requirement specifies what the system will do but not how it willdo it.

36 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 36

Page 54: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

In SAP projects, requirements are often morphed into terms suchas business processes, business scenarios, business models and dia-grams, business process master list (BPML) of transaction codes,functional specifications, and so on. Requirements allow the SAPproject team to design, configure, and develop a solution that meetsthe end users’ expectations as well as the entities’ business rules andprocedures. Requirements can help drive the project’s scope, person-nel resources, and budget.

In ERP packages such as SAP, functional requirements fall intothe category of the tasks that the system’s intended end users mustperform in order to complete their job functions. An SAP end usermay perform tasks such as creating invoices, sales orders, deliveries,requisitions, outline agreements, purchase orders, general ledger en-tries, and performance appraisals in order to complete his job func-tions. These tasks are considered the “what” that the SAP systemmust meet. These job tasks and functions that make up “what” thesystem should do for end users must be captured as requirements insome form along with their associated company’s rules and policies.

Functional requirements are only a subset of the universe of re-quirements for an SAP system. In addition to functional require-ments, SAP systems will have requirements for the following:

■ System performance, which can lead to service-level agreements(SLAs)

■ Security■ Development objects (i.e., reports, interfaces, conversions, en-

hancements, forms, workflow)■ Usability■ Industry regulations■ Other

For instance, as part of the implementation of an SAP system, the se-curity components related to segregation of duties, roles, profiles, andsecurity authorizations may need to be captured and verified astestable requirements.

In SAP, requirements can come from various sources for either aninitial or existing implementation. For an existing implementation,requirements can come from one or more of the following events: (1)a previous system release where some of the requirements were de-ferred, (2) help desk tickets where end users report problems or new

Requirements 37

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 37

Page 55: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

features that the system needs, (3) gap analysis and site surveyswhereby end users cannot effectively perform their tasks, (4) addinga new system module, (5) implementing a new industry-specific solu-tion, (6) adding a new company division, and (7) initially misunder-stood requirements. All these events could cause the SAP project teamto capture requirements to implement new system features, enhance-ments, modifications, or fixes.

However, an initial SAP implementation will need to capture re-quirements from workshop participants, derive requirements from“as-is” documentation detailing the functionality for legacy systems,ensure that requirements are compliant with industry regulations(i.e., Federal Drug Administration, Federal Energy Regulatory Com-mission, Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Department of Transportation, etc.),client’s feedback for expected system functionality, end-user surveys,scope statement, and so on. Gathering initial requirements requiresparticipation from several stakeholders and is often facilitatedthrough the use of workshops. Once requirements are captured, theycan be moved into a requirements management tool and subjected toinspections. Requirements can be managed with the procedures andpolicies from the Change Control Board (CCB). In SAP jargon, re-quirements are often thought of as business scenarios, process steps,security roles, performance expectations, business rules, and so on.

Interpreting the intent of requirements is often the source of con-fusion and friction during the testing phases. However, these prob-lems can be mitigated with requirements inspections, guidelines, andstandards for drafting the requirements. For example, Karl Wiegersprovides the following guidelines:

“Avoid using intrinsically subjective and ambiguous words whenyou write requirements. Terms like minimize, maximize, optimize,rapid, user-friendly, easy, simple, often, normal, usual, large, intuitive,robust, state-of-the-art, improved, efficient, and flexible are particu-larly dangerous. Avoid ‘and/or’ and ‘etc.’ like the plague. Require-ments that include the word ‘support’ are not verifiable; define justwhat the software must do to ‘support’ something. It’s fine to include‘TBD’ (to be determined) markers in your SRS to indicate current un-certainties, but make sure you resolve them before proceeding withdesign and construction.”2

38 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

2Karl Wiegers, Software Requirements, Microsoft Press, 1999.

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 38

Page 56: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

A requirement is not a mere flow process diagram, an SAP trans-action code, a picture of an interface, a survey response, a broadgeneric statement on a scope document, or some verbose unwieldydocumentation in a text editor that cannot be verified. A requirementfocuses on what the system and user tasks are and validates themwith test cases. There are several types of requirements that fall underthe hierarchy of business requirement that evolve into a user require-ment, and further to a functional requirement. Requirements can helpdetermine or refine a project’s scope, which subsequently determinespersonnel needs and budget. The next section provides some tech-niques for collecting, inspecting, and managing requirements.

METHODS FOR GATHERING REQUIREMENTS

In an SAP implementation there are various methods for collectingand gathering requirements. Some of the methods and techniques thatlead to the capturing of new SAP requirements include workshopsduring the blueprint phase where customer input (CI) templates arepopulated, user surveys, company’s business rules, use cases, govern-ment regulations, deferred requirements from a previous release, helpdesk tickets, prototypes, gap analysis, “as-is” documentation fromlegacy systems, interviews with subject matter experts (SMEs), andscope statement.

In order to successfully design, configure, and implement an out-of-the-box or prepackaged solution such as an ERP system, it is nec-essary to capture, manage, and verify requirements. Requirementscan be captured for various categories such as functionality, security,performance, usability, development objects, and workflow. Cap-tured requirements need to be evaluated, and requirements changesneed to be managed in order to avoid scope creep.

Most initial SAP implementations will capture requirements dur-ing the workshops held in the blueprint phases, whereas existing SAPimplementations may collect requirements from site surveys, gapanalysis, end-user feedback, addition of a module, and so on. Inde-pendent of the method for capturing requirements, the objective andgoal of the test team and project manager is to ensure that the systemconforms to all documented and in-scope requirements.

For companies either implementing or upgrading SAP with theimplementation guide Solution Manager or IBM’s Ascendant™ guide,

Requirements 39

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 39

Page 57: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

a methodology is presented to allow end users, SMEs, and businessanalysts to voice their system expectations, expected system tasks,and requirements. Solution Manager offers CI templates that containfields and sections whereby requirements can be identified, docu-mented, and organized under three categories: (1) organizationalunits, (2) master data, and (3) business processes. CI templates can bemodified as needed to meet the project’s needs. Furthermore, compa-nies can identify guidelines and standards for populating, storing,version control, and applying statuses for a CI template.

An example of modifying a CI template could entail the inclusionof fields that capture how frequently a business process is executed,its expected business volume, and error handling conditions to com-pensate for end-user mistakes and priority. Examples of guidelinesand standards for populating a CI template include the identificationof which fields are mandatory, the stakeholders who must review thecontents of the CI template, ensuring that the CI template does nothave any fields that are left blank, criteria for considering when a CItemplate is “completed,” and so on.

The CI templates can contain fields that allow the functional an-alyst to capture the following information for a given SAP businessprocess:

■ Security authorizations■ Estimated number of users■ Description of the business process■ Ownership of the process■ A high-level bulleted list of the requirements and expectations for

the process■ Development objects considerations (e.g., reports, interfaces, con-

versions, enhancements)■ Rationale for a requirement■ Associated business process model■ Master data■ Dependencies■ Impact to existing organization

After the CI template for business process is chosen from thedrop-down list, the user is provided with a form that constitutes theCI template to populate information for the business process.

40 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 40

Page 58: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Well-documented CI templates can lead to the identification ofSAP touch points, which are areas of integration for SAP scenarios,and also lead to the identification of business scenarios. A scenario isa subset of requirements. A scenario may provide coverage for one ormore requirements. For instance, the order-to-cash scenario can inte-grate functionality from four or more SAP modules with data frominterfaces containing extended components such as remote functioncalls (RFCs), multiple SAP roles, and trigger workflow, and ulti-mately transfer data based on business logic from one SAP transac-tion code to the next. In this example the order-to-cash scenario mayprovide coverage for functional, security, workflow, and developmentrequirements. With the help of a CI template, the functional and busi-ness analysts can determine the touch points for a scenario such asorder-to-cash.

Scenario variations identified from CI templates can be driven bythe input data or the process. For instance, the order-to-cash scenar-ios may verify that SAP transaction “VA01” has been documentedwith multiple order types. The IBM tool Ascendant provides an ex-ample of a scenario, “Sale from Stock Using Scheduling Agreement,”which has six different variations (cases or scenarios) based on fac-tors such as type of sales order, source of stock, stock pulled from in-ventory or configured from scratch, and exceptions.

The following example for commercial orders was drawn fromIBM’s Ascendant methodology:

1. Commercial order: standard order flow with no exceptions2. Commercial order: ship from stock3. Commercial order: configure to order4. International order: standard order flow with no exceptions5. International order: ship from stock one half from Mexico, one

half from Canada6. Intercompany order: standard order flow with no exceptions,

and so on

The requirements identified from the CI templates can lead to thecreation of scenarios such as order-to-cash and sale from stock usingscheduling agreement that have different variations. Completed CItemplates can also help the functional and business analysts developfunctional and technical specifications, security roles, performance

Requirements 41

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 41

Page 59: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

targets for system response times, SLAs, data elements, and develop-ment objects that determine the project’s scope. Consequently, CItemplates can lead to the creation of user requirements that can beverified through the execution of test cases.

Workshops held during the SAP blueprint phase provide a forumfor populating the CI templates. Populating the CI templates helps toestablish, confirm, or refine system requirements. The CI templatesprovide information as to what the system will do once it is deployed.Workshops are sessions whereby project members affected by the de-sign of the SAP solution participate in seminars with scribes to iden-tify what the SAP system will do for them. For existing or deployedSAP production-based systems, gap analysis, change requests, or end-user tickets logged through the production help desk may provide op-portunities to gather and collect requirements, which can be furtheranalyzed in workshops.

The workshop participants can consist of SMEs, business ana-lysts, a scribe, configuration experts, test team members, developers,and end users. Each participant plays a vital role in ensuring that therequirement is captured, peer reviewed, inspected, and finalized dur-ing the requirements gathering stage, which is part of the SAP phaserecognized as blueprint. For example, for an initial SAP implementa-tion during an initial workshop, the SAP functional consultant maydescribe the capabilities of an SAP module and the subject matter ex-pert and end user can describe how the legacy system works in rela-tion to the described SAP capabilities or what SAP functionality needsto be extended in order to meet needed functionality, and this infor-mation can be captured in the CI templates that reside within the SAPSolution Manager platform.

The implementation SAP Roadmap methodology embeddedwithin the Solution Manager platform provides hints and proceduresfor conducting a workshop. In particular, Section 2.4 from SAPRoadmap focuses on the mechanics for conducting a workshop tocollect SAP requirements. Exhibit 3.1 shows specific steps from theSAP Roadmap methodology for drafting requirements during theblueprint phase.

During a workshop, expected SAP functionality and require-ments can be gathered and collected for a given SAP process within asingle module, enterprise area, or end-to-end process. Typically, theSAP workshop gives the SAP configuration expert (who is considered

42 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 42

Page 60: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the workshop facilitator) the opportunity to describe to the work-shop participants the capabilities of the SAP system. As the workshopprogresses, the facilitator probes the participants for information todetermine their business needs, business functions, and expectedtasks and incorporates the information within the body of the CItemplate. A workshop facilitator can rely on a dedicated scribe tocapture all feedback and comments from the workshop participants.Furthermore, the workshop scribe can document issues, concerns, orquestions that the workshop participants raise in order to resolvethem at a later time.

Depending on the size and complexity of the SAP implementa-tion, the project may need multiple iterations (rounds) of workshopsin order to complete and finalize the CI templates. For processes andrequirements that are captured and are subject to interpretation andambiguity it might be necessary to illustrate the requirements withprocess flow diagrams containing swim lanes. The workshop facili-tators and participants need to ensure that the captured requirementswithin the CI templates are consistent with their company’s policies,business rules, and industry regulations. For instance, industries such

Requirements 43

EXHIBIT 3.1 Activities to Support Gathering of Requirements from SAP’sRoadmap Methodology

Phase Blueprint

Activities • 2.4.2 General Requirements Workshops• 2.4.3 Business Process Workshops• 2.4.4 Gap Analysis• 2.5.2 Development Requirements Review• 2.7 SAP Feasibility Check• 2.8 Authorization Requirements and Design• 2.8.2 User Roles and Authorization Design

Deliverables • Functional Design Specs• Flow Process Diagrams• Technical Design Specs• Customer Input (CI) Templates

Tools • Identify Criteria for Evaluating Requirements• Create a Requirements Traceability Matrix (RTM)• Requirements Management Tool• Throwaway Prototypes

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 43

Page 61: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

as pharmaceutical, airline, and utilities may have their business rulesand logic governed by regulations from the Food and Drug Adminis-tration (FDA), Department of Transportation (DOT), and FederalEnergy Regulatory Commission (FERC). In another example of con-sidering acts and policies when capturing system requirements, fed-eral agencies and Department of Defense units within the UnitesStates have financial requirements that are governed by the FederalFinancial Management Improvement Act of 1996 (FFMIA) and JointFinancial Management Improvement Program (JFMIP) and thus theimplemented SAP solution must be FFMIA and JFMIP compliant.

After requirements are documented, they should be inspected,peer reviewed, and subjected to a disciplined approval process. Ex-hibit 3.2 shows some of the roles associated with gathering and man-aging requirements. Well-documented and enforced criteria factorsand standards can improve the quality of the documented require-ments. Industry experts also recommend that the development of testcases be drafted in parallel with the documentation of requirementsas a means of improving the quality of the requirement. As require-

44 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

Roles for Requirements

CCBSAPExpert

Testers SMEs

Drafting andmanaging

requirementsis an integrated

team effort

• Manage changes to requirements• Freeze (“lock-down”) requirements• Communicate requirement changes

• Lead/manage workshops• Fill out CI templates• Construct functional and technical specs• Diagram requirements• Author’s requirements

• Help construct requirements traceability matrix (RTM)• Peer-review requirements• Develop test cases to verify requirements

• Peer-review requirements• Ensure requirements align with company’s policies and business rules• Sign off on requirements• Participate in requirements• Ensure requirements fulfill “as-is” system functionality

EXHIBIT 3.2 Roles for Managing and Collecting SAP Requirements

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 44

Page 62: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

ments are captured within a workshop, the functional test team mem-ber can develop test cases to verify the requirement before it is codedor configured within SAP. Illustrating the requirements with flowprocess diagrams or demonstrating them with a throwaway proto-type can further enhance the quality of the requirement and reducerequirement ambiguity.

Under the SAP Roadmap methodology, opportunities are pro-vided to refine, clarify, and address issues and gaps within require-ments. One of these opportunities is known as the SAP feasibilitycheck (Section 2.7 from Roadmap). The SAP feasibility check bringsexperienced SAP resources to the project to perform services such asevaluation of documented business processes and risks, determina-tion of expected business volumes, and risk assessment. According toSAP Roadmap, the following activities are major outputs of the SAPfeasibility check:

■ “Mapping of the core business processes with SAP standard func-tionality and planned developments that identifies:● Major gaps and modification requirements● Critical functions and critical integration requirements

■ Check any functional risk of the planned solution, including busi-ness processes and gap analysis

■ Determination of expected business volume and number of usersacross the different components in the solution landscape● Check of sizing and performance● Assessment of availability requirements and management

demands”

The SAP feasibility check concludes with written reports and pre-sentations from the SAP experts. An SAP feasibility check may revealthat the requirements cannot be implemented, need to be modified,or can be implemented. For example, the experts conducting the SAPfeasibility check may show that a company’s plan to have 10,000company codes in a production environment may deteriorate the sys-tem response times.

In the absence of CI templates or Solution Manager, another re-quirements elicitation technique is user questions or interviews. Thisapproach presents a questionnaire to legacy and production usersthat allows further decomposition of the project’s scope statement.

Requirements 45

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 45

Page 63: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Most projects develop scope statements at a high level that need fur-ther decomposition in order for the SAP functional and developmentteams to discern what needs to be configured or coded. The owner ofthe questionnaire can provide instructions, deadlines, and guidelinesfor filling out the questionnaire. The elicitation can be documentedwithin a text editor or spreadsheet. The elicitation queries end userson their expected production tasks. Exhibit 3.3 is a sample question-naire for the configuration of the SAP human resources (HR) modulefor a global SAP rollout to multiple countries.

Responses for the questionnaire in Exhibit 3.3 can help the SAPHR functional expert define or refine the project’s scope statement,

46 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 3.3 Questionnaire to Collect Requirements for the SAP HRModule

Questions: Responses:

Do you use SAP for HR?

If not, what do you use?

Do you use SAP for Payroll?

If not, what do you use?

Who enters time at your location? (Specify: 1. Timekeepers, 2. Employees, 3. Administrators, 4. Contractors, 5. All of them, or 6. Other)

Define the people who are responsible for time entry and timesheet approval.

What system do you use to enter time? Describe your current process for entering time (include diagrams if necessary).

What locations and sites do you enter time for?

What Payroll areas do you enter time for?

What type of identification number is required in your timesheets (Social Security number, employee number, etc.)?

How many users are expected to enter timesheets at your location?

Describe any target or source systems where the timesheet data is received from or sent to.

List any reports that are necessary to review timesheet entries.

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 46

Page 64: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

develop business processes, draft high-level requirements, and conse-quently configure the system. After the questionnaire is completelyfilled out and turned in, the functional expert can illustrate the ques-tionnaire responses with diagrams and/or system prototypes to con-firm understanding with the responses from the end users. The sameprinciple of peer reviewing and inspecting the requirements that orig-inated from CI templates applies to the requirements (responses) ob-tained from the sample end-user questionnaire. SAP projects candevelop similar questionnaires for other SAP modules.

Another technique for capturing SAP requirements includes thecreation of Unified Modeling Language (UML) use cases. Use casesallow analysts to capture what the system does, but not how it doesit. The use case approach focuses on the end user’s tasks and systemactions. Use cases can be used to derive functional requirements. Forinstance, for a Web site bookseller a use case may show that an In-ternet shopper (the actor) accesses the Web site to buy books (the usecase). Use cases are accompanied with narratives that provide attrib-utes and information for the use cases, such as priority, frequency,description, preconditions, postconditions, primary actors, error han-dling, and variations. A use case that is missing a narrative is deficientand incomplete. Use cases can be verified with test cases. UML nota-tion and diagrams such as use cases can be drawn with software fromvendors such as Rational Rose, Altova UModel, or Smart Draw, toname a few. The software ARIS™ from IDS Scheer, which integrateswith SAP’s Solution Manager, offers the capability to design UML di-agrams and SAP business process diagrams. Intellicorp offers theLiveModel™ solution, which is a graphical repository for document-ing SAP business processes and also comes with a prebuild 4.7 or 5.0SAP reference model preloaded. Exhibit 3.4 shows an example of ause case for ordering CDs from a Web site.

For existing production-based SAP implementations, require-ments can come from a gap analysis, requirements deferred from aprevious release, or help desk–reported errors. Examples include alarge corporation that has rolled out SAP to some of its divisions orto a specific geographical area and the SAP project team now needsto include new regions or divisions and must take into account re-quirements, business processes, and business rules from a different setof users. Gap analysis is the term used to identify what new func-tionality will be included or modified from an existing release to meet

Requirements 47

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 47

Page 65: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

48 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

the requirements for a new set of users. User surveys or question-naires such as the one shown in Exhibit 3.3 can assist in document-ing the information gathered from a gap analysis. An existing SAPproject can also expect to inherit new requirements from a previoussystem release. For instance, an SAP project that is subject to multi-ple go-lives and releases may have had some requirements deferredfrom one system go-live to the next due to budget or schedule con-siderations. The deferred requirements now need to be included inthe system design. For projects that have allowed much time to elapsebetween SAP releases, it may be necessary to reevaluate all previouslydeferred requirements for consistency, necessity, and completeness.

In an existing production environment the SAP production teamand help desk may get calls from end users reporting deficiencies or

<<includes>>

<<includes>>

<<extends>>

<<extends>>

<<includes>>

Distribution System Internet Sales System

Send CDto Customer

Credit CardVerification

Lookfor CD

Browse byCategory

Search bySpecific CD

Run WeeklyReport

CDDatabaseC.R.U.D.

MarketingDatabaseC.R.U.D.

E-mailMarketingMaterial

ReviewMarketingMateriale-mails

Orderspulled out

of DB

Placeinformation

on Web

OrderCheckout

CD

Notify thatCD is sent to

Customer whenUPS/Mail

DistributionSystem

EM

Vendors

Customer

CustomerNotification

EXHIBIT 3.4 Use Case for Ordering CDs from a Web site

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 48

Page 66: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

software problems. Depending on the nature of the reported problem,its solution may require the application of an OSS (On-line ServiceSystem) note, a new graphical user interface (GUI) upgrade, a patch,a configuration change, or a new system enhancement. These reportedproblems create opportunities to add new or improve existing systemfunctionality and can represent a feature that was not addressed bypreviously gathered requirements or constitutes a new requirement.Complex enhancements or system changes may cause various areas ofthe system to be reconfigured, design of new development objects, andthe addition of new security roles. For system requests originatingfrom the help desk, it is highly recommended that a CCB is in place toevaluate the merits, costs, efforts, and rationale associated with im-plementing the request to avoid scope creep or gold plating.

The methods, techniques, and approaches described in the nextsection can help SAP functional experts determine what processes arein scope for the next SAP go-live or cutover. The aforementioned re-quirement-gathering techniques can lead to the creation of a BPMLthat identifies which SAP transactions are in scope, the associatedSAP roles/profiles for accessing the SAP transaction codes, functionaland technical specifications, the identification of end-to-end scenar-ios including integration areas (touch points), and the associated re-ports, interfaces, conversions, and enhancement (RICE) objects.Collecting and drafting requirements is important, but managingthem is also arguably as important.

TOOLS FOR MANAGING REQUIREMENTS

While gathering and collecting requirements is important in order todesign a system that meets the end user’s expectations, another criti-cal element that needs to be considered is how the requirements willbe managed, tracked, monitored, and changed after they have beencaptured. In an SAP implementation a requirement may undergomany statuses during its life cycle. For instance, after a proposedrequirement has been approved, it may enter other states, includingchanged, deleted, deferred, and rejected. A requirement may also beverified and implemented. Additionally, the typical SAP implemen-tation will have requirements that fall under various categories suchas: (1) functionality, (2) performance, (3) security, (4) workflow,(5) development objects, and (6) usability.

Requirements 49

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 49

Page 67: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Managing the status of requirements in disconnected spread-sheets, text editors without version control, audit trails, and restrictedaccess from remote areas is a logistical nightmare that can compro-mise the quality of the requirement and subsequently the system’s de-sign. Fortunately, many commercial vendors offer solutions formanaging requirements within a single repository that includes thenecessary security features, version control, audit trails, history logs,and approvals for changing the requirements. Other benefits of usingrequirement management tools include the ability to link require-ments to test cases and third-party integration with companies thatmake test management tools. For instance, Rational’s Requisite Prointegrates with Mercury Interactive’s Quality Center (TestDirector).Other software solutions for build requirement management includeDOORS, Serena-RTM, and Caliber-RM.

The full promise of a requirement management tool is not un-leashed until a process is defined for managing the requirements thattakes into account evaluating the impact of a change to a require-ment, communicating requirement changes, identifying criteria forprioritizing a requirement, identifying the owner of the requirement,requirement inspection, and the establishment of a CCB.

The promise of a requirement management tool is manifestedwhen the project stakeholders understand the documented proce-dures and formal process for changing a requirement and recognizethat the requirement management tool is the only official repositoryfor all project requirements. After requirements have been capturedand stored in a requirement management tool, they can be evaluatedbased on predefined criteria.

EVALUATING REQUIREMENTS

In her book, Effective Software Systems: 50 Ways to Improve yourTesting,3 Elfriede Dustin reveals several criteria and provides a check-list to help peer reviewers and authors of requirements to verify and

50 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

3Dustin, Elfriede, Effective Software Systems: 50 Ways to Improve your Testing,Addison-Wesley Professional, December 2002.

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 50

Page 68: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

measure the quality of a requirement. Dustin measures requirementsbased on the following nine attributes:

1. Correctness2. Completeness3. Consistency4. Testability5. Feasibility6. Necessity7. Prioritization8. Unambiguousness9. Traceability

These attributes are essential for evaluating the quality of capturedSAP requirements that subsequently become business processes, sce-narios, transaction codes, interfaces, reports, conversions, securityroles, workflow logic, and so on.

Requirements are evaluated through inspections and peer re-views. In an inspection, various stakeholders meet and subject the re-quirement to the criteria. Requirements not meeting the criteriaattributes are either modified or deleted. The following descriptionsare provided for the various attributes that help evaluate the qualityof a requirement:

1. Correctness. Ensures that the requirement does not conflict withthe company’s business rules, policies, standards, regulations orother previously approved requirements. This attribute ensuresthat the user’s voice (expectation) for the system functionality orexpected system task is captured correctly during the requirements-gathering phase.

2. Completeness. All requirement information and elements shouldbe included. A requirement cannot have any missing elements.Since many SAP functional requirements focus on what the userdoes or the tasks that the user performs, the likelihood of over-looking a requirement is minimized.

3. Consistency. Requirements that are consistent do not conflictwith each other. Since SAP is an integrated system with inte-grated areas (touch points), one has to ensure that the require-ments are in harmony with one another.

Requirements 51

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 51

Page 69: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

4. Testability. A requirement needs to be verified with one of themethods for software verification (e.g., inspection, demonstra-tion, test, or analysis). If a requirement cannot be verified withany verification method including the execution of test cases,then it falls short of the definition of a requirement.

5. Feasibility. This criterion ensures that the requirement can be im-plemented and tested given the project’s resources, technology,budget, and time frame. Functional, security, workflow, anddevelopment SAP resources can work with the workshop partic-ipants to determine which requirements can be built or cus-tomized in the SAP system with user exits, ABAP development,or system configuration.

6. Necessity. A requirement needs to add value and have merits forthe project. The requirements must address the needs and expec-tations of the system stakeholders and end users. Question all re-quirements, asking “What would happen if this requirement didnot exist?” If the answer is “Nothing would happen,” that is amanifestation that the requirement is not needed or adding anyvalue. Requirements that cannot be traced to any origin also re-veal that they are probably not needed or out of scope for the ex-isting implementation.

7. Prioritization. While all requirements are important, some aremore so than others. Giving priorities to requirements allows theCCB and project manager to respond to requirement changesbased on events such as descoping, unexpected compressed testingtime frames, or budget cuts. Ordinal scales that rank requirementson a sliding scale (i.e., 1 to 5) are helpful for prioritizing the im-portance of a requirement. Alternatively, one can also prioritize arequirement low, medium, or high. Requirements that are crucialto running the business and have no workarounds are the mostimportant ones, whereas requirements that have workarounds ordo not bring down the business if not verified can be considered ofmedium importance or “nice to have.” For instance, security re-quirements are extremely important since their implementationhelps companies comply with SOX regulations. In addition, func-tional requirements for making payroll runs, creating sales orders,and making a materials requirement planning (MRP) run are alsoextremely important because they allow an entity to operate andif they are poorly implemented the company would suffer business

52 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 52

Page 70: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

disruptions. The following criteria from IBM’s Ascendant help torank and prioritize requirements:

● Frequency (How often does the process occur?)● Impact (What is the effect if the process is down?)● Difficulty (What is the probability that problems occur?)

8. Unambiguousness. Requirements that can be interpreted differ-ently by a different set of users are too broad, not decomposedenough, or unambiguous. Often, during user acceptance testing(UAT), the SAP end user will say, “This is not what the system issupposed to do” after a test case is executed, and the config-uration expert will quip, “But that’s how I interpreted your re-quirement/business scenario.” This situation is a sign that therequirements were not thoroughly inspected. Requirements needto be stated precisely without leaving room for doubt or confu-sion. Requirements cannot be subjective, meaning person X in-terprets the requirement one way and person Y interprets therequirement differently. For example, ambiguous statementssuch as “Make the system as fast as possible for response times,”“Provide error messages for invalid input from end user,” and“Provide financial reports for month-end closing activities” canbe interpreted in multiple ways, which will cause many designchanges and testing defects. In the case of the performance re-quirement, one can build a system that has average responsetimes of 10 seconds per SAP transaction code screen or responsetimes of two minutes per screen.

9. Traceability. A requirement needs to refer back to the source thatoriginated it. For instance, captured requirements in a require-ment management tool need to trace to their origin, which can bethe workshops, surveys, help desk tickets, end-user questionnaires,CI templates, use cases, flow process diagram, prototype, and soon. Traceability tells the project where the requirement came from,which helps to justify the existence of the requirement.

BUILDING A REQUIREMENTS TRACEABILITY MATRIX

After requirements are drafted, entered into the requirements man-agement tool, and peer reviewed against corporate policies, business

Requirements 53

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 53

Page 71: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

rules, and against project scope document, one can proceed to createan RTM. The RTM is a representation of user requirements alignedagainst system functionality. The RTM is used to ensure that allrequirements (not just functional requirements) are being met by sys-tem deliverables. The RTM will map requirements to test cases.

The benefits of the RTM include:

■ Bridging requirements to functional and technical design.■ Addressing the verification question: “Are we building the system

right?”■ Ensuring full requirements coverage—links all requirements to

design, development, and test cases.■ Keeping track of changes to requirements for retesting (when a

requirement is changed it needs to be retested).

Without an RTM, it is difficult to determine whether the pro-posed solution fulfills all end-user requirements. This causes projectmanagers to make uneducated and subjective guesses as to whetherthe system can be deployed into production based on the verificationof the entire set of requirements.

An RTM can be constructed with the help of a requirements man-agement tool where requirements are stored within a single reposi-tory. Constructing RTMs in text editors or spreadsheets is a pointlessand fruitless exercise, as requirements changes cannot be effectivelycommunicated or managed, which causes chaos, design flaws, andscope creep.

A traceability matrix is created by associating requirements withthe test cases or scenarios that verify them. Each requirement includ-ing parent and child requirement should have a unique identifier. Testcases or scenarios are associated with the requirements that they rep-resent. Test scenarios represent the model of the system to be built. Arequirement may be verified with one or more test cases. However, acomplex, lengthy requirement that needs to be verified with multipletest cases is usually a sign that the requirement has not been decom-posed sufficiently. The construction of an RTM may require inputand feedback from several stakeholders, although one team such asthe test team can take ownership of the RTM.

54 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 54

Page 72: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

CHANGE CONTROL BOARD

A CCB is instrumental in enforcing change control policies forrequirements. CCBs can enforce policies for the following potentialsituations:

■ The end user creates a help desk ticket for what is perceived to befaulty system functionality, and the CCB determines that the helpdesk ticket is, in fact, a system enhancement feature not in scopeor captured in the original functional requirements and thatimplementing the feature would cause scope creep.

■ During the UAT phase after test cases are executed, the end userreports that the system is “missing” functionality, and the CCBdetermines that the functionality is “missing” because it has beendeferred to a future release and thus it will not be added duringthe existing UAT phase.

■ The project experiences budget cuts, and the CCB determineswhich requirements have to be deferred, modified, or rejected.

■ After prototypes are shown, the end user requests system changesthat cause new “proposed” requirements to be considered for theproject scope, and the CCB determines the impact, resources, timeframes, costs, and benefits of adding new requirements to thesystem.

■ After system changes are made and tested, the CCB ensures that allprocedures, project documentation, and approvals are adhered tobefore the object (system change) is transported into a productionenvironment. The CCB also ensures that objects are transported inthe correct order and sequence to the target environment.

The CCB has the responsibility of communicating system changesto the project and ensuring that the requirement management tool isthe official repository for all project requirements. The CCB deter-mines the priority of a system change and which system changes needto be transported on an emergency basis to avoid system failure ordisruption to the business.

Members of a CCB can include functional team leaders, integra-tion manager, project manager, test team manager, Basis leader, secu-rity and development team leaders, and SMEs. The CCB plays a vital

Requirements 55

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 55

Page 73: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

role in the life cycle of the requirements after they have been captured,baselined, and approved. Without a CCB, the requirements may bemodified or deleted without appropriate communication and impactanalysis. This may cause project delays, budget overruns, and systemfailure.

INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS

Independent verification allows companies requesting SAP servicesfrom system integrators to inspect from a neutral point of viewtestable requirements before the system is designed and configured,and also to verify that the system fulfills the testable requirementsbefore the design or solution is deployed into a live production envi-ronment. Ideally, independent testing efforts meet the definition ofInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) standards andare performed by individuals who do not have a vested interest in thesuccess or failure of the SAP implementation.

According to IEEE standards,4 the definition for independent ver-ification and validation (IV&V) is as follows:

Independent verification and validation (IV&V) is performed by anindividual or organization that is technically, managerially, andfinancially independent of the development organization.

Given limited budgets, resources, and stringent deadlines that ac-company most SAP implementations and SAP upgrades, it may provedifficult to establish IV&V activities at an SAP project per establishedIEEE guidelines. SAP projects may have quasi-independent testersthat meet one or two of the independence criteria as established byIEEE for IV&V but not all three criteria factors. For example, a clientmay pay a third-party agency not affiliated with the SAP system inte-grator or client to independently verify testable requirements and testresults that could meet the criteria of technical and managerial inde-pendence per IEEE, but the third-party agency may gets its fundingfrom the project management operations (PMO) office or project

56 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

4729/610.12, Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology, New York, 1990.

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 56

Page 74: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

manager, and thus would fail to meet the criterion of financially in-dependent.

Despite the inability of most SAP projects to fully satisfy inde-pendent verification and validation per IEEE standards, the conceptof “independent” testing needs to be introduced to SAP projectswhereby a system integrator is paid to implement SAP and thus re-duce the notion of a conflict of interest between the system integra-tor and the client requesting SAP services. A conflict of interest ariseswhen a system integrator is paid to deliver SAP services and alsoplaced in a position of finding defects for its delivered SAP design andfunctionality, which could hamper the system integrator’s ability tomeet deadlines and collect incentive bonuses from the client.

The trend and pattern for implementing or upgrading SAP is thatthat the company seeking to implement SAP will spend millions ofdollars for an implementation partner to analyze, design, construct,test, implement, deploy the solution, and provide end-user training.While this approach and model for implementing SAP has been em-ulated at thousands of SAP projects, it raises the question of inde-pendence. In other words, how does the client company know thatthe implementation partner has properly tested the solution? Is it pos-sible that the implementation partner has a conflict of interest in get-ting the SAP solution to be deployed as quickly as possible to meetproject deadlines and bonuses that causes testing activities related totest case design, test case execution, and test defect reporting to takea backseat? Even if the implementation partner does not have ulteriormotives for improperly testing the system and verifying the testablerequirements, can one reasonably assume that the implementationpartner does not have a robust testing methodology, knowledge ofautomated test tools, and the available resources or expert resourcesto test and verify all captured requirements?

After pondering all these questions and considering compliancewith regulations such as Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Section 404, andagencies such as the FDA, FERC, and the Securities and ExchangeCommission (SEC), one reaches the inevitable conclusion that havingthe company that designs and installs the system also test the systemis the equivalent of “putting the fox in the chicken coop.”

To mitigate the risk of having an implementation partner thatdoes not verify all requirements or has a conflict of interest, the fol-lowing recommendations are made:

Requirements 57

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 57

Page 75: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Construct and build an RTM with a tool specifically designed foran RTM such as Serena RTM, which is preferred over construct-ing an RTM in disconnected spreadsheets.

■ Hire a firm that provides independent testing services and is notunder the authority or control of the implementation partner. Theindependent firm should verify all requirements, not just the func-tional requirements. Requirements related to performance, secu-rity, disaster recovery, usability, and development objects shouldbe verified. The independent firm has the right to challenge andquestion the implementation partner’s design of the solution andconfiguration of the system based on the drafted requirements.

■ Conduct a thorough user acceptance test with qualified candi-dates representing the end users and SMEs. UAT should probethat the solution works from the point of view of the end users.Merely having system prototypes or presentations is not sufficientto demonstrate to the end users that the solution meets theirexpectations. UAT is more valuable when end users can executeactual hands-on test cases and report defects where applicable.

■ Implement exit criteria and certification processes at the end ofeach testing phase.

■ Avoid the use of waivers and exceptions that the implementationpartner typically proposes to the client for unfulfilled or unveri-fied requirements in order to promote the system into production.

An RTM provides a unique requirement identification for eachrequirement and ensures that each requirement is mapped to a testcase. Reports from an RTM can demonstrate which requirements are“orphans” because they have not been tested or verified with a testcase. For requirements that are mapped to test cases the client shouldseek and request evidence that the test case has actually been exe-cuted with an audit trail and printouts of screen shots where appro-priate. Every time a requirement has the status of “verified” the clientcompany can ask to see which test case was executed and its resultsto verify the requirement.

Implementation partners vary in expertise, breadth, and numberof resources when implementing a solution such as SAP. An imple-mentation partner that excels in developing SAP interfaces may nothave expertise in developing test plans, exit/entrance criteria, creatingautomated test cases, designing test cases, developing testing stan-

58 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 58

Page 76: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

dards, gathering and managing requirements, and so on. Out of po-litical considerations, some implementation partners hide defectsidentified during the testing phases from the client to minimize clientconcerns over the system design. Bringing in a firm that has no alle-giance to the implementation partner can mitigate the risk of pro-moting into production a system with defects. Independent firms arenot paid by the implementation partner and thus the implementationpartner is unlikely to exert any political pressure on them. An inde-pendent firm that specializes in SAP testing will report system defectswhen the requirements are not verified through the execution of testcases that can cause delays to the go-live date, but will also reduce theimpact of having an unstable production system and shifts the bur-den onto the implementation partner to build the system correctlybased on the approved requirements.

A comprehensive UAT—one that follows the integration-testingphase—allows the end users to interact with the system before it isdeployed. A good approach for UAT is to have a preselected list oftest scenarios previously executed during integration testing reexe-cuted during UAT with specially trained members from the end-usercommunity. The Roadmap methodology implies that the integrationtest should have participants known as “extended users,” who can beend users. However, that in and of itself does not create an indepen-dent test. UAT should be a dedicated testing effort where the endusers have the opportunity to report errors and defects with the ap-plication and challenge the validity of “verified” requirements. UATparticipants should perform their testing based on their designatedSAP roles (i.e., inventory clerk) as opposed to testing the system withSAP_ALL access. Problems, errors, and defects unresolved from UATshould be taken into account before making a go/no go decision todeploy the application.

Exit criteria also allow the project to put a safeguard in place toensure that requirements have been verified. Exit criteria define theconditions under which a testing effort may come to an end beforemoving on to another testing effort or project phase. Exit criteria canspecify that no defects exist or that all requirements have been veri-fied before the testing ends.

Finally, avoid the use of “waivers” and “exceptions” for in-scoperequirements that were not fulfilled. Implementation partners thatcannot fully design the solution rely heavily on client waivers as a

Requirements 59

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 59

Page 77: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

means of expediting the project tasks and dealing with problems“later on” or to “have the production team” fix the problems. Waiversdo have merit when the implementation partner has a situation out-side of its control such as waiting for a patch from the vendor. How-ever, when used haphazardly for waiving requirements, they increasethe risk and instability of the production system. All waivers need tobe accompanied with mitigation or workaround strategy, expectedresolution date, and ownership so that they do not fall off the edge ofthe earth. The CCB can evaluate how a waiver to a requirement canimpact other requirements.

60 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

03_4782 2/5/07 10:37 AM Page 60

Page 78: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

61

CHAPTER 4Estimating Testing Costs

Testing is an activity that typically consumes the most resources andbudget in any SAP implementation or SAP upgrade. When broken

down into smaller subtasks, testing is expensive because it requireslabor hours from multiple project resources for test planning, testautomation, test execution, recording test results, resolving defects,impact analysis, retesting the application, and applying lessonslearned from testing. For example, the creation, peer review, andapproval of a single SAP test case may require labor hours from thebusiness analyst, SAP consultant, system architect, quality assurance(QA) representative, subject matter expert (SME), and test teammember.

The costs associated with SAP testing are primarily attributed tothe following activities and/or events:

■ Hardware equipment (i.e., machines, servers, laptops, printers, etc.)■ Software costs (i.e., automation, version control, and test man-

agement software)■ Billable hours for testing activities such as test planning, test

design, test execution and defect resolution (i.e., hourly rate forcontractors, employee’s labor costs)

■ Outsourcing agreements (i.e., paying a third-party entity to con-duct independent or automated testing)

■ Training costs (i.e., learning test procedures for reporting defects)■ Person-hours spent enforcing quality standards and lessons learned

Accurate estimation of SAP testing costs for a given SAP test cycle(i.e., regression, performance, integration, etc.) is complex becausefew companies implementing SAP maintain historical records fortime actually spent planning and executing test cases for previous testcycles, and because testing is typically viewed as an activity that is

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 61

Page 79: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

subject to truncation or compression when the project experiencesbudget cuts or falls behind schedule. In order to properly plan and es-timate the costs for testing within an SAP environment it is necessaryto recognize all factors and conditions that contribute to testing costs,such as historical data from previous testing cycles, expert estimatesfor estimating duration times for test activities, the use and mainte-nance of automated test tools, the thoroughness needed for docu-menting test cases and test results, and the level of expertise for theassigned SAP testers. After the testing costs have been estimated andplanned, the project manager and test manager can spread the testingcosts across the project’s schedule to produce a budget and validatethe budget against project constraints.

CHALLENGES IN COST ESTIMATING

The key factors that help to dissemble the true testing costs are asfollows:

■ Basing cost estimates on poorly defined testing activities andwork packages

■ Not considering the cost of hardware, human, and softwareresources needed to conduct testing (i.e., automated test tools, testmanagement tools, test labs, contractor’s billable rates for con-ducting a stress test, etc.)

■ Tying testing costs to an ill-developed project schedule (missingdependencies, erroneous activity duration times, missing activi-ties, etc.)

One of the factors contributing the most to miscalculation of test-ing costs at most SAP implementations is that many activities relatedto test execution and test planning are not always clearly identified ina project schedule. For instance, the following activities and eventsare related to testing but may not be clearly tracked or identified assuch in an SAP implementation:

■ Purchasing automated test tools and test management tools■ Maintaining test tools and test management tools

62 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 62

Page 80: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Prototyping testing concepts (i.e., prototype of an automated testcase for a project that has recently purchased an automated testtool)

■ Applying lessons learned from a previous testing cycle■ Ongoing and year-round regression tests to support system

upgrades, OSS notes, system enhancements, hot packs, etc.■ Resolving end-user tickets reported to the production help desk■ Reconfiguring and retesting the system because the original

requirements were not captured or interpreted correctly■ Training resources on test procedures and test standards■ Enforcing testing standards■ Time spent retesting identified defects■ Time spent developing automated test cases, which can require

support from subject matter experts, business analysis, configu-ration experts

■ Time allocated for a performance/stress test that can require assis-tance and support from the Basis team, DBAs (database admin-istrators), infrastructure team, business analysts, SAP functionalexpert, advanced business application programming (ABAP)developers, etc.

■ Time and resources allocated to establishing the test environment■ Time spent executing manual test cases■ Costs to establish and maintain a test lab, which can include

machines, printers, phones, separate local area network (LAN),etc.

■ Costs of collecting, gathering, and managing test results■ Time spent maintaining and updating testing deliverables (i.e.,

test plans, test strategies, test cases, test scripts)

These activities and events are only a partial listing of what itwould take to establish and maintain a testing program at an SAP im-plementation that can hide or disguise the “true” testing costs. Thebiggest obstacle in estimating testing costs, however, is that most pro-jects do not have historical data to recycle from previous testing cy-cles or a breakdown of testing activities with sufficient granularity todetermine the time spent on individual testing subtasks. SAP testingis time consuming and resource intensive for both initial and existingSAP implementations. For an initial SAP implementation, up to 50

Estimating Testing Costs 63

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 63

Page 81: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

percent of all project resources and budget may be dedicated to sup-porting all testing activities, either directly or indirectly. For an exist-ing SAP implementation with a large functional scope, one can expectto spend over 5,000 person-hours in planning test cases, executingtest cases, recording test cases, logging test results, and resolving test-ing defects for a regression test. But exactly how much time is allo-cated to each testing activity and testing subtask based on previoustesting cycles is an enigma at most projects since this information isnot stored or maintained anywhere. For instance, the creation andexecution of a test case to validate a new system change (i.e., creationof a custom SAP transaction with different screen and validationrules) to be transported into the production environment may requiremultiple activities and person-hours from various project resources,which may not be individually tracked or monitored in a projectschedule. The potential testing activities associated with a new systemchange are as follows:

■ Identification, modification, or creation of test requirement, busi-ness process procedure (BPP), and flow process diagram(resources: subject matter expert, business analyst, SAP consul-tants, end user, system architect, and test team member)

■ Construction of test case with test steps, test conditions, andexpected results (resources: SAP consultant, test team member)

■ Rehearsing of documented test case to ensure that it was docu-mented properly (resources: SAP consultant, test team member)

■ Peer review and approval of test case (resources: SME, end user)■ Manual execution of test case (resources: test team member)■ Recording of test results (resources: test team member)■ Resolution of defects (resources: business analyst, SAP consultant)■ Retesting of change if defects were identified (resources: test team

member)■ Automation of new process with automated test tool (resources:

contractor from the test team who specializes in test tool, SAPconsultants, SME)

All the aforementioned testing activities for promoting a systemchange into production may consume hundreds of person-hours fromproject resources, which translate into thousands of dollars, yet thesetesting costs might be overlooked because the test manager or project

64 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 64

Page 82: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

management office does not document or track these individual ac-tivities in a project schedule. For larger testing efforts such as perfor-mance, integration, or regression testing, omitting or overlookingindividual testing subtasks and work packages from a scheduling sys-tem would obscure the true cost of all testing activities.

Overlooking testing subtasks is one of the many factors that hidethe true cost of testing. The cost estimates used for test planning andtest execution can also be impacted by other factors, such as the levelof SAP expertise from the individual planning and executing testcases; the enforcement of QA standards for documenting test casesand test results, which can cause rework of testing deliverables; thestability of the system configuration, which may cause rework of au-tomated test cases; and compliance with industry acts such as goodmanufacturing practices (GMPs) or Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) thatstrictly govern the documentation for recording and validating testresults. Furthermore, hardware and software resources needed to fa-cilitate and enhance the planning and execution of test cases are coststhat must be taken into consideration when estimating expected test-ing costs.

To overcome the challenges of testing costs it is necessary to iden-tify all activities, deliverables, and tasks related to testing, the laborhours allocated to each testing task, the rate per hour, and the costsof training, hardware, and software resources needed to support test-ing. The entire scope of testing is in fact far more encompassing thanmere test execution of test cases, which is often viewed as the only ac-tivity that produces testing costs.

SCOPE OF COSTS

The scope of testing costs includes all activities associated withrequirements gathering, test planning, test design, test execution, testreporting, and defect resolution. Testing activities occur in multiplephases, which include unit, development (reports, interfaces, conver-sions, and enhancements), scenario, integration, performance, stress,and regression testing.

To implement SAP from scratch or maintain an SAP system, it isnecessary to conduct continuous testing cycles and commit hardware,software, and human resources in support of testing tasks. For an

Estimating Testing Costs 65

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 65

Page 83: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

established or production-based SAP system, it is possible that a pro-ject may have resources assigned to tasks from the production-basedteam and the development team. For example, a new system en-hancement will require unit, string, integration, and regression test-ing by the SAP development team before it is deployed into theproduction environment, and subsequently the new system enhance-ment will be tested by the production team after they assume owner-ship of the promoted system enhancement.

After the SAP system has been promoted into production, thescope of testing costs include modifying test cases, authoring new testcases, identification of data sets, construction of a test environment,costs of testing software and hardware, and staff-hours needed to ex-ecute test cases, record test results, and resolve defects. In an SAP pro-duction-based mode, other testing costs may include costs fromoutsourcing agreements to test the application remotely or with au-tomated test cases developed in offshore locations, and also the test-ing costs associated with the rework and redevelopment of previouslyimplemented system functionality that was promoted but does notbehave as expected. For production-based environments, the testingcosts are also manifested in other qualifiers such as maintaining thetesting software, maintaining and updating testing documentation,applying testing lessons learned, generating reports, and showingtesting evidence to support testing audits. Given the inherent natureassociated with patches, OSS notes, hot packs, system upgrades, andsystem enhancements that frequent an SAP production system, it isconceivable that multiple test types would need to be executed inorder to support a production-based SAP installation.

For initial SAP implementations, the extent and scope of testingcosts include the establishment and enforcement of testing standards,staffing the testing team, acquiring and procuring necessary testingresources (hardware, software), executing test cases, recording test re-sults, and resolving defects. Initial SAP implementations may have re-duced or limited functional scope, which in turn may decrease thetesting costs and the size of the testing team. However, as the SAP im-plementation increases in functionality, the number of modules, mod-ifications, and SAP bolt-on components (i.e., business warehousing)after it has been promoted into the production environment, the sizeof the test team, and the overall testing costs will proportionally in-crease to take into account testing from the production and the de-

66 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 66

Page 84: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

velopment team before changes are deployed into the productionenvironment.

The costs of testing for a production-based SAP implementationare primarily a by-product of the amount of regression testing that isneeded before a new functionality is deployed into the production en-vironment. Companies that want to reduce manual testing costs tomove objects into the production environment are shifting to test au-tomation or outsourcing agreements as a means of executing andplaying back large, functional SAP scenarios unattended and withina short time span before promoting an object into production. On theother hand, companies relying solely on manual testing and record-ing of test results for moving objects and new functionality into theproduction environment have increased risk of not having all the nec-essary resources and bandwidth to test all impacted combinations ofbusiness scenarios and end-to-end functionality before an object istransported into the production environment, which increases thetesting risk and testing costs, decreases the stability of the productionenvironment, and creates rework.

TECHNIQUES FOR ESTIMATING COSTS

Estimating testing costs can be facilitated with two models: (1) expertjudgment or (2) historical information. With expert judgment, a pro-ject member who is experienced with testing activities can estimatethe resources and hours needed to conduct a testing task such as timeneeded to design a test case that involves five transaction codes, ortotal time needed to execute an end-to-end scenario. A person withexpert judgment estimating testing costs may rely on establishedindustry guidelines and benchmarks, software methodologies, or ownhands-on experience. For instance, IBM’s Ascendant SAP methodol-ogy shows that documenting test results for test cases with an aver-age complexity level may take as long as 30 minutes per person.

On the other hand, historical information provides a repositoryof information for the number of time units needed by each project-specific resource to conduct a testing task. For instance, historical in-formation may show that a given project member takes on averagetwo business days to resolve a defect with a severity level of one, ormay also show that test cases for a particular business area (i.e.,

Estimating Testing Costs 67

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 67

Page 85: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

warehouse management) take on average five hours to execute per re-source. Alternatively, for companies relying on earned value calcula-tions, historical data may show that the testing costs for a previoustesting phase required 5,000 person-hours at a total cost of $2 mil-lion, which can serve as a basis of estimate for planning testing costs.

Both historical and expert judgment models may not take into ac-count other testing costs that facilitate and support testing activities.The acquisition, purchasing, and maintenance costs of software testtools and hardware resources may not be captured correctly withboth the historical and expert judgment models. This makes it im-perative that, independent of the technique used for estimating test-ing costs, the cost estimating technique includes labor costs for hourlyrates, hardware costs, software costs, number of labor hours needed,traveling costs for remote participants traveling to conduct testingtasks, and the costs from an outsourcing agreement if one exists.

Aggregating and decomposing all testing costs allows the testmanager to create a more accurate budget for all testing activities.

68 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

04_4782 2/5/07 10:38 AM Page 68

Page 86: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

69

CHAPTER 5Functional Test Automation*

Functional testing assures that your implementation of SAP meetsyour business requirements. Given the highly configurable and

tightly integrated nature of the SAP modules, as well as the probabil-ity that you will also integrate in-house applications or third-partyplug-ins, it is a critical and challenging task requiring the verificationof hundreds or even thousands of business processes and the rulesthat govern them.

This chapter explores the business case for automating your func-tional testing, the alternative automation approaches to consider, andorganizational considerations and techniques for maintaining andmanaging your test automation assets.

WHY AUTOMATE?

Test automation is not a panacea, but it can make a dramatic differ-ence in the quality and stability of your SAP deployment over the longterm. The key is to understand when automation works and when itdoes not, and how to assure your success.

Business Case for Automation

There are three key benefits to automation:

1. Expand your test coverage.2. Save time and resources.3. Retain knowledge.

*This chapter was authored by Linda Hayes, CTO of WorkSoft, Inc.

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 69

Page 87: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Expanding your test coverage is one of the most valuable benefitsof automation because it translates into higher quality and thus lesscosts associated with downtime, errors, and rework. Over the life ofyour SAP deployment you will likely experience an increase in thenumber of business processes it supports, either through the imple-mentation of additional modules or integration with other systems.

As a result, each successive implementation or modification af-fects a greater number of business processes, which increases the riskand opportunity for failure. Even a 10 percent increase in total func-tionality still requires testing of 100 percent of the process inventorydue to the risk of unexpected impact. The tightly integrated nature ofSAP increases this risk.

As Exhibit 5.1 shows, a manual test process cannot keep pacewith this expanding workload because time and resources availablefor testing are either fixed or even declining. In this exhibit, thelighter arrow indicates the processes that need to be tested and thedark arrow indicates the number of test resources. This combinationof increasing processes that need to be tested with a static number oftesters leads to increased risk and potential cost of failure.

Under the scenario represented in Exhibit 5.1, automation is theonly practical answer. It enables one to capture tests as repeatable as-sets that can be executed for each successive release or deployment,so that the inventory of tests can keep pace with the inventory ofbusiness processes at risk.

This repeatability saves time and resources as well. Instead of re-quiring repetitive manual effort to reverify processes each timechanges are introduced, tests can be automatically executed in an un-attended mode. This allows your resources to focus on adding new

70 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

Risk

Test Resources

Business Processes

Time

#

EXHIBIT 5.1 Test Workload Compared to Test Resources

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 70

Page 88: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

tests to support new functionality instead of constantly repeating ex-isting tests.

Ironically, when test time is short, testers will often sacrifice re-gression testing in favor of testing new features. The irony is that thegreatest risk to the user is in the existing features, not the new ones.If a business process that the enterprise depends on stops working—or worse, starts doing the wrong thing—then you could halt opera-tions. The loss of a new feature may be inconvenient or evenembarrassing, but it is unlikely to be devastating.

This benefit will be lost if the automated tests are not designed tobe maintainable as the application changes. If they either have to berewritten or require significant modifications to be reused, you willkeep starting over instead of building on prior efforts. Therefore, it isessential to adopt an approach to test library design that supportsmaintainability over the life of the application.

Finally, the process of automating your test cases introduces dis-cipline and formality to testing, which results in the capture of appli-cation knowledge in the form of test assets. You cannot automatewhat is not defined. By defining your business processes and rules astest cases, you are converting the experience of subject matter experts(SMEs) and business analysts (BAs) into an asset that can be pre-served and reused over the long term, protecting you from the in-evitable loss of expertise due to turnover.

When to Automate

Conventional wisdom holds that you should automate your tests onlyfor regression testing; that is, the initial deployment should be per-formed manually and only successive changes automated. This beliefarises from the historical record/playback approach to test automa-tion, which requires that the software be completed and stable beforescripts can be captured.

New approaches exist, however, that allow automated tests to bedeveloped well in advance of configuration or code completion.These approaches are further described later in the Test AutomationApproaches section.

Using these new approaches, automated tests can serve a dualpurpose: They can provide documentation of the “to be” businessprocess as well as deliver test automation. This collapses two steps—

Functional Test Automation 71

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 71

Page 89: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

documentation and automation—into one, thus further conservingtime and resources.

What to Automate

Automation is all about predictability. If you cannot express the pre-cise inputs and expected outputs, you cannot automate a test. Thismeans that it should be used to verify what is known or predicted.Typically this means positive tests, as in assuring that the businessprocess is executed successfully, but can also be applied to negativetests that verify if business or field edit rules are violated, such asinvalid data types or out-of-range values in which the data is rejectedand an error message given. Think of these tests as “making sure”that processes work as expected.

In the context of SAP, the obvious automation candidates are the“to-be” processes, processes that are executed frequently, critical tothe business, and contain integration points (touch points). For SAP-based production systems, SAP transaction ST03 allows for quick fil-tering of which SAP transaction codes are actually used in productionand to what extent/volume.

Further, for each process, the data variations that exercise busi-ness and edit rules can also be automated. Applying data-driven tech-niques to automation enables you to quickly expand your test casesby adding data. This also means, however, that automation is not ap-propriate for ad hoc, random, or destructive testing. These tests mustbe performed manually because by their very nature they introduceunexpected or intentionally random conditions. Think of these testsas covering “what-if” scenarios.

Ad hoc tests are uniquely suited to manual testing because theyrequire creativity and are deliberately unpredictable. By allowing au-tomation to take care of what you expect to work, you can free yourexperts to try to break the system.

Critical Success Factors

Successful test automation requires:

■ Management commitment■ Planning and training

72 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 72

Page 90: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Dedicated resources■ Controlled test environment■ Pilot project

No project can succeed without management commitment, andautomation is no exception. In order for management to manage,they must know where things stand and what to expect. By lettingmanagement know up front what investment you need to succeedwith automation, then keeping them informed every step of the way,you can get their commitment and keep it. This requires a compre-hensive project plan.

Your automation plan must clearly identify the total costs and ben-efits of the project up front, provide a detailed project plan with the re-quired resources, timelines, and related activities, then track results andreport to management regularly. Costs include selecting and licensingthe right tool, training the team, establishing a test environment, de-veloping your test library, and maintaining both the tests and the tool.The number and type of resources you need, the time required, and thespecific activities will depend on the approach you adopt.

If and when obstacles are encountered, let management knowright away. Get bad news out as early as possible and good news outas soon as you can back it up. Nothing is more disconcerting formanagement than to invest resources without seeing progress or,worse, by sudden surprises. Also keep focus on the fact that the testautomation project will last as long as SAP is being used and main-tained. Every successive release, update, patch, or new integrationwill need to be tested and the automated test assets accordingly main-tained and reexecuted.

No matter how easy to use the tool is claimed to be, plan fortraining as well, and perhaps consulting. Learning a tool through trialand error is costly and time consuming, and it is better to get off onthe right foot. Since it is easier to get money allocated all at once in-stead of piecemeal, be careful not to buy the software first and thendecide later you need training or additional services.

Although the promise of automation is exciting, realize that testtools do not work by themselves. Buying a test tool is like buying atreadmill—the only weight you lose is in your wallet! You must usethe equipment, do the exercises, and sweat it out to get the benefits.Also understand that even though test automation saves time and re-sources in the long run, in the short term it will require more than

Functional Test Automation 73

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 73

Page 91: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

manual testing. Make sure management understands this, or you mayfind yourself with a tool and no one to implement it.

Not only must you have the right resources, you must also com-mit to a controlled test environment that supports predictable data.Automation is all about repeatability, and you cannot repeat the sametests if the data keeps changing. In most cases the data values are thekey to the expected results. Identifying, creating, and maintaining theproper data is not a trivial problem to address and often representsmore than half of the overall effort. Do not wait until you are readyto start testing to implement your strategy.

The ideal test data strategy is to have a known data state that canbe archived and refreshed for each test cycle. If this is not possible orpractical, you may consider using automation to “seed” or conditionthe data to create or modify data to meet your needs.

If this is your first automation effort, start with a small pilot pro-ject to test your project plan assumptions. Invest two to four weeksand a couple of resources in automating a representative subset ofyour business processes, and carefully document the effort and resultsduring the pilot as these results can be used to estimate a larger im-plementation. Since you can be sure you do not know what you donot know, it is better to learn your lessons on a small scale.

Also be sure to commit the right type of resources. As describedin the following section on test automation approaches, depending onthe approach you adopt you will need a mix of skills that may or maynot be part of your existing test group. Do not imagine that having atool means you can get by with less skill or knowledge: The truth isexactly the opposite.

Common Mistakes

Pitfalls to avoid when automating your SAP testing include:

■ Selecting the wrong tool.■ Using record and play techniques.■ Writing programs to test programs.■ Ignoring standards and conventions.

In order to select the right test tool you must perform an evalua-tion in your environment with your team. This is the only way to

74 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 74

Page 92: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

assure that the tool is compatible with your SAP implementation—including any gap applications—and especially that your team hasthe right skill set to be productive with it. A scripting tool that re-quires programming skills, for example, will not be successful unlessyou have technical resources available on your team.

For purposes of this evaluation, make sure you understand howthe tool handles not only test development but also test managementand especially maintenance, since these are critical to long-term pro-ductivity. Do not settle for a simplistic record-and-play script. Insiston understanding how to write robust tests that are well structured,documented, reliable, and easy to maintain.

Record and play is a very attractive approach: Simply perform amanual process and have it automatically recorded into a script. Butwhile these scripts are easy to record, they are unstable when exe-cuted and all but impossible to maintain. They do not have the doc-umentation and structure to be readable, and they lack any logic todetect and respond to the inevitable errors and changes that willoccur. Even variations in the response time of an SAP transaction cancause failures.

Another drawback to recorded scripts is that they contain hard-coded data. Recording the process of creating a hundred invoices, forexample, will yield a script containing the same steps 100 times over.This means if a configuration change is made to any step of theprocess, it must be made 100 times. Since this is impractical, recordedscripts are rarely reused after changes and must often be re-recorded.Thus, the value of automation is lost.

While the issues with capture/playback can be resolved using ad-vanced scripting code, this leads to the other extreme: writing pro-grams to test programs. This technique requires programming skills,which may exclude your most experienced testers. Further, if each testcase is converted to script code, you will have more code than theSAP module does. This approach results in custom code that is alsodifficult to maintain, especially by anyone other than the originalauthor.

Balancing the trade-offs between ease of use and coding is thesubject of the discussion of test automation approaches in the nextsection.

The last common mistake is to ignore the need for naming stan-dards and test case conventions. If each tester is permitted to adopttheir own approach and store their tests wherever they wish, it will

Functional Test Automation 75

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 75

Page 93: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

be impossible to implement a centralized, unified test library wheretests can be easily located and shared. Treat your automated tests asthe asset they are and ensure that they are easily found, understood,and maintained.

TEST AUTOMATION APPROACHES

Test automation has steadily evolved over the past two decades(longer if you count mainframes) from record and play, which is allcode and no data, to code-free approaches that are all data and littleor no code. This trend reflects the fact that code is more costly todevelop and maintain than data.

This evolution has followed these four stages:

1. Record and play2. Data-driven3. Frameworks4. Code-free automation

These represent varying combinations of code and data used to con-struct test cases and each has different advantages and drawbacks.

Record and Play

Record and play appears to be easy but turns out to be difficult.Recorded scripts usually have a very short useful life because they arehard to read, unstable when executed, and almost impossible to main-tain. The time that is saved during the initial development is morethan offset by the downstream costs of debugging failed sessions orre-recording after changes. Exhibit 5.2 shows an example of arecorded script.

The ideal use of record and play, oddly enough, is to capture theresults of manually executed tests. This assists the tester in docu-menting results and perhaps reproducing the exact steps that led toany errors.

76 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 76

Page 94: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Traditional test automation tools that cost thousands of dollarsper user are overkill for this use. Instead, look for simple sessionrecorders that are available for as low as $100.

Data-Driven

Data-driven techniques address the hard-coded data issue of recordand play by removing the data from the scripts and instead reading itfrom an external file. Typically, a process is recorded once, then scriptcode is added to substitute variables for literal data, read the variablevalues from a file, and loop until all records are completed.

This approach reduces overall code volume and allows test casesto be added quickly as data records, but requires programming skillsto implement. It also results in custom code for each process thatmust be maintained as the application changes. Exhibit 5.3 reflectsthe type of changes introduced into a recorded script in order to makeit data-driven.

Frameworks

While data-driven techniques succeeded in reducing code volumeattributable to hard-coded data, they did not directly address the

Functional Test Automation 77

EXHIBIT 5.2 Example of Recorded Script

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 77

Page 95: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

inefficiencies of not sharing common code to handle common tasksacross test cases. They also limited the analyst’s ability to design testflows consisting of multiple scenarios and data.

In response, frameworks evolved as a way to provide an infra-structure to handle common tasks and allow business and quality an-alysts to write test flows by calling reusable code components.

Typical elements of a framework include:

■ A layer that allows test flows to be constructed as data in aspreadsheet or database.

■ Reusable or generated code components that execute testing tasksagainst SAP.

■ An infrastructure that handles test packaging, timing synchro-nization, error handling, context recovery, result and error log-ging, and other common tasks.

Frameworks require two roles and skills: the test engineer, a pro-grammer or scripter who develops the framework and reusable codecomponents, and the test designer, a business or quality analyst whoconstructs processes by ordering these components, together with thetest data values they require, into a spreadsheet or database.

78 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 5.3 Example of Data-Driven Script and Data File

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 78

Page 96: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

A framework offers several advantages. Nontechnical testers candesign automated test flows and provide data in a standard format,and test engineers can optimize their coding and maintenance effortby developing reusable components. The framework also takes careof managing and monitoring execution to provide reliable results.

There are three basic types of frameworks: key/action word,screen/window, and class library. Each type can be implemented usingtext files (spreadsheets) or databases. Spreadsheets are more eco-nomical, as most users already have access to them and are familiarwith their use, but they are more challenging to manage and maintainbecause they are not centrally stored or controlled. It is also easier tomake typographical or spelling errors in a spreadsheet.

A database, however, requires more cost and effort to implementbut is easier to manage. By providing a graphical user interface (GUI)front end, users can select from drop-down lists and otherwise beprotected from making input errors. Relational databases also enablemore rapid maintenance as mass changes can be introduced usingStructured Query Language (SQL) statements and similar functions.

Key/Action Word Framework A key or action word framework comprisesbusiness functions that perform tasks against SAP such as entering anorder or verifying an invoice. Each key or action word has a set ofdata values associated with it for either input or verification. Exhibit5.4 illustrates a typical key/action word implementation using spread-sheets.

Key/action word frameworks can be developed internally or ac-quired from commercial vendors. Some of the commercial tools gen-erate the scripts for common components, then allow test engineersto add additional code to handle errors and decision making at run-time as well as other application-specific logic or functionality.

The maintenance of key/action word frameworks is divided be-tween the code and the data. The code may have to be regenerated ormodified when the application behavior changes and the spreadsheetor database may have to be updated as functionality is enhanced orchanged.

Screen/Window This type of framework is a variation of key/actionword in that there are reusable code components that perform specifictasks, but in this case they are organized around actions such as data

Functional Test Automation 79

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 79

Page 97: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

input or verification against each SAP screen. Exhibit 5.5 shows ascreen/window implementation using a database and GUI interface.

When a screen changes, the related screen action code compo-nents must be modified or regenerated as well as the related test casespreadsheet or database.

Class Library A class library framework is built around code compo-nents that are mapped to SAP objects instead of tasks or screens. Eachobject class has an associated set of actions that can be performedagainst it—for example, input to a text box or pressing a button.These class/action code components may be developed or generated,with code added for decision-making logic based on the results dur-ing execution. Exhibit 5.6 is an example of a spreadsheet implemen-tation for a class library framework.

As with other framework types, these can be organized into testprocesses in spreadsheets or databases. In this case, the data is pro-vided for each single action.

Since the SAP class library rarely changes, the only code that re-quires maintenance for functional changes is any decision-making orother custom code that has been added. The rest of the maintenanceoccurs in the spreadsheets or database.

80 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 5.4 Key/Action Word Implementation Using Spreadsheets

Test Name: Add Order

Description Create ordersand verify totaland tax

Testcase Customer Product Quantity Price

Add Order Acme Signs Posterboard 1000 5Add Order Baltimore Sun Paper 65000 1.15Add Order Crosstown, Inc. Confetti 1250000 0.05

Testcase Customer Product Tax Total

Verify Order Acme Signs Posterboard 400 5400Verify Order Baltimore Sun Paper 5980 80730Verify Order Crosstown, Inc. Confetti 0 1000000

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 80

Page 98: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Functional Test Automation 81

EXHIBIT 5.5 Screen/Window Implementation Using a Database and GUIInterface

EXHIBIT 5.6 Spreadsheet Implementation for a Class Library Framework

Build versus Buy Any of these framework types can be internally devel-oped or licensed from a commercial vendor. While building your ownframework may sometimes appear to be less costly and provide themost flexibility and control, it requires an investment in the develop-ment and ongoing support and maintenance of the framework. Sincerobust frameworks consist of tens of thousands of lines of code, the

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 81

Page 99: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

resource costs and time to create and support this code may besubstantial.

Further, if the original framework developers leave, it is commonfor the replacement engineer to rewrite or restructure the frameworkcode according to their own style or preferences. This adds to the on-going cost of ownership.

Of course, buying a framework incurs a licensing fee, but this costmay be offset by reducing the continued support and maintenancecosts to a fixed-price annual fee. The decision as to which option ismore economical should also take into consideration how much cus-tom code is needed in either scenario. If the commercial frameworkstill needs significant code development to support the desired testwork flows, it may not offer enough of a cost advantage to offset thelicense costs.

Code-Free Automation

A new type of test automation solution has recently emerged thatdoes not require any code to be developed at all. This approachincludes vendor-supported reusable code components that aremapped to the SAP class library and allows test analysts to constructprocesses using point and click within a GUI interface. The testerselects the SAP screen, the object and the action to be performed froma series of drop-down lists, then provides the test data or variablename for any required values.

The difference between the code-free approach and the previousframeworks is that no code is written or generated in order to auto-mate the tests. All test processes are stored as data within a database.Even decision making is supported through a GUI without requiringthe development of any additional code.

In this approach, the application screens and fields are defined ei-ther by learning the SAP screens or by extracting the screen informa-tion directly from the SAP metadata. This information is stored as amap within the database and it is used to populate the drop-downlists as tests are defined. Test analysts can further select from prede-fined options for making decisions at runtime to control the processworkflow. Exhibit 5.7 depicts an example GUI process editor for acode-free automation solution.

82 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 82

Page 100: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Aside from removing the need for test engineers to develop andmaintain custom code, code-free solutions enable automated mainte-nance. As the application changes, the map components are com-pared and all differences documented, including the affected testassets. Global changes can be made automatically as well to modifyor remove test steps related to changes or deletions. Since all test as-sets are stored as data, this can be more easily accomplished thanfinding impact and making changes to code.

Even a code-free solution, however, should support extensibilityoptions in the event that your implementation of SAP contains inter-faces to non-SAP applications to fill gaps.

TEST LIBRARY MAINTENANCE

The primary benefit of automating your SAP test processes is forfuture reuse as configuration changes are made or new patches or

Functional Test Automation 83

EXHIBIT 5.7 Example GUI Process Editor for a Code-Free AutomationSolution

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 83

Page 101: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

versions installed. By automatically reexecuting all of your testprocesses after changes, you can ensure that there have been no unin-tended effects. This level of test coverage can prevent costly produc-tion errors, failures, and downtime.

In order to enjoy this benefit you must be able to maintain yourtest processes as changes are made to SAP or your configuration. Ifyou do not update the tests each time you make a change, they willbecome obsolete. In the same vein, you must add new test processesor test data to verify new functionality as it is added so that your testcoverage continues to expand as your usage of SAP does.

One way to limit maintenance time and overhead is to adopt aframework or code-free approach so that script code maintenance islimited or eliminated entirely and most changes occur in data instead.

Because maintenance is an ongoing requirement, it is critical thatit be efficient. Extensive manual changes to custom-coded compo-nents may be too time-consuming or difficult, resulting in a reduceduseful life for your automated tests. This means you must design yourtests to be easily maintained by following development standards andnaming conventions, and by enforcing change management and ver-sion control on all test assets.

Maintenance Events

There are three primary events that can trigger maintenance of yourtest assets. The first arises when your SAP configuration changes,whether to modify screens or the business process workflow. Depend-ing on your automation approach, this will require that your testcomponents—whether stored in code, spreadsheets, or a database—be modified to accommodate the differences.

The second maintenance event is a change to a business processdue to new or different rules. The SAP screens themselves may not bemodified, but the rules that govern the workflow may be changed. Ina script code–based framework, this may necessitate scripting or re-generation of code; a code-free solution will need only changes to thetest processes.

Changes to data can cause the third type of maintenance event.This change may arise from different data in the test environment it-

84 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 84

Page 102: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

self, or new data may be needed to exercise new process or rules. Un-less you are using record and play, your test data should be located ina text file, spreadsheet, or database.

In each of these cases it is important that your naming conven-tions or coding standards permit you to easily identify which test as-sets are affected by changes without individually inspecting every testprocess or data file. Depending on the automation technique andframework type you select, the impact of a change may be analyzedautomatically or manually. Generally, assets stored as code make itmore difficult to locate and make changes than assets stored as data.Similarly, data housed in a database is easier to manage and maintainthan data stored in text files or spreadsheets.

Version Control

Because maintenance events result in changes to test assets, it is nec-essary to institute version control. Prior versions of a test should bekept in case the functionality has to be rolled back, or for audit trailpurposes to comply with regulatory requirements.

If your tests are stored as script code, you may use a softwaresource control system that supports check in/check out for code mod-ules and allows you to identify differences and perform merges be-tween versions.

If your tests are stored as data in text files or spreadsheets, youmay also use most software source control systems. For test assetsstored in a database, make sure the database schema permits multi-ple versions to be maintained and compared, and if a test asset isbeing modified, that it is protected from being overwritten by some-one else.

MANAGING TEST AUTOMATION

Your test automation team will require a mix of skills, depending onthe approach you have selected. Estimating the time and effort willalso depend on the techniques and tools you have adopted.

Functional Test Automation 85

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 85

Page 103: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Team Roles

As described in previous sections, the code-based approaches andframeworks require a minimum of two roles: test engineers, whodevelop and maintain the script code components, and test analystsor designers, who construct and execute the test processes and data.

Test designers should be SMEs or BAs who have domain exper-tise in the business processes to be tested. Test engineers need to haveprogramming skills and either training or experience with the script-ing tool of choice. Test analysts need SAP domain expertise and busi-ness process experience. If you have adopted a database repository,you will also need database administration skills.

Whether your test framework is internally developed or commer-cially licensed, you will need to plan for training the test team on howto design and develop reusable, maintainable test processes.

It is important not to skimp on training team members on nam-ing standards and coding conventions. These are essential skills forimplementing a test library that can be managed, maintained, andtransferred over the long term.

Estimating

Estimating the timeline for your test automation effort requires youto consider the following factors: the automation approach youadopt, the number of business processes to be executed, and the num-ber of business rules to be verified.

For example, if you select the key/action word framework ap-proach you will need to define the inventory of key or action wordsthat are needed, together with any custom decision-making code.Generally, if it takes one hour to record a process, it will take anotherfive to modify the script to add variables, timing, logic, error han-dling, and so forth, plus another five to integrate it into the frame-work, test, and debug it. So a one-hour manual process will takeabout 10 hours to reduce to a script code component. From there, ad-ditional rules can be tested by adding rows of test data, which may berapid if the data is already defined and slower if not.

If you are developing the framework internally, add time to de-velop and test the infrastructure as well. A typical custom framework

86 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 86

Page 104: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

infrastructure for a single application is about 50,000 lines of code.Plan for time to design the library, develop, test, and document it. At25 to 50 tested lines of code (LOC) per developer per day, this trans-lates into about four to eight person-years of development.

Likewise, the screen/window approach can be estimated bycounting the number of SAP screens you need to traverse, then mul-tiplying by the number of actions you intend to support for each (e.g.,input, verify, and store). Finally, automate one screen of average com-plexity and use it as a baseline to project the remaining effort.

The class library implementation can be estimated by identifyingthe number of classes and related actions plus the infrastructure.There are about 12 different GUI object classes in the SAP GUI; if youprovide an average of five actions for each one of approximately 50LOC each, you will have 600 LOC for the classes and actions plusany custom code needed.

After that, estimate the number of test processes and test data val-ues needed; developing the test workflows may take from half anhour to an hour including writing, testing, and debugging. Addingtest data to a workflow to exercise different rules may take only a fewminutes by adding rows to a data file.

Code-free approaches require estimates for the number of busi-ness processes and rules to be verified. Processes can typically be con-structed in 15 minutes to half an hour depending on complexity, andtest data can be added in minutes as another row in a table. This doesnot include any extensions for non-SAP applications.

In all approaches, however, be certain to plan for gathering andanalyzing the business process flows and the business rules and re-lated data. Ideally, these were documented during the initial businessprocess engineering phase in the form of the “to-be” processes. If not,plan time to interview application subject matter experts to extractthis information. Exhibit 5.8 summarizes the estimating factors foreach approach.

OUTSOURCING SCRIPTING TASKS

If you adopt one of the techniques that requires test engineers—andespecially if you elect to build instead of buy your framework—yourorganization will need skilled script coders. If you do not already have

Functional Test Automation 87

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 87

Page 105: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

these resources available, you have three options: Hire new employ-ees, retain contractors, or outsource.

Outsourcing may offer the benefits of reduced costs and access toresources already skilled in the test tool at hand. However, realizethat the test designer role requires domain expertise and cannot beoutsourced.

The biggest challenge of outsourcing is facilitating efficient com-munication and project management between the designers and engi-neers, especially if the engineers are offshore. Be sure to include extratime for detailed, explicit test case documentation to support remoteengineering. Insist on industry best coding practices such as namingstandards, coding conventions, version control, and documentation,as discussed previously in this chapter: All are essential to assure thelong-term viability of your automated tests.

88 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 5.8 Effort Estimation Factors by Approach

Approach Framework Code Components Data Components

Key/action 50,000 LOC # business tasks × # processes × testword 25–50 LOC/day 200 LOC each case variations × 1

or licensed minute per row

Screen 50,000 LOC # screens × 4 tasks # processes × testword 25–50 LOC/day × 100 LOC each case variations × 1

or licensed minute per row

Class 50,000 LOC 10 classes × # processes ×library 25–50 LOC/day 5 actions × number of steps

or licensed 50 LOC each × 30 secondsor licensed per step plus #

test case variationsper process × 1minute per row

Code-free Licensed Licensed # processes ×number of steps ×30 seconds perstep plus # testcase variations perprocess × 1 minuteper row

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 88

Page 106: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Finally, plan for the results to be reviewed and analyzed by the de-signers since they are the owners of the processes and ultimately ac-countable for their accuracy.

SUMMARY

Test automation is a strategic solution to assuring that your SAPimplementation is accurate and reliable both the first time it goes liveand after every other time that configuration or software changes aremade. Thorough, automated test coverage can save millions in pro-duction errors, downtime, and loss of user productivity by detectingissues before they impact the business.

So take the time to select the right tool and technique for yourneeds, invest the proper resources, and follow best practices so thatyour test automation library can serve as a long-term asset.

Functional Test Automation 89

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 89

Page 107: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

05_4782 2/5/07 10:41 AM Page 90

Page 108: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

91

CHAPTER 6Test Tool Review and Usage

Test tools are composed of test management tools for test planning,test design, and test execution and test tools for capturing manual

keystrokes that can be played back with multiple sets of data.Some of the key questions to address before introducing test tools

to a project are as follows:

1. Who will support and maintain the test tools and test manage-ment tools?

2. Who will provide end-user training for the test tools and testmanagement tools?

3. Which business processes are good candidates for test automation?4. Will test automation take place in-house or be outsourced to a

third-party vendor?5. How much documentation for test cases, test scripts, business

process procedures (BPPs), and flow process diagrams existswithin the project to support test automation?

6. Does the project have a dedicated SAP test environment and in-stance to support test automation?

7. How will the test management tools be customized?8. When (realistically) can automation efforts be initiated given the

project’s deadlines, constraints, and resource bandwidth?9. How will automated test cases be approved, signed off, and

maintained?

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 91

Page 109: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Commercial SAP test tools bring benefits that exceed mere cap-turing and playback to support test execution. Various vendors haveproduced test tools that are compatible with SAP or supplementSAP’s eCATT. The tools vary in price, scripting language, and howrecorded objects are maintained. Test tools supplement the testing ef-fort but do not replace it. Activities such as test case creation, identi-fication of test data, drafting requirements, and mapping test cases torequirements are activities that need to be completed manually beforeautomation is attempted. It is possible that a company may need toacquire one or more test tools from different vendors in order to sup-port all the automation for an SAP project. Companies acquiring testtools and test management tools will need to establish a frameworkfor deciding which processes are suitable for test automation and alsoidentifying the necessary resources for maintaining the test tools andtest management tools.

TEST TOOL REVIEW

Exhibits 6.2 through 6.8 are completed surveys from vendors thathave automated test solutions that are compatible with SAP R/3™.Although several vendors were asked to fill out surveys for their testtools, not all vendors responded to the survey. In choosing a test tool,it is important to remember that the test tools facilitate the testingeffort but do not drive the testing effort. The methodology andapproaches for testing are more important than the chosen test tool.

It is unlikely that a single vendor would offer a test tool thatmeets all the automation challenges of an SAP project, and conse-quently the SAP project will have to apply an automation frameworkthat includes one or more test tool vendors in addition to manualtesting. SAP also provides its own native testing solution from its testworkbench, which is eCATT. Some commercial vendors of test toolshave integrated their tools with eCATT to expand, augment, or sup-plement its capabilities.

92 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 92

Page 110: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

93

(Con

tinu

es)

EXHI

BIT

6.1

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

Tem

plat

e

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:T

ool E

valu

ator

:V

endo

r N

ame:

Ven

dor

Web

site

:D

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:T

ool T

ype:

(i.e

., SA

P re

cord

/pla

ybac

k sc

ript

ing

test

too

l for

reg

ress

ion,

str

ing,

inte

grat

ion,

sm

oke

test

ing)

(Pl

ease

fill

in y

our

own.

Thi

sis

an

exam

ple.

)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

chan

ges

Thi

s re

fers

to

the

abili

ty f

or t

he t

ool t

o lo

cate

all

test

ref

eren

ces

to a

n an

d de

leti

onap

plic

atio

n ob

ject

and

aut

omat

ical

ly u

pdat

e th

em w

hen

an o

bjec

t is

rem

oved

or r

enam

ed. O

ther

wis

e, t

he u

ser

has

to m

ake

all t

he c

hang

es m

anua

lly.

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

n T

his

refe

rs t

o th

e ab

ility

for

the

too

l to

info

rm t

he u

ser

of a

ll te

sts

that

are

ch

ange

saf

fect

ed b

y a

chan

ge t

o an

app

licat

ion

obje

ct. O

ther

wis

e, t

he u

ser

mus

t se

arch

all t

ests

and

man

ually

loca

te a

ll re

fere

nces

.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

h T

his

refe

rs t

o th

e ab

ility

to

crea

te a

n au

tom

ated

tes

t w

itho

ut h

avin

g th

e so

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

appl

icat

ion

avai

labl

e to

rec

ord

agai

nst.

Thi

s is

a n

eces

sary

fea

ture

for

agi

lede

velo

pmen

t ap

proa

ches

tha

t re

quir

e te

sts

to b

e de

velo

ped

befo

re t

he c

ode.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edTo

ol a

llow

s au

tom

atio

n w

itho

ut t

he n

eed

to w

rite

, gen

erat

e, o

r m

aint

ain

prog

ram

min

g co

de.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on S

AP

appl

icat

ions

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 93

Page 111: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

94

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)W

hich

is t

he u

nder

lyin

g pr

ogra

mm

ing

lang

uage

for

scr

ipti

ng a

nd r

ecor

ding

(i.e

., V

isua

l Bas

ic)?

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dC

an r

ecor

ding

too

l inv

oke

rem

ote

func

tion

cal

ls?

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

Doe

s te

st t

ool o

ffer

the

use

r th

e ab

ility

to

auto

mat

ical

ly c

onve

rt a

cap

ture

d te

stst

ep in

to a

n op

tion

al s

tep

wit

hout

hav

ing

to a

dd if

/els

e sc

ript

ing

logi

c?

(i.e

., in

SA

P a

give

n sc

reen

may

or

may

not

app

ear

base

d on

ent

ered

dat

a.)

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ties

Ana

log

reco

rdin

g re

fers

to

reco

rdin

g th

at r

equi

res

know

ledg

e fo

r an

obj

ect’s

coor

dina

tes

(on

the

x/y

axis

) w

ithi

n th

e m

onit

or s

cree

n (i

.e.,

Cit

rix,

DO

S,B

itm

aps,

etc

.) f

or a

nalo

g re

cord

ing.

Ana

log

reco

rdin

g is

use

ful w

hen

you

need

to t

rack

eve

ry m

ovem

ent

of t

he m

ouse

as

you

drag

the

mou

se a

roun

d a

scre

enor

win

dow

.

Rec

ogni

zing

obj

ects

inde

pend

ent

of lo

cati

on is

dig

ital

rec

ordi

ng. O

bjec

tre

cord

ing

enab

les

you

to r

ecor

d on

any

obj

ect

in y

our

appl

icat

ion,

whe

ther

or

not

the

test

too

l rec

ogni

zes

the

spec

ific

obj

ect

or t

he s

peci

fic

oper

atio

n.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e pr

oper

ties

H

as a

rep

osit

ory

whe

re a

ttri

bute

s, p

rope

rtie

s of

cap

ture

d or

rec

orde

d ob

ject

s of

rec

orde

d ob

ject

sar

e st

ored

, and

mai

ntai

ned.

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut

Aft

er t

he s

crip

t is

rec

orde

d th

e te

ster

can

add

thi

nk t

imes

and

del

ays

to e

ach

prog

ram

min

g or

cod

e ch

ange

ste

st s

tep

wit

hout

hav

ing

to in

sert

/cha

nge

exis

ting

pro

gram

min

g co

de.

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

-def

ined

To

ols

allo

w c

reat

ion

of a

use

r-de

fine

d fu

ncti

on in

ord

er t

o m

ake

test

s or

fu

ncti

ons

com

pone

nts

easi

er t

o m

aint

ain.

Use

r-de

fine

d fu

ncti

ons,

can

be

acce

ssed

fro

m a

ny t

est

or c

ompo

nent

.

Test

too

l off

ers

keyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

Key

wor

d-dr

iven

tes

t en

able

s yo

u to

cre

ate

and

view

the

ste

ps o

f yo

ur t

est

orco

mpo

nent

in a

mod

ular

, tab

le f

orm

at. E

ach

step

in t

he s

crip

t is

a r

ow in

the

Key

wor

d V

iew

, com

pris

ed o

f in

divi

dual

par

ts t

hat

one

can

mod

ify.

EXHI

BIT

6.1

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 94

Page 112: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

95

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

of c

aptu

red/

The

too

l sho

ws

and

disp

lays

the

scr

een

that

was

cap

ture

d du

ring

the

init

ial

reco

rded

pro

cess

reco

rdin

g.

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en, u

ser

Exa

mpl

e: I

f an

SA

P sc

reen

has

10

fiel

ds w

hen

it w

as r

ecor

ded

and

then

a n

ewca

n m

odif

y sc

ript

logi

c th

roug

h th

e ca

ptur

edfi

eld

is a

dded

the

tes

ter

can

mod

ify

the

scri

pt t

o in

clud

e th

e 11

th f

ield

thr

ough

sc

reen

the

capt

ured

scr

een

wit

hout

hav

ing

to m

odif

y th

e sc

ript

’s p

rogr

amm

ing

lang

uage

.

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

fiel

dsT

he la

bels

tha

t th

e to

ol c

aptu

res

for

the

reco

rded

SA

P fi

elds

can

be

mod

ifie

d.

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

-rec

orde

d SA

P T

he v

endo

r of

fers

a li

brar

y of

gen

eric

ally

or

plai

n va

nilla

rec

orde

d sc

ript

s sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

wit

h to

olco

ntai

ning

SA

P t-

code

s (i

.e.,

MIG

O, C

JN20

N, e

tc.)

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

,L

ist

the

actu

al S

AP

bolt

-ons

tha

t yo

ur t

ool s

uppo

rts.

SR

M, A

PO, C

-fol

ders

, CR

M, e

tc.)

Supp

orts

SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix

and

Port

als

Lis

t th

e ac

tual

SA

P ve

rsio

ns a

nd S

AP

fron

t en

d th

at y

our

tool

sup

port

s.

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsT

he t

est

tool

allo

ws

end

user

to

disp

lay/

supp

ress

/add

fie

lds,

but

tons

, rel

ocat

e bu

tton

s, e

tc.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

inst

alla

tion

is W

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ired

des

ktop

G

UI

inst

alla

tion

(fa

t or

thi

n cl

ient

inst

alla

tion

)?

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 95

Page 113: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

96

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

or O

racl

eT

his

refe

rs t

o th

e fa

ct t

hat

test

s ar

e st

ored

as

data

and

not

as

scri

pt c

ode.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

Doe

s th

e re

cord

ing

tool

or

test

man

agem

ent

tool

inte

grat

e w

ith

SAP’

s So

luti

onM

anag

er a

nd, i

f so

, whi

ch o

ne?

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

, ca

pabi

litie

s ex

ist

to e

xecu

te r

ecor

ded

scri

pts

from

Sol

utio

n M

anag

er

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Rec

orde

d sc

ript

s ca

n be

sto

red

wit

hin

a te

st m

anag

emen

t to

ol (

i.e.,

Test

Dir

ecto

r, Q

AC

ente

r). I

f so

, whi

ch t

est

man

agem

ent

tool

?

If t

est

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

off

er

Doe

s te

st m

anag

emen

t to

ol a

llow

one

to

keep

tra

ck o

f m

ulti

ple

vers

ions

of

the

vers

ion-

cont

rol c

apab

iliti

es?

Or

inte

grat

e w

ith

sam

e sc

ript

, hav

e ch

eck-

in/o

ut f

eatu

res,

off

er d

ate/

tim

e st

amp,

scr

ipt

stat

us,

thir

d-pa

rty

tool

for

ver

sion

con

trol

?et

c.?

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

The

rec

ordi

ng t

ool h

as A

PI in

tegr

atio

n to

SA

P’s

eCA

TT.

Or

the

scri

ptin

g to

olca

n be

enh

ance

d w

ith

eCA

TT.

Can

tes

t da

ta b

e sh

ared

acr

oss

from

eC

AT

T t

ore

cord

ing

tool

?

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

T

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s, la

ngua

ges

Thi

s re

fers

to

the

abili

ty o

f th

e to

ol t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h an

y ot

her

tech

nolo

gyne

eded

to

exec

ute

an e

nd-t

o-en

d te

st.

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

on

Thi

s re

fers

to

the

tool

’s a

bilit

y to

let

user

s m

ake

deci

sion

s ba

sed

on t

he r

esul

t of

pa

ss o

r fa

ilea

ch s

tep

at r

unti

me

and

cont

rol t

he t

est

wor

kflo

w a

s a

resu

lt, w

itho

ut w

riti

ngan

y co

de.

EXHI

BIT

6.1

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 96

Page 114: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

97

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p,

Thi

s m

eans

the

too

l allo

ws

the

user

com

plet

e co

ntro

l ove

r th

e ex

ecut

ion

proc

ess

brea

kpoi

nts,

scr

een

capt

ures

, as

wel

l as

visi

bilit

y in

to t

he v

alue

of

date

at

any

poin

t, w

itho

ut h

avin

g to

vie

wva

riab

le a

nd d

ata

mon

itor

ing

or in

tera

ct w

ith

prog

ram

min

g co

de.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

If a

scr

ipt

has

mul

tipl

e it

erat

ions

and

one

of

them

fai

ls, t

he s

crip

t ca

n be

fa

iled

iter

atio

nsin

stru

cted

to

skip

the

fai

led

iter

atio

n an

d pr

ocee

d to

the

nex

t on

e.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

fore

grou

nd m

ode

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

Doe

s th

e te

st t

ool o

ffer

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies?

Can

rec

orde

d sc

ript

s be

exec

uted

fro

m a

sch

edul

er (

i.e.,

run

scri

pt X

eve

ry F

rida

y at

10:

00 A

.M.)

?

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h de

pend

enci

esC

an s

crip

ts f

rom

tes

t to

ol b

e ex

ecut

ed f

rom

the

sch

edul

er in

a g

iven

seq

uenc

e(i

.e.,

run

scri

pt Y

bef

ore

scri

pts

X, a

nd Z

eve

ry F

rida

y at

11:

00 A

.M.,

but

ifsc

ript

Y f

ails

do

not

exec

ute

scri

pt Z

)?

Con

tain

s de

bugg

erT

he t

ool h

as c

apab

iliti

es t

o se

t up

“w

atch

var

iabl

es,”

has

a c

ompi

ler,

allo

ws

trac

ing.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on

Thi

s m

eans

tha

t th

e sc

ript

pla

ybac

k ti

me

auto

mat

ical

ly a

djus

ts t

o th

e SA

P be

twee

n cl

ient

and

ser

ver

resp

onse

tim

es s

o th

at t

he s

crip

t do

es n

ot g

et a

head

of

SAP

duri

ng e

xecu

tion

(pla

ybac

k) in

the

eve

nt t

hat

the

SAP

serv

er is

exp

erie

ncin

g de

lays

/lags

.

Tool

off

ers

auto

mat

ic t

imin

g sy

nchr

oniz

atio

n m

anag

emen

t.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yT

he t

ool f

ram

ewor

k ha

s an

aut

omat

ed w

ay o

f re

spon

ding

to

appl

icat

ion

or t

est

erro

rs w

itho

ut r

equi

ring

pro

gram

min

g co

de.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

The

too

l fra

mew

ork

has

an a

utom

ated

way

of

repo

siti

onin

g th

e ap

plic

atio

n to

a kn

own

stat

e af

ter

a pr

evio

us t

est

failu

re s

o th

e te

st s

essi

on c

an c

onti

nue

wit

hth

e ne

xt t

ext.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, T

he t

ool a

utom

atic

ally

rec

ords

tim

ing

inte

rval

s at

eve

ry le

vel o

f de

tail

wit

hout

an

d su

ite

requ

irin

g th

e us

e of

sto

pwat

ches

or

othe

r co

ding

tec

hniq

ues.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 97

Page 115: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

98

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

The

too

l allo

ws

user

s to

sor

t an

d se

lect

bas

ed o

n th

e va

lue

of a

ny t

est

elem

ent

to q

uick

ly lo

cate

and

vie

w d

esir

ed t

ests

fro

m a

larg

e in

vent

ory.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal

Test

dat

a is

not

sto

red

in s

prea

dshe

ets

or o

ther

des

ktop

too

ls, b

ut in

stea

d is

da

taba

sest

ored

in a

cen

tral

dat

abas

e th

at is

eas

ily s

hare

d an

d co

ntro

lled.

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

Test

s ca

n ei

ther

ret

riev

e da

ta f

rom

a d

atab

ase

duri

ng e

xecu

tion

or

veri

fy t

heva

lue

in a

dat

abas

e w

itho

ut w

riti

ng a

ny c

ode.

Prov

ides

Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM,

Cap

ture

d te

xt c

an b

e fo

rmat

ted,

man

ipul

ated

wit

hin

the

test

too

ls d

ata

shee

tsM

ID, e

tc.)

to

clea

n up

(i.e

., th

e st

atus

bar

mes

sage

“Sa

les

Ord

er 0

01”

can

be f

orm

atte

d to

ext

ract

ca

ptur

ed t

ext

only

the

val

ue “

001”

thr

ough

Exc

el-b

ased

for

mul

as).

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om

The

rec

ordi

ng t

ool c

onta

ins

data

she

ets

for

man

ipul

atin

g sc

ript

dat

a, o

r sp

read

shee

ts, e

xter

nal s

ourc

es, e

tc.)

capt

urin

g sc

ript

dat

a. T

he t

ool c

an w

ork

wit

h da

ta r

esid

ing

in e

xter

nal d

ata

file

s (i

.e.,

tab

delim

ited

, .tx

t, e

tc.)

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, C

an o

bjec

ts a

nd t

ext

be v

erif

ied

duri

ng s

crip

t pl

ayba

ck?

(For

exa

mpl

e, c

heck

da

taba

se v

alue

s, t

ext)

that

an

ente

r bu

tton

is d

isab

led;

che

ck t

hat

quan

tity

on

hand

is a

t le

ast

10be

fore

car

ryin

g ou

t th

e sa

les

orde

r.)

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt

Mat

ches

cha

ract

ers

from

cap

ture

d or

eva

luat

ed t

ext

base

d on

a p

atte

rn (

i.e.,

char

acte

r m

atch

ing)

veri

fy a

ll SA

P sa

les

orde

r nu

mbe

rs f

rom

the

sta

tus

bar

mes

sage

sta

rtin

g w

ith

a“5

” su

ch a

s Sa

les

Ord

er N

umbe

r 5*

).

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sD

ata

capt

ured

or

gene

rate

d du

ring

the

scr

ipt

play

back

(ex

ecut

ion)

can

be

sent

to a

n ex

tern

al d

ata

file

.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nT

his

mea

ns t

hat

data

can

be

pass

ed f

rom

one

rec

orde

d SA

P t-

code

to

the

next

wit

hin

the

sam

e sc

ript

(i.e

., a

sing

le s

crip

t is

rec

orde

d to

pas

s da

ta f

rom

Sal

esO

rder

t-c

ode

(VA

01)

to D

eliv

ery

t-co

de (

VL

01))

.

EXHI

BIT

6.1

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 98

Page 116: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

99

Thi

s is

the

str

ingi

ng t

oget

her

of S

AP

tran

sact

ions

wit

hin

the

sam

e sc

ript

or

auto

mat

ed t

est

case

.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Var

iabl

es o

f ty

pe I

NT,

FL

OA

T, C

HA

R, e

tc. c

an b

e de

clar

ed.

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar m

essa

ges)

Text

fro

m S

AP

can

be c

aptu

red

and

stor

ed o

n a

spre

adsh

eet

(i.e

., st

atus

bar

mes

sage

s, in

form

atio

nal s

cree

n te

xt, t

ext

wit

hin

an S

AP

grid

, tex

t fo

r a

fiel

d,te

xt f

rom

a d

rop-

dow

n lis

t, e

tc.)

.

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta a

cces

s D

ata

acce

ss m

etho

d ca

n be

seq

uent

ial,

rand

om, e

tc..

..m

etho

ds (

i.e.,

rand

om)

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s fo

r T

he t

est

repo

sito

ry a

sset

s ca

n be

man

aged

acc

ordi

ng t

o us

ers

and

grou

p ea

ch t

est

asse

t co

mpo

nent

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s to

con

trol

acc

ess

base

d on

use

r ro

les.

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs w

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, do

wnl

oads

to

upgr

ade

tool

Is t

here

a v

endo

r w

ebsi

te f

rom

whi

ch p

atch

es c

an b

e do

wnl

oade

d?

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

the

too

l

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngD

oes

the

vend

or o

ffer

an

offi

cial

tra

inin

g pr

ogra

m w

ith

inst

ruct

ors,

boo

ks,

clas

s ex

erci

ses?

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n Is

the

re a

n ex

amin

atio

n th

at t

este

rs c

an t

ake

to d

emon

stra

te p

rofi

cien

cy a

nd

in t

est

tool

skill

leve

l in

the

test

too

l?

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ult

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esSh

ows

scre

en c

aptu

red

duri

ng in

itia

l scr

ipt

reco

rdin

g.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 99

Page 117: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

100

EXHI

BIT

6.1

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

Res

ults

log

show

s st

atus

for

eac

h ro

w o

f Sh

ows

the

stat

us f

or e

ach

iter

atio

n (i

.e.,

out

of 1

0 it

erat

ions

9 p

asse

d).

data

(it

erat

ion)

Res

ults

log

incl

udes

dat

e an

d ti

me

stam

p

Res

ults

log

can

be s

aved

in d

iffe

rent

for

mat

s (i

.e.,

HT

ML

, .do

c)

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s (t

est

logs

)R

esul

ts lo

gs s

how

bot

h ac

tual

and

exp

ecte

d re

sult

s. R

esul

ts lo

gs s

how

whe

ther

a ve

rifi

cati

on p

oint

pas

sed.

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

cha

rtin

g U

sers

can

eas

ily d

evel

op t

heir

ow

n da

taba

se q

ueri

es a

nd p

rese

nt t

he r

esul

ts in

ca

pabi

lity

char

ts o

r re

port

s.

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

duce

d A

s th

e te

st is

dev

elop

ed, E

nglis

h-lik

e do

cum

enta

tion

is a

utom

atic

ally

pro

duce

dau

tom

atic

ally

fro

m t

est

proc

esse

san

d m

aint

aine

d. T

here

is n

o ne

ed f

or a

sep

arat

e do

cum

enta

tion

ste

p.

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

All

test

ass

ets

can

be e

xpor

ted

from

the

dat

abas

e in

to a

tex

t fi

le o

r ot

her

form

atfo

r in

tegr

atio

n w

ith

othe

r to

ols.

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

nsT

he u

ser

can

exte

nd t

he c

apab

ility

of

the

tool

to

auto

mat

e cu

stom

and

thi

rd-

part

y co

ntro

ls.

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

new

R

efer

s to

the

tes

t m

anag

emen

t ca

pabi

lity

and

to t

he a

bilit

y to

add

dat

a el

emen

tsat

trib

ute

fiel

dsas

tex

t, c

ombo

-box

, che

ckbo

x, e

tc.

Thi

s al

low

s th

e us

er t

o cu

stom

ize

the

info

rmat

ion

that

is c

aptu

red

and

repo

rted

so t

hat

it c

onfo

rms

to t

he u

ser’

s in

tern

al p

roce

sses

and

ter

min

olog

y.

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y Si

ngle

or

mul

tipl

e re

quir

emen

ts c

an b

e tr

aced

to

a si

ngle

or

man

y te

sts.

requ

irem

ents

tra

ceab

ility

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

pro

cess

esIt

mea

ns y

ou c

an p

ass

the

nam

es o

f th

ese

com

pone

nts

as v

aria

bles

to

allo

w t

he

and

data

file

nam

este

st d

ata

to c

ontr

ol t

he f

low

and

con

tent

of

test

exe

cuti

on.

Is t

he t

ool l

angu

age

and

plat

form

inde

pend

ent?

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 100

Page 118: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

101

EXHI

BIT

6.2

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

Ars

in C

orpo

rati

on)

Too

l Eva

luat

or:B

ob K

oche

Ven

dor

Nam

e:A

rsin

Cor

pora

tion

Ven

dor

Web

site

:ww

w.a

rsin

.com

Dat

e of

Eva

luat

ion:

02/0

9/06

Too

l Off

erin

gs:S

AP

Test

Aut

omat

ion

Lib

rary

, Val

idat

ion

Eng

ine

and

Aut

omat

ed T

est

Man

agem

ent

& C

reat

ion

Tool

set—

wor

ks in

conj

unct

ion

wit

h te

st A

utom

atio

n to

ols

from

Mer

cury

and

SA

P

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

chan

ges

and

dele

tion

sY

es—

test

ass

ets

are

obje

ct-b

ased

.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

h so

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

No.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edY

es, a

llow

s co

mpl

ex a

utom

atic

val

idat

ion

wit

hout

any

cod

ing.

Rem

oves

the

nee

d fo

r co

ding

in G

UI

test

too

l.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on-S

AP

appl

icat

ions

N/A

. Not

a r

ecor

ding

tes

t to

ol.

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)V

isua

l Bas

ic s

crip

ting

and

AB

AP

deve

lopm

ent

lang

uage

for

Val

idat

ion

Eng

ine.

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dY

es.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

Yes

, thr

ough

the

Atl

as L

ibra

ry W

rapp

er.

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ties

N/A

.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e pr

oper

ties

of

reco

rded

obj

ects

Yes

, thr

ough

the

fro

nt e

nd G

UI

test

too

l lik

e Q

uick

Tes

t Pr

o.*

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut c

hang

ing

prog

ram

min

g co

deY

es, t

hrou

gh t

he f

ront

end

GU

I te

st t

ool l

ike

Qui

ck T

est

Pro.

*

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

def

ined

fun

ctio

nsY

es, V

alid

atio

n E

ngin

e al

low

s fo

r cr

eatio

n of

use

d de

fined

func

tions

.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 101

Page 119: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

102

Test

too

l off

er k

eyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

No.

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

of c

aptu

red/

reco

rded

pro

cess

Yes

, thr

ough

the

fro

nt e

nd G

UI

test

too

l Qui

ck T

est

Pro.

*

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en, u

ser

can

mod

ify

scri

pt

Yes

.lo

gic

thro

ugh

the

capt

ured

scr

een

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

fiel

dsY

es.

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

No.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

reco

rded

SA

P sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

Y

es—

Ext

ensi

ve C

ompo

nent

Lib

rary

of

Tra

nsac

tion

s an

d w

ith

tool

Pr

oces

ses.

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

, SR

M, A

PO, C

-fol

ders

,Y

es, a

ll SA

P E

RP

and

SAP

New

Dim

ensi

on P

rodu

cts

such

as

APO

,C

RM

, etc

.)C

RM

, BW

, etc

.

Supp

orts

dif

fere

nt v

ersi

ons

of S

AP

(i.e

., SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix,

N

o an

swer

pro

vide

d.N

etw

eave

r, an

d Po

rtal

s)

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsN

o.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

is w

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ires

des

ktop

GU

I in

stal

lati

onW

eb-b

ased

app

licat

ion.

(fat

or

thin

clie

nt in

stal

lati

on)?

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Yes

.

EXHI

BIT

6.2

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 102

Page 120: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

103

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

or O

racl

eY

es—

any

DB

MS.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

Not

at

pres

ent

tim

e. P

lann

ed f

or f

utur

e re

leas

e.

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

solu

tion

man

ager

, cap

abili

ties

exi

st

N/A

.to

exe

cute

rec

orde

d sc

ript

s fr

om S

olut

ion

Man

ager

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Yes

. Int

egra

tes

wit

h M

ercu

ry I

nter

acti

ve’s

Tes

tDir

ecto

r**

(Qua

lity

Cen

ter)

.

If in

tegr

atio

n w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

off

er

Yes

, dep

endi

ng o

n te

st m

anag

emen

t to

ol t

hat

Atl

as in

tegr

ates

wit

h.ve

rsio

n-co

ntro

l cap

abili

ties

? O

r in

tegr

ate

wit

h th

ird-

part

y to

ol

for

vers

ion

cont

rol?

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

Yes

.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

TY

es, w

ith

Mer

cury

’s Q

uick

Tes

t Pr

o* a

nd B

usin

ess

Proc

ess

Test

ing.

***

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s, la

ngua

ges

Yes

.

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

on

pass

or

fail

Not

und

er t

he c

urre

nt r

elea

se.

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p, b

reak

poin

ts, s

cree

n N

o.ca

ptur

es, v

aria

ble

and

data

mon

itor

ing

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

n ch

ange

sN

ot u

nder

the

cur

rent

rel

ease

.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

faile

d it

erat

ions

Yes

, can

run

una

tten

ded

and

skip

fai

led

iter

atio

ns.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

fore

grou

nd m

ode

Yes

.

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

Yes

.

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h de

pend

enci

esT

he c

urre

nt v

ersi

on s

uppo

rts

sim

ple

grou

p sc

hedu

ling.

A f

utur

eve

rsio

n w

ill s

uppo

rt c

ondi

tion

al s

ched

ulin

g.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 103

Page 121: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

104

Con

tain

s de

bugg

erN

/A.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on b

etw

een

clie

nt a

nd s

erve

rY

es, t

hrou

gh t

he f

ront

end

GU

I te

st t

ool Q

uick

Tes

t Pr

o.*

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yY

es.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

Not

und

er c

urre

nt r

elea

se.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, and

sui

teT

imin

g is

tra

cked

for

eac

h st

ep.

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

No.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal d

atab

ase

Yes

—al

l obj

ects

cre

ated

usi

ng A

tlas

™ a

re s

tore

d in

DB

MS.

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

Yes

.

Prov

ides

exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM, M

ID, e

tc.)

to

clea

n up

Not

Exc

el-b

ased

. A c

ompl

ete

libra

ry o

f fu

ncti

ons

is a

vaila

ble

for

capt

ured

tex

tva

lidat

ion

purp

oses

.

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om s

prea

dshe

ets,

Y

es. P

ulls

dat

a fr

om e

xter

nal f

iles,

dat

abas

es, a

nd/o

r sp

read

shee

ts.

exte

rnal

sou

rces

, etc

.)

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, dat

abas

e va

lues

, tex

t)Y

es. T

he V

alid

atio

n E

ngin

e pr

ovid

es g

reat

fle

xibi

lity

and

cove

rage

of a

ll st

anda

rd a

nd c

usto

m S

AP

obje

cts.

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt c

hara

cter

mat

chin

g)Y

es, t

his

is a

fea

ture

of

the

Eff

ecta

™ V

alid

atio

n E

ngin

e.

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sY

es.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nY

es.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Yes

, thr

ough

fro

nt e

nd G

UI

test

too

ls li

ke Q

uick

Tes

t Pr

o.*

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar m

essa

ges)

Yes

.

EXHI

BIT

6.2

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 104

Page 122: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

105

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta a

cces

s m

etho

ds

No.

(i.e

., ra

ndom

)

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

asse

tY

es, f

or v

alid

atio

n ob

ject

s.co

mpo

nent

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

Yes

.

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs w

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, dow

nloa

ds t

o up

grad

e to

olY

es, p

atch

es a

vaila

ble

via

the

Web

.

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

the

too

lN

ot a

t th

is m

omen

t. T

his

is in

pro

cess

.

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngY

es.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n in

tes

t to

olY

es.

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ults

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esY

es, t

hrou

gh f

ront

end

GU

I te

st t

ools

like

Mer

cury

Int

erac

tive

’sQ

uick

Tes

t Pr

o.*

Res

ults

log

show

sta

tus

for

each

row

of

data

(it

erat

ion)

Yes

, res

ults

sho

w t

he s

tatu

s of

eac

h va

lidat

ion

step

in t

est

scri

pt.

Res

ults

log

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Yes

.

Res

ults

log

can

be s

aved

in d

iffe

rent

for

mat

s (i

.e.,

HT

ML

, .do

c)Y

es, a

s a

MS

Wor

d fi

le (

.doc

).

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s (t

est

logs

)Y

es—

repo

rts

on t

est

resu

lts

are

prov

ided

. Res

ults

can

be

fed

into

Mer

cury

Int

erac

tive

’s t

est

man

agem

ent

appl

icat

ion

(Tes

tDir

ecto

r**

or Q

ualit

y C

ente

r).

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 105

Page 123: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

106

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

cha

rtin

g ca

pabi

lity

Use

r -d

efin

ed q

uery

ing

is n

ot a

vaila

ble

unde

r th

e cu

rren

t re

leas

e.H

owev

er, c

anne

d re

port

ing

is a

vaila

ble.

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

duce

d au

tom

atic

ally

N

ot u

nder

the

cur

rent

rel

ease

.fr

om t

est

proc

esse

s

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Yes

.

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

nsY

es.

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

new

att

ribu

te f

ield

sN

o.

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y re

quir

emen

ts t

race

abili

tyY

es.

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

pro

cess

es a

nd d

ata

file

nam

esN

o.

Lan

guag

e an

d pl

atfo

rm in

depe

nden

tN

ot la

ngua

ge in

depe

nden

t. Y

es, i

t is

pla

tfor

m in

depe

nden

t.

* A

ssum

es Q

uick

Tes

t Pr

o ha

s be

en a

cqui

red.

** A

ssum

es T

estD

irec

tor

(Qua

lity

Cen

ter)

has

bee

n ac

quir

ed.

***

Ass

umes

BPT

has

bee

n ac

quir

ed.

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

Ars

in C

orpo

rati

on.

EXHI

BIT

6.2

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 106

Page 124: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

107

(Con

tinu

es)

EXHI

BIT

6.3

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

Aut

otes

ter,

Inc.

)

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:A

utoT

este

r O

NE

Spe

cial

Edi

tion

for

SA

PT

ool E

valu

ator

:Mun

dy P

eale

and

Mic

hael

Vils

Ven

dor

Nam

e:A

utot

este

r, In

c.V

endo

r W

ebsi

te:w

ww

.aut

otes

ter.c

omD

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:02

/02/

2006

Too

l Off

erin

gs:S

AP

reco

rd/p

layb

ack

scri

ptin

g te

st t

ool f

or r

egre

ssio

n an

d in

tegr

atio

n te

stin

g

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

chan

ges

and

dele

tion

sU

ser-

defi

ned

thro

ugh

vari

able

s. I

f a

glob

al c

hang

e oc

curs

, onl

y th

eva

riab

le n

eeds

to

be m

odif

ied.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

h so

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

Yes

.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edA

uto

Com

man

d fa

cilit

y al

low

s us

er t

o cr

eate

scr

ipts

wit

hout

codi

ng.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on-S

AP

appl

icat

ions

Yes

. Als

o te

sts

GU

I, H

ost/

Leg

acy,

and

Web

app

licat

ions

.

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)T

he u

nder

lyin

g pr

ogra

mm

ing

lang

uage

is p

ropr

ieta

ry E

nglis

h-lik

ela

ngua

ge d

esig

ned

for

nonp

rogr

amm

ers

or b

usin

ess

user

s.

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dA

utoT

este

r ca

n m

ake

calls

to

user

-def

ined

DL

Ls.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

Log

ical

ope

rato

rs f

or s

cree

n id

enti

fica

tion

can

be

adde

d at

will

.T

here

is n

o co

mpi

lati

on o

f th

e sc

ript

. A c

aptu

red

test

ing

step

can

be e

dite

d to

ref

lect

the

pos

sibi

lity

that

it m

ay n

ot b

e pr

esen

t an

dst

eps

adde

d to

com

pens

ate

for

this

.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 107

Page 125: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

108

EXHI

BIT

6.3

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ties

Aut

oTes

ter

One

sup

port

s bo

th a

nalo

g an

d ob

ject

rec

ordi

ng.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e pr

oper

ties

of

reco

rded

obj

ects

Doe

sn’t

have

a r

epos

itor

y—at

trib

utes

and

pro

pert

ies

of c

aptu

red

or r

ecor

ded

obje

cts

are

stor

ed in

the

scr

ipt

itse

lf.

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut c

hang

ing

prog

ram

min

g co

deA

fter

the

scr

ipt

is r

ecor

ded

the

test

er c

an a

dd t

hink

tim

es a

ndde

lays

to

each

tes

t st

ep w

itho

ut h

avin

g to

inse

rt/c

hang

e ex

isti

ngpr

ogra

mm

ing

code

.

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

-def

ined

fun

ctio

nsTo

ols

allo

w c

reat

ion

of u

ser-

defi

ned

func

tion

s (s

ub r

outi

nes

orca

lled

mod

ules

) in

ord

er t

o m

ake

test

s or

com

pone

nts

easi

er t

om

aint

ain.

Use

r-de

fine

d fu

ncti

ons,

can

be

acce

ssed

fro

m a

ny t

est.

Test

too

l off

er k

eyw

ord

driv

en t

ests

Test

Scr

ipts

can

be

view

ed in

icon

-bas

ed v

iew

s w

ith

sim

plif

ied

desc

ript

ive

text

of

test

ing

step

s or

vie

wed

wit

h th

e fu

ll un

derl

ying

code

. Scr

ipts

in t

he ic

on-b

ased

vie

w c

an g

roup

tes

ting

ste

ps a

sw

ell.

All

step

s ca

n be

edi

ted

at w

ill b

y th

e us

er.

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

of c

aptu

red/

reco

rded

pro

cess

Full

scre

ens

are

not

capt

ured

. Ind

ivid

ual c

ompo

nent

and

use

rin

tera

ctio

ns a

re.

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en, u

ser

can

mod

ify

scri

pt

If a

n SA

P sc

reen

had

10

fiel

ds w

hen

it w

as r

ecor

ded

and

then

a

logi

c th

roug

h th

e ca

ptur

ed s

cree

nne

w f

ield

is a

dded

, the

tes

ter

can

mod

ify

the

scri

pt t

o in

clud

e th

e11

th f

ield

thr

ough

sim

ple

edit

ing

wit

hin

the

scri

pt.

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

fiel

dsY

es.

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

Tim

e st

ampi

ng a

nd t

rans

acti

on t

imin

gs c

an b

e ad

ded.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

reco

rded

SA

P sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

N/A

.w

ith

tool

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 108

Page 126: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

109

(Con

tinu

es)

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

, SR

M, A

PO, C

-fol

ders

, C

ompa

tibl

e w

ith

any

GU

I or

web

-bas

ed a

pplic

atio

n. D

oes

not

CR

M, e

tc.)

have

to

be S

AP

base

d.

Supp

orts

dif

fere

nt v

ersi

ons

of S

AP

(i.e

., SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix,

SA

P® R

/3®

clie

nt s

oftw

are

Ver

sion

4.0

B, 4

.5a,

4.5

b, 4

.6b,

N

etw

eave

r, an

d Po

rtal

s)4.

6c, 4

.6d,

6.1

0, o

r 6.

20.

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsT

he t

est

tool

doe

s no

t al

low

end

use

r to

dis

play

/sup

pres

s/ad

dfi

elds

, but

tons

, rel

ocat

e bu

tton

s, e

tc.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

onTo

ol is

web

-bas

ed o

r re

quir

es d

eskt

op G

UI

inst

alla

tion

Res

ides

as

a G

UI

tool

on

the

Win

dow

s de

skto

p—fa

t cl

ient

(f

at o

r th

in c

lient

inst

alla

tion

)?in

stal

lati

on.

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Yes

.

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

onSt

ores

tes

t as

sets

in M

SDE

, SQ

L S

erve

r, or

Ora

cle

N/A

.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

Test

man

agem

ent

tool

(Te

st O

rgan

izer

) do

es n

ot in

tegr

ate

wit

hSA

P’s

Solu

tion

Man

ager

.

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

, cap

abili

ties

exi

st

N/A

.to

exe

cute

rec

orde

d sc

ript

s fr

om S

olut

ion

Man

ager

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Rec

orde

d sc

ript

s ca

n be

sto

red

wit

hin

a te

st m

anag

emen

t to

olca

lled

Test

Org

aniz

er, w

hich

is in

tegr

ated

wit

h A

utoT

este

r O

ne.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 109

Page 127: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

If in

tegr

atio

n w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

Te

st O

rgan

izer

doe

s pr

ovid

e ve

rsio

n-co

ntro

l cap

abili

ties

. Tes

tof

fer

vers

ion-

cont

rol c

apab

iliti

es?

Or

inte

grat

e w

ith

thir

d-O

rgan

izer

has

as

a ch

eck-

in/o

ut f

eatu

re, s

crip

t st

atus

, and

pa

rty

tool

for

ver

sion

con

trol

? m

anag

emen

t co

vera

ge r

epor

ting

of

test

ing

resu

lts.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

Aut

oTes

ter

One

doe

s no

t in

tegr

ate

wit

h eC

AT

T—

inte

grat

es w

ith

the

Scri

ptin

g Fa

cilit

y.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

TN

/A.

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s, la

ngua

ges

Yes

—Pr

opri

etar

y.

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

on

pass

or

fail

Use

r de

fine

d.

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p, b

reak

poin

ts, s

cree

n

Yes

.ca

ptur

es, v

aria

ble

and

data

mon

itor

ing

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

n ch

ange

sN

/A.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

faile

d it

erat

ions

If a

scr

ipt

has

mul

tipl

e it

erat

ions

and

one

of

them

fai

ls, t

he s

crip

tca

n be

inst

ruct

ed t

o sk

ip t

he f

aile

d it

erat

ion

and

proc

eed

to t

hene

xt o

ne.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

fore

grou

nd m

ode

Fore

grou

nd o

nly.

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

Aut

oTes

ter

One

has

a s

ched

ulin

g m

odul

e. S

crip

ts c

an b

e se

t to

run

at s

peci

fic

tim

es o

r in

a c

ount

dow

n m

ode.

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h de

pend

enci

esSc

ript

s ca

n be

exe

cute

d fr

om t

he s

ched

uler

in a

giv

en s

eque

nce.

Dep

ende

ncie

s ar

e sc

ript

ed.

Con

tain

s de

bugg

erN

ot a

com

pone

nt o

f A

utoT

este

r O

ne.

EXHI

BIT

6.3

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

110

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 110

Page 128: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

111

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on b

etw

een

clie

nt a

nd s

erve

rSc

ript

pla

ybac

k ti

me

auto

mat

ical

ly a

djus

ts t

o th

e SA

P re

spon

seti

mes

so

that

the

scr

ipts

do

not

get

ahea

d of

SA

P du

ring

exe

cuti

on(p

layb

ack)

in t

he e

vent

tha

t th

e SA

P se

rver

is e

xper

ienc

ing

dela

ys/la

gs.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yU

ser

defi

ned

and

scri

pted

—no

t au

tom

atic

.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

Use

r de

fine

d an

d sc

ript

ed—

not

auto

mat

ic.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, and

sui

teR

elat

ive

exec

utio

n ti

mes

are

not

ated

aut

omat

ical

ly in

res

ults

file

.

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

Test

Org

aniz

er p

rovi

des

filt

erin

g ca

pabi

litie

s on

all

repo

rtin

gvi

ews.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal d

atab

ase

Test

ass

ets

can

be s

tore

d in

the

Tes

t O

rgan

izer

mod

ule

ofA

utoT

este

r O

ne, w

hich

use

s a

rela

tion

al d

atab

ase.

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

N/A

.

Prov

ides

, Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM, M

ID, e

tc.)

to

clea

n C

aptu

red

text

can

be

form

atte

d, a

nd m

anip

ulat

ed w

ithi

n th

e up

cap

ture

d te

xtva

riab

le t

hat

stor

es t

he d

ata

(pro

prie

tary

). D

ata

read

fro

mex

tern

al f

iles

can

also

be

form

atte

d.

Dat

a dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om s

prea

dshe

ets,

ext

erna

l T

he t

ool c

an w

ork

wit

h da

ta r

esid

ing

in e

xter

nal d

ata

file

s so

urce

s, e

tc.)

(i.e

., co

mm

a de

limit

ed, .

txt

file

, and

Exc

el s

prea

dshe

ets,

etc

.).

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, dat

abas

e va

lues

, tex

t)O

bjec

ts a

nd t

ext

can

be v

erif

ied

duri

ng s

crip

t pl

ayba

ck (

i.e.,

chec

kth

at a

n en

ter

butt

on is

dis

able

d; c

heck

tha

t qu

anti

ty o

n ha

nd is

at

leas

t 10

bef

ore

carr

ying

out

the

sal

es o

rder

etc

.).

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt c

hara

cter

mat

chin

g)M

atch

es c

hara

cter

s fr

om c

aptu

red

or e

valu

ated

tex

t ba

sed

on a

patt

ern

(i.e

., ve

rify

all

SAP

sale

s or

der

num

bers

fro

m t

he s

tatu

sba

r m

essa

ge s

tart

ing

wit

h a

“5”

such

as

Sale

s O

rder

Num

ber

5*).

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 111

Page 129: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

112

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sN

ot o

ffer

ed w

ithi

n to

ol. E

xcel

dat

a fi

le f

orm

at a

nd t

ext

file

s ar

esu

ppor

ted.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nD

ata

can

be p

asse

d fr

om o

ne r

ecor

ded

SAP

t-co

de t

o th

e ne

xtw

ithi

n th

e sa

me

scri

pt (

i.e.,

a si

ngle

scr

ipt

is r

ecor

ded

to p

ass

data

from

Sal

es O

rder

t-c

ode

(VA

01)

to D

eliv

ery

t-co

de (

VL

01))

.

Mul

tipl

e SA

P tr

ansa

ctio

ns c

an b

e in

clud

ed w

ithi

n th

e sa

me

scri

pt.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Var

iabl

es c

an b

e te

xt, n

umer

ic, o

bjec

t, b

itm

ap, m

acro

, or

date

and

do n

ot h

ave

to b

e de

clar

ed.

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar m

essa

ges)

Text

fro

m S

AP

can

be c

aptu

red

and

stor

ed o

n a

spre

adsh

eet

(i.e

.,st

atus

bar

mes

sage

s, in

form

atio

nal s

cree

n te

xt, t

ext

wit

hin

an S

AP

grid

, tex

t fr

om a

fie

ld, t

ext

from

a d

rop-

dow

n lis

t, e

tc.)

.

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta a

cces

s m

etho

ds

Dat

a ac

cess

met

hod

can

be s

eque

ntia

l, ra

ndom

, etc

....

(i.e

., ra

ndom

)

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

asse

t T

he t

est

orga

nize

r ha

s pe

rmis

sion

leve

ls f

or a

cces

s to

com

pone

nts

com

pone

ntst

ored

wit

hin

the

proj

ect.

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

Yes

.

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs w

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, dow

nloa

ds t

o up

grad

e to

olW

ebsi

te e

xist

s fr

om w

hich

pat

ches

and

pro

duct

upd

ates

can

be

dow

nloa

ded.

EXHI

BIT

6.3

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 112

Page 130: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

113

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

the

too

lC

erti

fied

usi

ng G

UIL

IB t

esti

ng in

terf

ace

wit

h SA

P ve

rsio

ns u

p to

4.5b

. Scr

ipti

ng F

acili

ty s

uppo

rt d

oes

not

have

a f

orm

alce

rtif

icat

ion

from

SA

P. S

AP

4.7

test

ing

cert

ific

atio

n is

onl

yav

aila

ble

for

eCA

TT

inte

grat

ion.

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngO

nlin

e an

d on

-sit

e tr

aini

ng a

re o

ffer

ed.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n in

tes

t to

olT

here

a b

asic

tra

inin

g cl

ass

cert

ific

ate

avai

labl

e af

ter

com

plet

ion

of t

rain

ing.

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ults

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esSh

ows

scre

en/d

ata

capt

ured

dur

ing

scri

pt r

ecor

ding

(be

nchm

ark)

and

scre

en/d

ata

capt

ured

dur

ing

play

back

.

Res

ults

logs

sho

w s

tatu

s fo

r ea

ch r

ow o

f da

ta (

iter

atio

n)Sh

ows

the

stat

us f

or e

ach

iter

atio

n (i

.e.,

out

of 1

0 it

erat

ions

, 9pa

ssed

). A

ll it

erat

ions

are

use

r de

fine

d.

Res

ults

logs

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Dat

e an

d ti

me

stam

ps a

re in

clud

ed.

Res

ults

logs

can

be

save

d in

dif

fere

nt f

orm

ats

(i.e

., H

TM

L, .

doc)

Res

ults

can

be

expo

rted

to

text

for

mat

s.

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s (t

est

logs

)R

esul

t lo

gs s

how

bot

h ac

tual

and

exp

ecte

d re

sult

s. R

esul

ts lo

gssh

ow w

heth

er a

ver

ific

atio

n po

int

pass

ed.

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

cha

rtin

g ca

pabi

lity

Test

Org

aniz

er p

rovi

des

seve

ral r

epor

ting

cap

abili

ties

.

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

duce

d au

tom

atic

ally

So

me

desc

ript

ive

text

is in

clud

ed in

the

scr

ipt

duri

ng t

he r

ecor

ding

fr

om t

est

proc

esse

spr

oces

s. S

peci

fic

addi

tion

al t

ext

can

be a

dded

at

will

to

crea

te a

docu

men

ted

test

cas

e w

ithi

n th

e sc

ript

. The

tex

t-ba

sed

scri

ptbe

com

es t

he d

ocum

ent.

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Scri

pts

are

in t

ext

form

at.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 113

Page 131: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

114

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

nsN

/A.

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

new

att

ribu

te f

ield

sN

/A.

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y re

quir

emen

ts t

race

abili

tyR

equi

rem

ents

tra

ceab

ility

is a

vaila

ble

in t

he T

est

Org

aniz

erm

odul

e of

Aut

oTes

ter

One

.

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

pro

cess

es a

nd d

ata

file

nam

esV

aria

ble

nam

es a

nd f

ile n

ames

hav

e in

dire

ctio

n ca

pabi

lity.

Lan

guag

e an

d pl

atfo

rm in

depe

nden

tA

utoT

este

r O

ne w

orks

wit

h SA

P in

terf

aces

in o

ther

lang

uage

s.O

nly

wor

ks in

Win

dow

s-ba

sed

plat

form

s.

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

Aut

otes

ter,

Inc.

EXHI

BIT

6.3

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 114

Page 132: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

115

EXHI

BIT

6.4

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

Com

puw

are

Cor

pora

tion

)

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:Te

stPa

rtne

r (P

art

of t

he Q

AC

ente

r Te

stSu

ite)

Too

l Eva

luat

or:B

rian

Hur

stV

endo

r N

ame:

Com

puw

are

Cor

pora

tion

Ven

dor

Web

site

:ww

w.c

ompu

war

e.co

mD

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:02

/02/

06T

ool O

ffer

ings

:Fun

ctio

nal T

esti

ng f

or S

AP

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

chan

ges

and

dele

tion

sO

bjec

t M

appi

ng is

100

% c

entr

aliz

ed.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

h so

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

No.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edN

/A. S

crip

ting

is d

one

wit

hin

Mic

roso

ft V

BA

.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on-S

AP

appl

icat

ions

SAP

is o

ne e

nvir

onm

ent

supp

orte

d. O

ther

s in

clud

e M

icro

soft

,Ja

va, W

eb, O

racl

e E

RP.

No

purc

hase

of

“plu

g-in

s” r

equi

red.

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)M

icro

soft

VB

A 6

.2 (

Edi

tor

and

Lan

guag

e)

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dC

an c

all B

API

s vi

a A

ctiv

eX in

terf

ace.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

No.

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ties

Yes

, ana

log

(pos

itio

nal m

ouse

clic

ks o

nly)

can

be

capt

ured

whe

nob

ject

s ar

e no

t av

aila

ble.

Too

l can

als

o pe

rfor

m B

itM

apSe

lect

s,m

eani

ng c

aptu

red

Bit

map

s ca

n be

sto

red

and

auto

mat

ed li

keob

ject

s.

Obj

ect-

leve

l rec

ordi

ng f

or m

ulti

ple

tech

nolo

gies

is s

tand

ard.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 115

Page 133: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

116

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e pr

oper

ties

of

reco

rded

obj

ects

Test

Part

ner

stor

es o

bjec

ts in

the

Obj

ect

Map

, als

o lo

cate

d in

the

Rep

osit

ory.

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut c

hang

ing

prog

ram

min

g co

deT

hink

tim

es c

an b

e ca

ptur

ed d

urin

g re

cord

ing.

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

-def

ined

fun

ctio

nsFu

ncti

ons

can

be c

reat

ed a

nd m

ade

avai

labl

e to

all

scri

pts

in a

llpr

ojec

ts. F

unct

ion

capa

bilit

ies

follo

w M

icro

soft

VB

A.

Test

too

l off

ers

keyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

Key

wor

d te

stin

g pr

ovid

ed t

hrou

gh s

trat

egic

inte

grat

ed p

artn

er;

Scri

ptTe

ch.

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

of c

aptu

red/

reco

rded

pro

cess

No.

Thi

s is

tar

gete

d fu

ncti

onal

ity

for

a fu

ture

rel

ease

of

Test

Part

ner.

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en, u

ser

can

mod

ify

No.

Thi

s is

tar

gete

d fu

ncti

onal

ity

for

a fu

ture

rel

ease

of

scri

pt lo

gic

thro

ugh

the

capt

ured

scr

een

Test

Part

ner.

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

fiel

dsY

es, v

ia O

bjec

t M

appi

ng.

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

Yes

, clo

ck f

unct

ions

are

ava

ilabl

e.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

reco

rded

SA

P sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

No.

Com

puw

are

serv

ices

can

be

empl

oyed

to

perf

orm

/ass

ist

wit

hw

ith

tool

rapi

d sc

ript

cre

atio

n.

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

, SR

M, A

PO, C

-fol

ders

,B

W, A

PO, S

RM

.C

RM

, etc

.)

Supp

orts

dif

fere

nt v

ersi

ons

of S

AP

(i.e

., SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix,

SA

P W

inG

ui—

6.20

& 6

.40;

SA

P Po

rtal

is t

oler

ated

. App

s N

etw

eave

r, an

d Po

rtal

s)de

ploy

ed o

n C

itri

x ca

n be

tes

ted

at t

he C

itri

x Se

rver

Lay

er. L

oad

test

ing

can

be p

erfo

rmed

on

Nat

ive

SAP

or C

itri

x pr

otoc

ols.

EXHI

BIT

6.4

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 116

Page 134: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

117

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsTo

olba

rs c

an b

e co

nfig

ured

and

/or

mov

ed. E

xter

nal t

ools

can

be

adde

d to

men

us.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

is W

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ires

des

ktop

GU

I in

stal

lati

onD

eskt

op in

stal

l, (F

at C

lient

).(f

at o

r th

in c

lient

inst

alla

tion

)?

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Yes

, all

licen

se s

ales

are

con

curr

ent

in n

atur

e.

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

or O

racl

eY

es, a

ll as

sets

are

sto

red

in A

cces

s, S

QL

Ser

ver,

or O

racl

e.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

Test

Req

uire

men

ts c

an b

e au

tom

atic

ally

bui

lt f

rom

the

Pro

cess

Mod

el in

Sol

utio

n M

anag

er.

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

solu

tion

man

ager

, cap

abili

ties

exi

st

eCA

TT

can

laun

ch a

nd s

tore

scr

ipts

of

Test

Part

ner

via

SAP

to e

xecu

te r

ecor

ded

scri

pts

from

Sol

utio

n M

anag

erC

erti

fied

inte

grat

ion.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Te

stPa

rtne

r st

ores

all

test

scr

ipts

in a

dat

abas

e by

def

ault

. Tes

tM

anag

emen

t (Q

AC

ente

r) c

ontr

ols

the

exec

utio

n an

d re

port

ing.

(i.e

., Sc

ript

s ar

e no

t ph

ysic

ally

mov

ed f

or T

est

Man

agem

ent

purp

oses

.)

If in

tegr

atio

n w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

off

er

Test

ass

ets

can

be e

xpor

ted

to f

iles

for

impo

rt in

to a

ver

sion

-ve

rsio

n-co

ntro

l cap

abili

ties

? O

r in

tegr

ate

wit

h th

ird-

part

yco

ntro

l pac

kage

.to

ol f

or v

ersi

on c

ontr

ol?

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

Cer

tifi

ed e

CA

TT

inte

grat

ion

by S

AP.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

TN

o. B

ut C

ompu

war

e’s

QA

Cen

ter

for

test

man

agem

ent

inte

grat

esw

ith

mul

tipl

e re

quir

emen

ts m

anag

emen

t to

ols.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 117

Page 135: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

118

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s, la

ngua

ges

Ref

eren

ces

can

be a

dded

to

exte

rnal

app

licat

ions

/libr

arie

s vi

a th

eV

BA

‘Add

Ref

eren

ce’ f

unct

iona

lity.

QA

Cen

ter

Test

Man

agem

ent

inte

grat

es w

ith

thir

d-pa

rty

requ

irem

ents

too

ls C

alib

erR

M,

Req

uisi

tePr

o, D

OO

RS,

and

Com

puw

are

Stee

lTra

ce.

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

on

pass

or

fail

No.

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p, b

reak

poin

ts, s

cree

n Sc

ript

ing

envi

ronm

ent

is M

icro

soft

VB

A a

nd in

clud

es a

ll ca

ptur

es, v

aria

ble

and

data

mon

itor

ing

debu

ggin

g ca

pabi

litie

s of

Vis

ual B

asic

.

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

n ch

ange

sN

o. H

owev

er S

AP

Tra

nspo

rts

can

be a

naly

zed

to d

etec

t t-

code

sth

at a

re a

ffec

ted

thro

ugh

a sy

stem

cha

nge.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

faile

d it

erat

ions

Thi

s ca

n be

acc

ompl

ishe

d vi

a sc

ript

ing.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

fore

grou

nd m

ode

Fore

grou

nd o

nly

for

func

tion

al t

ests

. Bac

kgro

und

for

load

tes

ts.

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

QA

Cen

ter

Port

al in

clud

es s

ched

ulin

g of

exe

cuti

on (

tim

e/da

te)

and

repe

titi

ve e

xecu

tion

(i.e

., da

ily, w

eekl

y, m

onth

ly).

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h de

pend

enci

esR

emai

ning

tes

ts c

an b

e ex

ecut

ed if

fai

l occ

urre

d, o

r ab

ort

all t

ests

on f

irst

fai

lure

opt

ion

may

be

used

.

Con

tain

s de

bugg

erTe

stPa

rtne

r: u

ses

Mic

roso

ft V

BA

scr

ipti

ng e

nvir

onm

ent

and

lang

uage

.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on b

etw

een

clie

nt a

nd s

erve

rSy

nchr

oniz

atio

n is

han

dled

aut

omat

ical

ly, a

nd t

imeo

ut t

ime

valu

es c

an b

e se

t gl

obal

ly.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yY

es.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

Not

bui

lt in

; how

ever

, log

ic c

an b

e bu

ilt a

nd e

mbe

dded

thr

ough

scri

ptin

g.

EXHI

BIT

6.4

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 118

Page 136: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

119

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, and

sui

teT

imin

gs a

re c

aptu

red

at S

uite

and

Scr

ipt

leve

l.

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

Yes

.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal d

atab

ase

Yes

, all

asse

ts a

re s

tore

d in

Acc

ess,

SQ

L S

erve

r, or

Ora

cle.

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

Yes

, via

Com

puw

are’

s Fi

leA

id.

Prov

ides

Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM, M

ID, e

tc.)

to

clea

n N

ot E

xcel

-bas

ed. H

owev

er, a

ll V

BA

str

ing

com

man

ds a

re

up c

aptu

red

text

avai

labl

e.

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om s

prea

dshe

ets,

A

ctiv

eDat

a w

izar

d pr

ovid

es T

estP

artn

er c

apab

iliti

es t

o cr

eate

ex

tern

al s

ourc

es, e

tc.)

vari

able

s w

ithi

n sc

ript

s th

at a

re c

ompa

tibl

e w

ith

thes

e fo

rmat

s:.x

ls, t

xt, o

r cs

v as

sou

rce.

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, dat

abas

e va

lues

, tex

t)St

anda

rd c

heck

poin

ts in

clud

e: T

ext,

Bit

map

, Pro

pert

y, C

onte

nt,

and

Clo

ck. C

usto

m c

heck

s ca

n be

scr

ipte

d—U

serC

heck

s.

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt c

hara

cter

mat

chin

g)In

tex

t co

mpa

riso

n op

tion

suc

h as

Any

Val

id N

umbe

r or

Num

ber

wit

hin

Ran

ge, o

r m

atch

of

char

acte

rs (

any

alph

a, n

umer

ic)

patt

erns

can

be

built

.

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sY

es. A

ctiv

eDat

a w

izar

d al

low

s th

e pa

ram

eter

izat

ion

of r

ecor

ded

scri

pts,

whi

ch c

reat

es t

he E

xcel

file

wit

h ro

w 1

of

data

equ

al t

ore

cord

ed d

ata.

Fur

ther

mor

e, d

ata

can

be w

ritt

en t

o th

e da

tafi

le a

tru

ntim

e.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nO

ptim

ized

app

roac

h is

sha

ring

dat

a be

twee

n sc

ript

s is

rea

d/w

rite

to M

icro

soft

Exc

el c

olum

ns. O

ther

opt

ions

exi

st.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Yes

. Var

iabl

e ty

pes

and

decl

arat

ion

rule

s ar

e pr

ovid

ed b

yM

icro

soft

VB

A.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 119

Page 137: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

120

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar m

essa

ges)

Text

fro

m S

AP

can

be c

aptu

red

and

stor

ed o

n a

spre

adsh

eet

(i.e

.,st

atus

bar

mes

sage

s, in

form

atio

nal s

cree

n te

xt, t

ext

wit

hin

an S

AP

grid

, tex

t fo

r a

fiel

d, t

ext

from

a d

rop-

dow

n lis

t, e

tc.)

.

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta a

cces

s m

etho

ds

Dat

a ca

n be

rea

d in

seq

uent

ial o

r ra

ndom

ord

er. F

urth

erm

ore,

(i

.e.,

rand

om)

spec

ific

dat

a ro

ws

(e.g

., on

ly r

ows

5–12

out

of

20 r

ows

of d

ata)

can

be s

peci

fica

lly u

tiliz

ed.

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

asse

t Y

es. R

ole-

base

d se

curi

ty a

t th

e pr

ojec

t le

vel.

com

pone

nt

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

Yes

.

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs w

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, dow

nloa

ds t

o up

grad

e to

olY

es, t

hrou

gh C

ompu

war

e Fr

ontl

ine.

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

the

too

lY

es.

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngY

es.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n in

tes

t to

olC

erti

fica

tion

sta

ndar

ds a

re u

nder

dev

elop

men

t.

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ults

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esN

o sc

reen

cap

ture

s in

cur

rent

rel

ease

. Tar

gete

d fu

ture

func

tion

alit

y.

EXHI

BIT

6.4

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 120

Page 138: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

121

Res

ults

log

show

sta

tus

for

each

row

of

data

(it

erat

ion)

All

iter

atio

ns a

re lo

gged

, res

ults

not

gro

uped

by

data

row

iter

atio

n.

Res

ults

log

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Test

sta

rt a

nd t

est

end

is in

clud

ed in

the

Web

res

ult

sum

mar

y.

Res

ults

log

can

be s

aved

in d

iffe

rent

for

mat

s (i

.e.,

HT

ML

, .do

c)R

esul

ts c

an b

e ex

port

ed t

o th

ese

form

ats:

HT

ML

, TX

T, C

SV,

XM

L.

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s (t

est

logs

)L

ogs

show

bot

h ac

tual

and

exp

ecte

d re

sult

s. R

esul

ts lo

gs s

how

whe

ther

a v

erif

icat

ion

poin

t pa

ssed

.

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

cha

rtin

g ca

pabi

lity

Ove

r 35

cus

tom

izab

le r

epor

ts s

tand

ard

in Q

AC

ente

r. D

ata

can

beex

port

ed t

o X

ML

and

tex

t fo

r th

ird-

part

y re

port

ing.

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

duce

d au

tom

atic

ally

N

o.fr

om t

est

proc

esse

s

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Exp

orti

ng o

f te

sts

(and

rel

ated

ass

ets)

are

exp

orta

ble

to X

ML

.

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

nsY

es. S

hare

d an

d cl

ass

mod

ules

.

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

new

att

ribu

te f

ield

sN

/A.

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y re

quir

emen

ts t

race

abili

tyY

es, Q

AC

ente

r w

orks

on

a re

quir

emen

ts d

rive

n te

st s

trat

egy.

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

pro

cess

es a

nd d

ata

file

nam

esY

es.

Lan

guag

e an

d pl

atfo

rm in

depe

nden

tTe

stPa

rtne

r is

use

d gl

obal

ly a

nd h

as b

een

loca

lized

for

dou

ble-

byte

cha

ract

ers

and

unic

ode.

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

Com

puw

are

Cor

pora

tion

.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 121

Page 139: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

122

EXHI

BIT

6.5

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

Suc

id C

orpo

rati

on)

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:Su

cid

Proc

ess

Mod

eler

, Suc

id F

unct

ion,

Suc

id L

oad,

Suc

id S

ecur

ity,

Suc

id R

epor

tsT

ool E

valu

ator

:Gile

s Sa

mou

nV

endo

r N

ame:

Suci

d C

orpo

rati

onV

endo

r W

ebsi

te:w

ww

.suc

id.c

omD

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:02

/01/

06T

ool O

ffer

ings

:SA

P Te

st A

utom

atio

n To

ol f

or F

unct

iona

l tes

ting

(un

it, i

nteg

rati

on, r

egre

ssio

n), l

oad

test

ing

(loa

d, s

tres

s,pe

rfor

man

ce),

and

sec

urit

y te

stin

g (p

osit

ive,

neg

ativ

e)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

chan

ges

and

dele

tion

sN

o.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

h A

llow

s fo

r te

st a

utom

atio

n to

tak

e pl

ace

conc

urre

ntly

wit

h de

velo

pmen

t. A

nd

soft

war

e de

velo

pmen

tif

any

tra

nsac

tion

mus

t be

rec

aptu

red

due

to m

ajor

cha

nges

late

in t

hede

velo

pmen

t cy

cle,

the

tra

nsac

tion

can

sim

ply

be r

ecap

ture

d w

itho

ut s

crip

ting

,an

d al

l the

tra

nsac

tion

s ar

ound

tha

t tr

ansa

ctio

n in

the

mod

eled

bus

ines

spr

oces

s au

tom

atic

ally

upd

ate

thei

r lin

ks a

nd d

epen

denc

ies

to/w

ith

that

rep

lace

dtr

ansa

ctio

n w

itho

ut t

he n

eed

for

scri

ptin

g.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edU

ser

runs

tra

nsac

tion

s us

ing

the

SAP

GU

I as

the

y no

rmal

ly w

ould

, and

tran

sact

ions

are

aut

omat

ical

ly c

aptu

red

and

auto

mat

ed w

itho

ut r

equi

ring

any

scri

ptin

g.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on S

AP

appl

icat

ions

Suci

d pr

oduc

ts s

uppo

rt o

nly

SAP

test

aut

omat

ion.

Our

pro

duct

line

has

bee

nbu

ilt a

nd a

rchi

tect

ed f

rom

the

gro

und

up s

peci

fica

lly f

or S

AP.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 122

Page 140: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

123

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)N

/A. P

rodu

ct is

not

a s

crip

t-dr

iven

too

l, so

thi

s is

not

app

licab

le.

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dSu

ppor

ts c

aptu

re, m

odel

ing

and

test

exe

cuti

on o

f m

achi

ne-g

ener

ated

tran

sact

ions

, suc

h as

tho

se s

ubm

itte

d th

roug

h R

FC o

r B

API

inte

rfac

es w

ith

the

sam

e fu

ncti

onal

ity

as t

hat

offe

red

for

test

ing

user

-gen

erat

ed t

rans

acti

ons.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

Prod

uct

does

not

cur

rent

ly s

uppo

rt t

his

func

tion

alit

y, b

ut it

is p

lann

ed f

or a

futu

re r

elea

se.

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ties

Ana

log

reco

rdin

g ca

pabi

litie

s ar

e no

t av

aila

ble.

Obj

ect

reco

rdin

g ca

pabi

litie

sw

itho

ut t

he n

eed

to w

rite

or

mai

ntai

n an

y sc

ript

s.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e pr

oper

ties

of

Stor

es t

he a

utom

ated

tes

t ca

ses’

ass

ocia

ted

prop

erti

es w

ithi

n a

data

base

.re

cord

ed o

bjec

ts

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut c

hang

ing

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

chan

ged

wit

hout

any

scr

ipti

ng/c

odin

g.pr

ogra

mm

ing

code

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

-def

ined

N

/A. T

his

ques

tion

is n

ot a

pplic

able

to

Suci

d pr

oduc

ts, w

hich

are

not

scr

ipti

ng-

func

tion

sba

sed

in t

he f

irst

pla

ce.

Test

too

l off

ers

keyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

No.

A t

abul

ar in

terf

ace

for

mak

ing

vari

able

s ou

t of

SA

P fi

elds

is u

sed

for

auto

mat

ed t

est

case

s, w

hich

see

ms

at le

ast

sim

ilar

to t

his.

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

of c

aptu

red/

Dis

play

s ea

ch s

cree

n ca

ptur

ed a

s th

e tr

ansa

ctio

n is

aut

omat

ed.

reco

rded

pro

cess

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en, u

ser

can

Supp

orts

thi

s ca

pabi

lity,

but

aga

in d

oes

so w

itho

ut s

crip

ting

, as

scri

ptin

g is

mod

ify

scri

pt lo

gic

thro

ugh

the

capt

ured

scr

een

not

requ

ired

.

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

fiel

dsPr

oduc

t tr

eats

cap

ture

d SA

P da

ta f

ield

s by

the

ir n

ativ

e SA

P na

mes

.

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art-

and

sto

pwat

ches

Ena

bles

the

use

r to

che

ck s

cree

n re

spon

se t

imes

as

a fu

ncti

onal

or

load

tes

tco

ndit

ion

wit

hout

req

uiri

ng a

ny s

crip

ting

.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

-rec

orde

d SA

P sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

wit

h to

olD

oes

not

incl

ude

a lib

rary

of

such

scr

ipts

.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 123

Page 141: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

124

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

, B

eyon

d th

e tr

adit

iona

l SA

P E

RP

core

(in

clud

ing

all i

ts m

odul

es s

uch

as F

I, S

D,

SRM

, APO

, C-f

olde

rs, C

RM

, etc

.)M

M, e

tc.)

, the

pro

duct

is c

ompa

tibl

e w

ith

othe

r SA

P m

odul

es s

uch

as C

RM

,B

W, A

PO, a

nd M

DM

/AL

E.

Supp

orts

dif

fere

nt v

ersi

ons

of S

AP

(i.e

., SA

P Su

cid

func

tion

sup

port

s SA

P G

UI.

Sup

port

for

the

SA

P W

eb in

terf

ace

isG

UI,

Cit

rix,

Net

wea

ver,

and

Port

als)

curr

entl

y no

t av

aila

ble.

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsTo

olba

r cu

stom

izat

ions

are

not

off

ered

.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

is W

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ires

des

ktop

GU

I Pr

oduc

t us

es a

thi

n cl

ient

app

roac

h. T

he u

ser

inte

rfac

e ru

ns a

s pa

rt o

f SA

Pin

stal

lati

on (

fat

or t

hin

clie

nt in

stal

lati

on)?

itse

lf, s

o us

ers

acce

ss S

ucid

fea

ture

s fr

om S

AP

as t

hey

wou

ld w

ith

any

othe

rSA

P fe

atur

e.

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Ven

dor

offe

rs s

impl

e m

onth

ly s

ubsc

ript

ion

pric

ing

mod

el. P

rici

ng m

odel

isba

sed

on n

umbe

r of

aut

omat

ed t

rans

acti

ons

as o

ppos

ed t

o pe

r-se

at s

tyle

licen

ses.

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

or O

racl

eSt

ores

tes

t as

sets

in a

var

iety

of

rela

tion

al d

atab

ases

: Ora

cle,

SQ

L S

erve

r, an

dot

hers

.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

No

inte

grat

ion

wit

h So

luti

on M

anag

er.

EXHI

BIT

6.5

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 124

Page 142: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

125

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

solu

tion

man

ager

, N

/A. N

ot y

et in

tegr

ated

.ca

pabi

litie

s ex

ist

to e

xecu

te r

ecor

ded

scri

pts

from

Sol

utio

n M

anag

er

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Aut

omat

ed t

ests

are

sto

red

wit

hin

Suci

d pr

oduc

ts—

not

in a

sep

arat

e te

stm

anag

emen

t to

ol. T

he S

ucid

pro

duct

line

incl

udes

its

own

built

-in

test

man

agem

ent

tool

.

If in

tegr

atio

n w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts

The

bui

lt-i

n te

st m

anag

emen

t to

ol d

oes

not

incl

ude

vers

ioni

ng f

eatu

res.

does

it o

ffer

ver

sion

con

trol

cap

abili

ties

? O

rin

tegr

ate

wit

h th

ird-

part

y to

ol f

or v

ersi

on c

ontr

ol?

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

Suci

d fu

ncti

on in

tegr

ates

wit

h eC

AT

T in

terf

aces

and

leve

rage

s eC

AT

Tca

pabi

litie

s se

amle

ssly

.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

TD

oes

not

ship

wit

h pr

ebui

lt in

tegr

atio

n in

to a

ny t

est

tool

oth

er t

han

eCA

TT.

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s, la

ngua

ges

Prod

uct

expo

ses

inte

rfac

es t

hrou

gh R

FC a

nd J

ava

API

s.

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

on

No.

pass

or

fail

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p, b

reak

poin

ts,

Allo

ws

user

to

visu

ally

ste

p th

roug

h an

y au

tom

ated

tes

t on

e sc

reen

at

a ti

me

scre

en c

aptu

res,

var

iabl

e an

d da

ta m

onit

orin

gto

see

exa

ctly

wha

t is

hap

peni

ng a

t ea

ch s

tep

on e

ach

scre

en, e

nabl

ing

visu

alre

view

and

ver

ific

atio

n of

scr

eens

, SA

P da

ta f

ield

val

ues,

SA

P m

essa

ges,

etc

.

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

n ch

ange

sD

oes

not

supp

ly a

utom

ated

impa

ct a

naly

sis.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

faile

d Pr

oduc

t m

ay b

e ru

n in

una

tten

ded

mod

e. P

rodu

ct w

ill e

xecu

te la

ter

iter

atio

ns if

it

erat

ions

earl

ier

iter

atio

n fa

ils.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

fore

grou

nd m

ode

Run

tes

ts in

the

for

egro

und

on a

ny u

ser’

s PC

, wit

h ea

ch s

tep/

scre

en d

ispl

ayed

visu

ally

on

the

user

’s d

ispl

ay f

or v

isua

l ver

ific

atio

n of

tes

t ex

ecut

ion

and

resu

lts;

alt

erna

tive

ly t

ests

can

be

run

in t

he b

ackg

roun

d on

a t

est

serv

er.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 125

Page 143: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

126

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

Doe

s no

t of

fer

a bu

ilt-i

n G

UI-

base

d sc

hedu

ler,

but

it d

oes

offe

r in

terf

aces

enab

ling

sim

ple

scri

pts

to in

voke

tes

t ru

ns a

t sc

hedu

led

tim

es.

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h de

pend

enci

esT

he d

epen

denc

y lo

gic

wou

ld n

eed

to b

e bu

ilt in

to t

he s

ched

ulin

g sc

ript

by

the

user

.

Con

tain

s D

ebug

ger

Suci

d fu

ncti

on e

nabl

es u

ser

to v

isua

lly s

tep

thro

ugh

any

auto

mat

ed t

est

to s

eeex

actl

y w

hat

is h

appe

ning

at

each

ste

p on

eac

h sc

reen

to

visu

ally

deb

ug a

nddi

agno

se p

robl

ems

that

may

dev

elop

eit

her

in t

he a

utom

ated

tes

ts t

hem

selv

esor

in t

he S

AP

appl

icat

ions

or

data

.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on b

etw

een

The

pro

duct

’s o

rche

stra

tion

ser

ver

mai

ntai

ns a

rea

l-ti

me

data

base

wit

h th

e st

ate

clie

nt a

nd s

erve

rof

all

test

s an

d au

tom

atic

ally

ens

ures

tha

t tr

ansa

ctio

ns a

re e

xecu

ted

in t

heco

rrec

t or

der

wit

h th

e pr

oper

thi

nk t

imes

. Eac

h tr

ansa

ctio

n m

ust

com

plet

ebe

fore

the

nex

t tr

ansa

ctio

n be

gins

, or

befo

re t

he n

ext

thin

k ti

me

dela

y be

gins

ifth

ere

is a

spe

cifi

ed t

hink

tim

e, e

nsur

ing

cont

inuo

us s

ynch

roni

zati

on a

ndac

cura

te s

imul

atio

n of

rea

l-w

orld

usa

ge p

atte

rns.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yH

andl

es e

rror

s in

aut

omat

ed t

est

exec

utio

n. I

n th

e ev

ent

of a

n er

ror,

the

func

tion

al t

est

case

s w

ill li

kely

fai

l and

be

repo

rted

as

such

, but

the

res

t of

the

auto

mat

ed t

est

tran

sact

ions

will

be

exec

uted

.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

Mai

ntai

ns c

onte

xt t

hrou

gh it

s or

ches

trat

ion

serv

er, w

hich

will

mai

ntai

n an

dco

ntex

t in

the

eve

nt o

f er

rors

or

failu

res

in a

utom

ated

tes

t ca

ses

or in

SA

Pit

self

.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, and

sui

tePr

oduc

t’s o

rche

stra

tion

ser

ver

auto

mat

es c

oord

inat

ion

and

tim

ing

for

each

ste

p(t

rans

acti

on),

pro

cess

(bu

sine

ss p

roce

ss)

and

suit

e.

EXHI

BIT

6.5

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 126

Page 144: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

127

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

Use

r ca

n qu

ery

test

res

ults

acc

ordi

ng t

o a

vari

ety

of p

aram

eter

s, s

uch

as t

heda

te/t

ime,

the

per

son

who

ran

the

tes

t, t

he n

ame

of t

he t

est

run,

the

ass

ocia

ted

SAP

tran

spor

t, t

he a

ssoc

iate

d re

quir

emen

t(s)

, etc

.

Sum

mar

y re

port

s ar

e in

clud

ed w

ith

the

prod

uct.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal d

atab

ase

Stor

es a

ll te

st a

sset

s as

dat

a in

a r

elat

iona

l dat

abas

e.

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

Ret

riev

es a

nd v

erif

ies

data

val

ues

in t

he S

AP

data

base

as

part

of

auto

mat

ed t

est

case

s.

Prov

ides

Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM,

Incl

udes

aut

omat

ed f

unct

ions

to

proc

ess

the

cont

ents

of

SAP

data

fie

lds

and

MID

, etc

.) t

o cl

ean

up c

aptu

red

text

mes

sage

s fo

r us

e in

fun

ctio

nal t

est

auto

mat

ion.

Use

rs d

o no

t ha

ve t

o us

e E

xcel

or p

erfo

rm s

crip

ting

to

do t

his.

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om

Suci

d fu

ncti

on s

uppo

rts

data

-dri

ven

test

ing

such

as

loop

ing

or it

erat

ive

spre

adsh

eets

, ext

erna

l sou

rces

, etc

.)ex

ecut

ion

of a

n au

tom

ated

tra

nsac

tion

usi

ng d

iffe

rent

dat

a va

lues

pul

led

from

an S

AP

tabl

e in

eac

h it

erat

ion

wit

hout

scr

ipti

ng (

for

exam

ple,

to

test

a s

et o

fdi

ffer

ent

mat

eria

l typ

es u

sing

a s

ingl

e tr

ansa

ctio

n). S

ucid

fun

ctio

n al

so p

rovi

des

the

abili

ty t

o pa

ram

eter

ize

fiel

ds in

an

auto

mat

ed t

rans

acti

on w

itho

ut s

crip

ting

(for

exa

mpl

e, t

o pr

oduc

e a

valid

, uni

que

new

PO

num

ber

each

tim

e a

new

orde

r is

add

ed),

the

reby

red

ucin

g th

e ne

ed t

o cr

eate

and

man

age

exte

rnal

dat

afi

les

in t

he f

irst

pla

ce.

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, Su

ppor

ts t

he a

bilit

y to

ver

ify

text

fie

lds,

dat

abas

e va

lues

, and

var

ious

obj

ects

in

data

base

val

ues,

tex

t)SA

P.

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt

Supp

orts

reg

ular

exp

ress

ions

.ch

arac

ter

mat

chin

g)

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sT

he d

ata

gene

rate

d or

use

d du

ring

aut

omat

ed t

est

exec

utio

n is

sto

red

toge

ther

wit

h al

l oth

er t

est

outp

uts

in a

rel

atio

nal d

atab

ase.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 127

Page 145: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

128

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nA

utom

ates

dis

cove

ry d

urin

g tr

ansa

ctio

n ca

ptur

e an

d va

riab

le c

hain

ing

duri

ngtr

ansa

ctio

n ex

ecut

ion

betw

een

tran

sact

ions

tha

t co

mpr

ise

an S

AP

busi

ness

proc

ess.

Han

dles

var

iabl

e ch

aini

ng d

urin

g te

st e

xecu

tion

wit

hout

req

uiri

ng a

ny s

crip

ting

or o

ther

inte

rven

tion

fro

m t

he u

ser;

for

exa

mpl

e, if

a n

ew o

rder

is a

dded

in o

nest

ep o

f a

busi

ness

pro

cess

, the

pro

duct

will

aut

omat

ical

ly p

ass

the

new

PO

num

ber

crea

ted

for

the

new

ord

er in

to t

he n

ext

tran

sact

ion

in t

he b

usin

ess

proc

ess

that

exe

cute

s to

upd

ate

the

orde

r th

at h

as ju

st b

een

crea

ted.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

SAP

data

fie

lds

and

mes

sage

s in

corp

orat

ed in

to a

utom

ated

tes

ts a

lrea

dy c

arry

vari

able

typ

es.

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar m

essa

ges)

Cap

ture

s al

l scr

een

text

suc

h as

SA

P er

ror

or c

onfi

rmat

ion

mes

sage

s, a

nd t

his

text

can

hav

e fu

ncti

onal

tes

t ca

ses

atta

ched

to

chec

k th

e co

nten

t of

thi

s sc

reen

text

wit

hout

req

uiri

ng a

ny s

crip

ting

.

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta a

cces

s Su

ppor

ts a

var

iety

of

data

acc

ess

met

hods

for

dat

a-dr

iven

aut

omat

ed t

ests

, suc

hm

etho

ds (

i.e.,

rand

om)

as s

eque

ntia

l, ra

ndom

, etc

.

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s fo

r O

ffer

s se

curi

ty b

ut n

ot d

own

to t

he in

divi

dual

tes

t as

set

com

pone

nt.

each

tes

t as

set

com

pone

nt

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

Off

ers

SAP

secu

rity

tes

ting

eit

her

by o

ne o

r m

ore

spec

ific

use

r ID

s, o

r by

secu

rity

pro

file

s; w

hen

test

ing

by s

ecur

ity

prof

iles,

all

user

s th

at a

re a

ssoc

iate

dw

ith

a se

curi

ty p

rofi

le a

re t

este

d.

Can

aut

omat

ical

ly t

est

to s

ee if

use

rs w

ho a

re s

uppo

sed

to b

e ab

le t

o ru

nde

sign

ated

tra

nsac

tion

s ar

e, in

fac

t, a

ble

to r

un t

hem

(po

siti

ve t

esti

ng);

and

can

also

aut

omat

ical

ly t

est

to s

ee if

use

rs w

ho a

re n

ot s

uppo

sed

to b

e ab

le t

o ru

nde

sign

ated

tra

nsac

tion

s ar

e, in

fac

t, n

ot a

ble

to r

un t

hem

(ne

gati

ve t

esti

ng).

EXHI

BIT

6.5

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 128

Page 146: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

129

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs W

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, dow

nloa

ds

Ven

dor

prov

ides

upd

ates

via

web

site

.to

upg

rade

too

l

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

the

too

lN

o.

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngV

endo

r pr

ovid

es o

nsit

e tr

aini

ng s

ervi

ces

to c

usto

mer

’s u

sers

.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n in

tes

t to

olV

endo

rs d

oes

not

offe

r a

cert

ific

atio

n pr

ogra

m.

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ults

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esY

es.

Res

ults

logs

sho

w s

tatu

s fo

r ea

ch r

ow o

f da

ta

Suci

d re

port

s lo

g te

st r

esul

ts p

er it

erat

ion.

(ite

rati

on)

Res

ults

logs

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Yes

.

Aut

omat

ical

ly g

ener

ates

arc

hiva

ble

elec

tron

ic d

ocum

ents

tha

t in

clud

e al

l dat

are

late

d to

eac

h ex

ecut

ed t

est

(dat

e/ti

me

stam

p, t

est

resu

lts,

scr

eens

hots

, etc

.);

thes

e do

cum

ents

can

be

save

d an

d vi

ewed

to

prov

e ex

actl

y w

hat

has

been

test

ed a

nd w

hat

the

resu

lts

of t

hose

tes

ts w

ere.

Res

ults

logs

can

be

save

d in

dif

fere

nt f

orm

ats

Suci

d re

port

s au

tom

atic

ally

pro

duce

vie

wab

le a

nd a

rchi

ved

resu

lts

repo

rts

in

(i.e

., H

TM

L, .

doc)

HT

ML

for

mat

. The

se r

epor

ts c

an b

e sa

ved

in o

ther

for

mat

s as

wel

l.

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s (t

est

logs

)Su

cid

repo

rts

auto

mat

ical

ly g

ener

ate

and

stor

e te

st r

esul

ts f

rom

all

auto

mat

edte

st e

xecu

tion

s, in

clud

ing

date

/tim

e st

amp,

iden

tify

ing

info

rmat

ion

on t

est(

s)ex

ecut

ed, i

dent

ity

of p

erso

n ex

ecut

ing

the

test

, rev

iew

/aut

hori

zati

on s

tatu

s of

test

res

ults

, scr

eens

hots

of

exec

uted

scr

eens

fro

m t

est

run,

res

pons

e ti

mes

, and

SAP

mes

sage

s re

turn

ed p

er s

cree

n, e

tc.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 129

Page 147: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

130

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

cha

rtin

g U

ser

can

quer

y te

st r

esul

ts a

ccor

ding

to

a va

riet

y of

par

amet

ers,

suc

h as

the

ca

pabi

lity

date

/tim

e, t

he p

erso

n w

ho r

an t

he t

est,

the

nam

e of

the

tes

t ru

n, t

he a

ssoc

iate

dSA

P tr

ansp

ort,

the

ass

ocia

ted

requ

irem

ent(

s), e

tc.

Sum

mar

y re

port

s ar

e in

clud

ed w

ith

the

prod

uct.

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

duce

d D

oes

not

outp

ut o

r pr

oduc

e te

xt in

nar

rati

ve f

orm

. It

does

com

mun

icat

e in

auto

mat

ical

ly f

rom

tes

t pr

oces

ses

clea

r E

nglis

h th

e ac

tual

vs.

exp

ecte

d re

sult

s fo

r fu

ncti

onal

, loa

d, a

nd s

ecur

ity

test

ing.

But

the

tex

t is

inte

rspe

rsed

wit

h sc

reen

shot

s an

d is

not

pre

sent

ed in

narr

ativ

e fo

rm.

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Doe

s no

t of

fer

this

cap

abili

ty.

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

nsD

oes

not

requ

ire

clas

ses,

act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

ns.

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

new

D

oes

not

supp

ort

this

cap

abili

ty.

attr

ibut

e fi

elds

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y Su

ppor

ts a

ssoc

iati

on o

f te

st c

ases

wit

h re

quir

emen

ts a

nd w

ith

tran

spor

ts f

or

requ

irem

ents

tra

ceab

ility

trac

eabi

lity.

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

pro

cess

es a

nd

No.

data

file

nam

es

Lan

guag

e an

d pl

atfo

rm in

depe

nden

tL

angu

age

and

plat

form

inde

pend

ent.

Scr

ipti

ng is

alm

ost

enti

rely

elim

inat

ed, s

ola

ngua

ge is

not

an

issu

e. P

rodu

ct’s

arc

hite

ctur

e m

akes

it p

latf

orm

inde

pend

ent.

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

Suc

id C

orpo

rati

on.

EXHI

BIT

6.5

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 130

Page 148: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

131

EXHI

BIT

6.6

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

Wor

ksof

t, I

nc.)

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:C

erti

fyT

ool E

valu

ator

:Lin

da H

ayes

Ven

dor

Nam

e:W

orks

oft,

Inc

.V

endo

r W

ebsi

te:w

ww

.wor

ksof

t.co

mD

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:02

/01/

06T

ool O

ffer

ings

:Tes

t m

anag

emen

t, a

utom

atio

n, a

nd r

epor

ting

sol

utio

n fo

r SA

P an

d ot

her

plat

form

s.

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

chan

ges

and

dele

tion

sA

ny id

enti

fied

cha

nges

can

be

mad

e gl

obal

ly t

o al

l aff

ecte

d te

stas

sets

.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

h so

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

Use

rs m

ay d

efin

e th

e ap

plic

atio

n m

ap d

irec

tly

from

the

spec

ific

atio

n or

pro

toty

pe a

nd d

evel

op t

heir

tes

ts b

efor

e th

eso

ftw

are

is d

eliv

ered

.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edN

o co

de is

wri

tten

or

gene

rate

d fo

r a

test

, and

dur

ing

exec

utio

nno

cod

e is

exp

osed

or

debu

gged

.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on-S

AP

appl

icat

ions

Cer

tify

has

nat

ive

supp

ort

for

Web

, mai

nfra

me,

.Net

, Jav

a, V

B,

and

XM

L. I

t al

so s

uppo

rts

othe

r pl

atfo

rms

thro

ugh

its

API

,in

clud

ing

Sieb

el.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 131

Page 149: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

132

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)N

o co

ding

or

scri

ptin

g is

req

uire

d. C

usto

m e

xten

sion

s m

ay b

ead

ded

usin

g to

ol o

r la

ngua

ge o

f ch

oice

.

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dY

es, u

sing

Ope

n A

PI.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

Yes

, usi

ng t

he s

tep

igno

re o

ptio

n.

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ties

Cer

tify

sup

port

s ob

ject

- an

d an

alog

-lev

el a

ctio

ns; h

owev

er, t

heus

er in

terf

ace

is a

lway

s pr

esen

ted

at t

he o

bjec

t le

vel.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e pr

oper

ties

of

reco

rded

obj

ects

All

Cer

tify

tes

t as

sets

are

sto

red

in a

dat

abas

e re

posi

tory

,in

clud

ing

all o

bjec

ts, t

est

proc

esse

s, t

est

data

, and

res

t re

sult

s.

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut c

hang

ing

prog

ram

min

g co

deN

o co

ding

is u

sed

but

user

can

set

glo

bal o

r lo

cal t

imeo

uts.

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

-def

ined

fun

ctio

nsC

erti

fy c

an b

e ex

tend

ed b

y ad

ding

cla

sses

and

act

ions

for

use

r-de

fine

d fu

ncti

ons

or c

usto

m c

ontr

ols.

Use

r-de

fine

d fu

ncti

ons

can

be a

cces

sed

from

any

tes

t or

com

pone

nt.

Test

too

l off

ers

keyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

Cer

tify

off

ers

both

cla

ss a

ctio

n an

d ke

ywor

d fu

ncti

onal

ity

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

of c

aptu

red/

reco

rded

pro

cess

Cer

tify

allo

ws

scre

ens

to b

e ca

ptur

ed e

ithe

r on

dem

and,

by

defa

ult,

or

base

d on

res

ults

.

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en, u

ser

can

mod

ify

scri

pt

Cer

tify

doe

s no

t us

e sc

ript

s an

d ca

ptur

ed s

cree

ns n

eed

not

be

logi

c th

roug

h th

e ca

ptur

ed s

cree

nm

aint

aine

d. A

ll sc

reen

s an

d te

sts

are

desc

ribe

d an

d m

aint

aine

din

a d

atab

ase

and

can

be a

utom

atic

ally

upd

ated

glo

bally

whe

nch

ange

s ar

e m

ade.

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

fiel

dsY

es.

EXHI

BIT

6.6

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 132

Page 150: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

133

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

Stop

wat

ches

may

be

adde

d bu

t ar

e no

t ne

eded

bec

ause

Cer

tify

auto

mat

ical

ly t

imes

eve

ry s

tep,

pro

cess

, and

ses

sion

.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

reco

rded

SA

P sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

No.

wit

h to

ol

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

, SR

M, A

PO, C

-fol

ders

,O

pen

supp

ort

for

any

SAP

add-

on o

r th

ird-

part

y bo

lt-o

ns.

CR

M, e

tc.)

Supp

orts

dif

fere

nt v

ersi

ons

of S

AP

(i.e

., SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix,

SAP

Ver

sion

s V

4.X

, 5.X

.N

etw

eave

r, an

d Po

rtal

s)

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsC

erti

fy a

llow

s an

unl

imit

ed n

umbe

r of

use

r-de

fine

d fi

elds

to

bead

ded

usin

g m

ulti

ple

obje

ct t

ypes

suc

h as

tex

t fi

elds

, che

ckbo

xes,

com

bo b

oxes

, etc

. The

se f

ield

s m

ay b

e re

quir

ed o

r op

tion

al a

ndar

e av

aila

ble

for

cust

om f

ilter

, que

ries

, and

rep

orts

.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

is W

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ires

des

ktop

GU

I in

stal

lati

onT

hick

clie

nt b

ut m

anag

ed f

rom

cen

tral

ser

ver

for

auto

mat

ion

(fat

or

thin

clie

nt in

stal

lati

on)?

upda

tes.

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Yes

.

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

or O

racl

eC

erti

fy s

uppo

rts

repo

sito

ries

usi

ng M

SDE

, SQ

L S

erve

r, or

Ora

cle.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

No.

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

solu

tion

man

ager

, cap

abili

ties

exi

st t

oN

o.ex

ecut

e re

cord

ed s

crip

ts f

rom

Sol

utio

n M

anag

er

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 133

Page 151: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

134

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Cer

tify

is a

n in

tegr

ated

man

agem

ent

and

auto

mat

ion

solu

tion

.

If in

tegr

atio

n w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

off

er

Cer

tify

man

ages

mul

tipl

e ve

rsio

ns o

f ap

plic

atio

ns a

nd t

est

asse

ts

vers

ion-

cont

rol c

apab

iliti

es?

Or

inte

grat

e w

ith

thir

d-pa

rty

and

prov

ides

impa

ct a

naly

sis

and

auto

mat

ed u

pdat

es f

or t

ool f

or

vers

ion

cont

rol?

chan

ges

betw

een

vers

ions

.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

Inte

grat

es w

ith

SAP

GU

I Sc

ript

ing.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

TY

es.

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s, la

ngua

ges

The

Cer

tify

Ope

n A

PI a

llow

s fu

ncti

ons

to b

e w

ritt

en u

sing

the

tool

or

lang

uage

of

choi

ce.

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

on

pass

or

fail

Eve

ry s

tep

in C

erti

fy o

ffer

s on

pas

s/on

fai

l opt

ions

to

cont

rol t

hete

st f

low

bas

ed o

n ex

ecut

ion

resu

lts

and

spec

ify

the

corr

ect

log

resp

onse

.

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p, b

reak

poin

ts, s

cree

n T

he C

erti

fy e

xecu

tion

das

hboa

rd a

llow

s us

ers

to p

erfo

rm s

ingl

e-ca

ptur

es, v

aria

ble

and

data

mon

itor

ing

step

exe

cuti

on, s

kip

step

s, s

et b

reak

poin

ts, m

onit

or v

aria

ble

or

reco

rdse

ts, c

aptu

re t

he s

cree

n, o

r ab

ort

the

sess

ion.

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

n ch

ange

sA

ny a

pplic

atio

n ch

ange

is a

utom

atic

ally

map

ped

to a

ll af

fect

edte

st a

sset

s fo

r in

stan

t im

pact

ana

lysi

s.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

faile

d it

erat

ions

Cer

tify

pro

vide

s a

rich

set

of

erro

r ha

ndlin

g an

d re

cove

ry o

ptio

nsto

con

trol

exe

cuti

on w

orkf

low

bas

ed o

n re

sult

s.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

fore

grou

nd m

ode

No.

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

Cer

tify

inte

grat

es w

ith

Win

dow

s Ta

sk S

ched

uler

.

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h de

pend

enci

esU

ser

can

defi

ne e

xecu

tion

dep

ende

ncie

s ba

sed

on r

unti

me

resu

lts.

EXHI

BIT

6.6

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 134

Page 152: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

135

Con

tain

s D

ebug

ger

Exe

cuti

on d

ashb

oard

pro

vide

s st

ep-l

evel

exe

cuti

on, b

reak

poin

ts,

vari

able

and

rec

ords

et w

atch

win

dow

s. A

lso

allo

ws

scre

enca

ptur

es o

n de

man

d as

wel

l as

skip

ping

ste

ps.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on b

etw

een

clie

nt a

nd s

erve

rE

very

Cer

tify

ste

p is

aut

omat

ical

ly s

ynch

roni

zed

wit

h th

eap

plic

atio

n pl

ayba

ck s

peed

.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yC

erti

fy p

rovi

des

a ri

ch s

et o

f er

ror

logg

ing

and

hand

ling

opti

ons

to a

ssur

e un

atte

nded

exe

cuti

on c

an c

onti

nue

afte

r er

rors

.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

Cer

tify

pro

vide

s an

aut

omat

ed r

ecov

ery

syst

em t

hat

can

rest

ore

cont

ext

to a

kno

wn

stat

e an

d co

ntin

ue e

xecu

tion

aft

er a

loss

of

cont

ext.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, and

sui

teN

o st

opw

atch

es a

re r

equi

red,

tim

ing

is a

utom

atic

ally

mea

sure

s at

ever

y le

vel o

f ex

ecut

ion.

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

Eve

ry t

est

asse

t vi

ew c

an b

e cu

stom

ized

as

to c

olum

ns, c

olum

nor

der,

sort

ord

er. a

nd f

ilter

ing

base

d on

sta

ndar

d or

cus

tom

crit

eria

.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal d

atab

ase

All

Cer

tify

tes

t as

sets

are

sto

red

as d

ata.

The

re a

re n

o sc

ript

file

sfo

r te

st c

ases

. Onl

y us

er-d

efin

ed c

lass

es o

r ac

tion

s re

quir

e co

ding

and

only

onc

e pe

r cl

ass

and

acti

on.

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

Cer

tify

ena

bles

dir

ect

veri

fica

tion

or

acqu

isit

ion

of d

ata

stor

edw

ithi

n a

data

base

.

Prov

ides

Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM, M

ID, e

tc.)

to

clea

n Te

st d

ata

may

be

crea

ted

or m

odif

ied

wit

hin

Exc

el a

s de

sire

d,

up c

aptu

red

text

then

sto

red

in C

erti

fy r

epos

itor

y.

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om s

prea

dshe

ets,

ext

erna

l C

erti

fy a

llow

s re

cord

sets

to

be d

efin

ed a

nd s

tore

d w

ithi

n th

e so

urce

s, e

tc.)

data

base

, or

impo

rted

fro

m E

xcel

or

CSV

file

s. U

sers

sim

ply

link

reco

rdse

ts t

o te

st p

roce

sses

and

all

file

han

dlin

g an

d lo

opin

g is

auto

mat

ical

ly p

rovi

ded.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 135

Page 153: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

136

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, dat

abas

e va

lues

, tex

t)A

ny s

tep

can

veri

fy a

ny o

bjec

t.

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt c

hara

cter

mat

chin

g)Y

es. C

erti

fy a

lso

prov

ides

ric

h se

t of

pre

defi

ned

veri

fica

tion

crit

eria

suc

h as

sta

rts

wit

h, c

onta

ins,

doe

s no

t co

ntai

n, e

tc.

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sC

erti

fy c

an c

aptu

re d

ata

duri

ng r

unti

me

and

wri

te it

to

the

repo

sito

ry. A

ny r

epos

itor

y da

ta c

an b

e ex

port

ed a

s ne

eded

to

exte

rnal

tex

t or

spr

eads

heet

s.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nA

ll C

erti

fy d

ata

vari

able

s ar

e st

ored

in t

he r

epos

itor

y an

d ar

eav

aila

ble

from

any

tes

t fo

r in

put,

ver

ific

atio

n, o

r ou

tput

.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Text

, num

ber,

date

.

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar m

essa

ges)

Text

or

bitm

ap s

cree

n ca

ptur

es

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta a

cces

s m

etho

ds

Dat

a ac

cess

is s

eque

ntia

l.(i

.e.,

rand

om)

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

asse

t A

cces

s to

eve

ry t

est

com

pone

nt c

an b

e co

ntro

lled

by p

roje

ct, u

ser,

com

pone

ntan

d gr

oup

as t

o re

ad/w

rite

/exe

cute

per

mis

sion

.

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

Yes

.

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs w

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, dow

nloa

ds t

o up

grad

e to

olY

es.

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

the

too

lN

o. T

his

is in

pro

cess

.

X. T

rain

ing

EXHI

BIT

6.6

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 136

Page 154: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

137

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngY

es.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n in

tes

t to

olY

es.

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ults

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esSc

reen

cap

ture

s ar

e op

tion

al a

nd m

ay b

e de

fine

d an

d st

ored

at

ant

step

. Scr

eens

are

sto

red

in t

he d

atab

ase

and

may

be

save

d to

an

exte

rnal

file

.

Res

ults

log

show

sta

tus

for

each

row

of

data

(it

erat

ion)

Exe

cuti

on lo

gs s

how

eac

h st

ep f

or e

ach

data

row

.

Res

ults

log

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Dat

e an

d ti

me

are

avai

labl

e fo

r ev

ery

step

, pro

cess

, and

ses

sion

.

Res

ults

log

can

be s

aved

in d

iffe

rent

for

mat

s (i

.e.,

HT

ML

, .do

c)R

epor

ting

out

put

is a

vaila

ble

to u

ser-

defi

ned

form

ats.

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s (t

est

logs

)E

xecu

tion

logs

sho

w s

tep-

leve

l det

ail w

ith

both

act

ual a

ndex

pect

ed r

esul

ts a

s w

ell a

s sc

reen

cap

ture

if d

esir

ed a

nd e

laps

edti

me

end

to e

nd a

t ea

ch le

vel.

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

cha

rtin

g ca

pabi

lity

Eve

ry t

est

data

item

can

be

filt

ered

, sor

ted,

or

quer

ied

and

all t

est

asse

ts c

an b

e in

clud

ed f

or r

epor

ting

pur

pose

s.

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

duce

d au

tom

atic

ally

fro

mE

ach

Cer

tify

ste

p is

aut

omat

ical

ly e

xpre

ssed

as

narr

ativ

e te

st p

roce

sses

desc

ript

ion

that

can

be

mod

ifie

d w

ithi

n th

e da

taba

se a

ndpr

oduc

ed in

a d

ocum

enta

tion

-sty

le r

epor

t or

exp

orte

d to

an

exte

rnal

file

.

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Eve

ry C

erti

fy t

est

asse

t ca

n be

exp

orte

d to

an

exte

rnal

file

.

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

fun

ctio

nsT

he C

erti

fy O

pen

API

allo

ws

user

-ext

ensi

ble

clas

ses,

act

ions

, and

func

tion

s.

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

new

att

ribu

te f

ield

sC

erti

fy a

llow

s an

unl

imit

ed n

umbe

r of

use

r-de

fine

d fi

elds

to

bead

ded

to t

he r

epos

itor

y.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 137

Page 155: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

138

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y re

quir

emen

ts t

race

abili

tyC

erti

fy r

equi

rem

ents

can

be

linke

d to

mul

tipl

e te

st p

roce

sses

and

vice

ver

sa.

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

pro

cess

es a

nd d

ata

file

nam

esA

ll C

erti

fy t

est

proc

esse

s an

d da

ta f

iles

can

be c

alle

d us

ing

vari

able

nam

es t

o al

low

ful

l ind

irec

tion

.

Lan

guag

e an

d pl

atfo

rm in

depe

nden

tC

erti

fy h

ad n

ativ

e su

ppor

t fo

r W

eb, .

NE

T, J

ava,

VB

, mai

nfra

me,

and

XM

L. O

ther

pla

tfor

ms

can

be a

dded

usi

ng t

he C

erti

fy O

pen

API

. A s

ingl

e C

erti

fy t

est

proc

ess

can

seam

less

ly s

pan

mul

tipl

eap

plic

atio

ns a

nd p

latf

orm

s w

ithi

n a

sing

le e

xecu

tion

ses

sion

.

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

Wor

ksof

t, I

nc.

EXHI

BIT

6.6

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

/Res

pons

es

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 138

Page 156: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

139

EXHI

BIT

6.7

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

iTK

O I

nc.)

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:iT

KO

LIS

A C

ompl

ete

SOA

Tes

t Pl

atfo

rmT

ool E

valu

ator

:Jas

on E

nglis

h, iT

KO

Inc

.V

endo

r N

ame:

iTK

O, I

nc.

Ven

dor

Web

site

:ww

w.it

ko.c

omD

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:08

/15/

06T

ool T

ype:

SOA

tes

ting

too

l for

no-

code

fun

ctio

nal,

regr

essi

on, i

nteg

rati

on, l

oad

and

perf

orm

ance

tes

ting

of

Web

Ser

vice

s(W

SDL

/SO

AP)

, Mes

sagi

ng L

ayer

s (J

MS/

MQ

) an

d w

eb in

terf

aces

, as

wel

l as

Java

/J2E

E, d

atab

ases

and

oth

er m

iddl

e ti

erco

mpo

nent

s. I

deal

for

tes

ting

SA

P N

etW

eave

r po

rtal

s an

d di

stri

bute

d se

rvic

es-b

ased

arc

hite

ctur

es a

nd c

ompo

nent

s.

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Not

e: L

ISA

doe

s N

OT

tes

t a

Win

dow

s U

I or

Thi

ck C

lient

por

tion

of

an(a

nd O

verv

iew

of

LIS

A)

SAP

appl

icat

ion

(suc

h as

the

UI

of a

n ap

plet

or

VB

UI,

etc

.) N

or d

o w

e te

st a

n in

tern

alw

orkf

low

of

SAP,

suc

h as

tes

ting

AB

AP

calls

wit

hin

R/3

, etc

.

LIS

A d

oes

dire

ctly

tes

t an

ent

ire

busi

ness

wor

kflo

w t

he B

row

ser-

base

d an

d/or

por

tal

inte

grat

ion

aspe

cts

of S

AP

appl

icat

ions

, esp

ecia

lly a

s th

e co

mpa

ny’s

app

s m

ove

to a

mor

e di

stri

bute

d, S

OA

(Se

rvic

es-O

rien

ted

Arc

hite

ctur

e) e

nvir

onm

ent

wit

h N

etW

eave

ran

d m

ulti

ple

J2E

E s

erve

rs (

Web

Log

ic, o

ther

s) h

ousi

ng W

eb S

ervi

ces,

JD

BC

/SQ

Lda

taba

ses,

RM

I, M

essa

ging

/JM

S/M

Q, F

ile s

yste

ms,

and

inte

grat

ion

poin

ts w

ith

othe

rm

ajor

ent

erpr

ise

apps

.

LIS

A’s

sup

port

of

all t

he a

bove

tec

hnol

ogie

s co

vers

uni

t, f

unct

iona

l, re

gres

sion

, loa

d,in

tegr

atio

n an

d pe

rfor

man

ce t

esti

ng in

a s

ingl

e so

luti

on, w

ith

test

cas

es u

sabl

e ac

ross

that

ent

ire

lifec

ycle

.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 139

Page 157: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

140

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

Hav

e L

ISA

poi

nt t

o a

serv

ice,

and

by

refl

ecti

on t

he s

oftw

are

will

dyn

amic

ally

inco

rpor

-ch

ange

s an

d de

leti

ons

ate

all t

he a

vaila

ble

refe

renc

es a

nd d

ata

wit

hin

the

test

obj

ect.

If

the

obje

ct c

hang

es,

LIS

A c

an u

pdat

e th

ose

refe

renc

es d

ynam

ical

ly. T

he o

nly

case

whe

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

tom

ake

a ch

ange

is if

a m

etho

d si

gnat

ure

type

has

cha

nged

. Sin

ce L

ISA

’s m

odel

isde

clar

ativ

e an

d no

t st

rict

-UI

base

d lik

e m

any

acce

ptan

ce t

esti

ng t

ools

, cha

nges

in t

heus

er in

terf

ace

will

not

aut

omat

ical

ly b

reak

the

tes

t ca

se.

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

nT

his

refe

rs t

o th

e ab

ility

for

the

too

l to

info

rm t

he u

ser

of a

ll te

sts

that

are

aff

ecte

d by

ach

ange

sch

ange

to

an a

pplic

atio

n ob

ject

. Oth

erw

ise

the

user

mus

t se

arch

all

test

s an

d m

anua

llylo

cate

all

refe

renc

es. W

e do

n’t

do t

his

out

of t

he b

ox. B

ut if

we

wer

e pa

rt o

f a

tota

lA

LM

Tes

t M

anag

emen

t so

luti

on, w

e w

ould

be

able

to

give

tha

t im

pact

ana

lysi

s.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

hT

his

refe

rs t

o th

e ab

ility

to

crea

te a

n au

tom

ated

tes

t w

itho

ut h

avin

g th

e ap

plic

atio

nso

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

avai

labl

e to

rec

ord

agai

nst.

Thi

s is

a n

eces

sary

fea

ture

for

agi

le d

evel

opm

ent

appr

oach

esth

at r

equi

re t

ests

to

be d

evel

oped

bef

ore

the

code

. Yes

, thi

s is

our

enc

oura

ged

way

for

test

dev

elop

men

t. W

ith

this

pro

cess

, dev

elop

ers

can

help

jum

p-st

art

QA

by

supp

lyin

gth

eir

unit

tes

ts, a

nd Q

A t

hen

can

build

pro

per

busi

ness

sce

nari

os, a

nd t

est

a de

ploy

edap

plic

atio

n th

at h

as n

o us

er in

terf

ace.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edTo

ol a

llow

s po

int-

and-

clic

k te

st c

reat

ion

and

stag

ing

auto

mat

ion

wit

hout

the

nee

d to

wri

te, g

ener

ate,

or

mai

ntai

n pr

ogra

mm

ing

code

. LIS

A’s

dec

lara

tive

tes

t ca

se m

odel

prod

uces

XM

L f

iles

that

can

be

stor

ed in

any

dev

elop

men

t en

viro

nmen

t to

ol, a

ndm

anag

ed t

hrou

gh L

ISA

’s in

terf

ace.

No

need

to

rew

rite

or

tran

sfer

tes

t co

de w

hen

mov

ing

thro

ugh

unit

, fun

ctio

nal,

regr

essi

on, l

oad,

and

per

form

ance

tes

t ph

ases

. We

doof

fer

a ki

t to

ext

end

LIS

A t

o te

st n

ew t

echn

olog

ies

and

LIS

A w

ould

be

able

to

supp

ort

no c

ode

auth

orin

g to

exe

rcis

e th

ose

exte

nsio

ns t

o th

e ne

w t

echn

olog

ies.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on-S

AP

iTK

O L

ISA

is a

n id

eal t

ool w

hen

you

are

test

ing

an in

tegr

ated

env

iron

men

t th

at in

clud

esap

plic

atio

nsSA

P in

the

larg

er c

onte

xt o

f an

ent

erpr

ise

arch

itec

ture

. LIS

A s

uppo

rts

mos

t of

the

stan

dard

s of

Web

Ser

vice

s/SO

AP

and

JEE

, whi

ch in

tur

n m

eans

LIS

A c

an u

niqu

ely

EXHI

BIT

6.7

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 140

Page 158: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

141

supp

ort

test

ing

of m

ulti

ple

non-

SAP

appl

icat

ions

tha

t m

ight

be

leve

rage

d un

der

SAP

Net

Wea

ver,

or w

ithi

n J2

EE

App

licat

ion

Serv

ers

(Web

Log

ic, J

Bos

s, W

ebsp

here

, etc

.).

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)L

ISA

is a

Jav

a ap

plic

atio

n, a

nd it

tal

ks t

o m

ost

ente

rpri

se c

ompo

nent

s na

tive

ly.

How

ever

you

can

ext

end

test

abili

ty o

f ap

plic

atio

ns w

ith

LIS

A E

xten

sion

API

, wit

h Ja

va,

or if

you

rea

lly n

eed

to s

crip

t, t

hrou

gh b

eans

hell

(jav

a sc

ript

).

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dR

emot

e ca

lls f

or m

ost

com

pone

nts

such

as

RM

I, E

JB a

re e

nabl

ed r

ight

out

of

the

box.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

LIS

A w

ill a

utom

atic

ally

“no

rmal

” pa

ss/f

ail c

ondi

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

step

to

the

next

ste

pin

the

wor

kflo

w o

r a

Failu

re n

ode.

Fro

m t

here

, add

itio

nal o

ptio

ns c

an b

e ap

plie

d ba

sed

on a

sser

tion

s th

e te

ster

mak

es. A

ddit

iona

lly, d

evel

oper

s ca

n qu

ickl

y de

fine

any

tes

tw

orkf

low

as

a “C

usto

m P

roce

ss”

that

wou

ld p

re-l

oad

wit

h an

y op

tion

al s

teps

des

ired

depe

ndin

g on

the

bus

ines

s ne

ed.

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

L

ISA

doe

s no

t pe

rfor

m a

nalo

g te

stin

g, e

xcep

t fo

r Sw

ing

(Jav

a) a

pps

that

req

uire

som

e ca

pabi

litie

san

alog

rec

ordi

ng t

o be

cap

ture

d. C

aptu

re o

f W

eb-b

ased

tes

t ca

ses

is d

one

via

brow

ser

sim

ulat

ion

and

com

plet

e H

TT

P, X

ML

, JM

S an

d ot

her

data

str

eam

and

obj

ect

inte

rcep

tion

by

LIS

A, s

o W

eb a

pps

and

port

al c

ompo

nent

s ar

e ab

stra

cted

into

tes

tabl

ebu

sine

ss p

rope

rtie

s.

For

robo

t (A

nalo

g) t

ype

reco

rdin

g, w

e su

ppor

t Sw

ing

clie

nts

only

. All

othe

r se

rvic

es, t

heob

ject

s ar

e fu

lly s

imul

ated

(D

igit

al)

and

abst

ract

ed in

to d

ynam

ic d

ata

prop

erti

es.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e L

ISA

off

ers

a se

rver

sid

e re

posi

tory

for

tea

m m

anag

emen

t an

d st

orag

e of

tes

t ca

ses

and

prop

erti

es o

f re

cord

ed o

bjec

tste

st s

uite

s th

at m

ay s

ched

uled

or

run

as f

unct

iona

l, re

gres

sion

and

load

tes

ts. L

ISA

tes

tsar

e al

l sto

red

as X

ML

file

s, lo

cally

on

the

clie

nt c

ompu

ter,

or a

ttac

hed

to a

ny e

xist

ing

grou

pwar

e or

tea

m c

olla

bora

tion

sof

twar

e (W

e do

thi

s on

pur

pose

so

team

s ca

n us

eth

eir

deve

lopm

ent

proc

ess

tool

s of

cho

ice)

.

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

utA

fter

the

scr

ipt

is r

ecor

ded

the

test

er c

an a

dd t

hink

tim

es a

nd d

elay

s to

eac

h te

st s

tep

prog

ram

min

g or

cod

e ch

ange

sw

itho

ut h

avin

g to

inse

rt/c

hang

e ex

isti

ng p

rogr

amm

ing

code

. We

add

them

auto

mat

ical

ly (

user

def

ined

), a

nd t

hink

tim

es c

an b

e ch

ange

d to

dif

fere

nt v

alue

s on

ape

r no

de b

asis

wit

h po

int-

and-

clic

k ea

se, o

r im

port

ed d

ynam

ical

ly f

rom

a lo

ad p

rofi

ler.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 141

Page 159: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

142

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

user

- U

ser-

defi

ned

func

tion

s ca

n be

acc

esse

d fr

om a

ny t

est

or c

ompo

nent

, and

you

can

als

ode

fine

d fu

ncti

ons

capt

ure

brow

ser

test

s th

roug

h th

is m

etho

d.

Test

too

l off

ers

keyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

LIS

A r

ende

rs “

keyw

ord-

driv

en”

test

ing

obso

lete

—yo

u ca

n di

rect

ly c

reat

e re

al w

ork-

flow

s in

a p

oint

-and

-clic

k m

anne

r in

LIS

A a

nd t

hese

are

act

ual t

ests

tha

t te

ams

can

labe

l how

ever

the

y w

ant.

The

re is

not

a s

epar

ate

proc

ess

of a

bstr

acti

ng g

ranu

lar

test

codi

ng in

to k

eyw

ord

libra

ries

nee

ded.

Tes

t pr

oced

ures

can

als

o be

def

ined

as

“bus

ines

spr

oces

ses”

in L

ISA

, whi

ch le

ts Q

A/B

usin

ess

team

s te

st in

ter

ms

of p

roce

sses

inst

ead

ofro

ot-l

evel

tec

hnol

ogie

s.

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

ofL

ISA

has

a p

ower

ful I

nter

acti

ve T

est

Run

(IT

R)

func

tion

tha

t le

ts y

ou s

tep

capt

ured

/rec

orde

d pr

oces

sth

roug

h ea

ch W

eb U

I or

mid

dle-

tier

com

pone

nt in

the

tes

t an

d se

e bo

th w

hat

was

see

nif

it is

a U

I st

ep, o

r th

e ex

act

data

tha

t w

as r

elay

ed f

rom

sev

eral

dif

fere

nt v

iew

sac

cord

ing

to t

he u

ser’

s te

chni

cal r

equi

rem

ents

. Thi

s is

ext

rem

ely

pow

erfu

l for

pro

blem

solv

ing,

allo

win

g de

velo

pers

to

see

both

the

end

res

ult

and

the

unde

rlyi

ng c

ause

of

each

step

in a

tes

t ca

se.

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en,

Rem

embe

r, w

e do

n’t

dire

ctly

tes

t th

ick

clie

nt U

Is..

. For

our

exi

stin

g W

eb c

lient

you

us

er c

an m

odif

y sc

ript

logi

c th

roug

h co

uld

take

the

sam

e te

st a

nd r

ecap

ture

the

pag

e w

ith

the

repl

ay u

tilit

y, w

hich

can

cat

chth

e ca

ptur

ed s

cree

nth

e ne

w f

ield

.

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

You

can

sw

ap a

ny c

aptu

red

valu

e or

val

ue n

ame

in a

tes

t st

ep b

y ty

ping

in a

noth

er

fiel

dsva

lue

or a

ttac

hing

a d

ynam

ic v

alue

to

it.

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

I do

n’t

unde

rsta

nd—

you

can

pace

or

star

t an

d en

d a

LIS

A t

est

case

at

any

sche

dule

dti

me

or in

terv

al.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

reco

rded

Not

out

of

the

box.

We

wou

ld o

ffer

LIS

A e

xten

sion

s to

rap

idly

bui

ld “

solu

tion

nod

es”

SAP

scri

pts/

proc

esse

s w

ith

tool

spec

ific

ally

for

SA

P fu

ncti

ons

that

cus

tom

ers

wou

ld h

ave

a go

od u

se f

or.

EXHI

BIT

6.7

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 142

Page 160: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

143

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns (

i.e.,

BW

N/A

to

core

SA

P m

odul

es.

SRM

, APO

, C-f

olde

rs, C

RM

, etc

.)

Supp

orts

SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix,

and

Por

tals

For

GU

I te

stin

g, L

ISA

onl

y su

ppor

ts B

row

ser-

base

d U

Is le

vera

ging

SA

P, a

nd S

AP

Net

Wea

ver.

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsN

/A

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

inst

alla

tion

is w

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ired

D

ownl

oada

ble,

dou

ble-

clic

k in

stal

l of

LIS

A c

lient

app

licat

ion.

No

furt

her

desk

top

GU

I in

stal

lati

on (

fat

or t

hin

“im

plem

enta

tion

” re

quir

ed t

o te

st m

ulti

ple

com

pone

nt t

ypes

.cl

ient

inst

alla

tion

)?L

ISA

Use

r C

lient

: Fat

(Ja

va S

win

g-ba

sed)

clie

nt r

uns

on W

indo

ws/

Lin

ux/U

nix/

Mac

plat

form

s.

LIS

A S

erve

r A

pplic

atio

n: C

lient

less

app

tha

t L

ISA

tes

t ca

ses

can

leve

rage

; it

prov

ides

the

test

sch

edul

ing

and

virt

ual u

ser

load

gen

erat

ion

for

the

com

pany

’s t

este

rs u

sing

the

LIS

AU

ser

Clie

nt o

r em

bedd

ing

com

man

d-lin

e ca

lls t

o L

ISA

Ser

ver

wit

hin

thei

r co

de.

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Yes

, LIS

A u

ser

licen

ses

can

be p

urch

ased

per

sea

t or

in v

olum

e as

fix

ed o

r fl

oati

nglic

ense

s. V

irtu

al U

sers

for

Loa

d Te

stin

g ar

e al

way

s fl

oati

ng a

nd “

pool

ed”

to t

heco

mpa

ny o

n th

e L

ISA

Ser

ver.

Bea

r in

min

d th

at t

here

are

no

licen

ses

requ

ired

on

the

test

tar

get

serv

er; i

f L

ISA

can

reac

h it

via

rem

ote

invo

cati

on (

In-C

onta

iner

tes

ting

), L

AN

/WA

N, o

r th

e In

tern

et, i

t ca

nte

st it

.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 143

Page 161: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

144

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

LIS

A t

ests

are

sto

red

as X

ML

and

can

be

easi

ly a

ttac

hed

to a

ny d

evel

opm

ent

or O

racl

epo

rtal

or

AL

M/S

CM

/RM

/Iss

ue t

rack

ing

or g

roup

war

e to

ols

and

file

sys

tem

s.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

Not

dir

ect

inte

grat

ion,

tho

ugh

sim

ply

stor

e an

XM

L f

ile in

SM

, or

crea

te a

n au

tom

atio

npr

oces

s w

ith

LIS

A

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

,W

e ca

n. Y

ou c

an c

all a

ny r

unni

ng L

ISA

Ser

ver

to r

un a

nd r

epor

t of

f a

test

“he

edle

ssly

”ca

pabi

litie

s ex

ist

to e

xecu

te r

ecor

ded

via

com

man

d lin

e, in

a b

uild

or

othe

r te

st s

crip

t, o

r by

a ja

va m

etho

d.sc

ript

s fr

om S

olut

ion

Man

ager

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Yes

, cur

rent

ly w

e ti

ghtl

y in

tegr

ate

wit

h M

KS

for

test

man

agem

ent

(whe

re L

ISA

cal

ls a

recr

eate

d in

MK

S an

d vi

ce v

ersa

). H

owev

er, f

or a

ny Q

A C

ente

r–st

yle

app,

it is

muc

hea

sier

to

just

att

ach

data

-ric

h L

ISA

tes

t ca

ses

and

test

run

s as

XM

L f

iles,

tha

n at

tach

ing

man

ual W

ord/

Exc

el d

ocs

or m

anua

lly c

oded

tes

t ca

ses.

If t

est

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

Dep

ends

on

test

man

agem

ent

solu

tion

use

d. (

LIS

A is

not

a t

est

man

agem

ent

tool

inof

fer

vers

ion

cont

rol c

apab

iliti

es?

this

sen

se.)

Or

inte

grat

e w

ith

thir

d-pa

rty

tool

for

ve

rsio

n co

ntro

l?

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

Unk

now

n. I

f eC

AT

T is

Jav

a or

can

gen

erat

e X

ML

, we

can

exte

nd L

ISA

to

use

eCA

TT.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n eC

AT

TV

ery

stro

ng J

Uni

t, n

Uni

t, A

nt b

uild

inte

grat

ion

(run

LIS

A f

rom

tho

se s

crip

ts o

r ru

n th

esc

ript

s fr

om L

ISA

and

aff

ect

pass

/fai

l res

ults

). O

ther

tes

t to

ols

depe

ndin

g up

onte

chno

logy

.

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s,Y

es, L

ISA

off

ers

a hi

ghly

ext

ensi

ble

test

fra

mew

ork

for

ever

y te

st p

hase

and

lang

uage

sta

rget

tec

hnol

ogy,

and

we

publ

ish

our

LIS

A E

xten

sion

API

wit

h ou

r in

tegr

atio

n ki

t.

EXHI

BIT

6.7

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 144

Page 162: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

145

(Con

tinu

es)

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

Yes

, we

have

poi

nt-a

nd-c

lick

asse

rtio

ns a

nd f

ilter

s w

here

you

can

dir

ect

step

on

pass

or

fail

LIS

A’s

wor

kflo

w in

eit

her

a bi

nary

(pa

ss/f

ail)

or

cond

itio

nal w

ay (

Boo

lean

).

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p,Y

es, w

hen

wor

king

wit

h a

com

pone

nt y

ou a

re d

irec

tly

exec

utin

g th

at c

ompo

nent

in a

brea

kpoi

nts,

scr

een

capt

ures

, var

iabl

e an

dpo

int-

and-

clic

k w

ay w

ith

LIS

A’s

cal

l pan

el. V

ia o

ur I

nter

acti

ve T

est

Run

ner,

you

can

data

mon

itor

ing

step

thr

ough

tes

ts, v

iew

dat

a at

any

leve

l, an

d ac

cess

all

test

info

rmat

ion

wit

hout

look

ing

or w

orki

ng w

ith

code

.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

A “

fail/

cont

inue

” st

ep m

etho

d is

ava

ilabl

e.fa

iled

iter

atio

ns

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

Fore

grou

nd =

usi

ng t

he I

TR

to

step

-thr

ough

a c

ase,

mod

e.fo

regr

ound

Bac

kgro

und

= st

aged

tes

ts t

hat

run

at t

imed

inte

rval

s/qu

anti

ties

.

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

Yes

, thr

ough

our

tes

t sc

hedu

ler,

whi

ch is

par

t of

the

LIS

A S

erve

r.

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

hY

es, y

ou w

ould

use

our

sch

edul

er, a

nd s

et t

he t

ests

up

in a

tes

t su

ite

tode

pend

enci

esde

fine

ord

er.

Con

tain

s de

bugg

erY

es, w

e ca

n re

cord

var

iabl

es a

nd s

tate

s w

ith

our

repo

rtin

g. N

o co

mpi

ler

is n

eede

d.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

onL

ISA

off

ers

auto

mat

ic t

imin

g sy

nchr

oniz

atio

n m

anag

emen

t, a

nd c

an a

lso

bebe

twee

n cl

ient

and

ser

ver

set

to a

ccep

t as

ynch

rono

us in

puts

or

a ti

min

g pr

ofile

, but

doe

s no

t ro

bot

SAP

appl

icat

ion

UIs

.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yY

es.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

LIS

A is

ver

y st

rong

at

repr

oduc

ing

text

con

text

and

con

figu

rati

ons

(for

SO

A, J

ava,

Web

appl

icat

ions

, not

clie

nt U

Is);

you

can

def

ine

a pr

oces

s fo

r fa

ilure

to

exec

ute

to b

ring

the

appl

icat

ion

back

to

a st

art

conf

igur

atio

n st

ate.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

, Y

es, w

e re

cord

tho

se t

imin

gs f

or r

espo

nse,

whi

ch is

par

t of

our

rep

orti

ngan

d su

ite

fram

ewor

k.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 145

Page 163: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

146

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

All

test

s ar

e st

ored

as

XM

L in

a f

ile s

yste

m. W

e do

n’t

curr

entl

y ha

ve a

n in

tern

al p

roce

ssto

fin

d va

lues

aga

inst

a s

erie

s of

file

s.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal

Test

dat

a ca

n be

sto

red

in s

prea

dshe

ets,

xm

l, or

cen

tral

dat

abas

es (

whi

ch w

ould

ena

ble

data

base

data

filt

erin

g).

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

You

can

vie

w a

nd a

cqui

re d

ata

by d

irec

tly

ente

ring

the

val

ue w

ante

d or

by

wri

ting

SQ

Lst

atem

ents

aga

inst

the

dat

abas

e, b

ut y

ou w

on’t

need

to

wri

te c

ode

to c

ompa

re v

alue

s.

Prov

ides

Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n (i

.e.,

TR

IM,

Yes

.M

ID, e

tc.)

to

clea

n up

cap

ture

d te

xt

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

omY

es, v

ery

muc

h.sp

read

shee

ts, e

xter

nal s

ourc

es, e

tc.)

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

,Y

es.

data

base

val

ues,

tex

t)

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

Yes

, can

be

ente

red

as p

art

of a

ny a

sser

tion

.(i

.e.,

text

cha

ract

er m

atch

ing)

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sY

es.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nY

es f

or m

ulti

ple

SOA

com

pone

nts,

Web

Ser

vice

s, d

atab

ases

, etc

.N

o fo

r SA

P ap

ps/m

odul

es, w

hich

wou

ld r

equi

re e

xten

sion

s.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Yes

.

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar

LIS

A c

an c

aptu

re v

alue

s fr

om W

eb U

Is o

nly,

and

sav

e th

em o

ut t

o fi

les.

mes

sage

s)

EXHI

BIT

6.7

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 146

Page 164: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

147

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta

Yes

. ac

cess

met

hods

(i.e

., ra

ndom

)

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

sW

e do

n’t

have

a r

epos

itor

y—us

es e

xist

ing

deve

lopm

ent

tool

s/gr

oupw

are

for

each

tes

t as

set

com

pone

ntan

d pe

rmis

sion

s.

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

No.

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs w

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, Y

es.

dow

nloa

ds t

o up

grad

e to

ol

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

In

pro

cess

.th

e to

ol

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngY

es.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

nN

ot c

urre

ntly

—iT

KO

dir

ectl

y re

fers

ser

vice

pra

ctit

ione

rs.

in t

est

tool

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ults

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esY

es (

Web

UI

view

s).

Res

ults

logs

sho

w s

tatu

s fo

r ea

ch r

ow o

f Y

es.

data

(it

erat

ion)

Res

ults

logs

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Yes

.

Res

ults

logs

can

be

save

d in

dif

fere

ntY

es, y

ou c

an s

tore

val

ues

in a

dat

abas

e, t

oo.

form

ats

(i.e

., H

TM

L, .

doc)

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 147

Page 165: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

148

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s Y

es, a

t a

very

hig

h le

vel o

f de

tail

(you

can

see

the

sta

te o

f th

e re

sult

at

(tes

t lo

gs)

ever

y la

yer)

.

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

Y

es.

char

ting

cap

abili

ty

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

pro

-N

o ne

ed f

or a

“na

rrat

ive”

as

you

can

see

it a

s a

self

-exp

lana

tory

gra

phic

al w

orkf

low

.du

ced

auto

mat

ical

ly f

rom

tes

t pr

oces

ses

BPE

L in

tegr

atio

n an

d ou

tput

com

ing

Oct

ober

200

6.

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Dat

a an

d re

port

ing

info

rmat

ion

can

be (

but

you

wou

ldn’

t w

ant

to le

ave

LIS

A).

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

and

Y

es.

func

tion

s

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

Not

ava

ilabl

e (L

ISA

’s e

asy

to u

se, b

ut it

is t

he t

oolk

it y

ou u

se).

new

att

ribu

te f

ield

s

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

yN

o, n

ot a

tes

t re

quir

emen

ts m

anag

er (

use

RM

of

choi

ce).

requ

irem

ents

tra

ceab

ility

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

Not

aut

omat

ical

ly. Y

ou c

ould

app

ly t

his

as a

n ap

proa

ch t

o bu

ildin

g a

wor

kflo

w.

proc

esse

s an

d da

ta f

ile n

ames

Is t

he t

ool L

angu

age

and

plat

form

Yes

. LIS

A w

ill r

un o

n al

mos

t an

y de

skto

p cl

ient

or

Java

-1.4

+ co

mpl

iant

ser

ver

inde

pend

ent?

(Lin

ux/U

nix,

Win

dow

s, O

SX, S

olar

is, H

PUX

, etc

.)

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

iTK

O I

nc.

EXHI

BIT

6.7

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 148

Page 166: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

149

EXHI

BIT

6.8

Test

Too

l Eva

luat

ion

Mat

rix

(Ven

dor:

IB

M)

Tes

t T

ool E

valu

atio

n M

atri

x

Too

l(s)

Nam

e:IB

M R

atio

nal F

unct

iona

l Tes

ter

Too

l Eva

luat

or(s

):Sw

athi

Rao

and

Shi

noj Z

acha

rias

Ven

dor

Nam

e:IB

MV

endo

r W

ebsi

te:w

ww

.ibm

.com

/rat

iona

lD

ate

of E

valu

atio

n:09

/11/

06T

ool T

ype:

(i.e

., SA

P R

ecor

d/Pl

ayba

ck S

crip

ting

Tes

t To

ol f

or r

egre

ssio

n, s

trin

g, in

tegr

atio

n, s

mok

e te

stin

g) (

Plea

se f

ill y

our

own.

Thi

sis

an

exam

ple.

)

Rat

iona

l Fun

ctio

nal T

este

r’s

exte

nsio

n fo

r SA

P en

able

s th

e SA

P us

ers

to p

erfo

rm a

utom

ated

fun

ctio

nal a

nd r

egre

ssio

n te

stin

g of

the

irSA

P (6

.2/6

.4 G

UI

Clie

nt a

nd 4

.6/4

.7 S

erve

r) a

pplic

atio

ns p

rovi

ding

the

m w

ith

all c

apab

iliti

es t

hat

RFT

has

to

offe

r su

ch a

sV

erif

icat

ion

Poin

ts, D

ata

Dri

ven

Test

ing,

Dyn

amic

Dat

a V

alid

atio

n, O

bjec

t M

aps,

Scr

ipt

Ass

ure

and

mor

e. I

t m

akes

SA

P te

stin

gsi

mpl

e, e

asy

and

flex

ible

by

crea

ting

scr

ipts

tha

t ar

e ro

bust

and

res

ilien

t to

app

licat

ion

chan

ges.

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

I. T

rans

acti

on C

aptu

re a

nd P

layb

ack

Aut

omat

ed g

loba

l cha

nges

for

obj

ect

The

obj

ect

map

is s

peci

fica

lly d

esig

ned

to a

ddre

ss t

he p

ain

of s

crip

tch

ange

s an

d de

leti

ons

mai

ntai

nabi

lity.

The

obj

ect

map

is a

utom

atic

ally

pop

ulat

ed w

hen

a sc

ript

is r

ecor

ded,

or y

ou c

an m

anua

lly a

dd o

bjec

ts t

o th

e m

ap. T

he m

ap p

rovi

des

the

test

ing

team

asi

ngle

sou

rce

to u

pdat

e w

hen

obje

cts

in t

he A

UT

are

cha

nged

. By

chan

ging

the

map

, all

scri

pts

that

ref

eren

ce t

hat

obje

ct w

ill u

se t

he u

pdat

ed o

bjec

t in

form

atio

n. F

urth

erm

ore

RFT

has

a f

eatu

re c

alle

d th

e “O

bjec

t M

ap F

ind

and

Mod

ify

utili

ty, w

hich

ena

bles

you

to f

ind

all o

bjec

ts t

hat

mat

ch c

rite

ria

such

as

prop

erty

nam

es, p

rope

rty

valu

es, o

rva

riou

s cu

stom

filt

ers.

Act

ions

can

the

n be

tak

en o

n th

e m

atch

ing

obje

cts

to A

ddPr

oper

ty, R

emov

e Pr

oper

ty, C

hang

e V

alue

, and

/or

Cha

nge

Wei

ght.

Mod

ific

atio

ns c

anbe

app

lied

to o

bjec

ts o

ne a

t a

tim

e or

glo

bally

.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 149

Page 167: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

150

Whe

n th

e ob

ject

is r

enam

ed in

the

Obj

ectM

ap, i

t w

ill im

med

iate

ly r

efle

ct in

all

scri

pts

that

ref

er t

o th

at o

bjec

t. H

owev

er, i

f ob

ject

s ar

e de

lete

d fr

om t

he S

ctri

pt’s

Obj

ect

Map

,R

FT d

oes

not

auto

mat

ical

ly d

elet

e al

l the

ref

eren

ces

to t

hat

obje

ct in

the

scr

ipt.

Ins

tead

it w

ill s

how

up

com

pila

tion

err

ors

at t

he in

stan

ces

whe

re t

he d

elet

ed o

bjec

t ha

s be

enus

ed in

the

scr

ipt.

Aut

omat

ed im

pact

ana

lysi

s fo

r ap

plic

atio

nT

he m

ap p

rovi

des

the

test

ing

team

a s

ingl

e so

urce

to

upda

te w

hen

obje

cts

in t

he A

UT

chan

ges

are

chan

ged.

By

chan

ging

the

map

, all

scri

pts

that

ref

eren

ce t

hat

obje

ct w

ill u

se t

he

upda

ted

obje

ct in

form

atio

n.

RFT

use

s ob

ject

-ori

ente

d te

chno

logy

to

iden

tify

obj

ects

by

thei

r in

tern

al o

bjec

tpr

oper

ties

and

not

by

scre

en c

oord

inat

es o

r ob

ject

nam

es. S

o if

the

loca

tion

or

text

or

any

othe

r sp

ecif

ic p

rope

rty

of t

he o

bjec

t ch

ange

s fr

om b

uild

to

build

, RFT

can

sti

ll fi

ndit

and

pro

ceed

wit

h pl

ayba

ck w

itho

ut b

reak

ing

our

scri

pts.

“Sc

ript

Ass

ure”

is t

hete

chno

logy

tha

t m

akes

the

tes

t sc

ript

s im

mun

e to

obj

ect

prop

erty

cha

nges

bet

wee

nso

ftw

are

build

s.

Test

s ca

n be

dev

elop

ed c

oncu

rren

tly

wit

hR

FT d

oes

prov

ide

the

abili

ty t

o co

de t

he e

ntir

e sc

ript

wit

hout

hav

ing

any

obje

cts

inso

ftw

are

deve

lopm

ent

the

map

. Wha

t th

is m

eans

is t

hat

we

can

hand

cod

e th

e en

tire

scr

ipt

wit

hout

usi

ng t

here

cord

er. S

o, a

s lo

ng a

s th

e te

ster

/dev

elop

er k

now

s th

e hi

erar

chy

and

prop

erti

es o

f th

eob

ject

in t

he a

pplic

atio

n, h

e/sh

e ca

n pr

ocee

d w

ith

crea

ting

tes

t sc

ript

s.

If t

he u

ser

is lo

okin

g to

per

form

key

wor

d-dr

iven

tes

ting

wit

h R

FT, t

hen

RFT

inte

grat

esw

ith

an o

pen-

sour

ce k

eyw

ord-

driv

en t

esti

ng f

ram

ewor

k ca

lled

“SA

FS”

(Sof

twar

eA

utom

atio

n Fr

amew

ork

Supp

ort)

, whi

ch d

oes

just

tha

t.

No

scri

pt c

odin

g re

quir

edY

es, n

o sc

ript

ing

is r

equi

red.

RFT

is u

sed

to r

ecor

d m

anua

l int

erac

tion

s w

ith

the

appl

icat

ion

unde

r te

st. R

ecor

ding

is, h

owev

er, t

rans

pare

nt t

o th

e us

er, i

n th

e se

nse

that

,w

hile

the

use

r pe

rfor

ms

the

test

, RFT

will

on

the

fly

mak

e a

scri

pt o

f al

l the

use

r

EXHI

BIT

6.8

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 150

Page 168: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

151

(Con

tinu

es)

acti

viti

es. Y

ou c

an a

lso

add

Ver

ific

atio

n Po

ints

, Dat

a D

rive

n te

sts,

Com

men

ts, L

ogM

essa

ges,

Tim

ers

etc

whi

le r

ecor

ding

. Onc

e th

e sc

ript

s ar

e re

cord

ed, t

he t

est

scri

pts

can

be u

sed

for

unat

tend

ed e

xecu

tion

.

Tool

sup

port

s re

cord

ing

of n

on-S

AP

Yes

. RFT

is a

n au

tom

ated

fun

ctio

nal a

nd r

egre

ssio

n te

stin

g to

ol f

or t

esti

ng J

ava,

.NE

T,

appl

icat

ions

web

-bas

ed, S

iebe

l, SA

P, a

nd t

erm

inal

-bas

ed a

pplic

atio

ns.

Com

mon

scr

ipti

ng la

ngua

ge (

i.e.,

VB

)R

atio

nal F

unct

iona

l Tes

ter

is a

vaila

ble

in t

wo

scri

ptin

g la

ngua

ges—

Java

and

VB

.NE

T.T

he J

ava

lang

uage

is s

uppo

rted

usi

ng t

he E

clip

se (

open

-sou

rce)

ID

E w

hile

the

VB

.NE

Tla

ngua

ge is

sup

port

ed u

sing

the

Vis

ual S

tudi

o .N

ET

ID

E.

Allo

ws

RFC

s to

be

calle

dR

FT p

rovi

des

deve

lope

rs a

nd m

ore

adva

nced

tes

ters

the

abi

lity

to w

ork

the

scri

pt c

ode

dire

ctly

usi

ng t

he c

hoic

e of

VB

.NE

T o

r Ja

va la

ngua

ge b

ased

on

thei

r sk

ill s

et. T

he u

sers

can

leve

rage

the

pow

er o

f th

e la

ngua

ge t

hem

selv

es t

o pe

rfor

m c

ompl

ex t

asks

.

Prod

uces

aut

omat

ic o

ptio

nal s

teps

No,

cur

rent

ly t

his

feat

ure

is n

ot p

rovi

ded

by R

FT.

Has

ana

log

and

obje

ct r

ecor

ding

R

FT d

oes

not

supp

ort

anal

og r

ecor

ding

cap

abili

ty. H

owev

er u

sing

scr

ipti

ng (

hand

-ca

pabi

litie

sco

ding

), t

he s

ame

task

can

be

achi

eved

.

RFT

doe

s pr

ovid

e th

e ab

ility

to

reco

rd o

n al

l SA

P ob

ject

s, w

ith

the

abili

ty t

o re

cogn

ize

thes

e ob

ject

s in

depe

nden

t of

the

obj

ect

loca

tion

.

Has

rep

osit

ory

for

man

agin

g th

e T

he F

unct

iona

l Tes

ter

test

obj

ect

map

list

s th

e te

st o

bjec

ts in

the

app

licat

ion-

unde

r-pr

oper

ties

of

reco

rded

obj

ects

test

(A

UT

). T

he o

bjec

t m

ap is

a s

tati

c, h

iera

rchi

cal r

epre

sent

atio

nof

the

obj

ects

in t

heap

plic

atio

n w

here

att

ribu

tes,

pro

pert

ies

of c

aptu

red

or r

ecor

ded

obje

cts

are

stor

ed a

ndm

aint

aine

d.

Thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

itho

ut

The

thi

nk t

imes

can

be

adde

d w

hile

rec

ordi

ng u

sing

the

Scr

ipt

Supp

ort

func

tion

spr

ogra

mm

ing

orpr

ovid

ed o

n th

e re

cord

ing

tool

bar.

Eve

n af

ter

the

reco

rdin

g is

com

plet

ed, t

he u

ser

can

code

cha

nges

inse

rt s

teps

, suc

h as

thi

nk t

imes

, by

clic

king

on

the

“Ins

ert

Rec

ordi

ng”

opti

on in

the

Scri

pt m

enu

whi

ch b

ring

s up

the

rec

orde

r, th

us p

rovi

ding

the

Scr

ipt

Supp

ort

func

tion

s.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 151

Page 169: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

152

Test

too

l allo

ws

for

crea

tion

of

Yes

. RFT

is s

uppo

rted

in t

wo

indu

stry

sta

ndar

d la

ngua

ges,

Jav

a an

d V

B.N

ET,

whi

ch

user

-def

ined

fun

ctio

nspr

ovid

es u

sers

wit

h th

e ab

ility

to

crea

te t

heir

ow

n fu

ncti

ons

that

can

be

acce

ssed

fro

mw

ithi

n an

d ac

ross

tes

t sc

ript

s.

Test

too

l off

ers

keyw

ord-

driv

en t

ests

No.

Cur

rent

ly t

his

feat

ure

is n

ot s

uppo

rted

.

Has

inte

ract

ive

capt

ured

scr

een

ofN

o. C

urre

ntly

thi

s fe

atur

e is

not

sup

port

ed.

capt

ured

/rec

orde

d pr

oces

s

If t

ool o

ffer

s ca

ptur

ed/r

ecor

ded

scre

en,

No.

Cur

rent

ly t

his

feat

ure

is n

ot s

uppo

rted

.us

er c

an m

odif

y sc

ript

logi

c th

roug

h th

e ca

ptur

ed s

cree

n

Allo

ws

rena

min

g of

labe

ls f

or c

aptu

red

Yes

. The

obj

ect

nam

es c

an b

e ch

ange

d fr

om t

he s

crip

t ex

plor

er o

r te

st o

bjec

t m

ap.

fiel

ds

Allo

ws

addi

ng o

f st

art

and

stop

wat

ches

Yes

. Tim

ers

can

be in

clud

ed in

the

scr

ipt

whi

le r

ecor

ding

by

usin

g th

e Sc

ript

Sup

port

Func

tion

fro

m t

he r

ecor

ding

too

lbar

.

Ven

dor

offe

rs li

brar

y of

pre

reco

rded

SA

PN

o.sc

ript

s/pr

oces

ses

wit

h to

ol

II. S

AP

Supp

orte

d V

ersi

ons,

App

licat

ions

Com

pati

ble

wit

h SA

P bo

lt-o

ns

Yes

. As

long

as

thes

e pa

ckag

es c

an b

e ac

cess

ed v

ia t

he S

AP

GU

I, w

e su

ppor

t te

stin

g(i

.e.,

BW

, SR

M, A

PO,

them

.C

-fol

ders

, CR

M, e

tc.)

EXHI

BIT

6.8

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 152

Page 170: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

153

Supp

orts

SA

P G

UI,

Cit

rix,

and

Por

tals

SAP

Serv

er 4

.6 a

nd 4

.7 a

nd G

ui C

lient

6.2

and

6.4

.

III.

Too

l Mai

nten

ance

Allo

ws

tool

bar

cust

omiz

atio

nsY

es.

IV. T

ool I

nsta

llati

on

Tool

inst

alla

tion

is w

eb-b

ased

or

requ

ired

T

he t

ool i

nsta

llati

on is

not

web

-bas

ed. H

owev

er t

he t

ool u

ses

the

IBM

Ins

talla

tion

de

skto

p G

UI

inst

alla

tion

(fa

t or

thi

n cl

ient

M

anag

er, w

hich

can

poi

nt t

o a

loca

l/rem

ote

loca

tion

for

inst

allin

g th

e pr

oduc

t.in

stal

lati

on)?

Ven

dor

offe

rs f

loat

ing

licen

ses

Yes

.

V. T

ool I

nteg

rati

on

Stor

es t

est

asse

ts in

MSD

E, S

QL

Ser

ver,

Test

ass

ets

are

stor

ed a

s fl

at f

iles.

or O

racl

e

Inte

grat

es w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

No.

If t

ool i

nteg

rate

s w

ith

Solu

tion

Man

ager

, N

/Aca

pabi

litie

s ex

ist

to e

xecu

te r

ecor

ded

scri

pts

from

Sol

utio

n M

anag

er

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

man

agem

ent

tool

Yes

. RFT

inte

grat

es w

ith

two

of R

atio

nal’s

tes

t m

anag

emen

t so

luti

ons

(i.e

., w

ith

the

new

-gen

erat

ion

tool

CQ

TM

and

wit

h th

e le

gacy

too

l Tes

tMan

ager

).

If t

est

man

agem

ent

tool

exi

sts,

doe

s it

R

FT c

an b

e di

rect

ly in

tegr

ated

wit

h C

lear

Cas

e, t

he C

onfi

gura

tion

Man

agem

ent

offe

r ve

rsio

n-co

ntro

l cap

abili

ties

? so

luti

on f

rom

Rat

iona

l. T

he t

est

man

agem

ent

solu

tion

s th

at R

FT in

tegr

ates

wit

h O

r in

tegr

ate

wit

h th

ird-

part

y(C

QT

M/T

M)

also

inte

grat

e w

ith

Cle

arC

ase.

tool

for

ver

sion

con

trol

?

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 153

Page 171: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

154

Inte

grat

es w

ith

eCA

TT

No.

Inte

grat

es w

ith

test

too

ls o

ther

tha

n N

o.eC

AT

T

Ope

n A

PI t

o in

tegr

ate

wit

h ot

her

tool

s,

No.

lang

uage

s

VI.

Too

l Exe

cuti

on

Dec

isio

n-m

akin

g op

tion

s fo

r ea

ch t

est

No.

step

on

pass

or

fail

Exe

cuti

on c

ontr

ol a

llow

s si

ngle

-ste

p,

Yes

. RFT

use

s th

e ID

E’s

deb

ugge

r to

deb

ug e

very

ste

p re

cord

ed, p

rovi

ding

the

vis

ibili

tybr

eakp

oint

s, s

cree

n ca

ptur

es, v

aria

ble

and

into

the

val

ue o

f da

ta a

t an

y po

int.

data

mon

itor

ing

Scre

en s

naps

hots

are

aut

omat

ical

ly g

ener

ated

onl

y fo

r fa

tal e

rror

s. F

or c

aptu

ring

scr

een

snap

shot

s ot

herw

ise,

RFT

exp

oses

API

s th

at c

an b

e in

clud

ed in

the

scr

ipt.

Cap

abili

ties

to

run

unat

tend

ed a

nd s

kip

RFT

doe

s pr

ovid

e th

e ab

ility

to

run

the

scri

pts

unat

tend

ed. H

owev

er, i

t w

ill s

top

at t

he

faile

d it

erat

ions

firs

t fa

ilure

enc

ount

ered

.

Run

s sc

ript

s in

bac

kgro

und

and

Scri

pts

can

only

be

run

in t

he f

oreg

roun

d m

ode.

fore

grou

nd m

ode

Has

sch

edul

ing

capa

bilit

ies

No.

Sche

dulin

g to

ol o

ffer

s ex

ecut

ion

wit

h T

he t

est

man

agem

ent

solu

tion

RFT

inte

grat

es w

ith

does

pro

vide

the

cap

abili

ty t

o ad

d de

pend

enci

esde

pend

enci

es t

o te

st e

xecu

tion

. How

ever

, no

sche

dulin

g ca

pabi

litie

s ar

e pr

ovid

ed.

EXHI

BIT

6.8

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 154

Page 172: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

155

Con

tain

s D

ebug

ger

RFT

use

s th

e ID

E’s

deb

ugge

r.

Allo

ws

for

auto

mat

ic s

ynch

roni

zati

on

Yes

. RFT

pro

vide

s th

e ca

pabi

lity

to w

ait

for

the

exis

tenc

e of

an

obje

ct (

wit

hbe

twee

n cl

ient

and

ser

ver

tim

eout

spe

cifi

ed)

that

will

ena

ble

the

user

to

prov

ide

tim

ing

sync

hron

izat

ion.

Bui

lt-i

n er

ror

hand

ling

capa

bilit

yY

es. M

eani

ngfu

l exc

epti

ons

are

thro

wn

at f

ailu

res.

Bui

lt-i

n co

ntex

t re

cove

ry c

apab

ility

No.

Aut

omat

ic t

imin

g fo

r ea

ch s

tep,

pro

cess

N

o.an

d su

ite

VII

. Too

l Dat

a

Use

r-de

fine

d da

ta f

ilter

ing

on a

ll vi

ews

No.

All

test

ass

ets

stor

ed a

s da

ta in

rel

atio

nal

No.

data

base

Dat

abas

e ve

rifi

cati

on a

nd d

ata

acqu

isit

ion

No.

Thi

s fe

atur

e is

com

ing

shor

tly.

Prov

ides

Exc

el-b

ased

fun

ctio

n N

o.(i

.e.,

TR

IM, M

ID, e

tc.)

to c

lean

up

capt

ured

tex

t

Dat

a-dr

iven

tes

ts (

i.e.,

pulls

dat

a fr

om

Yes

. RFT

allo

ws

data

-dri

ven

test

ing

by u

sing

dat

a fr

om a

n ex

tern

al f

ile, a

spre

adsh

eets

, ext

erna

l sou

rces

, etc

.)da

tapo

ol (

a .c

sv f

ile, a

tab

del

imit

ed o

r co

mm

a se

para

ted

file

), a

s in

put

to a

tes

t.

Allo

ws

for

veri

fica

tion

poi

nts

(obj

ects

, Y

es. T

he o

bjec

t pr

ovid

es t

wo

type

s of

VPs

—O

bjec

t D

ata

Ver

ific

atio

n Po

int

and

Obj

ect

data

base

val

ues,

tex

t)Pr

oper

ties

Ver

ific

atio

n Po

int—

to c

aptu

re a

n ob

ject

’s s

tate

and

dat

a du

ring

a t

est.

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 155

Page 173: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

156

Tool

off

ers

regu

lar

expr

essi

ons

(i.e

., te

xt

Yes

.ch

arac

ter

mat

chin

g)

Cap

abili

ties

for

cre

atin

g ex

tern

al d

ata

file

sU

sing

the

pow

er o

f sc

ript

ing

lang

uage

s (J

ava

or V

B.N

ET

) th

is c

apab

ility

can

be

achi

eved

.

Allo

ws

data

see

ding

and

dat

a co

rrel

atio

nY

es. S

AP

tran

sact

ions

can

be

stru

ng t

oget

her

wit

hin

the

sam

e sc

ript

or

auto

mat

ed t

est

case

.

Allo

ws

vari

able

dec

lara

tion

Yes

.

Cap

ture

s sc

reen

tex

t (i

.e.,

stat

us b

ar

mes

sage

s)Y

es.

Prov

ides

pla

ybac

k w

ith

mul

tipl

e da

ta

Yes

, sup

port

s bo

th r

ando

m a

nd s

eque

ntia

l acc

ess.

acce

ss m

etho

ds (

i.e.,

rand

om)

VII

I. T

ool S

ecur

ity

Use

r an

d gr

oup

secu

rity

and

per

mis

sion

s T

he t

est

man

agem

ent

solu

tion

RFT

inte

grat

es w

ith

prov

ides

thi

s ca

pabi

lity.

for

each

tes

t as

set

com

pone

nt

Allo

ws

SAP

role

s-ba

sed

test

ing

No.

If

RFT

inte

grat

ed w

ith

Test

Man

ager

, the

n Te

st M

anag

er a

llow

s lim

ited

rol

e-ba

sed

test

ing

capa

bilit

ies.

But

RFT

as

tool

itse

lf d

oes

not

allo

w r

ole-

base

d te

stin

g.

IX. V

endo

r Su

ppor

t

Ven

dor

offe

rs W

eb-b

ased

pat

ches

, Y

es.

dow

nloa

ds t

o up

grad

e to

ol

EXHI

BIT

6.8

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 156

Page 174: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

157

SAP

Cor

pora

tion

has

for

mal

ly c

erti

fied

N

o.th

e to

ol

X. T

rain

ing

Ven

dor

offe

rs t

est

tool

s tr

aini

ngY

es.

Ven

dor

offe

rs c

erti

fica

tion

exa

min

atio

n Y

es.

in t

est

tool

XI.

Tes

t R

epor

ting

and

Rev

iew

Res

ult

logs

sto

re s

cree

n ca

ptur

esSc

reen

sna

psho

ts a

re a

utom

atic

ally

gen

erat

ed o

nly

for

fata

l err

ors.

For

cap

turi

ng s

cree

nsn

apsh

ots

othe

rwis

e, R

FT e

xpos

es A

PIs

that

can

be

used

to

incl

ude

the

snap

shot

s in

the

log

file

s.

Res

ults

log

show

sta

tus

for

each

row

of

Yes

. RFT

logs

sho

w e

very

sig

nifi

cant

act

ion

perf

orm

ed o

n ea

ch it

erat

ion.

data

(it

erat

ion)

Res

ults

log

incl

ude

date

and

tim

e st

amp

Yes

.

Res

ults

log

can

be s

aved

in d

iffe

rent

Y

es. I

t ca

n be

sto

red

as T

ext

file

s, H

TM

L F

iles,

TPT

P L

og F

iles

and

Test

Man

ager

Log

form

ats

(i.e

., H

TM

L, .

doc)

file

s.

Cre

ates

aut

omat

ic t

est

resu

lts

file

s R

FT p

rovi

des

an o

ptio

n to

aut

omat

ical

ly g

ener

ate

logs

. How

ever

, if

Ver

ific

atio

n Po

int

(tes

t lo

gs)

has

pass

ed, i

t do

es n

ot s

how

bot

h ac

tual

and

exp

ecte

d re

sult

. The

Ver

ific

atio

n Po

int

Com

para

tor

show

s ac

tual

and

exp

ecte

d va

lues

onl

y w

hen

the

VP

has

faile

d. F

or p

asse

dV

Ps, o

ne c

an v

iew

onl

y th

e ex

pect

ed r

esul

t.

Use

r-de

fine

d qu

ery

and

repo

rtin

g or

N

o.ch

arti

ng c

apab

ility

(Con

tinu

es)

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 157

Page 175: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

158

Eng

lish-

narr

ativ

e do

cum

enta

tion

Y

es. F

or h

igh-

leve

l act

ions

, the

doc

umen

tati

on (

com

men

ts)

are

gene

rate

dpr

oduc

ed a

utom

atic

ally

auto

mat

ical

ly.

from

tes

t pr

oces

ses

Exp

ort

to t

ext

capa

bilit

y fo

r al

l tes

t as

sets

Yes

. The

tes

t as

sets

suc

h as

the

Tes

t Pr

ojec

t w

ith

its

Scri

pts

and

the

rela

ted

asse

ts a

sw

ell a

s th

e D

atap

ools

can

be

expo

rted

. How

ever

, the

y ca

nnot

be

reus

ed b

y an

y “o

ther

”te

stin

g to

ol.

Use

r-ex

tens

ible

cla

sses

, act

ions

, and

N

o.fu

ncti

ons

Use

r ca

n ex

tend

inte

rfac

e w

ith

unlim

ited

N

o.ne

w a

ttri

bute

fie

lds

Allo

ws

man

y-to

-one

and

one

-to-

man

y T

his

is p

ossi

ble

whe

n R

FT is

inte

grat

ed w

ith

its

test

man

agem

ent

tool

(C

QT

M o

r T

M).

requ

irem

ents

tra

ceab

ility

Supp

orts

ful

l ind

irec

tion

for

all

test

Y

es.

proc

esse

s an

d da

ta f

ile n

ame

Is t

he t

ool l

angu

age

and

plat

form

N

o. I

t ge

nera

tes

eith

er J

ava

or .N

ET

scr

ipts

, whi

ch c

anno

t be

use

d in

terc

hang

eabl

y.in

depe

nden

t?H

owev

er, R

FT s

uppo

rts

cros

s-pl

atfo

rm c

apab

iliti

es. T

his

mea

ns s

crip

ts g

ener

ated

on

aW

indo

ws

plat

form

can

be

exec

uted

on

a L

inux

pla

tfor

m a

nd v

ice-

vers

a.

Rep

rint

ed w

ith

perm

issi

on f

rom

IB

M.

EXHI

BIT

6.8

(Con

tinu

ed)

Cri

teri

aC

omm

ents

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 158

Page 176: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The tools were evaluated based on several factors for the follow-ing categories:

■ Transaction capture and playback■ SAP-supported versions■ Applications■ Tool maintenance■ Tool installation■ Tool integration■ Tool execution■ Tool data■ Tool security■ Vendor support■ Training■ Test reporting and review

The criteria used for evaluating the vendors assists in the acquisi-tion of SAP-specific test tools. The vendors in these exhibits providedself-evaluations for the capabilities of their test tools. Exhibit 6.1 pro-vides descriptions for the criteria factors used to evaluate the vendors.Exhibits 6.2 through 6.8 are the actual evaluation of all vendors,listed in alphabetical order.

SOURCES OF AUTOMATION

In an SAP environment, various sources provide information for auto-mating processes to support string, integration, regression, or perfor-mance testing. Automation within an SAP includes automation ofprocesses within R/3, SAP bolt-ons (i.e., SRM, SAP CRM Sales InternetSystem, Employee Self-Service—ESS, Cross Applications Timesheets—CATS, Advanced Planning Optimization—APO) and other externalapplications interfacing directly with R/3.

The business process master list (BPML) provides a listing of SAPtransaction codes, either custom or out-of-the-box, that are in scopefor particular SAP releases. From the BPML, standalone SAP trans-action codes can be identified for potential SAP automation. Auto-mated test cases for individual SAP transaction codes can be strungtogether to form larger end-to-end scenarios. For instance, the BPML

Test Tool Review and Usage 159

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 159

Page 177: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

160 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

may show that these transactions are in scope VA01 and VL01, whichare used for sales order creation and deliveries; these transaction codescan be automated independently of each other as standalone auto-mated test cases and then strung together to deliver a newly createdsales order. Additional individual transaction codes from the BPMLcan be automated until the entire order fulfillment process is auto-mated, including shipping, invoicing, credit checks, and so on.

Other sources of information that assist in the automation of testcases include business process procedures (BPPs), which contain train-ing information for transaction codes; flow process diagrams, whichcan demonstrate how a process flows end-to-end, including multipletransaction codes; and SAP roles. Functional and technical requirementsand specifications also provide further information for automating testcases containing transactions codes, reports, and workflow.

Documented test cases with expected results can be drafted fromthe functional and technical requirements. The test team can leveragethe documented test cases to construct automated test cases that in-clude SAP verification points. Verification points are system outputsthat can be inspected; for instance, when an SAP sales order is cre-ated, SAP generates a status bar message indicating that a sales orderhas been created that may appear generically as “Sales Order Num-ber XX has been generated.” Other verification points include check-ing financial figures on reports, ensuring that workflow messages arerouted to the correct user, and quantities within a table.

TYPE OF TESTS SUITABLE AND CRITERIA FOR TESTAUTOMATION

Test tools can support playback and execution of test cases for thefollowing testing efforts:

■ Smoke (testing of vital components for each official build)■ Regression■ Scenario■ Integration■ Performance

Test cases can be automated when the environment is stable andnot subject to frequent system changes. Automation efforts on a test

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 160

Page 178: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Test Tool Review and Usage 161

environment that experiences frequent system changes cause muchrework since automated test cases would have to be changed andamended to meet a new system baseline or configuration changes. Asa rule of thumb, automation on an object should not be attempteduntil the object has been demonstrated to first execute successfullymanually. Furthermore it is not practical to attempt to automate alltest cases.

Many SAP projects attempt limited test case automation for ini-tial system releases since the system is unstable and undergoing manychanges due to identified defects, requirement changes, or require-ment misinterpretations. Automation efforts are typically enhancedand expanded for production support when system changes are in-troduced due to OSS (On-line Service System) notes, new functional-ity being requested, defects, system patches, system upgrades, and soon. For regression testing, sunny- and rainy-day scenarios are auto-mated and played back to ensure that the introduction of new systemchanges does not affect previously working system functionality.

Scenario testing is the equivalent of string testing since processesare tested within a single enterprise area (or module). Scenario test-ing is the precursor to integration testing and is usually the follow-ontest for unit testing. Automation attempts during the scenario-testingphase may be hindered by the poor resolution of defects during unittesting, since that would cause the system to become unstable for sce-nario testing. Limited automation can be attempted during scenariotesting toward the end of the scenario test, when the system hasdemonstrated that it can successfully execute processes manually.

Integration testing for an initial SAP implementation may consistof three or more iterations whereby the system is tested first during it-eration one for the most important processes, and all processes in itera-tion two; iteration three is used to address any or all defects that remainoutstanding from iterations one and two. Automated test cases can as-sist and expedite the integration-testing cycle, since many processes mayhave to be retested when defects are discovered and resolved.

Performance, load, volume, and stress testing in general requiremultiple end users to execute simultaneous keystrokes to generatesystem traffic and identify the application’s bottlenecks, degradationpoints, and so on. Depending on the size and scope of the SAP im-plementation, a performance test may require that hundreds or thou-sands of end users execute processes simultaneously while systemresponse times are manually collected. Organizing and scheduling a

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 161

Page 179: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

performance test consisting of synchronized end users spread out inmultiple locations may prove difficult, if not impossible, in particularwhen a performance test has to be repeated multiple times over ashort time window. Test case automation is highly suggested and ap-propriate for a performance test since it reduces many of the prob-lems associated with coordinating, scheduling, and training multipleend users for a performance test. Test case automation allows endusers to be emulated as virtual users, which reduces the headcountneeded for a manual performance test and also instantly collects re-sults and produces graphs and charts at the conclusion of a perfor-mance test.

Exhibit 6.9 provides criteria that help test engineers and test man-agers decide which business processes are suitable for test automation.

EXHIBIT 6.9 Criteria to Determine Whether Automation is Necessary

Criteria Criteria Pertain to:

Test script requires the verification and validation of multiple attributes, objects, and components. Automation

Test script needs to be executed with external data that resides in a database system or spreadsheet. Automation

Business process to be automated has a finite number of input values and fields and was constructed with an orthogonal array to provide coverage for all its permutations. Automation

Test script will be used for security testing. Automation

Test script will be used for either one or all of these: stress, volume, load, soak, performance testing (add a point for eachtype of test that it meets). Automation

Test script will be used for regression, functional testing. Automation

Test script will be used to validate values, calculations, etc.,displayed on a customized report, or online report. Automation

Test script will be repeated many times or is highly repetitive (i.e., test script will need to be executed multiple times on different software releases or builds). Automation

Test script will be played back with multiple sets of data(i.e., data-driven scripts, parameterized scripts). Automation

The application under test has a stable environment withrepeatable conditions. Automation

Test script will be used for integration testing and requirescorrelation across multiple business processes. Automation

162 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 162

Page 180: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Test Tool Review and Usage 163

Test script will be used to kick off or launch programs thatalready have batch scheduled jobs (i.e., interface programs,conversion programs). Manual

Test script will be used for negative testing. Manual

Test script will be used for analog testing or bitmap testing. Manual

The application under test where the test script will berecorded is constantly changing. Manual

Test script has test steps to display objects, figures, GUIs, etc. that the automation tool does not recognize. Manual

Test script will be used for intuitive testing or lateral testing.(i.e., recording of test script is predicated on intuitive knowledge of the application or depends on error guessing). Manual

Test script will be used to test how objects are displayed orcaptured on a screen and is not testing the application’s functionality (i.e., testing to see how objects are displayed via an emulated desktop session which varies from desktop to desktop based on screen coordinates, size of screen, pixels, etc.). Manual

Test script will be used for usability testing. Manual

Test script and business process requires recording of business processes or test steps with more than two distinct recording tools. Manual

Testing process has physical requirements such as the use of hardware equipment or mechanical devices (i.e., scanning serial numbers with bar-coding machine). Manual

Test script will be executed only once. Test script will only be used on a single release or build of the application and NOT during subsequent releases or builds of the software. Manual

Test script will be used to automate a business process that does not yield predictable or static results. Manual

Test scripts need to be executed immediately (i.e., the test scripts need to be executed within 30 hours or less). Manual

Test script is for a process that is highly complex on an applicationthat has many custom controls, and once automated the test scriptwill be extremely difficult to maintain, modify, or reuse. Manual

In addition to the criteria provided above, it is highly beneficialto automate test cases that maximize the return on investment (ROI)for the efforts spent on automating a process, and the following fac-tors must be evaluated and considered before automation for a testscenario is attempted:

EXHIBIT 6.9 (Continued)

Criteria Criteria Pertain to:

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 163

Page 181: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Frequency. Number of times that a given test scenario is expectedto be executed manually within a 12-month period.

■ Execution duration. Based on historical evidence or (resourceexpertise), how long does it take to execute the test scenario man-ually, including recording results for the test run?

■ Preparation. How much time does it take to plan or rehearse atest scenario that will be executed manually?

■ Stability. Based on historical data or functional specs, how manytimes has the underlying process been modified or reconfigured?

■ Number of assigned testers. How many individuals or resourcesare dedicated to execute manually a test scenario that cuts acrossmultiple SAP modules?

With the criteria and factors in the following, a hypothetical sce-nario can be created to objectively determine whether it is practicalto automate a test scenario:

Hypothetical test scenario: Order-to-close scenarioTotal time to execute manually including recording test results:

25 hours.Frequency: Executed five times during the year to support

major system releases.Stability: Process is subject to few minor modifications per year

(two minor modifications). Fairly static.Preparation: On average, 15 hours are spent manually rehears-

ing the test scenario before it is fully executed.Number of assigned testers: Three testers (having expertise in

project systems [PS] module, finance [FI], and sales and distribution[SD] module).

Given these metrics, it is possible to estimate with some marginof error that between preparation and execution of the manual testcase (including manually recording test results) approximately 200man-hours per year are spent executing the order-to-cash scenario.This is not including time needed to manually modify the documen-tation for the test case when the order-to-cash scenario is subject toconfiguration changes, or the time needed to coordinate the multipleresources that are necessary for executing the test scenario.

With an automated framework in place, one can review the fol-lowing statistics and metrics needed to automate the order-to-cashscenario and whether doing so is cost effective:

164 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 164

Page 182: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Test Tool Review and Usage 165

Total hours needed to automate test case (including functional sup-port): 80 hours.

Time needed to execute process with automated test tools(including automatic test results [logs] generated by automated testtools): Two hours.

Number of resources needed to execute automated test case:One at most, since automated test case can be scheduled to rununattended.

Preparation time needed to execute automated test case: Five.

Under the hypothetical scenario for automating from scratch andexecuting the automated test case for order-to-cash, it is estimatedthat for the first year it would take 115 man-hours to execute theautomated test case. For subsequent years it would take 35 man-hours to execute the automated test since the automated test case hasalready been constructed, whereas executing the process manually isa fixed number of man-hours: 200 man-hours per year, subject to theavailability of the testing resources and level of expertise. This analy-sis points objectively and based on certain assumption to a case infavor of automation. With a similar analysis, projects can employ anobjective approach for automating scenarios.

AUTOMATION TRANSCENDS TESTING

Test tools are helpful for testing, but they also serve other purposesthat are not related to validation of system, functional, and technicalrequirements. Test tools offer benefits that can expedite and facilitateSAP activities. Test tools in an SAP implementation can bring the fol-lowing benefits which help to increase the ROI:

■ SAP ad-hoc data loads. Test tools can automate processes andSAP transaction codes for infrequent or one-time data loads forevents such as training, environment setup, and so on. Forinstance, an automated test case can be created to load thousandsof SAP pay scales within hours. Other examples of data loadsinclude loading up materials, vendors, and wage types.

■ Prototypes/demonstrations for end users. As part of an informaluser acceptance test or client demonstration of the SAP system,

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 165

Page 183: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

processes can be automated and played back repeatedly to showexpected system functionality in demos or prototypes.

■ Verification of objects. Security settings, SAP variants, and othersystem settings can be inspected and verified with test tools. Anexample includes automating processes that retrieve the data val-ues for the variants for all advanced business application pro-gramming (ABAP) programs and extract the information into aspreadsheet for inspection as opposed to verifying each ABAPprogram variant manually and one at a time.

■ Repetitive nontesting tasks. In SAP, there are many repetitivetasks to set up the system, initializing processes that are notrelated to a specific testing effort. For instance, the security teamhas to create, update, and maintain users. These roles and taskscan be performed with automated test tools.

METHODS OF AUTOMATION

In SAP projects, the most common method employed for automationis to provide the resource knowledgeable on the test tools with docu-mented test cases to create and design automated test cases. Fre-quently, the functional team leaders will not release resources tosupport automation efforts because the functional resources are timeconstrained. Automation of processes requires support and knowl-edge from different project members, since documented test cases areusually not kept up to date with the system configuration, whichdiminishes their value. Exhibit 6.10 offers techniques and methods forautomating test cases.

SIGNS OF TEST AUTOMATION FAILURE

SAP projects that have purchased commercial test tools and are suf-fering from the conditions below will probably either need to scrapall test automation efforts, outsource the automation efforts, or ded-icate more project resources (i.e., subject matter experts [SMEs], func-tional analysis, configuration team members, and test engineers) tothe automation activities:

166 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 166

Page 184: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

167

EXHI

BIT

6.10

Aut

omat

ion

App

roac

hes

Met

hod

Des

crip

tion

Too

lsA

dvan

tage

sD

isad

vant

ages

Vid

eota

ped

and

Func

tion

al e

xper

t (u

sual

ly r

emot

e)L

otus

Cam

Solv

es t

ime

diff

eren

ces,

Spee

d du

ring

pla

ybac

k, n

obu

sine

ss p

roce

ssca

ptur

es in

the

for

m o

f vi

deo

(wit

hca

n be

pla

yed

back

inte

ract

ive

foru

m f

or Q

&A

voic

e) a

bus

ines

s pr

oces

s an

dw

itho

ut in

tera

ctin

gse

nds

e-m

ail t

o au

tom

atio

n ex

pert

agai

nst

SAP

syst

em

Shar

ed s

essi

onA

fun

ctio

nal e

xper

t sh

ows

the

Web

ex, C

itri

x,C

an b

e in

tera

ctiv

eC

onne

ctio

n sp

eeds

(la

gs),

auto

mat

ion

expe

rt, t

hrou

gh a

nN

etm

eeti

ng,

wit

h fu

ncti

onal

exp

ert

Soft

war

e in

stal

lati

on,

emul

ated

ses

sion

, how

to

reco

rdPC

Any

whe

reov

er t

he p

hone

, allo

ws

Secu

rity

(?)

a bu

sine

ss p

roce

ssre

mot

e in

tera

ctio

n

Sitt

ing

side

by

side

A f

unct

iona

l exp

ert

sits

nex

t to

Cor

rect

SA

P na

viga

tion

Take

s fu

ncti

onal

exp

ert

the

test

too

l exp

ert

and

prov

ides

is e

nsur

ed in

clud

ing

wor

k-aw

ay f

rom

pri

mar

y ta

sks;

to

inst

ruct

ions

for

how

to

navi

gate

arou

nds,

ove

rcom

esre

fine

the

scr

ipt

addi

tion

ala

proc

ess

wit

hin

SAP

outd

ated

art

ifac

tsex

pert

ise

may

be

need

ed

Det

aile

dT

he t

est

tool

exp

ert

follo

ws

BPP

s, T

est

Allo

ws

test

too

l exp

ert

Tim

e co

nsum

ing

to p

rodu

cedo

cum

enta

tion

deta

iled

wri

tten

doc

umen

tati

onC

ases

, Tes

tto

wor

k in

depe

nden

tly;

deta

iled

docu

men

tati

on;

to d

ocum

ent

a pr

oces

sSc

ript

sal

low

s te

st t

ool

docu

men

tati

on b

ecom

esex

pert

to

map

fai

lure

s ob

sole

te if

not

man

aged

to t

est

scri

pts

thro

ugh

vers

ion

cont

rol

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 167

Page 185: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

168 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

■ Test engineers are automating processes without any establishedguidelines and criteria.

■ Test managers or senior managers are unaware or confused as towhat was previously automated and how it pertains to the pro-ject’s future testing cycles.

■ Test engineers or experts with the automated test tools are hiredor contracted but do not have access to SMEs, business analysts(BAs), or configuration team members to construct automatedtest cases.

■ Project has woefully inadequate documentation for test cases,BPPs, or flow process diagrams, which hinders the ability of thetest engineer to understand the project’s business process andbusiness rules; thus he or she cannot develop suitable test cases orverify testable conditions.

■ Test engineers construct and design automated test cases in anenvironment that is subject to frequent changes, and the configu-ration or development changes are not clearly communicatedwithin the project, which causes automated test cases to fail dur-ing playback and much rework.

■ The project does not have dedicated or expert resources for testcase automation and rather uses “fillers” or individuals fromother teams who have different primary job responsibilities fortest case automation.

■ The project implements an automated test case strategy only withindividuals who have recently come out of a 1- to 4-day trainingclass for test case automation and the project does not have a testcase automation mentor or expert for the recently trained resources.

■ Test tools have outdated versions and have not been upgraded,and there is no dedicated project resource for maintaining the testtools.

■ Project members lose faith in the test tool because it takes toomuch time to automate a test case when automation is initiallyattempted and complain that executing a manual task over a 10-hour time window is much quicker and faster than attempting toautomate the same process over five business days. Initial auto-mation efforts are extremely time consuming, and ROI for auto-mated test tools is not realized until the automated test cases areexecuted frequently for future testing cycles.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 168

Page 186: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Test Tool Review and Usage 169

The preceding list represents manifestations that the test case au-tomation approach is headed for a collision course, which usuallycauses many projects to abandon any automation attempts in favorof manual testing. When these signs appear, the test manager or pro-ject manager may have to evaluate the need for automating test casesor whether a third-party provider can provide automation muchmore efficiently.

TEST MANAGEMENT TOOLS

Test management tools are used for test planning, test repository, testdesign, test execution, reporting defects, reporting, audit trails, andtracking defects. Some test management tools can be integrated withother commercial tools from third-party companies for purposes suchas version control and requirements management.

Within a test management test tool, a testable requirement can belinked or associated to a test case, and after the test case is executedthe requirement is automatically updated with either a pass or failurestatus. Test management tools can also be used to store and executeboth automated test cases and manual test cases. Furthermore, testresults, test logs, and defects can also be stored within a test manage-ment tool that includes a date/time stamp and audit trails. Some testmanagement tools also offer e-mail workflow capabilities on re-ported and closed defects.

Arguably, the biggest advantages of test management tools is thatthey offer a single repository where all test artifacts can be safely andsecurely stored as opposed to storing information on test cases in dis-parate and disconnected spreadsheets, shared drives, or e-mails. Be-cause test management tools are a single repository, data can becollected from a single source, which increases the transparency ofthe testing effort and provides greater visibility into the testingprogress. For example, test management tools permissions and au-thorizations can be granted to project members to generate real-timegraphs, charts, and reports to analyze how many test cases have beendesigned and executed, how many defects with a priority of “1” remainoutstanding, or how many requirements have been covered. The abil-ity to generate real-time testing metrics from a test management tool

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 169

Page 187: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

170 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

allows senior management and test managers to make informed de-cisions for supporting a go/no-go decision or an exit-criteria decisionbased on objective information.

Another benefit of test management tools is that they offer a his-tory of planning and estimating costs for future testing cycles. ManySAP projects struggle with questions such as how much of the budgetshould be allocated to testing activities, how many billable hoursshould be spent on testing, and creating a project schedule with ac-curate dates and activity duration times for the planning and execu-tion of test cases. With a test management tool, data such as howlong it actually took to design, plan, and execute a test case or resolvea defect can be easily extracted and used as a baseline for planningand estimating the costs and number of resources needed for a futurea testing cycle. This information cannot be easily extracted from dis-parate spreadsheets or e-mails, particularly for projects that experi-ence employee, consultant, or subcontractor turnover after a majortesting cycle is completed.

06_4782 2/5/07 10:43 AM Page 170

Page 188: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

171

CHAPTER 7Quality Assurance Standards

The concept of quality assurance (QA) in an SAP environment con-jures the perception that QA is the equivalent of configuring the

quality management (QM) module. While QM configuration helpsend users perform tasks such as lot and source inspections, the act ofconfiguring QM does not introduce QA to the design, configuration,or development of the SAP solution. Projects that adhere to recog-nized methodologies and philosophies such as Six Sigma, CapabilityMaturity Model (CMM), and Institute of Electrical and ElectronicsEngineers (IEEE) standards are most likely to successfully enforce QAstandards.

The QA team can perform the following activities within an SAPimplementation:

■ Ensure that documentation for deliverables such as business processprocedures (BPPs), flow process diagrams, and technical and func-tional specifications are in accordance with documented standards.

■ Ensure that all mandatory information is documented andapprovals are granted before an object is transported into the pro-duction environment.

■ Ensure that project members assigned to testing tasks and execu-tion of test cases adhere to the procedures and methodology out-lined in the test plan and test strategy (i.e., using appropriatetemplates, version control for objects).

■ Spot inspection for project deliverables and document scorecardsfor measuring and evaluating compliance of project teams to doc-umented QA standards.

■ Document lessons learned.■ Train and mentor project members on QA standards.■ Ensure that the project’s test cases and requirements are aligned

with the project’s scope.

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 171

Page 189: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Enforce QA standards and audit the deliverables and work prod-ucts subject to QA standards.

■ Provide quality gates to substantiate the exit criteria for a testingcycle.

The QA team can help to create, define, and enforce quality stan-dards. Standards govern how deliverables and work products are cre-ated, peer reviewed, and accepted. QA standards are needed to designtest cases, plan the testing efforts, define the testing criteria, reporttest results, and resolve reported defects. Depending on a project’sbudget, the line blurs between the QA team and the test team, and in-dividuals assigned to the test team must also fulfill the expectedrole(s) of QA team members. In theory, the concept of QA relates topreventing defects, whereas testing relates to detecting defects. Theassumption is hereby made that test team members fulfill both test-ing and QA roles. Defined and implemented QA standards must befit for purpose and get the buy-in from project managers and/or teamleaders and be supported by the QA charter; otherwise, they risk be-coming obsolete and difficult to enforce. QA representatives mustdocument training materials and provide training for project mem-bers who are expected to adhere to QA standards.

TEST PLAN AND STRATEGY

The test plan and strategy is the documentation that addresses thedetails, procedures, and approach for testing. The test plan and teststrategy explain the “how” and “what” for testing. The test man-ager defines the test strategy in the project preparation phase andfinalizes the documentation for the test strategy in the blueprintphase. The test manager should obtain buy-in from various projectstakeholders, such as the project manager, the configuration man-ager, development manager, and so on, to document the test strategy,as the test strategy needs to be realistic for the project given its dead-lines, available resources, and budget allocation. The SAP ASAPmethodology within SAP’s Solution Manager platform offers anaccelerator white paper for documenting the test strategy. IBM’sAscendant guide methodology for implementing SAP also provides atemplate for a test strategy.

172 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 172

Page 190: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The white paper test strategy from Solution Manager defines theexpected roles for the various testing efforts and the recommendedtest system for each testing effort, and also provides definitions foreach SAP testing phase from unit testing through system testing,which helps the project members standardize their testing terms andnomenclature. (Note: The following website provides a glossary oftesting terms: www.erp.navy.mil/util/browse.asp?glossaryletter=p.) Thegeneric test strategies from either Solution Manager or Ascendant canbe customized to meet a project’s specific testing needs. For instance,a test strategy may need to be modified to include a framework fortest case automation or outsourcing of test cases for off-shore execu-tion. The test strategy can also address what documents should be re-tained at the end of each testing phase.

Specific test strategies can be developed to provide more granu-larities for other testing efforts such as stress, security, and user ac-ceptance testing. SAP’s Solution Manager also provides test strategytemplates for planning a stress test.

The test plan addresses specifically the “how” of testing. Elementsof a test plan include:

■ Available resources (i.e., machines, test lab, equipment, test tools,etc.)

■ Test schedule (timeline of activities)■ Test calendar (expected sequence and execution of test cases)■ Test criteria (entrance/exit)■ How test results will be reported■ Criteria for automating processes (if test tools are in place)■ Resolution of testing defects■ Issues, risks, and assumptions for testing■ Specific roles and responsibilities for each tester and descriptions

for each testing role■ Objectives of the test■ Scope of the test■ An organizational chart for individuals participating in the test-

ing efforts■ Test case templates■ Test readiness review criteria■ How the test environment will be constructed and baselined and

how data will be populated in the test environment■ How interfaced data will be verified through the legacy systems

Quality Assurance Standards 173

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 173

Page 191: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

IBM’s Ascendant SAP implementation guide offers a sample testplan. Typically, test plans are applied and adhered to, depending on theproject scope for integration testing consisting of multiple iterations.

Both test strategies and test plans need to be signed off and ap-proved by the project’s stakeholders. It is recommended that the con-figuration, development, integration, and Basis team leaders and theproject manager sign off the test plan and test strategy. The test planand strategy need to be stored in a version-controlled repository thatis accessible to all testing participants. Prior to the start of the testingcycles, the test manager should present the contents from the teststrategy and test plan in a kickoff presentation to the individuals par-ticipating in and responsible for conducting testing tasks.

The test plan and test strategy are living documents. However,they should be amended only under a controlled process that includesapprovals. The QA team helps in ensuring that the project membersadhere to the guidelines and procedures documented within the testplan and test strategy.

TEST CRITERIA

The software testing criteria identify critical conditions and measuresnecessary to start exit from or suspend testing for a designated test-ing effort. Testing criteria are defined and documented within the testplan and are constructed with the input from several project stake-holders. Testing criteria can be customized for each project, and theyshould be aligned with the company’s policies and goals. For instance,a company that follows Six Sigma (6σ) as part of its statistical processcontrol may impose that at least 90 percent of all test cases are suc-cessfully executed and show a “pass” status for the first iteration ofthe integration test. In contrast, another company that does not havea strong culture of quality or total quality management (TQM) maybe satisfied with a success rate of 70 percent for all test cases for thefirst iteration of the integration test. A corporation will need to estab-lish testing criteria that are fit for purpose and suitable to theconstraints, budget, and resources available to the project team imple-menting SAP. Formal testing efforts that are subject to signoffs, peerreviews, and audits are typically likely to include testing criteria.

The main types of testing criteria are entrance and exit criteria.According to the Certified Software Tester Common Body of Knowl-

174 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 174

Page 192: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

edge, the following definitions are provided for entrance and exitcriteria:

Entrance Criteria/Exit Criteria—the criteria that must be met priorto moving to the next level of testing, or into production, and howto realistically enforce this or minimally how to reduce risk to test-ing organization when external pressure (from other organizations)causes you to move to the next level without meeting exit/entrancecriteria.

The following are examples of test criteria for scenario testing:

Entrance Criteria

■ All developed code must be unit tested. Unit testing must be com-pleted and signed off by the configuration team.

■ At least 85 percent of all unit test cases must have passed.■ No defects with a priority level of 1 from unit testing remain

unresolved.■ Any outstanding defects from unit testing are documented and

have workarounds.

Exit Criteria

■ All high-priority defects of level 1 or 2 must be fixed and tested.■ At least 80 percent of all testable requirements must have been

verified. All requirements with a high level of importance to thebusiness must have been shown to work successfully.

■ At least 90 percent of all test cases must have passed successfully.■ A trend of decreasing defects on a weekly basis.■ Outstanding defects of low or medium priority must have docu-

mented workarounds and be signed off as acceptable risks by thesubject matter experts.

In addition to entrance and exit testing criteria, other criteriainclude:

■ Release—as part of the decision to move something into the Pro-duction environment.

■ Suspension—to terminate/halt testing.

Quality Assurance Standards 175

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 175

Page 193: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Success—the level of achievement or passes needed to consider atesting effort successful.

■ Pass/fail.■ Resumption—criteria to continue testing if it has been suspended.

Testing will not recommence until the software reaches thesecriteria.

TEST READINESS REVIEW

The test readiness review (TRR) is a formal review gate point to ver-ify that the system is ready for formal testing and approval. A TRRconsists of a criterion checklist whereby criteria factors are evaluatedto assess how well prepared or ready the system and the project mem-bers are to initiate a testing effort. As an analogy, a TRR is similar tothe checklist that a pilot must check off before departing from thegate to ensure that certain conditions are met before the planedeparts. In similar fashion, the project needs to ensure that certainconditions are met before starting a testing effort.

The contents and criteria for TRRs are evaluated and addressedin the presence of witnesses from the configuration team, test team,configuration management team, development team, Basis teams, theproject manager, and the project management operations (PMO) of-fice. A TRR is recommended for major testing efforts such as inte-gration testing, but in theory can be held prior to any testing effort(i.e., scenario testing, user acceptance testing, etc.). The criteria froma TRR should be assigned in advanced to project members who mustbe ready to state at the TRR meeting whether the criteria have beenfulfilled or, if they have not been fulfilled, why this is the case and theconsequences to the project schedule and the testing effort. A TRR re-view should be held at least 72 hours prior to the start of a testing ef-fort to allow project members to respond or address criteria factorsthat have not been met.

Exhibit 7.1 shows a sample TRR to be evaluated prior to the startof an integration test. The TRR can be amended or customized tomeet project-specific needs. Note that each condition within Exhibit7.1 can have a different importance factor. Depending on the condi-tion factor not met from the TRR, the project may decide that itneeds to delay or postpone the start of the integration test. The TRR

176 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 176

Page 194: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

177

EXHI

BIT

7.1

Sugg

este

d T

RR

Che

cklis

t

Test

Rea

dine

ss R

evie

w C

heck

list:

Dat

e:W

itne

sses

:A

ppro

vals

:

Con

diti

onY

es—

Met

Not

Met

N/A

Com

men

ts

1.H

as t

he in

tegr

atio

n te

st p

lan

been

app

rove

d?

2.H

ave

all t

esti

ng p

roce

dure

s be

en d

ocum

ente

d? I

nclu

ding

proc

edur

es f

or r

epor

ting

tes

t re

sult

s an

d re

solv

ing

and

clos

ing

defe

cts?

3.H

as a

tes

ting

sch

edul

e an

d a

test

ing

cale

ndar

bee

nap

prov

ed a

nd p

oste

d?

4.H

ave

all t

esti

ng f

acili

ties

(i.e

., ro

oms,

tes

t en

viro

nmen

t,de

skto

ps, t

est

lab)

5.H

as a

ll re

quir

ed d

ata

been

cre

ated

and

is it

rea

dy f

orin

tegr

atio

n te

stin

g? H

as a

ll co

mm

on d

ata

for

inte

grat

ion

test

ing

been

def

ined

(i.e

., ch

art

of a

ccou

nts,

mat

eria

ls,

etc.

)? H

as a

ll ne

cess

ary

test

dat

a be

en lo

aded

into

the

tes

ten

viro

nmen

t (i

.e.,

data

load

ed f

rom

CA

TT

scr

ipts

, clie

ntco

py, i

nter

face

s, e

tc.)

?

(Con

tinu

es)

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 177

Page 195: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Con

diti

onY

es—

Met

Not

Met

N/A

Com

men

ts

6.A

re t

here

any

def

ects

out

stan

ding

fro

m a

pri

or t

esti

ngef

fort

(i.e

., sc

enar

io t

esti

ng)?

7.H

ave

all i

nteg

rati

on t

est

case

s be

en c

ompl

eted

? A

ppro

ved?

8.H

ave

all n

eces

sary

SA

P ID

s/pa

ssw

ords

& r

oles

bee

nes

tabl

ishe

d an

d ve

rifi

ed?

Hav

e te

ster

s be

en g

iven

acc

ess

tosh

ared

dri

ves,

LA

Ns,

Por

tals

, tes

t to

ols,

tes

t m

anag

emen

tre

posi

tori

es, e

tc.?

9.Is

the

re a

con

tact

list

for

all

test

ing

part

icip

ants

? H

ave

all

test

ing

part

icip

ants

bee

n co

nfir

med

, inc

ludi

ng p

arti

cipa

nts

from

off

site

s? H

ave

the

cont

act

nam

es &

tel

epho

nenu

mbe

rs o

f su

ppor

t pe

rson

nel b

een

prov

ided

to

test

tea

m?

10.

Hav

e al

l int

erfa

ces

wit

h ot

her

syst

ems

(i.e

., le

gacy

sys

tem

s)be

en id

enti

fied

for

inte

grat

ion

test

ing?

11.

Hav

e sa

mpl

e se

ts o

f re

pres

enta

tive

dat

a be

en id

enti

fied

to

test

inte

rfac

es?

12.

Hav

e al

l bat

ch s

ched

uled

jobs

for

AB

AP

prog

ram

s be

enid

enti

fied

?

178

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 178

Page 196: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Con

diti

onY

es—

Met

Not

Met

N/A

Com

men

ts

13.

Hav

e al

l tes

tabl

e re

quir

emen

ts b

een

fully

tra

ced

to t

heco

rrec

t te

st c

ases

?

14.

Is t

he t

arge

t te

st e

nvir

onm

ent

read

y fo

r te

stin

g? H

ardw

are

com

pone

nts

read

y? A

ll pa

tche

s, O

SS n

otes

bee

n ap

plie

d?D

oes

it h

ave

conn

ecti

vity

to

the

lega

cy s

yste

ms?

Doe

s it

have

the

late

st a

nd g

reat

est

conf

igur

atio

n ch

ange

s?

15.

Hav

e al

l pro

cedu

res

been

est

ablis

hed

for

tran

spor

ting

obje

cts

into

tes

t en

viro

nmen

t? H

ave

indi

vidu

als

resp

onsi

ble

for

sign

ing

off

tran

spor

ts b

een

iden

tifi

ed?

16.

Is t

here

a c

hang

e co

ntro

l boa

rd in

pla

ce t

o ev

alua

tepr

opos

ed s

yste

m c

hang

es o

r sc

ope

chan

ges

aris

ing

from

test

res

ults

, or

test

def

ects

?

17.

Hav

e al

l wor

kflo

w r

oles

/pro

file

s be

en s

et u

p?

18.

Has

the

tes

t te

am h

eld

a ki

ck-o

ff p

rese

ntat

ion

to r

evie

wal

l tes

ting

pro

cedu

res

(inc

ludi

ng r

oles

for

tes

ting

part

icip

ants

)?

19.

Hav

e da

ily o

r w

eekl

y m

eeti

ngs

been

est

ablis

hed

to r

evie

wan

d de

brie

f te

st r

esul

ts?

20.

Has

the

exi

t an

d su

spen

sion

cri

teri

a be

en d

efin

ed f

orin

tegr

atio

n te

stin

g?

(Con

tinu

es)

179

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 179

Page 197: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Con

diti

onY

es—

Met

Not

Met

N/A

Com

men

ts

21.

Do

test

ing

issu

es h

ave

wor

karo

unds

? If

so,

hav

e th

ew

orka

roun

ds b

een

docu

men

ted?

22.

Has

the

sys

tem

bee

n ba

selin

ed?

23. H

ave

arra

ngem

ents

bee

n m

ade

wit

h th

e ap

prop

riat

esu

ppor

t pe

rson

nel (

i.e.,

Bas

is)

to p

rovi

de e

xten

ded

supp

ort

beyo

nd n

orm

al h

ours

of

oper

atio

n?

24. H

ave

All

test

too

ls b

een

inst

alle

d?

180

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 180

Page 198: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

should be signed off by the witnesses attending the review when theconditions have been met.1

TEST CASE TEMPLATE

Testing requires test case templates that indicate the process thatneeds to be executed (commonly referred to as test steps) and theexpected system behavior or system response after the test steps areexecuted (commonly referred to as expected test results). For SAPtesting, test cases should contain, at a minimum, the following infor-mation and fields:

■ SAP roles needed to execute a process(es) (i.e., warehouse clerk).■ Data value(s) or data variants needed to execute the test (i.e.,

enter data value “1000” for company code, test process with mul-tiple “wage types” such as straight time, holiday time, overtime,vacation time, etc.).

■ Requirement met or fulfilled from executing the test case.■ Any preconditions that are needed for executing a test case (i.e.,

a requisition is needed before generating a purchase order).■ Description of the process to be tested.■ Approval fields (i.e., for signoffs).■ Test steps to be performed.■ Expected test results.■ Actual test results (i.e., pass or failure).

The SAP ASAP methodology offers test case templates and in-structions for creating and documenting integration test scenarios asseen in Exhibit 7.2. The unit testing template from the SAP ASAPmethodology embedded as an accelerator consists of the template forBPPs that can be enhanced with test conditions. The template and itsfields shown in Exhibit 7.2 can be customized within a test manage-ment tool or reproduced in spreadsheets or text editors. When testcases are customized within test management tools, they can offer a

Quality Assurance Standards 181

1The Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA) offers a detailed TRR onlineat the Web site http://guidebook.dcma.mil/226/2245%20TRR.pdf for those readersinterested in seeing another sample TRR.

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 181

Page 199: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

182

EXHI

BIT

7.2

Test

Cas

e Te

mpl

ate

from

SA

P A

SAP

Met

hodo

logy

Inte

grat

ion

Test

Sce

nari

o N

o. _

____

SCE

NA

RIO

OW

NE

R:

BU

SIN

ESS

CA

SE:

STA

TU

S:

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

:R

UN

NO

:

EX

PEC

TE

D R

ESU

LTS:

RU

N D

AT

E:

SET

UP

DA

TA

DA

TA

OB

JEC

TV

AL

UE

/CO

DE

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

CO

MM

EN

TS

AN

D N

OT

ES

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 182

Page 200: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

183

TR

AN

SAC

TIO

NA

L S

TE

PS

No.

BU

SIN

ESS

PR

OC

ESS

ST

EPS

/T

RA

NS.

INPU

T D

AT

A/S

PEC

IAL

OU

TPU

T

TE

STE

R/

OK

/B

PP N

UM

BE

RC

OD

EIN

FOR

MA

TIO

ND

AT

A/R

ESU

LTT

EA

ME

RR

OR

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 99 Com

men

ts:

App

rova

l:__

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

Dat

e:__

__ /

____

/ __

__

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 183

Page 201: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

series of benefits that cannot be easily obtained from disconnectedspreadsheets or text editors such as automatic reporting, metrics,traceability to requirements, audit trails, and transparency for up todate progress on test execution. Individual test cases should be pro-duced for each unique process that needs to be tested.

APPLICABILITY AND LIMITATIONS OF QA STANDARDS

Implemented or proposed QA standards must align with the project’sscope, budget, and deadlines. QA standards must first be applied tocritical to quality processes or deliverables that can compromise orundermine the project’s success when their quality degrades. Thework and deliverables for the QA team must be governed by anapproved charter, and project members must receive sufficient train-ing to adhere to QA standards. The QA team holds the promise ofoffering consistency for project deliverables and work products, butthey also have limitations.

QA standards can enforce a defined process and methodologyand contribute to project consistency. It is possible that QA standardsensure consistency across project deliverables; however, the projectmay be consistently producing the wrong deliverables. For example,a QA standard may enforce that a particular mandatory field for atemplate be populated, but the QA team member may not knowwhether the contents for the mandatory field are populated correctlyand can enforce only that the field is not left empty. QA representa-tives can enforce a process or methodology for producing deliverables(i.e., no field is left empty, all executed test steps must be accompa-nied by screenshot printouts, forms need to be filled out before an ob-ject is transported into production, etc.) but may not have sufficientsubject matter expertise or knowledge to discern whether the deliver-ables are suitable for the project needs or whether the contents for adeliverable are fit for purpose.

In many projects the role of the QA team members is obscure andpoorly understood, which causes many project members in particu-lar from the configuration and development teams to question theneed for QA representatives. Other project members view the auditsand spot inspecting from QA representatives as a nuisance, since QAmembers may not have sufficient knowledge of SAP processes or SAP

184 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 184

Page 202: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

navigation. Under these situations, the role and/or existence of theQA team become tenuous and difficult to justify.

Some projects may also implement QA standards that are diffi-cult to enforce or standards that, if enforced, can have unintended ef-fects. For instance, a QA standard that states that the execution of alltest cases must have a success ratio of 95 percent or higher for first-time execution on the surface appears highly desirable but also cancause the test team members to hide or “sweep under the carpet” po-tential defects because the testers are apprehensive to report defectsthat can compromise a quality metric of 95 percent success ratio.

QA managers must develop QA initiatives to support the pro-ject’s scope statement and must have the approval of a project com-mittee. In order to roll out QA standards to project members, it isnecessary to identify how the training will be provided for the stan-dards, how standards will be enforced, how noncompliance with QAstandards or deficiencies will be reported, and how corrective actionsare applied to deliverables not conforming to QA standards.

Quality Assurance Standards 185

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 185

Page 203: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

07_4782 2/5/07 11:09 AM Page 186

Page 204: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

187

CHAPTER 8Assembling the QA/Test Team

Any SAP project—whether it’s a brand-new implementation; is inproduction support; includes an upgrade; or requires adding new

modules and/or bolts-ons, extending a rollout to a new division orcompany site—will need testing and quality assurance (QA) resourcesto conduct the required testing. Some of the most often asked ques-tions related to SAP QA and testing resources are:

■ When are they needed?■ For how long are they needed?■ Where will they come from (i.e., internal transfers or external

hires)?■ What will they do? What are their roles and responsibilities?■ What skill sets do they need to have?■ How do we measure their success (i.e., how will testers’ perfor-

mance be evaluated)? What are the criteria for doing so?■ Whose authority are they under (i.e., whom do they report to)?■ How will they interact with the other project teams (i.e., Basis,

Development, Functional, etc.)?■ How much will they cost?■ How will testers’ performance be evaluated? What are the crite-

ria for doing so?

Answers to these questions are not always (if at all) readily avail-able in any SAP implementation methodology. Nevertheless, the in-ability to answer these questions often plagues the SAP project, whichcan lead to an unstable system in production. Many SAP projects as-semble test and QA teams from resources taken away from their pri-mary job responsibilities because they are underutilized. Identifyingand screening the “right” testing and QA resources is often time con-suming and could prove expensive when the “wrong” resource is

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 187

Page 205: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

introduced to the project. The test manager and project manager canrecruit testing resources based on defined roles and skill sets that aresuitable for planning different types of testing efforts with manualand automated test case execution.

Many SAP projects assemble test and QA teams from resourcestaken away from their primary job responsibilities because at the timethey might be underutilized in their current jobs, without giving muchthought to the expertise, experience, and skill required to do the jobright. The misconception still exists that anybody can do testing andnot much special skill is required to accomplish effective SAP testing.

Understanding the skills needed and identifying and screening the“right” testing and QA resources can be time consuming. Yet it isoften more expensive to introduce the “wrong” resources to theproject.

The test manager and project manager need to recruit testing re-sources based on defined roles and skill sets that are suitable for thetasks at hand (i.e., understanding SAP implementations, strategizing,and planning for effective testing, and planning for different types oftesting efforts with manual and automated test case execution).

The SAP project manager needs to ensure that the project teamsare constantly following and adhering to QA standards that enforcethe principle of preventing errors while building a product with qual-ity. Furthermore, the project will need dedicated testing resources thatenforce the principle of error detection, which indicates that the sys-tem meets documented business requirements and service-level agree-ments (SLAs). Assembling a team that has a mixture of QA andtesting skills is necessary for deploying, upgrading, implementing,and maintaining a SAP system.

QA AND TEST TEAM DIFFERENCES

Although both QA and testing contribute to system quality, the termsare distinct and their philosophies may also vary. An SAP project mayneed both a QA team and a testing team or a team that combines theskills sets from both QA and testing. QA is a role that helps defineand enforce the standards that will be used to configure and developthe system. In contrast, testing is the activity that ensures that the sys-tem meets the documented system requirements through detection,

188 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 188

Page 206: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

which consists primarily of execution of test cases. Through systemtesting, errors are identified, retested, resolved, and closed. The deci-sion to form both a QA and test team depends largely on projectscope, budget, and schedule.

Exhibit 8.1 provides examples of ways to differentiate the activi-ties and roles of the QA and test teams.

Projects in heavily regulated environments or subject to auditsmay need both QA and test team resources. However, projects withlimited budget but with a consistent approach across all project teamsfor producing deliverables and work products may need only thepresence of a testing team. Alternatively, a project may form a singleintegrated QA/test team whereby the team manager can implementQA standards and also manage the execution of test cases. In an agile

Assembling the QA/Test Team 189

EXHIBIT 8.1 Sample Activities for a Quality Assurance and Test Team

QA Activities: Test Activities:

• Create standards for drafting test • Develop automated test casescases, requirements, developing • Execute test cases (manual/automated)diagrams, collecting information • Support/Maintain test toolsfrom workshops, naming • Customize test toolsconventions, etc. • Support/Maintain test lab

• Enforce standards • Inspect requirements• Develop functional test plan and • Create/Maintain testing schedule

test strategy • Create requirements traceability• Develop test case template matrix (RTM)• Participate in requirements • Develop testing schedule

gathering workshop • Conduct system integration testing• Inspect technical and functional • Conduct security testing

specifications • Conduct performance testing• Inspect process flow diagrams • Report defects• Inspect requirements • Review documented test cases• Raise risks • Help identify test data• Participate in Change Control • Particpate in Change Control Board

Board (CCB) (CCB)• Approve transports • Generate test reports, charts, graphs• Develop forms for peer reviews • Produce testing metrics• Create exit/entrance testing criteria • Develop performance test plan• Develop defect resolution • Document lessons learned

procedures • Hold testing kickoff meetings• Develop unit, scenario,

integration-testing procedures

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 189

Page 207: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

or low-budget SAP development environment it is perfectly fine andeven recommended to treat the QA and testing responsibilities inter-changeably, for example, making the testing team also responsible forQA activities, such as verifying, adhering to defined standards, andothers as defined in Exhibit 8.1.

Appendix A provides a list of activities for QA and test teammembers based on the SAP ASAP Implementation methodology.

WHEN SHOULD QA AND TEST TEAM MEMBERS BEBROUGHT ONTO THE PROJECT?

SAP testing and QA resources are needed as soon as the project prepa-ration phase is commenced for initial SAP implementations. Forinstance, based on SAP’s own ASAP methodology built within theSolution Manager platform, the following activities are identified forthe project preparation phase:

■ Determine quality standards■ Define testing strategies

For initial SAP implementations, the ASAP methodology indi-cates that a test strategy needs to be written and documented well inadvance of holding workshops to identify business processes andbusiness requirements. An experienced QA manager can documentthe SAP test strategy that meets the project’s objectives and testing ex-pectations. During later phases of the SAP project, such as blueprintand realization, the need arises to bring more QA and testing re-sources to complete activities such as inspecting requirements,procuring and installing automated test tools, developing standardsfor creating business process flow diagrams, functional and technicalspecifications, creation of automated test cases, and the creation of arequirements traceability matrix (RTM).

For other projects that have had a system in production, the timeto bring QA and testing resources may be long overdue, if they don’texist already. SAP production support teams have to constantly applySAP system changes due to releases of patches, OSS notes, and en-hancements from the vendor, which require testing. Furthermore, theproduction support team needs to ensure that consistent methods are

190 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 190

Page 208: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

practiced for applying, tracking, controlling, and verifying systemchanges. The project manager may form an integrated QA/testingteam to verify system transports, automate and maintain test cases,execute test cases, and conduct regression/performance testing. With-out the formation of an integrated QA/test team, the project may ex-perience risks in the production environment, since the functionaland development teams may not have the methodology, bandwidth,expertise, or time to conduct regression testing.

Other SAP projects that merit the immediate formation of eitherseparate or integrated QA and test teams are projects experiencingupgrades, adding new modules, or including a new division or cor-porate unit. These project teams often need to conduct gap analysisto determine new system functionality; draft new requirements ormodify existing requirements for security, performance, and systemfunctionality; identify new system touch points; or include logic totake into account business rules and policies. The QA and test teamscan review, inspect new requirements when new modules or bolt-onsare added to the existing implementation, conduct system testing, andensure that the configuration and development team observe docu-mented standards.

SKILL SETS FOR QA AND TEST TEAM

The role of the SAP tester is to test and verify that the system meetssystem requirements from all aspects of security, performance, func-tionality, reporting, work flow, and programming. SAP testers needproficiency in various areas, including test planning, requirementsevaluation, industry regulations, automated test tools, test manage-ment tools, test execution, test reporting, and functional navigationwithin SAP R/3 and SAP bolt-ons. Placing nonskilled testers or fillersin the test team can produce unreliable test results. Testers who donot understand the concept of module and data integration within anSAP system need to be trained and educated on those concepts.

SAP testers need to have at a minimum the following background:

■ Formal testing skills and methodologies.■ Knowledge of SAP processes (modules and bolt-ons).■ Expertise in navigating SAP transactions.

Assembling the QA/Test Team 191

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 191

Page 209: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Knowledge of ABAP programming.■ Ability to interpret and understand test cases.■ Knowledge of the various types of SAP data.■ Industry-specific SAP solutions.■ Expertise with automated test tools.■ Ability to write Structured Query Language (SQL) statements.■ Programming skills such as Visual Basic.■ Ability to inspect requirements for completeness, quality, and

testability and construct a RTM.■ Subject matter expertise.

Specific testing roles and skills sets for various testing positionsare outlined in Exhibit 8.2.

EXHIBIT 8.2 Test Program Roles

Test Manager

Responsibilities Skills

• Liaison for interdepartmental • Understand company’s interviewinginteractions: Representative of the methodology, i.e., has taken thetesting team “hiring certificate.” (If none exists,

• Recruiting, staff supervision, and insist a repeatable interviewingstaff mentoring and training process is created)

• Test program budgeting and • Understand all HR policies related toscheduling, i.e., test-staffing needs managementand effort estimations • Understands SAP testing process or

• Customer support interaction methodology• Customer interaction, as applicable • Understands test-program concerns

including test strategies, testenvironment and data management,trouble reporting and resolution, andtest design and development

• Understands manual testingtechniques and automated testingbest practices

• Test planning, including development • Understands application businessof testing goals and strategy area, application requirements

• Vender interaction • Understands different types of• Defines technologies to help improve technologies available to increase

testing efforts, i.e., test-tool testing efficiencyselection and introduction or in-housedeveloped testing tools, etc.

192 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 192

Page 210: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

• Cohesive integration of test and • Skilled at developing test goals,development activities objectives, and strategy

• Acquisition of hardware and software • Familiar with different test tools,for test environment defect-tracking tools, and other

test-support COTS tools which canenhance testing efforts (Ghost,VMWare, etc.) and their use

• Test environment and test product • Good at all planning aspects, includingconfiguration management. people, facilities, and schedule

• Test-process definition, training and continual improvement

• Use of metrics to support continual test-process improvement

• Test-program oversight and progress tracking

• Coordinating pre- and post-test meetings

Test Lead

Responsibilities Skills

• Technical leadership for the test • Understands application businessprogram, including test approach area and application requirements

• Support for customer interface, • Familiar with test-program concernsrecruiting, test-tool introduction, test including test-data management,planning, staff supervision, and cost trouble reporting and resolution, testand progress status reporting design, and test development

• Verifying the quality of the • Expertise in a variety of technicalrequirements, including testability, skills including programmingrequirement definition, test design, languages, database technologies,test-script and test-data development, and computer operatingtest automation, test-environment systemsconfiguration; test-script configurationmanagement, and test execution

• Interaction with test-tool vendor to • Familiar with different test tools,identify best ways to leverage test defect-tracking tools, and other COTStool on the project tools supporting the testing life cycle,

and their use

Assembling the QA/Test Team 193

(Continues)

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 193

Page 211: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

EXHIBIT 8.2 (Continued)

Responsibilities Skills

• Staying current on latest test approaches and tools, and transferring this knowledge to test team

• Conduct test-design and test-procedure walk-throughs and inspections

• Implementing test-process improvements resulting from lessons learned and benefits surveys

• Test Traceability Matrix (tracing the test-procedures to the test requirements)

• Test-process implementation

• Ensuring that test-product documentation is complete

Usability Test Engineer

Responsibilities Skills

• Designs and develops usability testing • Proficient in designing test suitesscenarios • Understanding usability issues

• Administers usability testing process

• Defines criteria for performing • Skilled in test facilitationusability testing, analyzes results oftesting sessions, presents results todevelopment team

• Develops test-product documentation • Excellent interpersonal skills

• Defines usability requirements, and • Proficient in GUI design standardsinteracts with customer to refine them

• Participates in test-procedurewalk-throughs

Manual Test Engineer

Responsibilities Skills

• Designs and develops test procedures • Has good understanding of SAPand cases, with associated test data modules and design

194 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 194

Page 212: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

• Manually executes the test procedures • Proficient in software testing

• Attends test-procedure walk-throughs • Proficient in designing test suites

• Conducts tests and prepares reports • Proficient in the business area ofon test progress and regression application under test

• Proficient in testing techniques• Understands various testing phases

• Follows test standards • Proficient in GUI design standards

Automated Test Engineer (Automator/Developer)

Responsibilities Skills

• Designs and develops test procedures • Good understanding of SAP modulesand cases based upon requirements under test

• Designs, develops and executes • Proficient in software testingreusable and maintainableautomated scripts

• Uses capture/playback tools for GUI automation and/or developstest harnesses using a development of scripting language

• Follows rest-design standards • Proficient in designing test suites

• Conducts/attends test procedure • Proficient in working with test toolswalk-throughs

• Executes tests and prepares reports • Programming skillson test progress and regression

• Attends test-tool user groups and • Proficient in GUI design standardsrelated activities to remain abreast oftest-tool capabilities

Network Test Engineer

Responsibilities Skills

• Performs network, database, and • Network, database, and systemmiddleware testing administration skills

• Researches network, database, and • Expertise in a variety of technicalmiddleware performance monitoring skills, including programmingtools languages, database technologies,

• Develops load and stress test and computer operating systemsdesigns, cases and procedures

Assembling the QA/Test Team 195

(Continues)

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 195

Page 213: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

EXHIBIT 8.2 (Continued)

Responsibilities Skills

• Supports walk-throughs or inspectionsof load and stress test procedures

• Implements performance monitoring • Product evaluation and integrationtools on ongoing basis skills

• Conducts load and stress test • Familiarity with network sniffers,procedures and available tools for load and

stress testing

Test Environment Specialist

Responsibilities Skills

• Responsible for installing test tool • Network, database and systemand establishing test-tool environment administration skills

• Responsible for creating and • Expertise in a variety of technicalcontrolling test environment by skills, including programming andusing environment setup scripts scripting languages, database

technologies, and computeroperating systems

• Creates and maintains test database • Test-tool and database experience(adds/restores/deletes, etc.)

• Maintains requirements hierarchy • Product evaluation and integrationwithin test-tool environment skills

Security Test Engineer

Responsibilities Skills

• Responsible for security testing of • Understands security testingthe application techniques

• Responsible for supporting the secure • Background in securitysoftware development lifecycle • Security test tool experience

• Understands security modelingtechniques

Build Support, Test Library and Configuration Specialist

Responsibilities Skills

• Test-script change management • Network, database, and systemadministration skills

196 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 196

Page 214: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

• Test-script version control • Expertise in a variety of technicalskills including programminglanguages, database technologies,and computer operating systems

• Maintaining test-script reuse library • Configuration-management tool• Creating the various test builds, in expertise

some cases

• Verify that Development Build and • Test-tool experienceVersion Control standards are beingmet

For projects that have significant investments in requirementsmanagement tools, automated test tools, version control software,defect tracking, and test management tools, testers who have demon-strated experience and/or vendor certification within these tools arerecommended as members for the test team. Ideal test members areindividuals who understand the SAP “to-be” system, the company’spolicies and business rules, integration points, and legacy systems;can document and execute test cases; and have proficiency with au-tomated test tools. SAP testers document, design, and peer review testcases with expected results and execute the test cases either manuallyor with automated test tools. Finding test team members who havefunctional SAP experience and technical experience with automatedtest tools may turn out to be a challenge. It is recommended that thetest team consist of a mixture of individuals with both functionalknowledge of SAP and knowledge of automated test tools in order todevelop and maintain automated test cases.

QA team members need to successfully implement, communicate,and enforce standards and document the test plans. QA team mem-bers do not necessarily need SAP functional knowledge or knowledgeof automated test tools, but they do need to provide practices forbuilding a system with quality and preventing defects. QA membersneed to define standards for conducting workshops, gathering re-quirements, inspecting requirements, documenting functional andtechnical specifications, and creating business process procedures(BPPs) and flow process diagrams. The QA team members must en-sure that the project members from the configuration, test, and de-velopment teams understand and can follow the QA standards to

Assembling the QA/Test Team 197

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 197

Page 215: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

avoid producing inconsistent work products. The QA team also playsa vital role in documenting the project’s lessons learned after eachtesting phase and monitoring the entrance and exit criteria for eachtesting effort.

DISTRIBUTION OF SKILLS ACROSS THE TEST TEAM

An effective testing team consists of team members with a mixture ofexpertise, such as subject matter, technology, and testing techniques,plus a mixture of experience levels, that include junior, mid-level, andexpert testers. Subject matter experts (SMEs) who understand thedetails of the application’s functionality play an important role in thetesting team.

The following list describes these concepts in more detail.

■ Subject matter expertise. A technical tester might think it is feasi-ble to learn the subject matter in depth, but this is usually not thecase when the domain is complex. Some problem domains, suchas tax law, labor contracts, military procurement, and regulatorycompliance from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) andFederal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC), may take yearsto fully understand. It could be argued that detailed and specificrequirements should include all the complexities possible, so thatthe developer can properly design the system and the tester canproperly plan the testing. Realistically, however, budget and timeconstraints often lead to requirements that are insufficientlydetailed, leaving the content open to interpretation. Even detailedrequirements often contain internal inconsistencies that must beidentified and resolved.

For these reasons, each SME must work closely with thedeveloper and other SMEs on the program (e.g., tax-law experts,financial expert, human resources law experts) to parse out theintricacies of the requirements. Where there are two SMEs, theymust be in agreement. If two SMEs cannot agree, a third SME’sinput is required. A testing SME will put the final stamp ofapproval on the implementation after appropriate testing.

■ Technical expertise. While it is true that a thorough grasp of theapplications to be tested is a valuable and desirable trait for atester, the tester’s effectiveness will be diminished without some

198 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 198

Page 216: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

level of understanding of software (including test) engineering.The most effective SME testers are those who are also interestedand experienced in the technology—that is, those who have takenone or more programming courses or have some related technicalexperience. Subject matter knowledge must be complementedwith technical knowledge, including an understanding of the sci-ence of software testing.

Technical testers, however, require a deeper knowledge of thetechnical platforms and architectural makeup of a system in orderto test successfully. An SAP installation consists of the core R/3system, SAP bolt-ons, and the systems interfacing with SAP. Atechnical tester should know how to write automated scripts withautomated test tools; know how to write a test harness; andunderstand such technical issues as compatibility, performance,and installation, in order to be best prepared to test for compli-ance. While it is beneficial for SMEs to possess some of thisknowledge, it is acceptable, of course, for them to possess a lowerlevel of technical expertise than do technical testers.

■ Experience level. A testing team is rarely made up exclusively ofexpert testers with years of expertise—nor would that necessarilybe desirable. As with all efforts, there is room for apprentices whocan be trained and mentored by more senior personnel. To iden-tify potential areas for training and advancement, the test man-ager must review the difference between the skill requirementsand an individual’s actual skills.

A junior tester could be tasked with testing the lower-riskfunctionality or cosmetic features such as the graphical user inter-face (GUI) controls (if this area is considered low risk). If a juniortester is tasked with testing of higher-risk functionality, the juniortester should be paired with a more senior tester who can serve asa mentor.

Although technical and subject matter testers contribute tothe testing effort in different ways, collaboration between the twotypes of testers should be encouraged. Just as it would take a tech-nical tester a long time to get up to speed on all the details of thesubject matter, it would take a domain or subject matter expert along time to become proficient with technical issues such as testcase automation. Cross-training should be provided to make thetechnical tester acquainted with the subject matter and the SMEfamiliar with the technical issues.

Assembling the QA/Test Team 199

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 199

Page 217: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

NUMBER OF RESOURCES

The number of test and QA resources needed for a project largelydepends on the expected number of modules, business processes,interfaces, security roles, conversions, reports, and enhancements tobe included for the release based on the project scope and the exper-tise of the resource.

Frequently, SAP projects struggle to identify the expected numberof test cases since no formal approach exists for documenting andmanaging requirements, which makes it difficult to anticipate thenecessary level of effort for testing.

Testing activities include test planning, test design for both man-ual and automated test cases, test scheduling, test execution, test re-porting, and retesting as needed. A given SAP implementation mayhave as many as 1,000 of in-scope out-of-the-box, and custom SAPtransactions in addition to multiple security roles and advanced busi-ness application programming (ABAP) programs for a system release.An SAP upgrade may include changes to the system functionality,GUI, and database, and the inclusion of SAP hot packs, which requirethousands of testing man-hours. Furthermore, projects that imple-ment SAP processes based on end-to-end processes such as order-to-cash and build-to-order may need to test the processes and theircorresponding variations, which can create hundreds of test cases.

Manual testing is time consuming, prone to error, difficult to co-ordinate, and resource intensive. The project team may need to com-bine manual testing efforts with automated testing efforts to create atest team capable of providing coverage for all test cases and subse-quent retesting when defects are reported.

As a result, it is recommended that projects pair up at least onetesting resource per module or end-to-end process, depending on thestructure of the functional SAP teams. The testing team also will needat least one resource to support testing of SAP bolt-ons (e.g., APO,SRM) and one to two resources for development (ABAP) objects. Ad-ditional testing resources will be needed to maintain and support testtools and for performing load/stress testing. The QA team will needat least two to three resources to set up and enforce standards.

The following estimates are provided for test planning, test de-sign, test execution, and test reporting. When the number of test casesis identified, the following guidelines may help to estimate the ex-pected number of man-hours needed to complete a testing phase.

200 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 200

Page 218: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Unit

■ Two to three hours to design each unit test case (also includenegative testing conditions for error handling and exceptionmessages).

■ Two to three hours to execute each test case, which includes atleast two manual runs and recording of test results.

String (Scenario)

■ One to two days to design each string test case (combines multi-ple SAP transaction codes; includes SAP roles).

■ Four to six hours to execute each test case, which includes at leasttwo manual runs and recording of test results.

Integration Testing (Scenario)

■ Two to three days to design each integration test case (combinesmultiple SAP transaction codes with data from external systems;includes SAP roles, preconditions, and postconditions).

■ Four to six hours to execute each test case, which includes at leasttwo manual runs for manual and recording of test results.

■ Six to eight days to automate an integrated test case for each end-to-end process (assuming system is stable).

■ Up to 30 minutes to execute an automated test case assumingmultiple sets of data.

Performance Testing (Scenario)

■ Four to six days to automate an integrated test case (assumingsystem is stable).

TEAM COMPOSITION

The QA team can consist of two to three permanent members. It isprimarily concerned with defining, communicating, and enforcing

Assembling the QA/Test Team 201

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 201

Page 219: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

standards for preventing system errors and documenting test plans.The number of dedicated QA resources is fairly static throughout thelife cycle of an SAP project. A typical SAP QA team can consist of thefollowing permanent members:

■ One QA manager, who is primarily responsible for drafting anddocumenting test plans, documenting risks, and setting and defin-ing standards.

■ One to two QA members responsible for enforcing testing stan-dards and generating reports and metrics to support companyaudits.

Unlike the QA team, the test team may grow exponentially insize, depending on the testing effort at hand. For instance, during theproject preparation phase, the organization may not have any formaltesting roles or any test team members. However, during the integra-tion testing effort, the test team may expand from its permanentmembers to include members from the entire project structure. Mem-bers of other groups or teams may become “temporary” testers whoare “borrowed” by the test team during string, integration, and stresstesting and perform testing activities such as documenting test cases,sequencing test cases, executing test cases, and resolving defects.Some “borrowed” testing members from other groups may not sup-port testing activities directly but may perform dependent testing ac-tivities such as data loads, establishing test environment, and creatinguser test roles that are critical to the testing efforts. At some pointduring the life cycle of the SAP implementation, upgrade, or produc-tion support, the number of permanent test team members will beaugmented with “borrowed” test team members from other groups.

The permanent test team consists of the test manager and the in-dividuals who support and maintain the test tools, develop auto-mated test cases, are part of an outsourcing agreement, support thetest lab, and execute test cases. The permanent test team members areexperienced in testing methodologies, automated test tools, and link-ing requirements to test cases; understand SAP functionality andprocesses; and can execute documented test cases independently. Aheuristic to determine the necessary number of permanent test teammembers would be one resource per identified end-to-end process

202 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 202

Page 220: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

(i.e., one test team member to provide coverage for the order-to-closeteam). A typical SAP test team can consist of the following permanentand dedicated testing members:

■ One test team manager.■ One or two test team members for testing development objects

that include reports, interfaces, conversions, enhancements, work-flow, and forms.

■ One test team member per bolt-on (i.e., APO, CRM, BW, etc.)■ One test team member for each end-to-end process (i.e., purchase-

to-pay, order-to-cash, hire-to-retire, etc.). Typical responsibilitiesinclude test tool functional automation, test case execution, andreporting of defects.

■ Two test team members for stress/performance/load testing. Thesemembers create and maintain automated test cases for perfor-mance testing, help the project stay compliant with establishedservice-level agreements (SLAs), and ensure that the project’sresponse times remain optimal. Performance testing is an ongoingactivity for an SAP implementation and should be performedwhen system changes are implemented, which include OSS notes,system patches, enhancements, and hot packs; new divisions areadded; GUI is upgraded or reconfigured; modules or bolt-ons areadded; new interfaces and conversion programs are added; andso on.

■ One or two test team members for support, maintenance, andcustomization of test tools and test lab.

■ One leader to manage all automation efforts or serve as a liaisonfor outsourcing test automation efforts.

The assumption is made that the test team members describedabove are at the experienced level and not necessarily entry-levelstaff. The number of test team members may also be increasedthrough the use of outside contractors, particularly for SAP projectsthat will automate test cases. Contractors that specialize in auto-mated test tools may perform functions for which there is no in-houseexpertise from the project’s test team. The following situations areexamples in which outside contractors may augment the existing test-ing resources:

Assembling the QA/Test Team 203

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 203

Page 221: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Stress testing and performance tuning for the SAP CRM SalesInternet application prior to a go-live.

■ Building a library of automated test cases for a new systemmodule.

■ Training for a new automated test tool.■ Mentoring of testers recently trained on test tools.■ Execution of test cases due to an increase in project scope.

In addition to the permanent testing members, a test team canconsist of borrowed resources from other teams. The activities for theborrowed testing resources include identification of test data, pro-viding SAP navigational support, refinement of documented testcases, execution of manual test cases, coordination of ABAP objectswith legacy system owners, identification of SAP roles, and resolutionof reported testing defects.

Test team members can come from other groups, including thechange management team, SMEs, configuration team, legacy owners,development team, end users, Basis team, and the outsourcing part-ner. For initial testing efforts such as unit testing, the test teammembers may primarily consist of borrowed testers from the config-uration, development, and security teams that plan, design, and exe-cute test cases, while the permanent testing resources providemaintenance support for the underlying test tools used for unit test-ing. When other testing efforts such as string (scenario), integration,performance, and user acceptance are initiated, the test team consistsof permanent and borrowed testing resources.

For instance, the test team can increase in size by as much as 50percent with borrowed resources from unit testing to user acceptancetesting (UAT) for the following reasons:

■ Resources from the change management team would be needed toselect end-user participants for the UAT.

■ Members from the configuration and development teams wouldneed to assist the UAT participants and resolve their defects.

■ Security team members would need to identify the testing rolesfor the UAT participants.

■ QA team members would have to enforce standards.■ The basis team would have to erect an SAP test client for UAT

testing.

204 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 204

Page 222: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ The dedicated test team members would have to maintain testtools and coordinate defect resolution.

■ The UAT participants that are primarily system end users wouldexecute the UAT test cases.

Exhibit 8.3 shows multiple types of testing efforts along with theproject teams supporting the testing effort. This exhibit reveals thatthe integration-testing phase requires assistance from more projectteams than any other testing effort.

EVALUATING TESTERS1

Maintaining an effective test program requires that the implementa-tion of its functions, such as the test strategy, the test environment,and the test team makeup, are continuously evaluated and improvedas needed. Test managers are responsible for ensuring that the testingprogram is being implemented as planned and that specific tasks arebeing executed as expected. To accomplish this, the implementationof the test program has to be tracked, monitored, and evaluated, soit can be modified as needed.

At the core of the test program execution are the test engineers.The ability of a tester to properly design, document, and execute ef-fective tests, accurately interpret the results, document any defects,and track them to closure is critical to the effectiveness of the testingeffort. The test manager could plan the perfect testing process andimplement the best strategy, but if the testing team members do noteffectively execute the testing process (such as participating effectivelyin requirements inspections or design walkthroughs) and omittingother strategic testing tasks as assigned (such as executing a specifictest procedure), important defects could be discovered too late in thelife cycle, resulting in increased costs. At worst, defects will be com-pletely overlooked and make their way into production software.

A tester’s effectiveness can also make a big difference in the inter-relationships with other groups. A tester who always finds bogus er-rors or reports “user” errors, meaning the application works as

Assembling the QA/Test Team 205

1Adapted from Elfriede Dustin, Effective Software Testing, Reading, MA: AddisonWesley, 2002.

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 205

Page 223: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

206

EXHI

BIT

8.3

Team

s In

volv

ed w

ith

Test

ing

Act

ivit

ies

Dep

endi

ng o

n th

e Ty

pe o

f Te

st E

ffor

t

Uni

tSt

ring

Reg

ress

ion

Inte

grat

ion

UA

TPe

rfor

man

ce

•D

evel

opm

ent

•D

evel

opm

ent

•D

evel

opm

ent

•D

evel

opm

ent

•D

evel

opm

ent

•D

evel

opm

ent

•C

onfi

gura

tion

•C

onfi

gura

tion

•C

onfi

gura

tion

•C

onfi

gura

tion

•C

onfi

gura

tion

•C

onfi

gura

tion

•Q

A•

Cha

nge

•C

hang

e•

Cha

nge

•C

hang

e•

Test

•Se

curi

tym

anag

emen

tm

anag

emen

tm

anag

emen

tm

anag

emen

t•

Bas

is•

Test

•Q

A•

QA

•Q

A•

QA

•D

ata

•Se

curi

ty•

Secu

rity

•Se

curi

ty•

Secu

rity

•N

etw

ork

•Te

st•

Prod

ucti

on•

Test

•Te

st•

Dat

abas

e•

Test

•E

nd u

sers

•E

nd u

sers

•In

tegr

atio

n•

SME

s•

SME

s•

Bas

is•

Dat

a•

Leg

acy

syst

emow

ners

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 206

Page 224: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

expected, but the tester misunderstood the requirement, or worse, atester who often overlooks critical defects will lose credibility withother team members and groups and can tarnish the reputation of anentire test program.

Evaluating the tester’s effectiveness is a difficult and often subjec-tive task. Besides the typical evaluations of any employee’s atten-dance, attentiveness, attitude, and motivation, there are specific,testing-related measures against which a tester can be evaluated. Theevaluation process starts with the recruitment efforts. Hire a testerwith the skills required for the roles and responsibilities assigned tothe position. Based on the defined skills you are requiring for a spe-cific hire, you can base your expectations and task assignments onthose skills. All testers need to be detail-oriented and possess analyt-ical skills, independent of whether they are technical experts, subjectmatter experts, security, or usability testers. Once you have hired theright tester for the job, you have a good basis for evaluation. In thecase where a testing team is “inherited,” this type of evaluation crite-ria cannot be applied upfront. In this case, it is necessary to come upto speed on the various testers’ backgrounds, so the team can betasked and evaluated based on their experience, expertise, and back-ground, and be reassigned to other roles as needed.

A test engineer’s performance cannot be evaluated unless thereare roles and responsibilities, tasks, schedules, and specific standardsto follow. First and foremost, the test manager must make sure tostate clearly what is expected and by when it is expected from the testengineer.

Expectations, or the “what” and “by when,” need to be clearlycommunicated, and tasks must be meticulously outlined and docu-mented. The following list describes a typical set of expectations thatmust be communicated to testers.

■ Standards and procedures. The test engineer needs to be aware ofwhich standards and procedures need to be followed, andprocesses must be communicated.

■ Schedules. Testers must be aware of the test schedule, whichshould indicate when test plans, test designs, test procedures,scripts, and other testing products must be delivered. In addition,the delivery schedule of software components to testing should beknown by all testers.

Assembling the QA/Test Team 207

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 207

Page 225: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Set goals and assign tasks. Document and communicate the tasksand schedule deadlines, specific to each tester. Both the test man-ager and the test engineer have to agree on the assigned tasks.

■ Budgets. In the case of the tester evaluating a testing tool or otherform of purchased technology, the available budget must beknown so that they can work within that range and avoid wast-ing time evaluating products that are too expensive.

Expectations and assignments differ, depending on the task athand and the skill set of the tester. For example, different types oftests, test approaches, techniques, and outcomes are expected.

Once the expectations are set, the test manager can start com-paring the production of the test team against the preset goals, tasks,and schedules, measuring the effectiveness and implementation. Thefollowing is a list of items to consider when evaluating testers’effectiveness.

■ Subject matter expert versus a technical expert. The expertiseexpected from a subject matter expert is related to the domain ofthe application, while a technical tester will be concerned with thetechnical issues of the application.

In the case of a technical tester functioning as an automator,automated test procedures should be evaluated based on definedstandards, which must be followed by the test engineers. Forexample, did the engineer create maintainable, modular, reusableautomated scripts, or do the scripts have to be modified with eachnew system build? In an automation effort, did the tester followbest practices? For example, did the test engineer make sure thatthe test database was baselined and could be restored for theautomated scripts to be rerun? If the tester is developing customtest scripts, or a test harness, the tester will be evaluated on thesame criteria as a developer, namely readability and reliability ofthe code.

A tester who specializes in the use of automated tools, yetdoes not understand the intricacies of the application’s function-ality and underlying concepts, will usually be ineffective. Theautomated scripts generated based only on high-level knowledgeof the application will often find less important defects. It is

208 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 208

Page 226: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

important that the automator understands the application’s func-tionality in order to be an effective member of the testing team.

Another area of evaluation is technical ability and adaptabil-ity. Is the test engineer capable of picking up new tools andbecoming familiar with their capabilities? Testers should betrained on tool capabilities, if they are not aware of all of them.

■ Experienced versus novice tester. As mentioned, the skill level ofthe tester also needs to be taken into account. For example, novicetesters may overlook some errors, or not realize they exist or aredefects; therefore, it is important to assign lower-risk testing areasto the novice tester.

Experienced testers may ignore some classes of defects, basedon past experience (“the product has always done that”) or thepresence of workarounds. While this may or may not be appro-priate, testers will acclimate or assimilate this knowledge intotheir testing and not report defects seemingly unimportant tothem, yet which end users might find unacceptable.

■ Type of tests, functional versus nonfunctional, such as perfor-mance and security. Evaluate a tester’s understanding of the vari-ous testing techniques available and knowledge of whichtechnique is the most effective to apply for the task at hand. If thetester doesn’t understand the various techniques and applies atechnique ineffectively, test designs, test cases, and test procedureswill be adversely affected.

The evaluation of functional tests can additionally be basedon a review of the test procedures. Typically, testers are assignedto write test procedures for a specific area of functionality basedon assigned requirements. As part of an effective test process, testprocedure walkthroughs and inspections should be conductedthat will include the requirements, testing, and developmentteams. During the walkthrough verify that all teams agree on thebehavior of the application.

Consider the following during an evaluation of functional testprocedures:

■ The completeness of the mapping of the test procedure steps tothe requirements steps. Is the traceability complete?

Assembling the QA/Test Team 209

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 209

Page 227: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ The correctness of the test input, steps, and output (expected result).■ Are major testing steps omitted in the functional flow of the test

procedure?■ Has an analytical thought process been applied to come up with

effective test scenarios?■ Have the test procedure creation standards been followed?■ How many revisions are required to consider the test procedures

effective and complete, related to misunderstanding or miscom-munication?

■ Have effective testing techniques been applied to derive theappropriate set of test cases?

During a test procedure walkthrough, in addition to verifying themapping to requirements, also evaluate the “depth” or effectivenessof the test procedure. This is somewhat related to the depth of the re-quirement steps. What does the test procedure test? Does it test thefunctionality at a high level or does it really dig deep down into theunderlying functionality of the application?

For example, a functional requirement might state, “The systemshould allow for adding records of type A.” A high-level test proce-dure will test that the record can be added through the GUI. A moreeffective test procedure will have additional steps in place that test theareas of the application that are affected when this record is added.Those additional steps could include a SQL statement that verifiesthat the record appears correctly in the database tables, plus addi-tional steps verifying the record type.

If test procedures are at a very high level, evaluate first that therequirements are at the appropriate level and pertinent details are notmissing. However, if the detail is in the requirement, but is missing inthe test procedure, the test engineer might need additional coachingon how to write effective test procedures.

Different criteria are required for evaluating the effectiveness ofthe different types of test procedures, functional versus nonfunc-tional. Nonfunctional tests will have to be designed and documentedin a different manner than functional test procedures, for example.

■ Testing phase (i.e., alpha test, beta test, system test, acceptancetest, etc.). Different tasks are expected from the tester dependingon the testing phase, and they have to be considered.

210 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 210

Page 228: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

During system testing, the tester will be responsible for alltesting tasks, including the development and execution of testprocedures, as well as tracking defects to closure, and so on. Forexample, during alpha testing, a tester might simply be taskedwith recreating and documenting defects the “alpha testing” teamis reporting, usually done by a company’s independent testingteam (independent verification and validation [IV&V] team).

During beta testing the tester might actually be tasked withdocumenting beta test procedures for the beta tester to execute,in addition to recreating and documenting defects found by the“beta” testers (customers are often recruited to become betatesters).

■ The phase of the development life cycle. As mentioned through-out this book, testers should be involved from the beginning ofthe life cycle. For example, during the requirements phase, thetester can be evaluated based on defect prevention efforts, suchas discovery of testability issues or pointing out requirementinconsistencies.

A tester’s evaluation can be subjective and many variableshave to be considered, without jumping to the first seeminglyobvious conclusion. For example, when evaluating the test engi-neer’s testing of requirements during the requirements phase, it isalso important to evaluate the requirements themselves. If therequirements are poorly written, even an average tester can findmany defects. However, if the requirements are well laid out andabove average, only a really good tester can find the mostinvolved defects.

■ Follows instructions and attention to detail. It is also importantto consider how well a test engineer follows instructions and paysattention to detail. Unreliability is a bad test engineer trait andfollow-through has to be monitored. If test procedures need to beupdated and executed to ensure a quality product, the test man-ager must be confident that the test engineers will carry out thistask. If tests have to be automated, the test manager should beconfident that progress is being made. Weekly (or daily in the finalstages of a testing phase) status meetings where engineers reporton their progress are useful to track and measure progress.

■ Types of defects, defect ratio, and defect documentation. The typeof defects found by the engineer must also be considered during

Assembling the QA/Test Team 211

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 211

Page 229: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the evaluation. However, there are many caveats to consider whenusing this metric to evaluate a tester’s effectiveness. Keep in mindthe skill level of the tester, the type of tests being performed,and the testing phase being conducted, and consider such factorsas the complexity and the maturity of the application under test.Defects found not only depends on the skill of the tester, but onthe skill of the developer who wrote, debugged, and unit tested thecode, and the walkthrough/inspection teams who reviewedthe requirements, design, and code, hopefully removing most ofthe defects before formal testing.

Additionally, evaluate in this context whether the test engi-neer finds errors that are complex and domain related or only cos-metic. For example, cosmetic defects such as missing window textor control placement are relatively easy to detect and become highpriority during usability testing, whereas more complicated prob-lems relating to data or cause-and-effect relationships among ele-ments in the application are more difficult to detect, and requirea better understanding of the application and become high prior-ity during functional testing. By contrast, cosmetic defect fixes,since they are most visible, make the customers happy.

What about the tester who is responsible for testing a specificarea where most defects are discovered in production? First, thetest manager will need to evaluate the area for which the tester isresponsible. Is it the most complex, error-prone area? If it is a verycomplex area and the product was released in a hurry, the defectcan be more understandable.

Further evaluate what types of defects were discovered in pro-duction. Could those defects have been discovered if a basic test pro-cedure had been executed, as part of the existing test procedure suite,and there was plenty of time to execute the test procedure? If so, thiswould be a major oversight on the part of the tester responsible forthis area. However, before passing judgment, there are some addi-tional points to consider:

■ Was the test procedure supposed to be executed manually? Is themanual tester tired of executing the same test procedures over andover again, and now, the fiftieth time, he felt it should be safe notto execute the tests, because that part of the application has

212 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 212

Page 230: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

always worked? In this case, automated regression tests, shouldbe strongly considered.

■ Was the software delivered under time pressures, preventing a fulltest cycle, yet the deadline couldn’t be moved? Releases shouldn’tgo out without having met the release criteria.

■ Was this test automated? Are details missing in the automatedscript and the script missed testing that one step? In this case, theautomated scripts have to be reevaluated.

■ Is it a defect that was discovered using some combination of func-tional steps that are barely executed? This type of defect is moreunderstandable.

Additionally, it may also be important to go back and look at thetest goals, risks of the project, and assumptions made when the testeffort started. If it was decided not to conduct a specific type of testdue to time constraints or low risk, then the tester should not be heldresponsible afterward for not finding defects this test could have un-covered. The fallout would be a cost of the assumed risk, and the riskwas assumed at the beginning of the project with full knowledge ofthe possibility of problems.

Effectiveness can also be evaluated by examining “how” a defectis documented. Is there enough detail in the documented defect for adeveloper to be able to recreate the problem? Are developers alwayshaving a difficult time recreating one specific tester’s defects? Makesure there are standards in place that document exactly what infor-mation is required in a documented defect and that the defect track-ing life cycle is well communicated and understood. For morediscussion on the defect tracking life cycle. The testers need to followthese instructions.

The outcome of the evaluation could point to various issues. Inthe case of the test procedure lacking detail, which should be discov-ered during the test procedure inspection phase, it could be possiblethat the tester didn’t quite understand the requirement, among manyother plausible causes.

Determine the cause of the issue and try to come up with a solu-tion. Each issue needs to be evaluated as it arises, before a judgmentcall regarding the tester’s capability is made. After careful evaluationof the entire situation, after additional coaching has been provided, itwill be possible to get an idea of how detail-oriented, analytical, or

Assembling the QA/Test Team 213

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 213

Page 231: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

effective this tester is. In the case when it is determined that the testerlacks attention to detail or analytical skills or there are communica-tion issues, that tester’s performance might have to be specificallymonitored and reviewed, requiring additional instruction, training,and improvement.

Testers’ effectiveness must be constantly evaluated to ensure thesuccess of the testing program. It is important to evaluate the tester’seffectiveness on an ongoing basis, not only to determine training needs,but most importantly to ensure the success of the testing program.

TEST ENGINEER SELF-EVALUATION

Test engineers themselves should assume some responsibility for eval-uating their own effectiveness. The following list can be used as astarting point for test engineer self-evaluation:

■ Consider the types of defects you are discovering. Are they impor-tant defects, or are they mostly “cosmetic” and low-prioritydefects? For example, if you consistently uncover only low-priority defects during a functional testing phase, such as hot keysnot working or typos, reassess the effectiveness of your test pro-cedures. (Note: Keep in mind that during usability testing, forexample, the priority of the type of defects described changes.)● Are test procedures detailed enough, covering the depth and

combinations and variations of data and functional paths nec-essary to catch the higher priority defects? Are tests including“invalid data,” as well as “valid data”?

● Did you receive and incorporate test procedure feedback fromrequirements, testing, and development staff? If not, ask fortest procedure reviews, inspections, and walkthroughs involv-ing those teams.

● Are you aware of the testing techniques available, such asboundary values testing, equivalence partitioning, and orthog-onal arrays, in order to be able to derive the most effective testprocedures?

● Do you understand the intricacies of the application’s func-tionality and domain well? If not, ask for an overview or addi-

214 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 214

Page 232: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

tional training session. If you’re a technical tester, ask for helpfrom an SME.

■ Are you discovering the major defects too late in the testing lifecycle? If you are consistently discovering major defects very latein the life cycle, consider the following:● Does your initial testing focus on the low-priority require-

ments? Make sure to focus your initial testing on the high-priority, highest-risk requirements.

● Does your initial testing focus on regression testing of alreadyexisting functionality that was working previously, and hardlyever broke in the past? Make sure to focus your initial testingon code changes, defect fixes, and new functionality. Focus onregression testing later. Ideally, the regression testing efforts areautomated, so you can focus your testing efforts on the newerareas.

■ Are there any areas you are testing exhibiting suspiciously lowdefect counts? If so, these areas should be reevaluated:● Determine if the test coverage is robust enough.● Determine that the types of tests you are executing are most

effective. Are important steps missing?● Analyze the complexity of this application’s area under test.

Evaluate whether this functionality has low complexity.● The functionality was implemented by your most senior devel-

oper(s) and it has been unit and integration tested so well, thatno major defects are to be found.

Consider the defect work flow:

■ Are you documenting defects in a timely manner? (That is, as soonas a defect is discovered, after determining it really is a defect, itshould be documented. Don’t hold off documenting the defect.)

■ Make sure to document defects, following the defect documenta-tion standards. If there aren’t any documented defect documen-tation standards, request those from your manager (i.e., list allinformation that needs to be in a defect, in order for the developerto be able to reproduce it).

■ If a new build is received, focus your initial testing on the defectsin “retest” status. It is important that fixed defects are retested as

Assembling the QA/Test Team 215

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 215

Page 233: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

soon as possible, so the developers know whether their defects arereally fixed.

■ Make sure to continuously evaluate your requested defects forcomments from development, whether they require additionalinformation or additional testing steps. Be eager to track defectsto closure.

■ Examine the comments added to your defects to determine howdevelopers or other testers receive them. If many defects aremarked often as “works as expected” or “cannot be reproduced,”this may actually be the case; however, it could also signal a fewother things:● Your understanding of the application is inadequate. In this

case, more training is required. Request help from domainexperts (SMEs).

● The requirements may be ambiguous and need to be corrected(this, however, is often discovered during the requirementsand/or test procedure walkthrough/inspections).

● Your defect documentation skills are not as effective as theycould be. This may lead to a misunderstanding of the defectand the developer will need additional steps to reproduce it.

● The developer is assuming a false implementation of therequirement.

● The developer might lack the patience to follow the detaileddocumented defect steps to reproduce the defect.

■ Monitor if defects are discovered in your test area after the appli-cation has gone to production. Evaluate the defect. Why was itmissed?● Did you not execute a specific test procedure that contained the

steps that would have caught this defect? If yes, why was it notexecuted? Are your regression tests automated?

● Did no test procedure exist that would have caught this defect?Why was this procedure not developed? Was this area consid-ered low risk? Evaluate your test procedure creation strategy.Add the test procedure to your regression test suite.

● Evaluate how you could create more effective test procedures;evaluate the test design, test strategy, and test technique; dis-cuss with your peers or manager.

● Was there not enough time available to execute an existing testprocedure? Let management know, before the application goes

216 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 216

Page 234: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

live or is shipped, not after the fact. This sort of situationshould also be discussed in a posttest/preinstallation meeting,and be documented in the test report.

■ Do other testers during the course of their work discover defectsthat were your responsibility? Evaluate the reasons and makeadjustments accordingly.

There are many more questions a tester can ask him- or herself re-lated to testing effectiveness, depending on the testing phase and test-ing task at hand, type of expertise (technical versus domain), andexperience level.

An automator might want to make sure that he or she is familiarwith the automation standards and best automation practices. A per-formance tester might request additional training in the performance-testing tool used. Self-assessment of the tester’s capabilities and thenthe associated improvement steps are an important part of an effec-tive testing program.

Assembling the QA/Test Team 217

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 217

Page 235: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

08_4782 2/5/07 11:11 AM Page 218

Page 236: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

219

CHAPTER 9Establishing and Maintaining

Testing Resources

SAP testing requires multiple resources for planning and executingtest cases, reporting of test results, and the resolution of defects.

Establishing, identifying, and scheduling all the necessary resourcesto complete the SAP testing effort depends on the size of the organi-zation, scope of the test, type of test, and the regulations that governhow the organization performs its business processes.

Resources for an SAP test include:

■ Individuals to develop the test scenarios and resolve defects.■ Individuals to develop automated test cases.■ File cabinets or scanners for storing test results with handwritten

signatures in regulated environments.■ Establishment of the SAP instance needed to execute the test

cases.■ Test tools to develop, store, and execute automated test cases.■ Software tools for managing requirements, configuration man-

agement, creating business process procedures (BPPs), developingflow process diagrams, and tracking SAP transports.

■ Machines where test cases will be executed.■ A room (test lab) where test machines for executing the test cases

are stored.

Identified resources may come from different parts of an organi-zation. For instance, for a global SAP implementation rollout, indi-viduals acting as super-users and executing test cases for the useracceptance test (UAT) may come from an international companyplant, whereas for string testing the individuals needed to execute thetest cases may originate from the configuration and test teams. Once

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 219

Page 237: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

resources are identified for a test effort they will need to be scheduledand confirmed prior to the test to avoid unexpected testing delays orconflicts with other teams performing tests on non-SAP applications.Furthermore, resources such as hardware components and softwarepackages will require dedicated maintenance and potential upgradesto avoid becoming obsolete or losing their usefulness.

TEST LAB

A test lab is a physical facility dedicated for testing that serves as awar room and allows the SAP test team and other project teams tocongregate for executing test cases and resolving defects. A test labwill have the necessary machines (i.e., workstations such as desktopsand/or laptops) and software installations to conduct an SAP test. Themachines in the test lab often have more disk space, memory, and ahigher-grade processor than the individual machines from the testteam members, which make it possible to install multiple softwarepackages, including automated test tools, different operating systems,and drivers. Furthermore, machines dedicated to a test lab can bereimaged and formatted for different testing efforts without causingdowntime to the individual’s personal machine.

An example of a test lab would be a stress test where emulatedend users performing SAP processes in large quantities are deployedinto multiple machines that need large storage and memory. With atest lab trial, runs for a stress test can be simulated across multiplemachines without affecting individual personal machines. Anothersuitable example that illustrates the use for a test lab would be anSAP UAT with end users from remote company locations congregat-ing to execute test cases prior to the system go-live date. A test lab al-lows end users for UAT to execute test cases on the test lab machineswithout having to request the services of the help desk team to reim-age or rebuild the individual end user’s machines. Without a test lab,UAT participants would have to meet in a makeshift facility lackingthe proper hardware and software components to execute UAT testcases.

A test lab will also contain other hardware that facilitates the test-ing effort, including a dedicated local area network (LAN), printers,fax machines, and a phone line. The test team is appointed the re-

220 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 220

Page 238: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

sponsibility of maintaining the test lab and all hardware and softwareresources contained within the test lab. The test team schedules thetest lab for various testing efforts, conducts training for the test teamin the training lab, and holds demonstrations in the test lab.

SOFTWARE RESOURCES

Third party software tools, SAP’s internal solutions, or in-house cre-ated applications facilitate and expedite the various testing phases ofan SAP implementation in the areas of test design, test execution, testreporting, and training. The software tools are resources that are inplace to support and assist the testing efforts. The following tools arefrequently used at SAP installations to enhance the capabilities of thetest team:

■ Test tool software. Test tools can be used for test managementand for test case automation. Test management tools allow plan-ning and creation of manual and automated test cases, test caseexecution, defect tracking, and change impact analysis for SAPtransports. Test tools are used for developing automated test casesfor both functional and capacity testing. Test tools can be pur-chased from third-party vendors or obtained from SAP’s internalnative test scripting tool, Extended Computer Aided Test Tool(eCATT). Some vendors of test tools offer solutions that integratewith eCATT to enhance and extend its capabilities.

■ BPP authoring tools. BPPs are the cornerstone for SAP training atthe SAP transactional level but can be enhanced and augmentedto include test conditions that consequently lead to the creationof unit test cases. BPPs can be created manually in a text editorsuch as Microsoft Word or with third-party tools.

■ Requirement management tools. As the name implies, require-ments management tools assist in the gathering and maintenanceof a requirement. An example of a functionality requirementwould be “the system will allow creation of fixed-cost contracts”;a performance requirement would be “the system will haveresponse times that do not exceed a response time of three sec-onds per screen when the maximum expected number of users arelogged on to the application through a browser and corporate

Establishing and Maintaining Testing Resources 221

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 221

Page 239: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

LAN.” A requirement may undergo multiple changes that requiremanagement throughout the life cycle of an SAP implementationor upgrade. Requirements management tools help you manage allchanges to a requirement, while producing audit trails, a singleand secured repository for managing the requirement, and pro-vide coverage for a requirement through a requirement traceabil-ity matrix (RTM). Requirements management tools can becreated in-house with a database such as Microsoft Access or pur-chased from third-party vendors.

■ Monitoring tools. A capacity test such as a load, volume, andstress test require monitoring of multiple application components.SAP R/3 has the internal monitoring tool CCMS but monitoringother components such as the network, database, servers, and soon will require monitoring tools from third-party vendors.

■ Transport management tools. Transporting SAP objects mustoccur in the right sequence and when moved into a live produc-tion environment the transports require signatures and approvalsfrom multiple stakeholders. In-house forms, manuals, e-mails,spreadsheets, and templates can be created to manage the trans-port of objects into different SAP instances or commercial solu-tions can be acquired from third party vendors for managing thetransport of all objects after testing activities have been success-fully completed and all associated documentation for a transporthas been completed.

■ Flow process diagramming tools. Requirements, functional sce-narios, and business processes are frequently diagrammed. Dia-gramming techniques vary in formality from Unified ModelingLanguage (UML) diagrams to flow process diagrams. Many pro-jects diagram their processes with Visio, but diagrams that includeintegration points and have dependencies on other processesrequire other types of diagramming tools. All diagrams should beaccompanied with narratives that provide at a minimum: (1)description of the diagram, (2) the underlying assumptions in cre-ating the diagrams, (3) the expected roles of the end users for thediagrammed process, (4) the dependencies for the diagrams, and(5) the frequency with which the diagrammed process is executed.

■ Version control tools. Version management consists of lockingdown objects, check-in and check-out of objects, promoting ofobjects from one environment to the next, maintaining multiple

222 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 222

Page 240: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

versions of the same objects with audit trails, and allowing accessto objects based on defined security roles. Version control must beperformed on all testing deliverables such as test cases, test exe-cution logs, automated test cases, and manual test cases. Versioncontrol tools are available from third-party vendors, or versioncontrol functionality can be included within the project’s Internetportal (if one is in place).

■ Data loading tools. A dedicated test environment will be neededto execute scenarios and test cases. Loading and refreshing datato construct the test environment manually is time consuming andtedious. SAP offers the Test Data Migration Server software tohelp construct the test environment and migrate all necessary datafrom other environments.

Software tools that facilitate testing will need upgrades, mainte-nance, and customization during their lifetime. Many of these toolswhether created in-house or purchased from a software vendor arenot part of the standard company software image and thus receive lit-tle or no support from the local help desk team. The project teamsthat procured the software tools will need to assign administrators toapply patches to the tools, install the tools, back up the files createdwith the tools, customize the tools, and provide in-house training forthe tools.

The tools administrators evaluate and assess the impact of achange to the tool. For example, for a commercial solution, the ven-dor may provide patches to resolve a tool’s defect or enhance thetool’s capability. The administrator will need to assess how a vendorpatch will affect the tool’s customizations. For a vendor patch, thetool’s administrator may also have to update the training materialsfor any changes that the patch causes to the tool’s customization,fields, screen layouts, or functionality.

In-house created tools do not get vendor patches and need to bemaintained internally. They require much design documentation inthe event of employee turnover for the individuals who created anddesigned the in-house tool. In-house tools typically do not come withvendor-delivered training materials, vendor online or phone support,maintenance agreements, or context-sensitive online help, which in-creases the risk of tool failure or complaints from the tool’s end users.However, the benefits of an in-house–created tool are that they can

Establishing and Maintaining Testing Resources 223

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 223

Page 241: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

meet a project’s specific needs that no commercially available tool canmeet except with extreme modifications to the source code and theyare not subject to maintenance licenses fees.

The project will need to determine the risks and rewards of de-veloping an in-house tool versus procuring a commercially availablesolution. Depending on the project’s budget and deadlines, a neededtool can be supplanted with a mixture of manual processes, e-mails,and spreadsheets that are highly inefficient in the long run but solvea short-term need for the project. The procurement or creation of atool underscores the need to support and maintain the tool.

HARDWARE RESOURCES

Hardware resources consist of machines such as workstations, print-ers, and phones, needed for the test lab and a data center to conductfunctional, technical, and system testing. Most projects building a testlab will either “borrow” hardware resources from other departmentsand place them within the test lab or purchase the hardware resourcesfrom various manufacturer vendors.

In order to install test tools the workstation machines will needto meet or exceed the memory, operating system, and processor re-quirements from the test tools vendors. Depending on its scope, aproject may allocate one to two workstations per functional team ora fixed number of workstations for the entire project based on thetotal number of present and future requirements. Projects emulatinghundreds or thousands of end users for a stress test will need to en-sure that the existing workstations either have sufficient memory orthat more workstations can be borrowed from other departments orthe data center. Emulated end users for a stress test can consume asmany as five megabytes of random access memory (RAM) per emu-lated end user in addition to memory requirements for the actualstress-testing tool.

Once the workstations are identified the project will need to as-sign a team to the workstations for maintenance. The workstationswill either have the company’s standard image supported by the localhelp desk that includes periodic software updates or an ad-hoc imagethat is nonstandard and thus receives no support from the local helpdesk. Typically, the local help desk does not support problems, issues,bugs, or environmental conflicts with automated test tools on work-

224 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 224

Page 242: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

stations assigned for testing, which then falls under the responsibilityof the assigned test tool administrator.

In addition to workstation machines, the test team or projectmanager will need to ensure that testers are equipped with printers tocapture screenshot printouts for system defects, and print out testcases, test logs, and test reports.

ENVIRONMENT RESOURCES

Environment resources consist of the SAP client landscape where thesolution is designed, tested, and subsequently transported into pro-duction. The dedicated test team owns and controls the test environ-ment, usually designated with the letters “TST,” in the SAP clientlandscape. The test team has the ability to change fiscal years andposting periods, refresh the system, and make client copies as neededto simulate test conditions within the test environment. The test envi-ronment is a critical resource for the test team to design, debug, andplay back automated test cases.

The test team must not allow configuration and developmentchanges to occur in the TST environment. All development, security,and configuration changes must first occur in the development envi-ronment, usually designated with the letters “DEV,” and then betransported into TST under a controlled process and with approvalfrom the test team.

INDIVIDUAL RESOURCES

The number of resources needed to support an SAP testing effort islargely a function of the type of test being performed. Integration test-ing for initial SAP implementations and regression testing for majorsystem upgrades are likely to consume the largest number of resources.Testing resources can come from the following sources: configurationteam, end users, test team, subject matter experts (SMEs), productionteam, and outsourcing organization.

The identification of resources for various SAP tests is highlightedin Exhibit 9.1. In this exhibit, individuals with the role of activityowner (AO) comprise the bulk of the resources for a testing effort.

Establishing and Maintaining Testing Resources 225

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 225

Page 243: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

226

EXHI

BIT

9.1

Rol

es o

f In

divi

dual

Res

ourc

es t

o Su

ppor

t V

ario

us S

AP

Test

ing

Eff

orts

Tes

t E

ffor

t

Proj

ect

Tea

mU

nit

Scen

ario

Dev

elop

men

tIn

tegr

atio

nR

egre

ssio

nPe

rfor

man

ceT

echn

ical

UA

T

Con

figu

rati

onA

OA

OS,

RA

OF

AA

Dev

elop

men

tA

OA

AA

Test

F, R

AF

AA

AO

F

Bas

isA

OA

O

End

Use

rsO

SA

O, S

SME

sF

S,O

RS,

OR

SR

Prod

ucti

onA

AO

Mat

rix

of t

asks

and

rol

es

Lev

els

of p

arti

cipa

tion

:

AO

—A

ctiv

ity

Ow

ner,

R—

Rev

iew

s, S

—Si

gns-

off

and

appr

oves

, A—

Act

ive

(i.e

., cr

eate

s te

st s

crip

t), F

—Fa

cilit

ates

, O—

Obs

erve

s

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 226

Page 244: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Unit Testing

Unit testing is the first type of testing that occurs for initial SAP imple-mentations at the SAP transaction level or when system changes areintroduced for the first time in the production environment. Membersfrom the SAP configuration team will execute, design, and plan unittest cases. Alternatively, members of the production support team willconduct and plan unit testing for system changes that the productionteam initiated and implemented in production as a result of a helpdesk ticket or the application of OSS (On-line Service System) notes.For SAP transactions that require testing with multiple sets of data(e.g., test for multiple wage types), members from the test team canexecute testing with automated test cases after the configuration andproduction team members have successfully validated the unit testcase conditions and no defects remain outstanding.

Scenario Testing

Scenario testing builds on the unit-testing effort and includes testingof two or more SAP transactions comprising a process within a sin-gle module. Members of the configuration, production, and testteams can plan, design, and execute the scenario tests to test the sys-tem functionality and security roles for the scenario. SMEs canapprove and sign off test results. Members of the development teamcan test interfaces constructed with Batch Data Communication(BDC) sessions.

Development Testing

Development testing includes testing the following developmentobjects: reports, interfaces, conversions, enhancements (user exits),forms, work flow, and batch scheduled jobs. Development teammembers’ background is typically in advanced business applicationprogramming (ABAP, SAP’s native and proprietary programming lan-guage). Members from the development team plan and execute devel-opment tests whereas members from the configuration team canapprove the results from the development test. Test team members

Establishing and Maintaining Testing Resources 227

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 227

Page 245: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

can audit test results. Legacy system owners also assist the develop-ment team in identifying data sets for interfaces and conversions forthe development test.

Integration Testing

Integration testing builds on the development and scenario test casesto form end-to-end scenarios. This level of testing requires involve-ment and support from most of the project members. The test teammembers can perform execution of integrated test cases either manu-ally or with automated test tools. Configuration and developmentteam members resolve defects, plan, design, and execute the test cases.SMEs can sign off and certify test results. Legacy system owners alsoassist the development team in identifying data sets for interfaces andconversions for the integration test. End users can observe the execu-tion of integration test cases.

Performance Testing

Performance testing ensures that the system has optimal responsetimes and does not experience degradation points or bottlenecks. Thetest team is responsible for planning, designing, and executing theautomated test cases for a performance test case while interpretingand reporting the results for the performance test. The SAP basis andother technical teams are responsible for monitoring the system dur-ing a performance test and resolving performance-based problems.The development and configuration team members play support rolesin a performance test for launching manual jobs, identifying test data,and documenting test cases.

User Acceptance Testing

UAT allows end users to test the application from the point of viewof how they will interact with the application in the production envi-ronment. UAT can consist of reexecuting previously executed inte-gration test cases with end users, demonstrations of the application,

228 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 228

Page 246: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

or the creation of new test cases. End users plan, design, and executeUAT test cases. Configuration and development team membersresolve defects that arise from UAT.

Technical Tests

Members from the archiving, database, and basis team perform tech-nical tests such as backup and recovery, connectivity tests, and relia-bility tests.

Regression Testing

Regression testing is conducted to ensure that previously working sys-tem functionality is not adversely affected by the introduction of newsystem changes. Production support teams can plan, design, and exe-cute regression test cases. Test team members internally within theproject or from an outsourced agreement can augment regression test-ing with the automation of test cases. End users can approve and signoff results from a regression test.

Establishing and Maintaining Testing Resources 229

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 229

Page 247: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

09_4782 2/5/07 11:13 AM Page 230

Page 248: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

231

CHAPTER 10Planning and Construction

of Test Cases

The construction and execution of test cases verify and validate thecaptured in-scope requirements or the request for new system

changes. Test cases contain test conditions, test data, and expectedresults to verify the design, functionality, and development of SAPadvanced business application programming (ABAP) objects, securitysettings, segregation of duties, work flow, data archiving, businesswarehouse (BW) reports, and service-level agreements (SLAs) for sys-tem performance. A combination of test cases forms a test scenario,whereas a test script is the sequence of actions that executes a test case.

Test cases can be designed in spreadsheets, text editors, or withintest management tools. Project deliverables such as business processprocedures (BPPs), flow process diagrams, and functional and tech-nical specifications are excellent sources of information for designingtest cases. The most effective test cases are those that can be executedby nonfunctional SAP experts independently without the assistanceof business analysts or SAP consultants. Templates and guidelines arehereby provided to build robust test cases.

Well-written test cases exhibit the following characteristics andattributes:

■ Can be reused for user acceptance testing (UAT) with minimal orno modifications.

■ Trace back to testable requirements or other existing documen-tation (BPPs, flow process diagrams, technical or functionalspecifications).

■ Include preconditions.■ Have been peer reviewed and signed off.■ Include SAP role(s) to be used for verifying the test conditions.

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 231

Page 249: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Include a narrative or description of the test conditions to beverified.

■ Contain valid test data (i.e., master data).■ Have been rehearsed prior to approval.

Test cases that meet the aforementioned characteristics fulfill twomajor expectations in an SAP implementation: (1) reuse or repeata-bility for future testing cycles, and (2) provide comprehensive detailsfor test case automation with automated test tools. Test cases to bereused for a future testing cycle will need evaluation and maintenancefor possible modification. Projects that have version control and testmanagement tools can maintain audit trails and history logs for theactions and modifications performed on test cases. A test case writ-ten for a single SAP transaction code can be combined with test casesfor other transaction codes to form test cases for end-to-end test sce-narios. Test scenarios vary in complexity since they may involve thestaging and preparation of data, user exits, and execution throughlegacy systems.

BUILDING A TEST CASE

In order to build a test case it is necessary to know what requirementor test conditions are fulfilled with the execution of the test case. Theexecution of a test case will need to trace to at least one requirement;otherwise, it calls into question the validity or merits of the test case.In turn, a requirement for which a test case cannot be constructedcalls into question the validity of the requirement. After the underly-ing requirement(s) that trace to the execution of the test case are iden-tified, it is necessary to construct and design the test case template. Atest case template can be used for different testing efforts such as func-tional, development, performance, security, and regression testing.

SAP implementation methodologies such as IBM’s Ascendant orSAP’s ASAP Roadmap methodology offer test case templates that canbe recycled “as-is” or modified for testing SAP. In the absence of aSAP methodology that offers test case template, it will be necessaryfor the test team to create test case templates in-house. At a mini-mum, the construction of a test case should include a data dictionarythat clearly defines each field to be populated, the team or individual

232 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 232

Page 250: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

responsible for populating the fields on the test case template, and theattributes of the fields for the test case template. Exhibit 10.1 showsa customized test case template from the Ascendant and ASAPRoadmap methodologies. Exhibit 10.2 shows a partial data dictio-nary and instructions for populating the test case shown in Exhibit10.1. A test case template can be constructed in spreadsheets, text ed-itors, or directly within a test management tool. Depending on thetest management tool being used, it is possible to transfer with macrosor other utilities the contents of a test case designed in a spreadsheetor text editors into a test management tool.

For initial SAP implementations the configuration, functional,business analysts, and subject matter experts play a role in document-ing and peer reviewing the fields on the test case templates. For exist-ing SAP implementations, the test team, assigned testers, and businessanalysts perform the activities of updating and modifying the contentsof the test cases templates. Documented test cases can be approvedand signed off prior to test execution. Testing cycles that include testreadiness review (TRR) criteria can be included to ensure that all testcases have been peer reviewed, and signed off prior to test execution.The quality assurance (QA) team (if one is present) also can play a rolein ensuring that the documented process and methodology for design-ing and completing a test case is enforced and adhered to.

The authors of test cases must assume that individuals other thanthe original authors of the test cases will execute the test cases to sup-port future tests such as user acceptance testing (UAT) or regressiontesting. Hence, it is important that all test cases have expected results,preconditions, valid test data, and conditions to be verified duringtesting. The constructed test cases must be written with sufficient de-tails to allow non-SAP-knowledgeable individuals to execute them.

LEVERAGING INFORMATION

SAP testers can leverage the following sources of information or workproducts for constructing test cases and populating the fields shownin Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2:

■ Business process procedures (BPPs)■ Flow process diagrams

Planning and Construction of Test Cases 233

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 233

Page 251: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

234

EXHI

BIT

10.1

Hyb

rid

Test

Cas

e C

reat

ed f

rom

the

ASA

P R

oadm

ap a

nd S

AP

Asc

enda

nt M

etho

dolo

gies

Sect

ion

1: H

eade

r D

ata

Test

Scr

ipt

Tit

le:

Test

Scr

ipt

Des

ign

Stat

us:

Test

Scr

ipt

Met

hod:

Test

Scr

ipt

Exe

cuti

on S

tatu

s:

Prio

rity

:R

evie

wed

by:

Test

Cas

e A

utho

r(s)

:D

ate

Rev

iew

ed:

Test

ing

Lev

el/P

hase

:R

efer

ence

Doc

umen

ts (

i.e.,

BPP

s, S

pecs

, etc

.):

Des

crip

tion

of

Test

Con

diti

ons:

Inte

r Te

st C

ase

Dep

ende

ncie

s:

Test

/Dat

a Pr

epar

atio

n:

Exe

cuti

on D

ate:

Test

er(s

) E

xecu

ting

:A

ppro

ver(

s) f

or t

est

resu

lts:

Sect

ion

2: S

cena

rio

Des

crip

tion

for

Tes

t C

ases

Num

ber

Run

#D

etai

led

Scen

ario

Des

crip

tion

Map

ped

Req

uire

men

ts (

CR

s)Pr

e-C

ondi

tion

(s)

Post

-Con

diti

on(s

)

1 2 3

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 234

Page 252: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

235

Sect

ion

3: T

est

Scri

pt D

ocum

enta

tion

TR

AN

SAC

TIO

NA

L S

TE

PS—

CA

SE: 1

SAP

Out

put

Dat

a/A

ctua

l N

o.R

ole

Bus

ines

s Pr

oces

s S

tep,

wit

h D

ata

T-C

ode

Exp

ecte

d R

esul

tR

esul

tPa

ss/F

ail

Def

ect#

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 235

Page 253: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Technical and functional specifications■ Process design documents■ Requirements■ Customer input (CI) templates

The primary purpose for a BPP is for training; however, the SAPASAP Roadmap methodology offers an accelerator for the BPP tem-plate that can be enhanced to include test conditions that makes itsuitable for the execution of unit test cases. BPPs with test conditionsused for unit testing can be strung together to create larger test cases

236 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 10.2 Partial Data Dictionary and Instructions for Populating aTest Case Template

Field Name Characteristic Content

Description of Mandatory A high level explanation or summary oftest conditions the process(es)/scenario(s)/business case(s)

to be tested and what prompted the testingof this process (i.e., process impacted bychange request, verifies a change request,etc.).

Test method Optional Manual or automated.

Reviewed by Optional Provide the name(s) of the stakeholdersreviewing and approving the test casedesign.

Test data Optional Any data that requires staging orpreparation preparation in order to execute the entire

test script which can consist of multiple testcases.

Inter–test case Optional List any test cases that must be executed ordependencies completed successfully prior to the

execution of the test script.

Reference Optional List any documentation such as technicaldocuments or functional specifications, BPPs, flow

process diagrams, and process designdocuments that map to the test case(scenario/process) being tested.

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 236

Page 254: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

for scenario and end-to-end testing. Larger SAP scenarios can includetest conditions for SAP work flow, migrated data from legacy sys-tems, user exits, interfaces, converted data, and security roles.

Flow process diagrams based on Unified Modeling Language(UML) notation such as use cases are effective techniques for con-structing test cases, since they reveal the expected interaction and tasksof end users with the system. Diagrams representing user tasks orlarger end-to-end processes must include notations that describe the as-sumptions, constraints, high-level description, user roles, precondi-tions, postconditions, and business priority for the described process.UML use-cases diagrams are suitable for providing such notation. Fur-thermore, it is necessary to maintain all relationships and diagrams,since it is possible that a diagram for a single process forms part of alarger end-to-end scenario. Flow process diagrams provide a high-leveldescription of the process to be tested, which can help the resource as-signed to creating test cases document the test case template.

Functional and technical specifications provide the logic for con-figuring the system, creating report, interface, conversion, enhance-ment, work flow, and form (RICEWF) objects. Furthermore, SAPconfiguration settings and changes made to the production systemsuch as new business logic, validation rules, and radio buttons alsoneed to be documented when maintaining the SAP production systemin order to allow proper testing coverage and documentation of testconditions for future testing cycles. As an example of the value oftechnical specifications assigned, testing resources can leverage tech-nical specifications to create test conditions and document test casesfor validating interfaces for the following parameters: business rulesfor converting all data and field mappings, number of records to beextracted, how the interfaces are batch scheduled, and data reconcil-iation between source and target systems.

Requirements are critical because they tell “what the system willdo,” and thus the test team must develop test cases to ensure that allrequirements are validated and verified. Test cases and requirementsare tightly intertwined since a test case can demonstrate that a cap-tured requirement is not suitable for testing or implementation, andrequirements provide the basis for constructing a requirements trace-ability matrix (RTM). Assigned testing resources must develop anddesign test cases that have test steps that successfully validate the de-sign of the implemented requirement.

Planning and Construction of Test Cases 237

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 237

Page 255: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

In addition to leveraging the aforementioned sources of informa-tion, assigned testing resources must review “as is” documentationfrom the legacy systems to be replaced by SAP, company businessrules, project’s scope statement, key performance parameters, and in-dustry standards to ensure that the documented test cases contain suf-ficient information for validating all expected end-to-end businessscenarios and business requirements. Peer reviewing of test cases is aneffective technique for eliminating or modifying inadequate and am-biguous test cases prior to the start of test execution.

PEER REVIEWING TEST CASES

Test cases can be written with multiple authors or in the absence ofany clearly identified quality assurance (QA) guidelines, which oftenresults in test cases whose contents are suspect or questionable sincethey may not offer valid testing conditions. A peer review consists ofthe following activities:

■ Members from the QA team ensure that the test case followsestablished documentation guidelines and standards (i.e., no fieldsare left blank).

■ Business analysts (BAs), subject matter experts (SMEs), andtesters review the test case to ensure that the test case when exe-cuted fulfills the intent of the covered testable requirement.

■ Independent or third-party testers review the documented pre-conditions and test steps of the test case and execute the test caseto determine how clear the test case documentation is and pro-vide feedback on any areas of the test case that are missing detailsor are ambiguous to execute.

■ Designated project members or client requesting SAP servicesfrom the SAP system integrator review and approve all test casesprior to test case execution.

■ Different members from the same business area will peer-revieweach other’s test cases (i.e., a member from the sales and distrib-ution [S&D] module creates a test case and a different team mem-ber from the S&D team will peer review the case and providefeedback).

■ End users participating in user acceptance tests (UATs) will reex-ecute previously executed test cases as part of UAT testing can

238 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 238

Page 256: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

provide feedback on the construction and contents of the testcases.

■ Technical resources with knowledge of test tools that are expectedto automate business processes from documented test cases canprovide feedback on the test cases if test steps are missing or thetestable conditions are unclear.

The test manager must allocate time for peer-reviewing test casesas part of the project schedule and the test case planning effort. Fur-thermore, the test manager must document procedures and guidelinesfor determining the number of test cases to be reviewed (sample test-ing), who conducts the peer reviews, what forms are used for provid-ing peer-review feedback, which test cases must be peer-reviewed (i.e.,peer-review test cases with a business criticality of high), and how dis-putes over the feedback for a peer review will be addressed. Afterpeer reviews are applied to test cases, it is good practice to recordlessons learned from the process and identify any deficiencies orstrengths associated with the peer-review effort.

METRICS FOR PLANNING TEST CASES

Peer reviews assist in improving the quality of the contents of the testcases but in the course of peer reviewing and constructing test casesit is necessary to collect metrics. Building and constructing test casesimply that at defined intervals progress is measured for the numberof completed test cases. But counting the number of constructed testcases is only one of many metrics to be gathered in the planning of atest case. The SAP project and test manager also have a vested inter-est in collecting the following (or similar metrics) when planning tocreate a test case:

■ Number of approved test cases.■ Number of test cases that have been created, completed, started,

in-progress.■ Number of hours spent in constructing a test case.■ Number of requirements to which a test case traces.■ Average number of transaction codes per test case.■ Number of test steps per test case.■ Which teams have the most test cases.

Planning and Construction of Test Cases 239

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 239

Page 257: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Which individuals have been assigned to construct the most testcases.

■ Which test cases with a complexity level of “high” have beencompleted.

■ Average time to document and construct a test case.■ Trend of completed test cases over a five-week period.■ Total number of hours allocated to the construction of test cases.■ Number of hours on average spent in modifying a test script.

Gathering and collecting these metrics is straightforward in testmanagement tools that provide reporting capabilities. In contrast,collecting these or similar metrics from disconnected spreadsheets inmultiple shared drives proves to be a daunting and time-consumingtask. These metrics assist in estimating the costs for future testing cy-cles and identifying areas of deficiencies associated with the creationof test cases.

MAINTAINING TEST CASES

SAP projects are constantly undergoing changes and evolutions fromupgrades to adding new modules or system enhancements, which cancause the underlying system design and implementation to changefrom what was originally captured as system requirements duringblueprint phases or previous gap analysis. All these system changescan cause previously designed test cases to become obsolete or unfitfor test execution purposes. Furthermore, the level of detail for testcases can vary widely if the test cases are not peer reviewed or if theQA did not enforce standards.

SAP projects may find that test cases need to be updated for thefollowing reasons:

■ Test cases do not contain enough information for validating thesystem requirements.

■ Test cases do not have sufficient details for validating system func-tionality at the back-end level.

■ The test data in the test cases has become obsolete and thus doesnot reflect the system’s baseline or configuration settings.

240 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 240

Page 258: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Requirements have evolved. The requirements have changed butwere not properly documented and thus the contents of the testcases do not reflect the scope of the requirements.

■ The test cases are written at a high level and thus do not lendthemselves well for test case automation (i.e., test case will say“Create a sales order and a delivery” but not state how these twoobjects are created in SAP or what conditions need to be verified).

■ The test case has multiple authors who did not adhere to the samestandards for documenting the test case and the test case verifiesfunctionality for a large end-to-end process involving multipleSAP transaction codes, security authorizations, and work flow.

■ The test case was never approved or peer reviewed prior to testcase execution.

■ Resource turnover: A consultant knowledgeable in a businessarea or SAP module who constructed and designed a test case mayexit the project without a formal transition or knowledge sharingfor the next person who will “inherit” ownership of the test case.

■ Ownership of a test case for maintenance and modificationsbecomes fuzzy when there is a test case that expands across mul-tiple business areas and there are multiple individuals who con-tributed to the creation of the test case. Without establishedownership for a test case it is unclear which individuals areresponsible for updating and maintaining the test case.

Since test cases are subject to frequent modifications, it is imper-ative to store the test cases, in a single secured repository with audittrails and version management. In the absence of a single repositoryfor storing and managing test cases, a given SAP implementation in-creases its likelihood of having the contents of the test cases becomeobsolete and irrelevant since the test cases may get stored in multipleshared drives or different folders and thus there is no central locationfor managing all the test cases. For these reasons, it is strongly rec-ommended that test cases be maintained and updated in a test man-agement tool whenever requirements change, and when new systemchanges are proposed and accepted for the production environment.

Planning and Construction of Test Cases 241

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 241

Page 259: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

10_4782 2/5/07 11:15 AM Page 242

Page 260: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

243

CHAPTER 11Capacity Testing

Recent industry data suggests that large companies implementingSAP may experience losses of millions of dollars per hour or

minute for each occurrence of downtime in the SAP production sys-tem. Fortunately, well-planned and -executed capacity tests are aproven method to help minimize unexpected SAP downtime.

Capacity testing is a broad name for tests that ensure that the SAPsystem meets established response times and can support the expectedtotal number of concurrent end users with optimal system responsetimes. The main types of capacity tests include performance, volume,stress, and load testing. Each type of test plays a critical role in fine-tuning the SAP system, discovering degradation points, and elimin-ating system bottlenecks. Furthermore, appropriate execution ofeach capacity team can help the SAP system achieve the followingobjectives:

■ Verify that service-level agreements (SLAs) are maintained.■ Ensure optimal software configuration settings.■ Avoid overspending on hardware equipment.■ Ensure that the system does not crash or fail given surges in vol-

ume from seasonality.■ Avoid financial losses from system failure in a production

environment.■ Reduce the number of end-user complaints reported to the help

desk production support team.

Capacity testing is an ongoing activity throughout the life cycle ofan SAP implementation. Many SAP projects conduct a capacity testonce a year, which exposes the business to the risk of failure in theproduction system. Given the constant changes that existing SAP im-plementations undergo on a daily basis from the introduction of hot

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 243

Page 261: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

packs, configuration changes, new development interfaces, and addi-tion of modules, it is necessary to routinely monitor the system per-formance and conduct capacity tests to ensure that the SAP changesdo not adversely affect system response time. Every SAP productionchange introduces a risk to the established SLAs and can cause sys-tem downtime. New SAP implementations also require the executionof capacity tests before a go-live. The SAP Roadmap methodologywithin the SAP platform Solution Manager has defined activities andaccelerator templates for conducting volume and stress tests duringthe final preparation phase.

Capacity tests are subject to much planning, which must be com-pleted well in advance of a system go-live or cutover. The most prac-tical method for conducting capacity tests is with automated testtools as these provide repeatability and results in the form of charts,graphs, and reports to help interpret and identify the causes of systemdegradation.

TEST PLANNING

Capacity tests are needed for initial SAP implementations, plannedupgrades, and as part of production support. A capacity test for amajor SAP upgrade or initial SAP implementation should be plannedsix months in advance of the actual expected date for the executionof the test. Identifying which event triggers the need to perform acapacity test is the initial activity that helps to determine the objec-tives, the design, and level of support needed to conduct a capacitytest. In Exhibit 11.1 a spoked wheel shows the various events withina typical SAP project that may prompt a capacity test. For instance,an existing SAP implementation that is in the midst of an SAP GUIupgrade may need to conduct a performance benchmark test to ver-ify that the established response times for both custom and out-of-the-box SAP transactions does not deteriorate or degrade after theGUI is upgraded.

Discerning the event that prompts a capacity test is the initial stepin planning a capacity test. It is necessary to note that multiple si-multaneous events can trigger distinct capacity tests. For example, aproject may simultaneously upgrade the SAP graphical user interface(GUI), add a new SAP module, include new advanced business appli-

244 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 244

Page 262: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

cation programming (ABAP) interfaces, and add new SAP end usersfrom a different corporate division, which can cause the SAP projectteam to conduct performance, volume, load, soak, and stress testingon the SAP system. Once the SAP project recognizes that at least oneform of a capacity test is necessary, a decision must be made to de-termine which specific type of capacity test must be executed.

Understanding the events that trigger the capacity test and thespecific types of capacity tests that need to be performed helps deter-mine the scope, objectives, and goals of the capacity test. Exhibit 11.2provides examples and the objectives for various capacity tests. Itshows that a stress test can help a project establish optimal hardwaresettings for an initial SAP implementation and also address sporadicsurges and spikes in system traffic attributed to seasonality, market-ing programs that drive up company sales, or random events thatcause SAP system traffic to increase unpredictably. However, a pro-ject may perform a load test to verify established SLAs.

Capacity Testing 245

GU

I rec

onfig

ured

Com

plaints from end users

Cha

nges

to u

nder

lyin

g da

taba

ses

Hardware changes (i.e., s

ervers)

Initial implementation

New division/unit addedC

onfiguration changes

New GUI upgrade

New SAP module/bolt-on added

New ABAP interfaces are added

Upg

rade

d LA

N/W

AN

EXHIBIT 11.1 Events that Trigger a Capacity Test in an SAP Environment

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 245

Page 263: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Identifying the need for a specific type of capacity test promptsthe SAP project team to assign an owner for the planning, design, ex-ecution, and analyzing the test results. Typically, the SAP project orits system integrator will initially assign ownership for such a test tothe SAP Basis group or the test team if one exists. The owner(s) of thetest develops a capacity test plan that specifies at a minimum whattype of test will be conducted, risks and mitigation strategy, a sched-ule with planned activities, processes to be tested, monitoring supportfor the test, available resources for the test, and major objectives to

246 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 11.2 Different Types of Capacity Tests to Meet Different TestingObjectives

Type of Test Example Purpose

Performance What is the response time for time critical Benchmarking.transactions and processes under a lowload?

Stress What is the maximum number of users Minimize downtimethat the system can hold? during seasonality.

Load Under a load of 50 users in addition to Confirm an SLA.batch jobs running in the background,the maximum response time for anytransaction will not exceed 1 minute perscreen 95% of the time.

Volume What is the CPU utilization and disk Validate expectedactivity for a peak system load? for all system throughput.batch background processes?

Network How do established response times for Assess any latencycritical transactions degrade when 50% problems for remoteof available bandwidth is consumed? locations. Assess

bandwidth. Assessnetwork trafficbottlenecks.

Soak What happens to SAP buffers after the Assess memory leaks.system has gone live for four months? Assess database

problems that createsystem stalling.Throttle the system.

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 246

Page 264: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

be accomplished. For SAP clients utilizing the Solution Manager plat-form, accelerators in the form of templates are offered for planningstress and volume tests.

In parallel with the writing of the capacity test plan, the require-ments for the test are identified. Capacity requirements are identifiedbased on the expected SAP business throughput, which generates sys-tem traffic and total population of production end users. Initial SAPplanning questionnaires such as the one in Exhibit 11.3(a) provide as-sistance in identifying system information and potential sources oftraffic for an SAP implementation. SAP throughput is captured withsizing documents or SAP user community profiles. Exhibit 11.3(b) isa sample template for capturing SAP throughput. Once SAP through-put is captured, requirements are defined and subsequently turnedinto SLAs.

For existing SAP implementations, SAP transaction code ST03 pro-vides historical usage data. For new implementations, SAP throughputcan come from system traffic from the legacy systems that SAP willreplace. SAP throughput is captured with the input and feedbackfrom several project stakeholders. Stakeholders in a capacity test in-clude database administrators (DBAs), infrastructure engineers, mid-dleware engineers, subject matter experts (SMEs), developers, businessowners, configuration experts, and so on.

The following suggestions are offered as criteria factors to helpproject teams capture expected or existing SAP throughput:

■ Follow the 80/20 rule. After World War II, Italian economist Vil-fredo Pareto discovered that, in Italy, 80 percent of the country’swealth was held by 20 percent of the country’s population, hencehe developed the 80/20 rule. Moreover, Pareto’s observationshave led to the creation of Pareto charts and have played a piv-otal role in statistical process control (SPC). The Pareto analysisin SPC operates in this fashion: 80 percent of problems usuallystem from 20 percent of the causes, which leads to the famousphrase “the vital few and the trivial many.”

Pareto’s principle is also applicable to all types of capacitytesting: stress, performance, volume, load, soak, and so on. Whenapplying the 80/20 rule to capacity testing, one can focus on the20 percent of the business processes that are likely to cause 80percent of the entire system traffic. Pareto’s principle allows test

Capacity Testing 247

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 247

Page 265: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

EXHIBIT 11.3(A) Questionnaire for Gathering Initial Information for anSAP Implementation

Project Info

Attach a project schedule and/or GANTT chart including testing milestones.

Attach a system architecture diagram.

Attach the SAP client landscape.

Background

Application Under TestSAP version for the TEST instance? Type of SAPinstallation (GUI, HTML, Portals, Netweaver, etc.)?

System ReliabilityWhat are the availability requirements for the testinstance?

FacilityIs there a test facility? If so, is it a shared facility or dedicated to the testing of SAP?

OS DescriptionList the operating system including type and version for the test instance.

Additional Sources of TrafficList all SAP add-ons.

System ConfigurationAre there any firewalls? Load balancers?

ToolsDescribe the available automated test tools.

ABAP (RICEF) ListHow many interfaces are in scope? Conversions? ABAP Reports? User exits?

In-Scope FunctionalityList all in-scope modules.

Industry SolutionAre there any SAP industry-specific solutions?

248 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 248

Page 266: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

249

EXHI

BIT

11.3

(B)

Tem

plat

e to

Cap

ture

SA

P T

hrou

ghpu

t

Aut

hor(

s):

Team

Nam

e:

App

licat

ion

Tra

nsac

tion

N

umbe

r T

otal

Cod

e or

of

Dia

log

Hou

rs o

fE

xpec

ted

Onl

ine/

Bus

ines

s Pr

oces

sSt

eps

per

Ope

rati

onC

oncu

rren

tB

ackg

roun

dor

Obj

ect

Thr

ough

put

Proc

ess

(i.e

., Sh

ifts

)U

sers

/hr

Proc

ess

Dep

ende

ncie

sT

arge

t R

espo

nse

SRM

-EB

PSh

oppi

ng c

art

five

sho

ppin

g 9:

00 A

.M.–

100

Onl

ine

<=5

seco

nds

per

for

orde

rsca

rts

crea

ted

per

5:00

P.M

.sc

reen

–80%

of

hour

per

use

rth

e ti

me

SD M

odul

eC

reat

e Sa

les

thir

ty c

onsi

gnm

ent

7:00

A.M

.–60

Onl

ine

3 se

cond

s pe

r sc

reen

Ord

eror

ders

per

day

6:00

P.M

.un

der

a pe

ak s

yste

mpe

r us

erlo

ad 9

5% o

f th

e ti

me

SD M

odul

eC

reat

e Sa

les

fift

een

repa

ir8:

00 A

.M.–

30O

nlin

e5

seco

nds

per

scre

enO

rder

orde

rs p

er d

ay5:

00 P

.M.

unde

r a

peak

sys

tem

per

user

load

–95%

of

the

tim

e

CR

M S

ales

Cre

ate

Sale

s on

e sa

les

orde

r pe

r12

:01–

1000

Onl

ine

<=5

seco

nds

per

Inte

rnet

Ord

erda

y pe

r us

er24

:00

scre

en, <

=3 s

econ

ds

Syst

emco

ntai

ning

on

to p

lace

ord

er w

ith

aver

age

5–10

su

bmit

but

ton,

it

ems

per

orde

r<

5 se

cond

s to

rece

ive

conf

irm

- at

ion

num

ber–

100%

of

the

tim

e

(Con

tinu

es)

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 249

Page 267: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

250

EXHI

BIT

11.3

(B)

(Con

tinu

ed)

App

licat

ion

Tra

nsac

tion

N

umbe

r T

otal

Cod

e or

of

Dia

log

Hou

rs o

fE

xpec

ted

Onl

ine/

Bus

ines

s Pr

oces

sSt

eps

per

Ope

rati

onC

oncu

rren

tB

ackg

roun

dor

Obj

ect

Thr

ough

put

Proc

ess

(i.e

., Sh

ifts

)U

sers

/hr

Proc

ess

Dep

ende

ncie

sT

arge

t R

espo

nse

AB

AP

MR

P ru

n on

e ba

tch

job

per

7:00

A.M

.–N

/AB

ackg

roun

dPr

ogra

m m

ust

prog

ram

sda

y8:

30 A

.M.

com

plet

e w

ithi

n1

hour

CA

TS

Tim

e en

try—

one

tim

e en

try

per

1:00

P.M

.–30

0 fo

r O

nlin

e<

6 se

cond

s to

log

Web

-bas

edem

ploy

ee (

unio

n 4:

00 P

.M.

enti

re t

ime

on, <

=5 s

econ

ds

hour

s) p

er d

ay

win

dow

per

scre

en, <

5

duri

ng t

he

seco

nds

to

spec

ifie

d ti

me

subm

it–9

0%w

indo

wof

the

tim

e

CA

TS

Tim

e en

try—

one

tim

e en

try

per

4:00

P.M

.–70

0 fo

r O

nlin

e<

6 se

cond

s to

log

Web

-bas

edus

er (

exem

pt a

nd6:

00 P

.M.

enti

re t

ime

on, <

=10

seco

nds

cont

ract

or h

ours

)w

indo

wpe

r sc

reen

, < 1

0pe

r da

y du

ring

the

seco

nds

to s

ubm

it–

spec

ifie

d ti

me

95%

of

the

tim

ew

indo

w

PS M

odul

eC

J20N

eigh

t pr

ojec

ts p

er8:

00 A

.M.–

20O

nlin

eda

y pe

r us

er5:

00 P

.M.

syst

em4:

00 A

.M.–

back

up6:

00 A

.M.

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 250

Page 268: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

managers to select and identify the business processes that aremost likely to cause bottlenecks, performance degradation, andtraffic across a software application.

■ Focus on business processes that are subject to fluctuations indemand and seasonality due to causes such as holidays and mar-keting programs.

■ Select 5 to 10 business processes per SAP application module witha high throughput for dialog steps.

■ Select processes that are executed frequently with a large popula-tion of end users.

In SAP projects system traffic or throughput can originate frominterface programs, Intermediate Documents (IDOCs), bolt-on sys-tems such as Customer Relationship Management (CRM), SupplierRelationship Management (SRM), and Business Warehouse (BW),and end users interacting with the core R/3 SAP transactions. Theamount of traffic each SAP source generates varies based on com-plexity of the process, frequency with which the process is performed,and expected number of end users for the process. For instance, ac-tivities such as timesheet entry via SAP Cross Application Time Sheets(CATS) can affect a large number of end users, whereas processes in-volving approving invoices, hiring employees, and creating networkactivities for a project may affect only a handful of end users withinthe organization. In contrast, activities such as month-end closing,payroll run, and material requirements planning (MRP) runs may beperformed at infrequent time intervals with few end users but mustbe thoroughly tested because they are complex, high in databaseinput/output processing, resource-intensive on the system, and mustbe completed within a certain time frame to avoid impacting depen-dent activities. The project team will need to develop requirementsfor critical, resource-intensive processes affecting multiple individu-als that can be validated and measured through testing.

Developing well-written requirements will require support andassistance from multiple stakeholders from the basis, configuration,and development teams. Avoid requirements that can be interpreteddifferently by different individuals such as “make the system as fastas possible.” Requirements like these are ambiguous and cannot betested.

Capacity Testing 251

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 251

Page 269: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The following are examples of a poorly written requirement anda well-written requirement:

Example 1: Poorly Written Requirement“The system shall handle on average 3,500 sales orders per day

with an average of 20 lines per sales order.”

Problems with this requirement:

■ Unknown number of expected users creating sales orders.■ The desired end-user response times for this process are not stated.

Potentially, it may take an end user an hour to create a sales order,which is an unacceptable response time for the business.

■ This requirement also fails to state the medium under which thesales orders are created (i.e., dial-up connections, mobile engines,DSL connections, etc.).

■ Finally, this requirement does not address hours of operations oracceptable success factors for validating the requirement. Theclient may have a business need to have on average response timesof three seconds per screen (with a maximum number of concur-rent end users logged on) to create a sales order between peakworking hours 9 A.M.–12 P.M., but this business need is not man-ifested at all as written in this requirement. As written, thisrequirement can be interpreted differently, and cannot be mea-sured, tested, or validated.

Example 2: Well-Written Requirement with Precise Target GoalsSpecified for Validating the Requirement

“For the SAP CRM sales Internet system under a 500-hourlyuser load, sales orders static pages will display in under x seconds,dynamic pages in under y seconds, and search/order pages in underz seconds, 95 percent of the time during working hours (7 A.M.–7P.M.) with no errors when accessed via corporate local area network(LAN) via Browser X and with each sales order containing between20 and 30 line items.”

Reasons why this is a well-written requirement:

■ Gives specific usage of the application under test for the intendedproduction end users that can be measured and tested.

■ Provides the expected number of concurrent end users during thepeak hours of operation for a given workday.

252 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 252

Page 270: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Provides the expected size of a CRM SAP sales order in the targetproduction environment (20 to 30 line items).

■ States the type of speed for connecting to the Internet and the spe-cific Internet browser.

■ Has success factor for validating the requirement (95 percent).■ Gives specific threshold values that need to be validated for vari-

ous Internet pages for the SAP CRM application.

Well-written requirements are consequently converted into SLAs.SLAs establish goals and objectives that the system must conform toafter the system is deployed into the production environment. SLAsneed to be tested and confirmed in conjunction with the other sourcesof system traffic prior to system deployment. They also need to bemonitored constantly in the live production environment. SAP’s toolsand services such as Early Watch and CCMS help monitor the SAPsystem. Non-SAP tools for monitoring the system performance in-clude SiteScope, Luminate, and BMC Patrol.

SLAs are initially verified prior to go-live through the executionof test cases in a production-sized environment. Therefore, it is criti-cal that the design of test cases represents the behavior of the pro-duction end users. The test environment for a capacity test shouldclosely resemble the intended target production system in size, data-base connections, database size, hardware, configuration settings,and interfaces to external systems. Attempts to extrapolate capacity-testing results from an SAP instance that is not production-sized orrepresentative of a production environment is usually a fruitless ex-ercise, since performance is not linear across environments.

TEST DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

The construction of SAP test cases for a capacity test can be achievedwith an automated test tool such as Mercury Interactive’s Loadrun-ner or manually with spreadsheets or text editors. Given time con-straints and project deadlines, automated test tools are recommendedas the de facto solution for designing, executing, and analyzing theresults of a capacity test.

The rationale for utilizing an automated testing approach over astrictly manual approach is provided in Exhibit 11.4. However, theunderlying reason for conducting an automated capacity test is that

Capacity Testing 253

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 253

Page 271: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

254

EXHI

BIT

11.4

Ben

efit

s of

Aut

omat

ed T

esti

ng o

ver

Man

ual T

esti

ng f

or a

Cap

acit

y Te

st

Aut

omat

edM

anua

l

Con

cept

Exe

cuti

ng p

roce

sses

wit

h te

st s

crip

ts t

hat

requ

ire

littl

e or

no

Exe

cuti

ng t

est

scri

pts

wit

h ke

ystr

okes

fro

m h

uman

hum

an in

terv

enti

onbe

ings

and

col

lect

ing

resu

lts

wit

h w

atch

es

Ben

efit

sR

epea

tabi

lity,

con

sist

ent

Lit

tle

or n

o tr

aini

ng in

volv

edA

llow

s da

ta c

reat

ion

for

scri

pts

that

req

uire

dat

a se

edin

gN

o in

stal

lati

on o

f te

st t

ools

Can

be

used

for

non

test

ing

acti

viti

es s

uch

as d

ata

load

ing

Mak

es t

est

tool

exp

ert

irre

leva

ntfo

r tr

aini

ngC

olle

cts

auto

mat

ic s

tati

stic

s, r

epor

ts, m

etri

csA

llow

s hu

ndre

ds o

f en

d us

ers

to b

e de

ploy

ed a

cros

s a

sing

le

mac

hine

Allo

ws

test

ing

on “

rem

ote”

sit

esC

an b

e “s

ched

uled

” to

run

wit

hout

hum

an in

terv

enti

onA

llow

s co

ntro

l ove

r ex

ecut

ion

of t

est

scri

pts

Allo

ws

for

flex

ible

dat

a ac

cess

met

hod—

allo

cati

on a

llow

s“a

pple

s to

app

les”

tes

tIn

clud

es S

AP

mon

itor

s fo

r tr

oubl

esho

otin

g

Dra

wba

cks

Exp

ense

Not

eas

ily r

epea

tabl

eT

rain

ing

Req

uire

s a

lot

of c

oord

inat

ion

Test

too

l may

not

rec

ogni

ze o

bjec

ts/a

pplic

atio

ns w

ithi

n yo

urR

equi

res

man

y PC

s to

dep

loy

to e

nd u

sers

infr

astr

uctu

reD

iffi

cult

to

sync

hron

ize

end

user

sR

equi

res

inst

alla

tion

, val

idat

ion

agai

nst

SAP

syst

emfo

r ke

ystr

okes

Rep

orts

and

gra

phs

not

prod

uced

Exp

ensi

ve (

man

-hou

rs)

Take

s re

sour

ces

away

fro

m “

prim

ary”

job

func

tion

s

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 254

Page 272: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

most SAP projects find it an intractable challenge to coordinate hun-dreds or even thousands of end users in a single room to executemanual test cases over an extended period of time to optimize SAPsystem performance. While an automated approach is recommended,it is important to note that manual intervention during a capacity testwill be needed to launch manual batch jobs, interfaces, ABAP re-ports, and other non-SAP applications that send traffic into the sys-tem through remote function calls (RFCs), intermediate documents(IDOCs), and so on. Hence, a mixture of automated and manualtesting will provide greater flexibility for projects conducting a ca-pacity test.

Independent of the approach (automated or manual) for execut-ing a capacity test, test cases representing the system throughput needto be documented. Test cases can be recycled from previous testing ef-forts but must include test steps that are representative of how theprocess will be executed in a production environment. Test casesfrom previous efforts may need modification to include larger sets ofdata for processes that need to be executed multiple times orprocesses that consume data. For instance, a process that creates SAPshipments may exhaust the existing number of sales orders in the sys-tem, or the creation of outbound deliveries may deplete the inventoryfrom a warehouse. Since a capacity test for a stress or load test mayneed to be repeated or iterated multiple times during a given timeframe, it is important to have documented test cases that identify allthe necessary data sets to execute the business process or contain thenecessary test steps to build self-feeding test cases that replenish con-sumed data after every iteration.

Documented test cases that represent the production throughputneed to represent stable system functionality. The underlying as-sumption for a capacity test is that the system’s functionality has beenpreviously tested, verified, and is stable and frozen. For example, theobjective for a capacity test may be to determine system responsetimes under a peak system load of concurrent users for creating SAPdeliveries as opposed to determining whether the SAP deliveriesprocess functions correctly.

Documented test cases are the cornerstone for designing auto-mated test scripts for projects that elect automated test tools for exe-cuting a capacity test. With an automated test tool, a process can berecorded, played back with multiple sets of data, and executed with

Capacity Testing 255

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 255

Page 273: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

N number of emulated end users. For instance, an automated test toolmay record SAP’s time entry process for CATS and allow playback oftime entry with hundreds or thousands of emulated end users.

Automated test tools allow for repeatability when processes needto be executed multiple times in order to troubleshoot a system oridentify bottlenecks or system degradation points, which cannot beeasily accomplished with a large number of end users pressing key-strokes at the same time. Exhibit 11.5 shows how an automated testtool sends traffic to different machines with emulated end users tocreate traffic in an SAP environment and results are generated. Theprimary benefits associated with automated load testing tools include:

■ Emulate, from a single point, any number of users and theirimpact on the system.

■ Perform large-scale tests with minimal hardware resources.■ Adjust volume levels through dial-up/dial-down virtual users.■ Create repeatable test scripts.■ Find and correct scalability problems early in the development

process.

256 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

Resultslogs

Directsautomatedtest cases

Machines emulatingsystem traffic in SAP

SAP systemreceiving

traffic

EXHIBIT 11.5 Automated Test Tool Simulating System Load in an SAPEnvironment

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 256

Page 274: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Correlate poor response times with virtual user levels.■ View or print test run history for each test or group of tests

executed.■ Measure system performance under differing conditions.■ Replace human beings with emulated end users.■ Allow system monitoring during a test execution.■ Allow interpreting of system response data with automatically

generated results logs.

When an automated test tool is selected for a capacity test, testcases are recorded to reflect end-user behavior and rate of through-put. In order to increase the accuracy of automated test cases it is rec-ommended that test cases include “think-times” so that test casesplay back at a rate that is equivalent to the speed at which an end userexecutes a transaction. For instance, a recorded process for creationof work orders can take an end user on average five minutes to com-plete a single work order, whereas the playback of the automated testcase for work order creation may take on average 40 seconds to com-plete for a single work order. In order to compensate for the playbackspeed of the automated test case, artificial or random think-timesmay need to be introduced in the automated test case to closelyresemble the expected system throughput. Also, for purposes ofdiagnosing and troubleshooting an automated test case, it is recom-mended that the automated test cases contain verification points thatinspect expected system messages, windows, or attributes. For exam-ple, when a user logs on to the system, a welcome message is ex-pected. This message serves as a visual cue that can be verified withan automated test case. Other visual cues applicable for verificationinclude status bar messages, screen titles, information screens, andfield attributes. Designing automated test cases that embed logic torecognize visual cues helps to troubleshoot the system when the per-formance degrades as visual cues facilitate the process of pinpointingat what point the system experiences a choke point.

The creators of automated test cases for an SAP capacity test alsoneed to implement logic in the design of the test cases for the follow-ing conditions:

■ Optional screens that pop up based on different conditions suchas data entered or security privileges.

Capacity Testing 257

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 257

Page 275: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Data captured from an SAP screen with an automated test tool tobe used for a subsequent recorded process may need to be con-verted from one format to another. For instance, a captured digitfrom an SAP screen may look like a number, but it may be cap-tured as a character as opposed to an integer, which prevents theautomated test case from playing back correctly.

■ A script that logs on to an SAP application such as Employee Self-Service (ESS) or E-hiring may need to randomly substitute thehard-coded value for a machine name with a parameter value toproperly test the load balancing application.

■ In Web-based applications for SAP’s CATS, Enterprise Buyer Pro-gram (EBP), ESS, and CRM Sales Internet system, it is necessarythat emulated end users maintain their Web session ID through-out the navigation of different Web pages before completing agiven scenario and exiting the application.

■ Ensuring that emulated end users log off completely from theapplication, particularly for web-based applications.

■ Self-feeding test cases that consume data for each executed testcase iteration and require unique data records for subsequentiterations.

■ Scrolling functionality when populating data into an SAP table ormatrix where records need to be inserted in the next availableopen field independent of its location on the screen.

Automating test cases for a capacity test is a dedicated develop-ment effort that requires support and assistance from members fromthe SAP configuration, basis, and development teams. Additionally,support is expected from SMEs and the project manager to developautomated test cases. The project members play different roles inidentifying system throughput, documenting test cases, developingtest cases, approving automated test cases, monitoring trial runs, set-ting up the environment, and identifying data values.

After the roles and activities for the project members have beenidentified to design the automated test cases it will be necessary to de-velop and debug automated test cases and conduct trial runs. Trialruns representing 20 to 50 percent of all expected system trafficshould be executed prior to the actual start date of the formal capac-ity test for all automated test cases, which can help with the following:

258 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 258

Page 276: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Flushing out errors with the automated test cases such as dataconflicts.

■ Verifying that the automated test tool has been properly installedon all machines.

■ Verifying log-on IDs and passwords.■ Ensuring that the system monitors have been properly installed.

Trial runs should be communicated in advance to the rest of theproject team to avoid impacting other users logging on to the test en-vironment. Results from trial runs may help to diagnose initial re-sponse problems encountered with the application. For instance,initial trial runs may show deficiencies with the load balancing appli-cation, the need to create a group log-on, and the need to allocatemore disk space to table spaces.

After the trial runs are successfully executed, the project teamschedules the formal execution of the capacity test. Scheduling andplanning the execution of the actual test includes confirming hard-ware resources and facilities (i.e., a war room), monitoring resourcesfor the test, reserving the test environment, communicating the testdates to the rest of the project team members, and reviewing the riskplan and risk mitigation strategies in the event that the system crashesor fails during the middle of the test. Many projects schedule capac-ity tests during off hours when the tests will not impact the test envi-ronment during working hours and back up the system prior to thestart of the testing cycles as a means of reducing the risks associatedwith a capacity test. Furthermore, to avoid skewing test results somecompanies deactivate or disable SAP log-on user IDs that are not partof the capacity test to prevent users from logging on to the systemduring testing hours.

TEST EXECUTION

Execution of capacity tests is an iterative approach that may requiremultiple iterations until the system reaches a system architecture thatis optimal and consistent with the established SLAs. Testing withautomated test tools allows for infinite playback of test cases as longas the necessary data sets are identified and the test environment has

Capacity Testing 259

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 259

Page 277: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

a frozen design. In contrast, a manual capacity testing with end usersoffers limited repeatability in the event that test cases have to be exe-cuted multiple times. Given the impracticalities of manual executionof a capacity test, the remainder of this chapter is focused on testingof SAP with automated test tools.

For initial SAP implementations and major system upgrades, theproject may need to allocate four weeks, which may include weekendtime for executing the test cases, troubleshooting the system, andgathering and interpreting test results. This four-week time estimateis different from the time allocated to the design of the automated testcases.

Prior to the execution of the test the project manager and/or basisteam may decide to back up the system. The first day of execution allmonitoring groups need to have their monitoring equipment turnedon and ready to capture data or system pulses at least 45 minutesprior to the actual start time of the capacity test to capture initial datafrom the system. (Exhibit 11.6 displays some sample parameters andthe tools to monitor them for an SAP implementation with an Oracledatabase.) Initial system pulses may indicate that the system is expe-riencing delays, degradation points, or very little activity (under uti-lization) prior to the start of the test. If initial system pulses manifestor display high system usage or high utilization, it is recommendedthat the monitoring members investigate the causes behind the highsystem utilization and eliminate them. For example, high database ac-tivity or server utilization for the SAP box could signal to the Basisadministrator that individuals not associated with the system arelogged on to SAP or that batch jobs are running in the backgroundmode that need to be terminated.

Monitoring resources for an SAP capacity test include membersfrom the network (infrastructure) group, DBAs, Basis, server admin-istrators, and development teams. However, participants for the en-tire capacity test may include members from the monitoring groupsin addition to the architects for the solution under test, and develop-ment and configuration team members to help troubleshoot and di-agnose system problems. Since it is possible that participants for acapacity test are offsite or away from the war room, it is recom-mended that a dial-in number be provided to all participants to allowthem to provide feedback when issues and problems arise during the

260 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 260

Page 278: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

capacity test. The person in charge of the capacity test needs to en-sure that all participants are present or available at least one hourprior to the start of the test. Typically, the person in charge of a ca-pacity test is the person who launches or executes the automated testcases from the war room and generates traffic with emulated endusers on different machines. If critical participants are absent for un-expected reasons, the capacity test may be suspended.

When all participants have been confirmed, the monitoring toolshave been engaged, and the initial system pulses have been success-fully gauged, the designer of the automated test tools may start tokick off the automated cases based on order of execution. Automatedtest cases should be kicked off in gradual fashion to avoid crashingthe servers during the log-on process. It is important to note that thecapacity test will consist of more than just automated test cases,which may include manual processes such as interfaces, month-endactivities, payroll runs, and batch jobs, which will require other usersto manually log on to the SAP system as automated test cases arebeing launched. A well-planned capacity test should offer a calendaror schedule with expected times for starting or launching processes inSAP and the resource responsible for doing so.

The first day of testing, the scenarios for the capacity test shouldincrement the system load in increments of 5 to 10 percent of thetotal load. For instance, if the total expected user load is 1,000 con-current users excluding manual processes and batch jobs, the person

Capacity Testing 261

EXHBIT 11.6 Sample Parameters to Monitor for an SAP Capacity Test

Area Parameter Measuring Tool

Database CPU used by this session STATSPACKDatabase Consistent gets STATSPACKDatabase DB block gets STATSPACKDatabase Physical reads STATSPACKDatabase Top Wait Events STATSPACKDatabase Physical reads (lob) STATSPACKDatabase Physical reads (direct) STATSPACKDatabase Total sorts (memory sorts + disk sorts) STATSPACKDatabase Disk sorts/memory sorts STATSPACK

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 261

Page 279: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

responsible for kicking off the automated test cases may launch thefirst 100 emulated end users for the first 10 minutes of the test andtake a snapshot or pulse of the system response times. Then assum-ing the system response time is adequate, kick off a batch of another100 emulated users for a total of 200 emulated users and so on every10 minutes until all 1,000 concurrent emulated end users are loggedon. The actual testing calendar would show the expected ramp-up ofemulated end users in addition to the execution of manual processes.Using the previous example of 1,000 concurrent users, the bar-codingteam members launch a job sending IDOCs into SAP after the first300 concurrent emulated users are logged on whereas, the supplychain team members may launch an MRP run after the first 400hours emulated end users are logged on in addition to other back-ground jobs.

The first day of execution may demonstrate that the production-sized or actual production environment may not adequately handle amoderate or even light load of emulated users when the capacity testincludes batch jobs, SAP CATT (Computer Aided Testing Tool)scripts, data from external components, and IDOCs, which maycause the test to be suspended. Under these circumstances where thesystem locks up, more emulated end users cannot successfully log on,or the performance degrades beyond an acceptable threshold level, itis critical to annotate any reported errors or capture errors withscreen shot printouts. Screen shots are particularly useful for trou-bleshooting Web-based systems, which may produce cryptic runtimeor Java errors when the performance degrades.

System errors during the test runs should be reported immediatelywhen first observed to all monitoring parties on the conference callor in the war room to help pinpoint the cause of the problem. Addi-tionally, the person who first monitors the error can send screenshotprintouts of all observed system problems to all monitoring groups.Often, the initial responses from monitoring resources for a systemerror are that the automated test tool has a problem, or that the au-tomated test cases were recorded incorrectly but, when confrontedwith evidence of the system problem through screen shot printouts,the monitoring resources are more likely to recognize the merits ofthe system error and the system limitations. Another good techniqueto overcome skepticism of a system error from a monitoring groupduring a capacity test is to have the monitoring group log on to the

262 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 262

Page 280: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

application, which may produce an error in and of itself or may showthat the system response times are inadequately slow when the userattempts to execute a process.

Depending on the type of problem observed during the executionof the capacity test, the monitoring groups, configuration experts, ordevelopment team members can make adjustments to the system dur-ing the same day of the test to allow the testing to continue. If theproblem observed in the system has a simple and easy solution to im-plement, the system may need to be refreshed or reset to allow for thetest to resume. However, if the problem proves to be more severe,such as inefficient Structured Query Language (SQL) statements in anABAP program that require code to be rewritten, or if the systemneeds to be reconfigured or more hardware needs to be procured toimprove the system response times, it may be necessary to suspendthe capacity test indefinitely. The complexity of the observed systemproblem and its expected resolution will dictate how long it takes toresume the capacity test.

For problems that allow the test to proceed even though the es-tablished SLAs are violated, the test engineer may execute capacitytests on consecutive days to allow the SAP experts to tweak the sys-tem on a gradual basis until SLAs are verified. Even the best-plannedcapacity tests are an inexact science, requiring tweaking and modifi-cation of various parameters until a permanent solution is identified.To compensate for flaws in the design of the capacity test or identifi-cation of system throughput, it is recommended for initial SAP imple-mentation and major system upgrades that a load 20 to 25 percentgreater than the expected peak system load be emulated in the system,which helps increase the confidence level that the system can success-fully handle the expected production traffic or even seasonality.

At the conclusion of each day when the capacity tests are con-ducted, all results for the day should be gathered and stored in a cen-tral location for safekeeping, analysis, and interpreting at a futuredate. The test engineer, in addition to other project stakeholders, maycreate success or exit criteria for concluding a capacity test at the endof each day or for the entire testing effort. For example, a system thatis expected to handle a peak load of 1,000 concurrent end users thatis proven to successfully handle a load of 1,300 end users while meet-ing all SLAs after a period of three hours may provide substantial ev-idence for successfully concluding the load and volume test. However,

Capacity Testing 263

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 263

Page 281: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

for a stress test, a system that is expected to handle a concurrent peakload of 10,000 end users may find that after 105,000 concurrentusers logged on for 20 minutes, the system has memory leaks, expe-riences unacceptable response times, locks up or crashes, which con-cludes the stress test has met its objective of determining the system’sbreaking point. The objective of the capacity test, along with its de-fined success criteria, can provide a stopping point for the executionof the test.

TEST ANALYSIS

Results for a capacity test can be captured and reported at varioustimes during a test. A capacity test may have severe problems afterthe first day of testing which reveal that all graphs, charts, and reportsfrom the test need to be evaluated and reviewed before the test con-tinues any further. In contrast, capacity tests that reveal minimalproblems or system deficiencies may have reports, graphs, and chartsthat are accumulated over a period of several days which are subjectfor interpretation after the execution phase has completed.

Automated test tools provide evidence that a problem exists withthe application but not necessarily what the exact problems arewhich causes the test engineer along with the other monitoringgroups to compare and review several graphs to detect inflectionpoints, system spikes that cause system degradation or failure to con-form to SLAs. Test tools produce a phalanx of graphs and charts thatin isolation offer little or no help in diagnosing system problems,which in turn may need to be overimposed with other graphs fromthe automated test tool or from the other monitoring groups. Con-versely, the automated tests and graphs from other monitoringgroups may provide evidence that the system consistently producesresults that are within the specified thresholds for the project.

Graphs and charts that reveal a performance problem mayprompt the project manager and the person responsible for resolvingthe problem to discuss the impact of the problem, severity, and courseof action. The problem could reveal that certain processes do notmeet SLAs by a slight percentage but resolving the problem maydelay the expected SAP go-live date at a large cost, which may proveimpractical for the project to attempt to resolve. Exhibit 11.7 shows

264 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 264

Page 282: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

some of the common resolutions for resolving SAP performance-based problems. However, problems reported through the graphs andcharts may demonstrate that the system is not ready to go live andthat if it does go live despite the reported performance problems thecompany risks experiencing significant downtime in production andlarge financial losses. In situations where the performance problempresents a high risk for occurrence with deleterious consequences, theChange Control Board (CCB), the project sponsors, steering com-mittee, and project manager may need to assess the magnitude of theproblem and impact on the project’s schedule.

The lead tester or the owner of the capacity test is expected toproduce a final write-up or project postmortem for the results from acapacity test. The various monitoring entities are expected to provideindividual write-ups for the areas that they monitored and the areasthat are expected to have performance problems. The documentationfor the final analysis write-up includes lessons learned, areas of sys-tem deficiencies, verified SLAs, issues and problems encountered dur-ing the test, and resolutions for all reported problems. Problemsreported for the test should be categorized, ranked, and stored in adefect management tool.

The analysis and final phase for a capacity test concludes whenresults are reported to and accepted by senior management and alldefects have a resolution or expected resolution date with an assigned

Capacity Testing 265

EXHIBIT 11.7 Common Resolutions for Performance Problems in an SAPImplementation

Create a group log-on.Create a data archiving strategy to avoid increasing the size of the database to anunmanageable size.Rewrite and tune SQL (ABAP) code.Increase number of app servers, dialogs.Redo database log files.Respecify buggers (SAP, database).Provide more memory to support more work processes and more processors tosupport those additional processes.Reconfigure SAP modules.Redistribute load balancing.Allocate more disk space for tables.Create an index on table to avoid full-table scans.Reinstall ITS servers to decrease utilization.

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 265

Page 283: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

owner. Although the initial SAP capacity tests can prove that responsetimes are acceptable based on SLAs and the senior manager has ac-cepted the results prior to system go-live, it is important to note thatSAP production-based systems are subject to constant changes thatmay adversely affect system performance or compromise SLAs,which would call for more capacity tests or system monitoring. Forentities that are concerned about the SAP system response times afterthe system has been deployed, SAP Corporation offers monitoringand optimization services to ensure that SLAs are maintained.

266 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

11_4782 2/5/07 11:17 AM Page 266

Page 284: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

267

CHAPTER 12Test Execution

Test execution is the phase held after the test strategies, test plan-ning, test script documentation, and test procedures have been

designed and developed. A testable software build is now ready to bedeployed into the quality assurance (QA) environment. The mainobjective of test execution is to demonstrate that the actual test resultsfor each test step match the expected test results. Alternatively, testexecution may identify that the system configuration does not meetrequirements, which causes the test team to log defects as discussedin Chapter 13.

Test execution is conducted after the test cases have been designed,documented, peer-reviewed, and approved, and the entrance criteriaand/or test readiness review (TRR) have been evaluated. Test executionis conducted with either manual or automated test cases. For initialSAP implementations, test execution is conducted during the realiza-tion and final preparation phases. For existing SAP implementations,test execution is routinely held for regression testing that addresses sys-tem upgrades, addition of new SAP modules, SAP patches, OSS (On-line Service System) notes, SAP hot packs, and production transports.

The construction of a test schedule prior to the start of the test ex-ecution is highly recommended to identify the sequence of dependen-cies in which the test cases need to be executed. A test schedule alsohelps to estimate the total time needed to execute all test cases asso-ciated with a testing effort and assign the test cases to the availableresources for test execution. A test schedule needs to be developedearly on in the software development life cycle and needs to be in-corporated into the overall SAP implementation schedule. In order todevelop a robust and sound testing schedule, appropriate methodsand techniques must be utilized in order to estimate the duration oftimes necessary to execute each test case while considering the level ofexpertise of each test team member assigned to execute the test cases.

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 267

Page 285: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

After the test schedule is developed and the test cases are executed,testing metrics are collected to monitor the testing progress and tohelp evaluate the exit and entrance criteria for the next testing cycle.

Test execution also includes the storing of test results and testlogs. Depending on the industry or contractual obligation underwhich the SAP system is to be tested, it may be necessary to archivetest results and test logs in order to support testing audits and indus-try regulations.

TEST SCHEDULE

Given its integrated modules, SAP processes must be executed in agiven sequence to account for dependencies. An example is the need toschedule and identify testing dependencies—one may have to schedulethe exeuction of year-end testing at the end of the testing cycle becauseexecuting year-end runs at the beginning or middle of the testing cyclemay close all profit-and-loss accounts to the balance sheet, which couldhinder the testing team from executing any other test cases.

Testing schedules should meet the following objectives:

■ Clearly identify all the resources needed to manually execute thetest cases.

■ Identify the expected or planned duration times to execute eachtest case.

■ Facilitate the creation of a testing calendar.■ Identify all testing dependencies and the appropriate sequence for

execution each test case.■ List all available manual and automated test cases.■ Identify the status of each test case (i.e., completed, in-progress,

etc.).■ Determine whether the testing execution efforts are behind, ahead

of, or on schedule.■ Schedule the test runs and resources required for them.

Early planning allows for software development and testingschedules and budgets to be estimated, approved, and incorporatedinto the overall software development plan. Estimates must be con-tinually monitored and compared to actuals, so they can be revisedand expectations can be managed as required.

268 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 268

Page 286: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Often, however, estimates have to be adjusted and test strategieshave to be modified to meet a nonmovable deadline.

Before a test schedule is developed, it is important to define thetesting tasks. If a testing schedule is dictated or imposed on the test-ing team, it should be made clear what tasks can actually be com-pleted within the dictated time frame to manage expectationsaccordingly.

In contrast, when a testing schedule is not dictated, the test man-ager is given more time to evaluate the following considerations:

■ Before designing an appropriate testing schedule, the test programtasks have to be clearly defined and scheduled.

■ Once the tasks are understood it is important to know how toestimate schedules and duration times accordingly, and some esti-mation techniques described here need to be implemented.

■ On a more granular level, test case execution needs to be esti-mated in addition to all the test program tasks listed (see the sec-tion entitled Test Calendar for more detail).

In order to create a testing schedule, however, it is critical to es-tablish the testing program tasks that need to be monitored and eval-uated to prevent testing tasks from falling behind schedule. The nextsection will aid in defining and understanding the test program tasks,which need to be clearly delineated in order to be able to execute acomprehensive test program in which each task has to be laid out indetail to allow for an effective test schedule development.

DEFINE AND UNDERSTAND THE TEST PROGRAM TASKS1

Exhibit 12.1, Test Program Work Breakdown Structure, reflectsexamples of the different types of test execution tasks that can be per-formed on an SAP project to supplement the testing activities outlinedand described in the SAP ASAP Roadmap methodology. The tasks inthis exhibit are suitable for companies that have SAP in a production

Test Execution 269

1Derived from Elfriede Dustin. 1999, Automated Software Testing, Reading, MA:Addison Wesley.

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 269

Page 287: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

270 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 12.1 Test Execution Work Breakdown Structure

No. Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Element

8 ..........

9 Test Execution

9.1 Environment Setup. Develop environment setup scripts. Ensure allnecessary data for testing has been loaded into test environment andidentified within the test scripts.

9.2 Test Bed Environment. Construct, debug, and troubleshoot automated testscripts.

9.3 Test Phase Execution. Execute the various test phases. Execution ofAutomated Test cases and manual test cases.

9.4 Test Reporting. Prepare test reports.

9.4 Issue Resolution. Resolve daily issues regarding automated test toolproblems. If necessary, contact test tool vendor for support andmaintenance of test tools.

9.5 Test Repository Maintenance. Perform test tool database backup/repair.

10 Test Execution and Management Support

10.1 Process Reviews. Perform a test process review to ensure and enforce thatstandards and defined test processes are adhered to. Generate deficiencyreports for non compliance with established and approved standards.

10.2 Test Bed Configuration Management (CM). Maintain the entire testbed/repository (i.e., test data, test procedures and scripts, software problemreports, etc.) within a configuration management tool. Define test scriptCM process and ensure that test personnel works closely with the CMgroup to assure test process reusability.

10.3 Test Program Status Reporting. Identify mechanisms for tracking testprogram progress. Develop periodic reports on test program progress.Reports should reflect estimates to complete tasks in progress (EarnedValue Measurements).

10.4 Defect Management. Define Defect tracking workflow. Perform defecttracking and reporting. Attend defect review meetings.

10.5 Metrics Collection & Analysis. Collect and review all metrics to determinewhether changes in process are required and to determine whether productis ready to be shipped. .

11 ...........................

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 270

Page 288: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

environment and want to improve their current testing approach ormethodology or for companies undergoing initial SAP implementa-tions. The structure represents a work breakdown structure (WBS)that can be used in conjunction with timekeeping activities to developa historical record of the test execution effort expended to performthe various activities on projects. The information in a detailed WBScan be used to calculate the Earned Value2 metric that will allow forprogress tracking.

Test teams may wish to further break down elements in Exhibit12.1 to delineate all test program activities, such as project startup,early project support, decision to automate test, test tool selection, teststrategy development, test procedure/script development, and othersuch activities according to the various types of tests. For the purposeof this chapter, Exhibit 12.1 provides the WBS sample for test execu-tion only. WBS 9.3 can be broken down further to delineate WBS ac-tivities for the various types of tests, which may include functionaltesting, server performance testing, archiving testing, developmenttesting for report, interface, conversion, enhancement, workflow, andform (RICEWF) objects, scenario testing, integration testing, regres-sion testing, boundary testing (positive and negative), security testing,memory leak testing, and response-time performance testing.

Once the test execution tasks are understood, the test managercan start estimating how long it will take to execute the tests. You canalso decide which tasks have to be removed, given the limited budgetsand schedules, and evaluate associated risks with dropping any ofthose tasks. When considering a tight schedule, the test managermight also want to evaluate whether putting more people on the pro-ject along the schedule’s critical path, which is known as projectcrashing, will speed things up, while keeping in mind that adding newpeople to a project that’s in jeopardy rarely ends in success and canin fact increase the project’s costs.

Test Execution 271

2Earned Value is a management technique that relates the WBS elements to schedulesand to technical cost and schedule requirements.

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 271

Page 289: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

FACTORS AFFECTING THE TEST EXECUTION SCHEDULE

The following list provides the factors that should be evaluated beforeestimating duration times for the testing schedule:

■ Organization. Culture or test maturity of the organization. Anorganization that strives to meet CMM (Capability MaturityModel) level 5 requirements will have different expectations ofthe detailed tasks included in a testing schedule, for example, ver-sus a startup company that is not following any specific processes(the latter is not recommended). For example, a process-centricorganization generally understands that schedules cannot be dic-tated, but have to allow for appropriate estimation and measure-ments as to what can be feasibly implemented in a specified timeframe.

■ Scope of test requirements. Tests that need to be performed caninclude functional requirement testing, server performance test-ing, user interface testing, program module performance testing,program module complexity analysis, program code coveragetesting, system load performance testing, boundary testing, secu-rity testing, memory leak testing, response-time performance test-ing, and usability testing.

■ Test engineer skill level. This refers to the technical skill level ofthe individuals performing the test. As defined in Chapter 8, oftena mix of testing skills is required to make up an efficient SAP test-ing team. If a team consists entirely of junior-level inexperiencedpeople, the test execution schedule can drag out much longerthan anticipated, because the learning curve can be much toosteep. It is recommended to require a mix of testing skills and SAPexperience.

■ Test tool proficiency. The use of automated testing introduces anew level of complexity that a project’s test team may not havepreviously experienced. Test script programming is an expertiserequired and may be new to the test team, and possibly few on thetest team have had experience in performing coding. Even if thetest team has had experience with one kind of an automated testtool, the tool required on the new project may be different.

■ Business knowledge. Test team personnel familiarity with theapplication business area is important. If there is a lack of busi-

272 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 272

Page 290: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

ness knowledge, again the schedule might have to be moved outlonger than anticipated.

■ Scope of test program. An effective automated test programamounts to a development effort complete with strategy and goalplanning, test requirement definition, analysis, design, andcoding.

■ Start of test effort. Test activity and test planning should be initi-ated early in the project. This means that test engineers need to beinvolved in analysis and design review activities. These reviewscan be used as effective testing techniques, which are essential inpreventing analysis/design errors. This involvement allows the testteam to more completely understand requirements and design,architect the most appropriate test environment, and generate amore thorough test design. Early involvement not only supportseffective test design, which is a critically important activity whenutilizing an automated test tool, but also provides early detectionof errors and prevents migration of errors from requirement spec-ification to design, and from design into code.

■ Number of incremental software builds planned. Many industrysoftware professionals have a perception that the use of automatedtest tools makes the software test effort less significant in terms ofman-hours, or less complex in terms of planning and execution.Savings accrued from the use of automated test tools will taketime to generate. In fact, at the first use of a particular automatedtest tool by a test team, very little savings may be realized. Sav-ings are realized in subsequent builds of a software application.

■ Process definition. Test team utilization of defined (documented)processes improves efficiency in test engineering operations. Lackof defined processes has the opposite effect and translates to alonger learning curve for junior test engineers.

■ Mission-critical applications. The scope and breadth of testing onsoftware applications, where a software failure poses a risk tohuman life or where software failure is mission critical to an orga-nization, are greater than for software applications that do notpose a high risk. For example, the performance of software con-trolling a heart monitor in a hospital setting is more critical thanthat of game software that entertains people.

■ Test development/execution schedule. Short time frames to per-form test development and execution may interject inefficiency in

Test Execution 273

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 273

Page 291: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

test engineering operations and require that additional test engi-neering effort be applied.

TEST EXECUTION CALENDAR

In addition to a test schedule, a test execution calendar can be con-structed. A test execution calendar provides an alternative view orformat to the testing schedule. The testing calendar is not as robustas a formal testing schedule, since it does not contain critical pathsand a baseline or show schedule variances or clearly identified testingdependencies, but it does present at a high and simple level all testcases scheduled for test execution. The test calendar may also be eas-ier and less time consuming to maintain than a full-blown test sched-ule with scheduling software.

A test execution calendar can be constructed as an input to build-ing a formal test execution schedule or it can become the by-productof the test schedule. Exhibit 12.2 shows a test execution calendar foran SAP implementation that has to execute multiple test cases over afive-day time window as part of the regression testing cycle.

To construct a testing calendar, one needs to determine all testcases that must be executed as part of a testing cycle and the expectedduration execution times for each test case. In Chapter 8, techniquesand ballpark estimates were provided to design, construct, create,and execute SAP test cases for different testing efforts such as unit,scenario, integration, and so on.

In addition to the historical information technique for estimatingduration times based on prior testing efforts, another effective tech-nique for estimating duration times is the expert method, whereby in-dividuals knowledgeable of the test case to be executed provide anestimate based on previous work experiences of how long it wouldtake to execute a given process. For instance, the SAP FICO (Financeand Controlling) expert may estimate based on familiarity with theproject’s requirements that the test case for month-end testing wouldtake eight hours to execute and verify manually.

The test manager can set up meetings with different members ofthe configuration and development teams to capture duration timesfor all test cases to be executed and the necessary sequence in whichthe test cases will be executed. Once the test manager captures this in-

274 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 274

Page 292: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

formation for all in-scope test cases, a testing calendar can be con-structed as seen in Exhibit 12.2 and subjected to peer reviews. As arule of thumb, test cases that are most critical to the business; thatspan multiple SAP modules, containing high customizations; that re-quire verification of data with legacy systems; and that are known tobe unstable, high risk, or prone to defects, should be executed as earlyas possible or as soon as dependencies would allow to permit suffi-cient time to resolve defects.

When estimating the time needed to execute manual test cases, itis important to recall that the execution time for the manual test caseincludes the time spent on manual keystrokes to run the test steps andtest conditions and also the time needed to manually record all test

Test Execution 275

July '06 M T W TH F

07/10 07/11 07/12 07/13 07/148:00 A.M. Test Results Meeting (Check Schedule)

8:30 A.M.

PeriodPrep

Activities

GeneralLedger

AssetManagement

Payroll Run Stock Transfer Orders MRP Run

12:00 P.M.1:00 P.M. LUNCH BREAK

GoodsMovement

Wage Types Invoicing C-folders

OutlineAgreements

Stock Overview Personnel

Administration SRM

Shipments Benefits EBP ShoppingCart/Catalogs

NetworkActivities

CATSMonth End

ClosingPurchase Order Interfaces

Billing Deliveries BWBin-to-Bin Movements Infocubes

GoodsIssue

Scrapping RequisitionsWBS

ElementsFinancial Reconciliations

Month-End Closings6:00 P.M. Team Review—Discuss Defects

Continue as Needed

SAP Upgrade–Regression

Test

EXHIBIT 12.2 Sample SAP Testing Calendar Depicting Execution of TestCases over a Five-Day Period

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 275

Page 293: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

results. When test cases are executed with automated test tools, thetest tool typically generates an execution log that shows all test re-sults, which test steps were completed successfully, and whatprocesses/objects were verified.

In SAP some manual test executions for a given end-to-endprocess or SAP transaction code need to be repeated multiple times toaccount for process variations and data variations. For instance, theSAP transaction code VA01 for creation of a sales order may need tobe executed multiple times in order to account for different ordertypes, such as repair, stock transfer, and domestic and internationalorders. The test schedule and/or test calendar may need to be ad-justed to include all potential variations of a given test case.

The test calendar can be created for multiweek or even multi-month test cycles. The test calendar can include the name of the testerassigned to execute each test case and show the time duration foreach test case with a time grid, as shown in the vertical bar for the testcalendar within Exhibit 12.2. Test cases that have execution times ex-panding over multiple days can be shown as continuation test casesfor the following days. Another dimension or featured element of thetest calendar is that test processes or modules to be tested can beshown in different shades, as seen in Exhibit 12.2. When developingthe test calendar, create a timeline for all the different tests under eachtesting phase (i.e., unit and other development testing, scenario test-ing, integration testing, performance testing, user acceptance testing,etc.).

The test calendar can be highlighted in different colors or altereddaily in the event that the execution of test cases takes longer thanplanned, and subsequently this information can be recycled and serveas historical information for future system releases and testing cycles.Similarly, test cases that finish ahead of schedule or earlier than ex-pected should also be highlighted and the information reused for fu-ture testing cycles. The test manager can update both the testcalendar and the test schedule with the briefings provided at the dailytesting meetings. The test calendar in Exhibit 12.2 shows that time isallocated every day prior to the start of testing to review test resultsfrom the previous day.

276 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 276

Page 294: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

TEST DEPENDENCIES

When setting up the testing calendar, it is important that within thespecific testing context testing dependencies are planned for or at leastreviewed prior to the execution of the first test case. Chapter 7 dis-cussed techniques and methods, such as test readiness review (TRR),which can be used as checklists for evaluating and assessing the readi-ness to initial the first test case execution. The following are somedependencies that should be examined prior to the start of the testcase execution. Furthermore, the test execution calendar and sched-ule themselves have dependencies, since it is possible that a given testcase cannot be started until another dependent test case has eithercompleted or partially completed.

■ The test environment has to be ready. It is important that the test-ing environment is separate from the development environmentin order to maintain an uncompromised test environment. Alsoconsider the lead times to procure any hardware or softwarerequired for this independent type of testing effort.

■ Test data. Test data has to be prepared for the testing efforts. Forexample, in order to test data transfer rules between interfaces,the test data has to be considered and needs to be preparedaccordingly. Data from external systems may need to be prese-lected for testing interfaces. Test data may also need to be loadedinto the SAP test environment with SAP-CATT scripts, automatedtest tools, or other mechanisms prior to the start of the test exe-cution. Special attention needs to be given to test cases that con-sume SAP data and require unique data records or test cases thatcan cause data conflict because they attempt to process the samedata record.

■ Test case dependencies. In order to complete a test, a setup mightbe needed that requires the run of a test case. Test case depen-dencies have to be considered. For example, in order to run a spe-cific financial report and analyze its output, a set of numerous testcases might have to be run in order to populate the requiredreport data.

■ End-to-end processes. Other testing dependencies require the testmanager to consider testing of chains of SAP transactions thatmake up an end-to-end process that cuts across multiple modules

Test Execution 277

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 277

Page 295: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

such as order-to-cash, purchase-to-pay, and hire-to-retire withexternal data and converted data.

■ Roles/profiles. In order to test roles and profiles, appropriateaccess controls have to be set up and prepared to allow for thistype of testing.

Again, these dependencies demonstrate that multiple variablesand parameters need to be evaluated prior to the start of the test ex-ecution cycle and that omitting a single variable may cause the test-ing cycle to come to an abrupt halt.

TEST METRICS

After the test cases have been scheduled with dependencies and exe-cuted, the test team collects testing metrics.

It is important to track the schedule and the test completeness viatesting metrics. The execution of test cases is an activity that in andof itself generates multiple testing metrics that provide managementwith transparency into the testing progress and resolution of defects.Testing metrics provide information such as how many defects havebeen resolved, how many test cases have been executed, average timeto resolve a defect, average duration time to execute a test case, howmany test cases a particular tester has executed, number of require-ments met as a result of executed test cases, and so on. Testing met-rics also provide answers that assist in evaluating the exit, entrance,and release criteria. Most test management tools provide a compre-hensive set of real-time reports, graphs, and charts automatically thatfacilitate and expedite the gathering of testing metrics. In the absenceof a test management tool, spreadsheets and much manual effort canserve as the test completeness–tracking tool. In Exhibit 12.3 testingmetrics are collected and gathered manually with a spreadsheet. Asummary worksheet is developed that tracks the test execution per-centage completion daily.

Testing metrics are important because they help to address thequestion “is testing completed?” Everyone3 wants to know when test-

278 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

3Adapted from Elfriede Dustin, 1999, Automated Software Testing, Reading, MA:Addison Wesley.

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 278

Page 296: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

ing is completed; therefore, it is imperative that test execution istracked effectively. This is accomplished by collecting data or metricsthat help identify the test progress, so that corrections can be takenin order to assure success. Additionally, using these metrics, the testteam can predict the release date for the application. In the case of arelease date being dictated, these metrics can be used to measure cov-erage. Progress metrics are collected iteratively during the variousstages of the test execution cycle. Some sample progress metrics areoutlined below. Testing metrics will vary widely across SAP installa-tions; the system integrator providing SAP services, the client payingfor SAP services, and the auditors for the SAP project can define andestablish testing metrics to be collected, disseminated, distributed,and published based on the project’s needs, charter, and contractualobligations:

Test Procedure Execution Status (%) =Executed number of TP

Total number of TP

This execution status measurement divides the number of test proce-dures already executed by the total number of test proceduresplanned. By reviewing this metric value, the test team can ascertainthe number of remaining test procedures that need to be executed.This metric, by itself, does not provide an indication of the quality ofthe application. It only provides information about the depth and

Test Execution 279

EXHIBIT 12.3 Testing Metrics Collected with a Spreadsheet

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 279

Page 297: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

progress of the test effort without any indication of the success of theeffort itself.

It is important to measure the test procedure steps executed, notjust the entire test procedure executed. For example, one test proce-dure might contain 25 steps. The tester successfully executed steps 1through 23 and then encounters a showstopper at step 24. In thiscase, it is not beneficial to fail the entire test procedure; a more pre-cise measurement of the progress, or number of steps executed, ismore useful. Measuring test procedure execution status at the steplevel results in a highly granular progress metric.

The best way to track test procedure execution is by developing amatrix that contains the identifier of the build-under-test, a list of alltest procedure names, the tester assigned to each test procedure, andthe percentage complete, updated daily and measured by the totalnumber of test procedure steps versus test procedure steps executedsuccessfully. Many test management or requirements managementtools help automate this process.

Defect Aging = Date defect was opened versus date defect was closed

Another important metric in determining progress status might be theturnaround time for a defect to be corrected, also called defect aging.Using defect aging data, the test team can conduct trend analysis. Forexample, 100 defects may be recorded on a project. When docu-mented past experience indicates that the development team can fixas many as 20 defects per day, the turnaround time for these problemreports may be only one workweek. The defect-aging statistic, in thiscase, would reflect an average of five days. When the defect agingmeasure equals 10 to 15 days, the slower response time by the devel-opers to make corrections may impact the ability of the test team tomeet scheduled deadlines. Note that defect-aging measurement is notalways appropriate and needs to be modified, depending on the com-plexity of the specific fix that is being implemented, among other cri-teria. Defect aging is a high-level metric that verifies defects are beingaddressed in a timely manner.

If developers don’t fix the defects in time, this can have a rippleeffect. Testers will run into related defects in another area, now du-plicating defects. One defect fix could prevent all subsequent defectsfrom occurring. In addition, the older a defect becomes, the more dif-

280 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 280

Page 298: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

ficult it may be to correct it, since additional code may be built on topof it. Correcting the defect at this point may have much larger impli-cations on the software than when it was originally discovered.

Defect Fix Retest = Date defect was fixed/released in new buildsubtracted from date defect was entered or retested and failed.

The defect fix retest metric provides a measure of whether the testteam is retesting the corrections at an adequate rate. If defects thathave been fixed are not retested adequately and efficiently, this canhold up progress, since the developer cannot be assured that their fixhas not introduced a new defect, or has not been properly corrected.This last point is especially important: Code that is being developedwith the assumption that the previous code has been fixed now willhave to be reworked. If defects are not being retested quickly enough,the testing team has to be reminded of the importance of re-testingfixes, so developers can move forward, knowing their fix has passedthe test.

Defect Trend Analysis = Number total defects found versustesting life cycle

Defect trend analysis can help determine the trend of defects found.Is the trend improving as the system-testing phase is nearing comple-tion, or is the trend worsening? This metric is closely related to newlyopened defects discussed below. The newly opened defects shoulddecline as the system testing phase nears the end; otherwise, it mightbe an indicator of a severely flawed system.

If the number of defects found is increasing with each subsequenttest release, assuming no new functionality is being delivered, and thesame code is being tested, only with code fixes, it could be indicativeof numerous problems, such as:

■ Improper code fixes from development for previous defects.■ Incomplete testing coverage for each build; new testing coverage

discovers new defects.■ Tests could be not executed until some of the defects were fixed,

and then new defects are found once the previous defects areresolved and the tests can proceed to that point in the code:

Test Execution 281

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 281

Page 299: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Quality of Fixes = Previously working functionality and numberof new errors introduced

The value obtained from this calculation provides a measure of thequality of the software corrections implemented in response to soft-ware problem reports.

This metric aids the test team in being able to determine the de-gree to which other, previously working, functionality has been ad-versely affected by software corrections. When this value is low, thetest team needs to make the developers aware of the problem. Thismetric is also referred to as the recurrence ratio. It measures the per-centage of fixes that fail to correct the defect, or, more specifically, thefix introduced a new error or broke previously working functional-ity. This ratio can be useful to measure the success of the unit and in-tegration testing efforts.

Defect Density = Total number of defects found / Executednumber of TP per requirement

The defect density metric is an average calculated by taking the totalnumber of defects found in a specific functional area or requirement.For example, if there is a high defect density in a specific functionalarea, it is important to conduct a causal analysis using the followingtypes of questions:

■ Is this functionality very complex, and therefore it is to be expectedthat the defect density is high?

■ Is there a problem with the design/implementation of the func-tionality?

■ Were inadequate resources assigned to the functionality, becausean inaccurate risk had been assigned to it? It also could beinferred that the developer responsible for this specific function-ality needs more training.

Additionally, when evaluating defect density, the priority of thedefect will need to be considered. For example, one application re-quirement may have as many as 50 low-priority defects, while the ac-ceptance criteria have been satisfied. Still, another requirement might

282 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 282

Page 300: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

have one open high-priority defect that prevents the acceptance crite-ria from being satisfied.

These are just a few of the metrics that need to be gathered tomeasure test program execution—there are many more available.These are the core set of metrics to be tracked in order to allow forcorrective activity, if necessary, to point out risk areas, and to allowsuccessful execution of the test program. Again, testing metrics needto be defined that are suitable to the project’s needs prior to the startof the test execution.

TEST LOGS AND RESULTS

In addition to testing metrics, test execution brings about test resultsthat can show that the system either works as intended or fails to doso. Depending on the SAP environment and industry regulations, testresults may need to be stored in a secured repository that offers ver-sion control and audit trail capabilities.

Test results can be stored either manually with hard copies orelectronically as in scanned images. The project’s policy will dictatethe length of time needed to store, naming standards for test results,who signs the test results, how test results will be archived, and whohas the ability and permission to modify and/or review the testresults.

Test results can include the following information: the test statusfor each test step, the screenshots used to show that the test step wasexecuted successfully, the comments (if any) annotated after a testscript was executed, log files or forms produced after a test case wasexecuted, signatures provided to approve the test results, and auto-matically generated test logs from automated test tools. Most testmanagement test tools will store test results from manual and auto-mated test case execution including screenshot printouts. Test resultscan also be stored in spreadsheets, assuming that the spreadsheets areplaced in a common repository such as a shared drive or SolutionManager.

Test Execution 283

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 283

Page 301: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

12_4782 2/5/07 11:19 AM Page 284

Page 302: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

285

CHAPTER 13Management of Test Results and Defects

After test cases are executed, test results are reported and testingdefects are resolved. Test cases consist of test logs generated auto-

matically from the execution of automated test cases and resultsreported from manually executing each test step. A test result takeson the value of “pass” when the actual test results match the expectedtest results. Otherwise, the test result takes on the value of “fail.” Asuccessful test result with a value of pass indicates that the executionof the test case has successfully fulfilled the requirement. Test resultswith a value of fail will require analysis and can become defects.Depending on its priority or category, a defect has the potential todelay or postpone a system release date.

Defects are stored and managed in a secured system with database,reporting, and query capabilities. The Change Control Board (CCB)helps to manage, prioritize, assign, and categorize defects and subse-quently determine how the defect will be resolved. The life cycle of adefect may include multiple states and handoffs among project mem-bers for initial testing, final validation, and approval before it is closed.

Reports are generated for all stored defects. Defect reports are use-ful for supporting the exit criteria for each testing phase. Reports fordefects can show the trend for defects for a given time segment, thenumber of outstanding defects, and the closure rate for the defects.

NEED FOR DOCUMENTING TEST RESULTS

The formality for the reporting and management of test results islargely a function of the testing effort, project discipline, industryregulations, and available resources dedicated to the testing effort.

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 285

Page 303: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Entities implementing SAP (whether they are in the privately held,publicly traded, federal government, public, or not-for-profit sector)will have a variety of reasons for documenting SAP test results. Thereasons for documenting test results may be either imposed on theentity implementing SAP due to regulations for Sarbanes-Oxley(SOX) compliance, part of a corporate approach and standard forimplementing information technology such as the discipline offeredby the Capability Maturity Model (CMM) from the Software Engi-neering Institute (SEI), or as a means of measuring and verifying thesystem integrator’s completion rates for the execution of test cases.

The following are some reasons that companies and entities indifferent fields will need to document SAP test results:

■ A publicly traded company implementing SAP will need to estab-lish a procedure for storing and managing test results to meetcompliance with Section 404 from SOX. Section 404 contains fivephases, including management testing, key controls, and audits.

■ A pharmaceutical company implementing SAP will need to com-ply with good manufacturing practice (GMP) requirements setforth in the Quality System (QS) regulation that are promulgatedunder Section 520 of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic (FD&C) Act.In short, according to the general principles of software valida-tion of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA):

The validation [of requirements] must be conducted in accordancewith a documented protocol, and the validation results must also bedocumented. (See 21 CFR §820.70(i).) The test cases should be exe-cuted and the results should be recorded and evaluated to determinewhether the results support a conclusion that the software is vali-dated for its intended use.1

■ An entity requesting the SAP services from a systems integratormay ask that all test results from the integration test be docu-mented as proof that the test cases were executed. Test results mayshow that a test case was executed successfully or that it failedand thus required the successful resolution of a defect to ensurethat the requirement was implemented correctly.

286 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

1www.fda.gov/cdrh/comp/guidance/938.html#_Toc517237968.

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 286

Page 304: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ A corporation or government agency adhering to the CMM atlevel 2 or higher as part of its documentation standards may doc-ument all test results.

■ The Department of Defense as part of its DoD 5000 series acqui-sition regulations may impose that test results be captured, docu-mented, and stored during the independent testing phases, as wellas operational assessments for the implementation of an enter-prise resource planning (ERP) system such as SAP.

Independent of the reason for documenting test results (whetherit is mandated or optional), the most important reason to documenttest results is to trace system, functional, and technical requirementsto the successful execution of test cases. Actual test results that aredocumented demonstrate either that a test case was successfully im-plemented since its execution obtained a pass status or that it failswhen the actual results do not match the expected results docu-mented on the test case. Test cases reach a successful state of “com-pleted” when all test steps have been successfully completed with apass status (since a test case may have multiple test steps) and whenthe appropriate stakeholders have approved and signed off the test re-sults. Test cases that have a status of failure after test case executiondemonstrate that the requirements were not implemented correctly,or that some other conditions prevented the tester from proving thatthe requirement was implemented correctly.

STORING TEST RESULTS AND METRICS GATHERING

Test results provide a chronological record with audit trails of rele-vant details about the execution of tests. Test results are generated intwo formats: (1) manual, whereby testers report test results for eachindividual test step; or (2) automated, whereby after an automatedtest case is executed it automatically produces a test log with all thetest results. An automated test log will contain information such asstart and end times for the test, results for verification points (i.e., ver-ify that SAP produces a status bar message at a designated point in aprocess), and all the automated test steps that failed and passed.

Management and storage of test results can take place either in atest management tool with query and reporting capabilities for both

Management of Test Results and Defects 287

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 287

Page 305: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

manual and automated test cases or within spreadsheets/text editorsthat are not tied together for manually executed test cases. The deci-sion to utilize a test management tool to store and manage test resultsdepends largely on the project’s budget, the learning curve for theproject’s members, and the project’s audits and compliance regula-tions. A test management tool for collecting and storing test resultsand documenting defects includes the following benefits:

■ Audit trails.■ Integrates with automated test tool.■ Slicing/dicing of data.■ Security log-on features.■ Scheduled reports.■ Version control.■ E-mail workflow based on defined business rules.■ Customizations.■ A single repository for all data.■ Greater transparency for audits and managerial reports, since it

offers integrated data from a single location and both custom andcanned reports.

■ Historical data (i.e., how long on average it takes to resolvedefects reported against functionality for a particular SAP mod-ule, how long on average it takes developer “X” to resolve adefect, or which requirements are most likely to cause defectswhen executed, etc.).

However, collecting test results on spreadsheets, text editors, andnotepads offers the following benefits:

■ Inexpensive, since spreadsheets and text editors are normallyincluded with the standard software image.

■ Reduced learning curve for project members.

Companies with reduced budgets and limited functional scopecan test SAP manually with spreadsheets where test cases and test re-sults are documented for the short run. However, over the long runas the project’s SAP functionality increases, more SAP modules andbolt-ons (i.e., Supplier Relationship Management) are added and testresults are subjected to more third-party audits and the likelihood of

288 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 288

Page 306: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

successfully managing SAP test results and defects with disconnectedspreadsheets decreases. When the number of test cases and scenariosincreases as the project adds new requirements, functionality, en-hancements, and patches that are subject to multiple rounds of test-ing during integration, and regression testing, the need to have a testmanagement tool is magnified. Many large projects that attempt tocollect test metrics and test results to meet audits cannot do so effec-tively or at all with a series of disconnected spreadsheets.

Test results need to include information that shows that a teststep was actually successfully executed or that it failed to execute.The test results for manually executed test steps are documented inthe field known as “actual results.” Automated test cases may auto-matically update all test steps with the status of pass for a successfullyexecuted automated test case but may not actually update the actualresults field, which would cause the reviewer of an executed test caseto review the automatically generated test log in order to verify theindividual results for each test step. For instance, a test case that wasautomated may include the creation of an SAP project (transactioncode CJ20N), and the project may have been successfully created inSAP, but to learn the actual result for this automated test case it willbe necessary to open up the automatically created test log and reviewwhich project number the system actually created.

Screenshots attached to test results can show whether a particu-lar process was successfully executed or that it failed in the event thata defect is needed. Screenshot printouts can be used in SAP to showthat a particular test step produced an expected outcome such as astatus bar message (i.e., Sales Order XXX was created for transactionVA01), that a workflow object was triggered and routed correctly,that a financial report produced correct calculations, or that customfields properly displayed and processed information on an SAPscreen. Screenshot printouts can be attached to test results to demon-strate that the system correctly functions at both the front and backend of the system. Screenshot printouts are also useful when a defectis created to facilitate the development or configuration team mem-bers’ understanding of the error after the tester identifies a systemerror from the execution of a test step.

Both test results and screenshot printouts can be archived and ei-ther stored electronically or printed and stored in a file cabinet afterthey have been completed and approved. Electronic test results can be

Management of Test Results and Defects 289

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 289

Page 307: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

obtained by scanning the test results and storing them in a securedelectronic medium. For printed results stored in file cabinets, a desig-nated person will need to administer the hard copy results and haveaccess to the file cabinet to prevent test results from being fudged.

After the test results have been accepted and approved, the testteam can collect data and use it as input for metrics that assist man-agement in determining test progress. Again, test management toolsfacilitate the collection of test data and generation of reports forwhich test cases have been executed, which test cases have been as-signed, total number of test cases that have been reexecuted in theevent of changes or defects, which test cases are behind or on sched-ule, and so on. Collection of metrics for test results can be compiledand provided to the appropriate stakeholders including senior man-agement for large testing efforts. Collecting test data from discon-nected spreadsheets and text editors may create logistical problems orprove impossible for the test team.

REPORTING TEST DEFECTS

Whenever the actual test results are different from the expected testresults documented within a test case, a defect is reported. The testerexecuting the test case that discovers the defect through testing theapplication submits the defect within the defect-tracking tool. Afterthe defect is submitted, it is reviewed, assigned, and subsequentlyclosed when it has been successfully resolved. For example, Exhibit13.1 shows a typical process for resolving a defect, whereby a defectis identified, assigned, reviewed by the CCB, resolved and retested,and closed when the original submitter of the defect is satisfied withthe successful resolution of the defect. The CCB is involved with theresolution of a defect during testing because SAP is an integrated solu-tion and even the most benign system change as a result of a defectresolution can have cascading effects on other system components,affect the project’s scope, and consequently increase the project’scosts. The CCB reviews the validity and merits of the submitteddefects based on the project’s requirements. The CCB may decide thatresolving the defect is out of scope for the project’s existing SAPrelease, that the defect will be assigned to the appropriate team mem-bers for resolution, or to defer the defect for a future system release.

290 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 290

Page 308: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

291

Lif

e cy

cle

of

a d

efec

t

Sub

mit

Def

ect

Eva

luat

e R

evie

w

Orig

inat

or

Fix

Pro

blem

Team

Lea

d

Dup

licat

e?

Test

Res

ults

?

Rej

ect

Team

Mem

ber

Test

er

Det

erm

ine

Impa

ct

Impa

ct

Ana

lysi

s

Rou

ted

CC

B

Sco

pe? Out

Clo

sed

Impl

emen

tS

olut

ion

TL

Ass

igns

Ver

ify R

esol

utio

n

Ver

ify F

ixF

lag

asR

eady

for T

est

Fails R

ejec

tA

ppro

vePas

ses

Clo

se D

efec

t

Clo

sed

EXHI

BIT

13.1

Typi

cal A

ppro

ach

for

Res

olvi

ng a

Def

ect

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 291

Page 309: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The rigors and discipline for reporting and tracking defects varyacross testing efforts. For instance, during the unit-testing phase, de-fects may not be formally reported or documented and the defectsmay be resolved on the fly without aid and assistance from the CCB.However, during integration testing, all defects may be documented,reviewed, assigned, and closed with proper documentation includingscreenshot printouts and signatures from all affected stakeholders.Furthermore, resolutions to defects may not be transported to thenext environment until all corresponding documentation for the de-fect has been validated.

The main components and attributes of a defect include its sever-ity, state, category, description, impact, and time and resource esti-mates for resolving it.

Exhibit 13.2 shows the potential categories for assigning SAP de-fects in addition to proposed resolutions for each category. It is im-portant to assign categories to SAP defects, since that can lead to thecorrect assignment of the defect from the get-go as opposed to as-signing the defect to individuals who are not responsible for resolv-ing the defect.

Severity of a defect describes how important the defect is to thebusiness, whether it is a “showstopper” or a minor defect that can beaddressed at a future date. Ranking defects by priority or severity isimportant because it helps to assess whether the system is ready forgo-live or can move from one testing effort to the next. For instance,a defect identified during integration testing that shows that an MRP(Material Requirements Planning) run cannot be carried out, thatsales orders cannot be created consistently, or that month-end closingactivities cannot be accomplished may delay the go-live for an SAPimplementation and may show that the system cannot exit integra-tion testing until these defects are resolved. In contrast, a defect thatshows that time entry cannot be entered through the online timesheetmay not fall under a high priority since it has a workaround, whichis that employees can enter time on manual paper forms. Typically,defects that are critical to the business and operations and have nodocumented solution or workaround are the defects that deserve andwarrant the most attention from the development and configurationteams, and whose resolution is critical to continue testing activities.

Exhibit 13.3 displays severity levels for SAP defects and their im-pact on the testing activities. When a defect is submitted, a defect

292 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 292

Page 310: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Management of Test Results and Defects 293

EXHIBITY 13.2 Categories and Recommended Resolution Methods forReported SAP Defects

Defect Category Description of Defect and Proposed Resolution

Data Defect The test case was documented and executed with invalidtest data. The process or object to be tested cannot betested until valid data can be identified.Resolution—Identify and remove the erroneous datavalue from the test case, replace it with a valid value, andreexecute the test.

RICEWF (ABAP) The ABAP program, user-exit, or object is defective in thatCoding Defect it does not meet the technical specifications or require-

ments documented and managed in the requirementstools. This type of defect is also triggered when the pro-gram fails to function, compile, or produces shortdumps. The type of RICEWF objects include Reports, In-terfaces, Conversions, Enhancements, Workflow, andForms. Defects with batch scheduled jobs can also be re-ported under this category of defects.Resolution—Identify the programming or developmentdefect if any RICEWF is not meeting documented re-quirements, or technical or functional specifications. As-sign the defect to the development team for resolutionand initial testing. The functional team reexecutes thetest case for validation and approval.

Configuration Defect The SAP configuration or configuration settings do notmeet the functional requirements captured during theblueprint phase, or stored in the requirementsmanagement tool.Resolution—Report defect and assign for Change Con-trol Board for further review. The CCB can assign thedefect (if it is in scope) to the appropriate configurationteam for resolution. The configuration team resolves andtests the defect, then assigns the defect to the test team orsubject matter experts for final validation.

User Role Defect The SAP test case cannot be executed because the roleassigned for the execution of the test case does not haveall the necessary authorizations based on documentedsecurity requirements and/or segregation of duties.Resolution—Report defect to the security team andidentify correct role or modify the existing role to allowtest case execution to resume.

(Continues)

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 293

Page 311: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

severity is chosen and then refined later when the CCB and/or teamleader reviews the defect. A tester may perceive that a defect is of thehighest severity only to find out that a configuration team leader mayhave a workaround for the defect and thus its severity level is re-duced. Assigning the severity level for a defect may involve multipleindividuals from different teams.

The severity of a defect determines how critical the defect is to thebusiness and also how quick the turnaround time should be for re-

294 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBITY 13.2 (Continued)

Defect Category Description for Defect and Proposed Resolution

Vendor Software The SAP solution as delivered out of the box has Defect deficiencies, errors, bugs, or defects not associated to the

project’s custom or unique system settings.Resolution—Contact the in-house SAP representative orSAP support (if software maintenance agreement is inplace) to troubleshoot and resolve problem. Defectresolution may require application of OSS notes, patches,hot packs, or system upgrade.

End User Error This is a bogus defect. This category occurs when there isnothing wrong with the SAP system and/or documentedrequirements and the tester incorrectly logged because hedoes not have sufficient training in SAP, did not under-stand the test case or executed the test case incorrectly.Resolution—Provide further training for the testerexecuting the test case, or update the test casedocumentation so that test steps are clearly understoodby a wider audience of test participants with differentlevels of knowledge in SAP.

Requirements Defect This defect occurs when the application meets thedocumented requirement but there is a problem with thedocumented requirement. The requirement may havebeen ambiguous incomplete, inconsistent with company’srules and policies, etc.Resolution—Turn the requirement to the ChangeControl Board (CCB) for further evaluation. The require-ment may be deferred, waived, scrapped, or rewordedunder a controlled process for implementation. Updatetest cases and test data to provide coverage for thedeficient or erroneous requirement and retest the systemto verify the requirement.

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 294

Page 312: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Management of Test Results and Defects 295

EXHIBIT 13.3 Defect Severity Levels

Severity Criteria Testing Impact

1 SAP Crashes or Lock Ups Testing cannot proceeda. Critical SAP scenarios, features, or until defect is resolved

requirements cannot be performedb. A requirement of the highest level of

importance cannot be performed.

2. System is operable but has technical Continuing to test the problems (major) and no work-arounds system under this exist severity may jeopardize a. Required system capability or the testing schedule

functionality cannot be performedand no work-around solution isknown/available

b. Project’s cost, or schedule are atrisk and no work-around solution isknown/available

3 Development of Configuration Problem Little or no impact to(medium/major) where an acceptable the testing schedulework-around has been identifieda. Required system capability or

functionality cannot be carried outbut a work-around solution has beenidentified

b. Project’s cost, or schedule are atrisk but a work-around solution isknown/available

4 Development or Configuration Problem No impact to testing(minor) activities/schedulesa. Results in end user but does not

effect a requirement, systemcapability, service level agreement,or functionality

b. Does not affect other testing tasksor execution of other test cases

5 Minor—Problems that do not require No impact to testingsystem changes or are ‘nice to have’ activities/schedulesbut are not necessary to continueoperations or meet documentedrequirements. Problems related todocumentation

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 295

Page 313: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

solving it. A system integrator implementing SAP for a customer maybe told that defects with a severity level of one must be solved withinthe same business day that the defect was identified. Conversely, aclient may expect that a system integrator resolve minor defectswithin a workweek. The client and the system integrator must reacha reasonable accord as to what the turnaround times will be for re-solving defects and also document all assumptions made for estimat-ing the turnaround times for resolving a defect. Exhibit 13.4 providessuggested turnaround times for resolving defects based on assignedseverity levels.

During its life cycle, a defect may enter several states that allowthe project team to track and monitor its status. A defect manage-ment tool is recommended for tracking and monitoring the status ofa defect that includes e-mail work flow functionality. For instance,when the status of a defect is changed from “assigned” to “ready forretest,” an automatic e-mail is sent to the test team indicating that thedefect can be retested in the development or test environment beforeit is ready for transport. Exhibit 13.5 provides several defect statesand definitions for each state. States of a defect can be customized orchanged based on project’s preferences and standards. Also, a projectmay decide who is responsible for changing the status of a defect. Forexample, a project may specify that only a client representative canclose out a defect that the system integrator resolved.

296 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 13.4 Proposed Turnaround Times to Resolve a Defect

Suggested Defect Resolution Turnaround Times

Severity Resolved within

1 a. As soon as possible (System down emergency)b. Within 1 business day

2 a. As soon as possible orb. Within 1–3 business days

3 a. Within 4 business days

4 a. Within 1–2 work weeks

5 a. If within scope resolve at any time within existing release orfuture releases

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 296

Page 314: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

297

EXHI

BIT

13.5

Poss

ible

Sta

tes

of a

Def

ect

Def

ect

Stat

eD

escr

ipti

on

Subm

itte

dT

he t

este

r ex

ecut

ed a

tes

t ca

se a

nd r

epor

ted

the

defe

ct f

or r

esol

utio

n an

d it

is a

wai

ting

Tea

m L

ead

revi

ew.

Rev

iew

-Tea

m L

ead

The

def

ects

in t

his

stat

e ar

e be

ing

eval

uate

d by

the

tea

m le

ad f

or a

ssig

nmen

t in

to o

ne o

f th

e fo

llow

ing

stat

es: O

pen-

Una

ssig

ned,

Clo

sed-

Dup

licat

e, C

lose

d-In

valid

, Ope

n-A

ssig

ned.

Ope

n-U

nass

igne

dT

he d

efec

ts in

thi

s st

ate

are

reco

gniz

ed a

s va

lid; h

owev

er, t

he t

eam

lead

has

not

ass

igne

d th

e de

fect

to

ate

am m

embe

r fo

r re

solu

tion

or

the

team

lead

can

not

prop

ose

a cu

rren

t re

solu

tion

for

the

def

ect.

Ope

n-Im

pact

The

def

ects

in t

his

stat

e ar

e re

cogn

ized

as

valid

; how

ever

, the

tea

m le

ad h

as n

ot a

ssig

ned

the

defe

ct t

o a

Ass

essm

ent

(CC

B)

team

mem

ber

for

reso

luti

on b

ecau

se t

he im

pact

to

the

syst

em f

rom

the

res

olut

ion

of t

he d

efec

t is

bei

ngan

alyz

ed b

y th

e ch

ange

con

trol

boa

rd.

Ope

n-A

ssig

ned

The

def

ects

in t

his

stat

e ha

ve b

een

assi

gned

to

a te

am m

embe

r fo

r re

solu

tion

and

the

tea

m m

embe

r is

curr

entl

y w

orki

ng o

n a

solu

tion

for

the

pro

blem

.

Clo

sed-

Dup

licat

eT

he d

efec

ts in

thi

s st

ate

have

bee

n re

view

ed b

y te

am le

ad b

ut c

lose

d be

caus

e th

ere

is a

lrea

dy a

noth

erre

port

ed id

enti

cal d

efec

t.

Clo

sed-

Inva

lidT

he d

efec

ts in

thi

s st

ate

have

bee

n re

view

ed b

y te

am le

ad b

ut c

lose

d be

caus

e ei

ther

the

tes

ter

mad

e a

mis

take

in e

xecu

ting

the

tes

t ca

se o

r th

e re

solu

tion

for

the

def

ect

is o

ut-o

f-sc

ope.

Ret

este

d (P

asse

d)T

he d

efec

ts in

thi

s st

ate

have

had

a s

ucce

ssfu

lly im

plem

ente

d re

solu

tion

(fi

x).

Ret

este

d (F

ail)

The

def

ects

in t

his

stat

e en

coun

tere

d fa

ilure

s th

at in

dica

te t

he f

ix w

as n

ot s

ucce

ssfu

lly im

plem

ente

d.

Rea

dy f

or r

etes

ting

The

def

ect

resi

des

in t

his

stat

e to

indi

cate

tha

t a

fix

for

the

defe

ct is

rea

dy t

o be

ret

este

d.

Rea

dy f

or t

rans

port

The

def

ects

in t

his

stat

e ar

e re

ady

for

prom

otio

n to

the

fin

al S

AP

clie

nt (

i.e.,

Prod

ucti

on, Q

A).

Com

plet

e (C

lose

d)T

he d

efec

ts in

thi

s st

ate

have

bee

n su

cces

sful

ly t

este

d an

d al

l cor

resp

ondi

ng d

efec

t do

cum

enta

tion

and

fiel

ds h

ave

been

upd

ated

. Onl

y th

e de

fect

sub

mit

ter

can

com

plet

e th

e de

fect

.

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 297

Page 315: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Defects that have different statuses, severity levels, and categoriescan be extracted to reports for presentation to the project’s seniormanagers. Test management tools offer capabilities for generating re-ports, graphs, and charts for reported defects. Test management toolsoffer a single repository for reporting defects. Reports include defecttrends such as whether the number of defects are increasing or de-creasing on a weekly basis. Other reports include on average howlong it takes to resolve defects with severity level one, two, and so on,how many defects remain open, and how long they have been open.The ability to query a database of defects and generate reports allowstest and project managers alike to make informed decisions for sup-porting the exit criteria for a testing effort or assess the readiness fora go-live. For instance, the exit criteria for integration testing can im-pose that no defects with severity levels of one or two remain open,in addition to showing a decreasing trend of defects on a weekly basisin order to exit integration testing.

The recommended fields to be populated before a defect is com-pleted and its associated object (which triggered the creation of thedefect) is transported into production or another target environmentare included below:

■ Results from impact analysis (i.e., include description for affectedprocesses, areas).

■ Level of effort—hours needed to resolve defect.■ Originator’s name.■ Description including observed output (i.e., messages, system

responses, test results, dumps, etc.).■ Screen captures.■ Category.■ Priority.■ Corresponding test case.■ Affected SAP area or module.■ Workarounds (if any).■ Release notes (if any).

After the suggested fields above are populated, a defect can be closedor completed.

298 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

13_4782 2/5/07 11:21 AM Page 298

Page 316: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

299

CHAPTER 14Testing in an SAP

Production Environment

The axiom of a production-based SAP system is upgrades and sys-tem changes. In the human body a medication that cures some

symptoms may cause unintended side effects. In the software world,particularly in the world of SAP with the promise of data and processintegration among modules, a single change to an area of the systemmay cause “side effects” on previously working system functionality.Many factors trigger changes and upgrades in a live SAP system (i.e.,applying OSS [On-line Service System] notes, graphical user interface[GUI] upgrades, etc.). These system changes must be thoroughlytested to avoid adverse cascading effects within the SAP landscape.Introducing vital system changes to a live SAP system is compromisedwhen a project relies on manual testing and does not have an auto-mated testing framework.

Commercial automated tools provide a bona fide solution to sup-port and facilitate upgrades and changes to an SAP production envi-ronment. Automated test tools facilitate and expedite the executionof test cases for regression testing. Despite the promise of imple-menting an effective automation framework with commercial testtools as a means to support testing of SAP production changes, manySAP projects struggle to do so. Regression and performance testingwith automated test tools can lead to the creation of a library of testSAP scripts that will help maximize investment in test tools while in-creasing the dependability of mission-critical business processes run-ning in the SAP production system.

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 299

Page 317: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

PRODUCTION SUPPORT BACKGROUND

In an SAP production environment system changes can be planned,emergency (ad hoc), or part of a major upgrade (i.e., GUI upgrade).

Planned system changes for improving the system such as en-hancements, routine maintenance, and patches tend to drive the bulkof all system changes. Planned system changes are transported intoproduction as part of a scheduled release. Improvement changes canbe either optional or mandatory and are generally customer driven.Planned changes are considered customer driven because often theydeal with a system improvement or enhancement that the SAP pro-duction support team implemented.

Emergency changes that are considered “showstoppers” can betransported into the production environment on an ad-hoc basis, oras soon as a resolution is identified and thoroughly tested. Generally,emergency changes come from help desk tickets that end users reportwhen they are unable to carry out a critical business process. Exam-ples of emergency changes include inability to make a run payroll,system is inoperable and users cannot log on, segregation-of-dutiesviolations where bogus vendors can be set up, and incorrect logic inquota arrangements, which causes the company to incur financiallosses. Emergency changes are normally considered mandatory sincethey have no workarounds and they can cause disruption to the busi-ness if their successful resolution is not identified and transported.Emergency changes can be customer driven or vendor driven. Theyare customer driven because the customer may find an in-house solu-tion to the problem through the production support team. Changesare vendor driven when the solution may come only from the vendor(i.e., OSS note).

Major system releases and system upgrades such as upgrading theGUI, implementing a new industry-specific solution, applying ven-dor-released hot packs, or adding a new SAP module may require fea-sibility studies, gap analyses, workshops, and comprehensive testingbefore their implementation is considered. System upgrades of thisnature are primarily vendor driven and may become necessary oreven mandatory in order to prevent the system from becoming obso-lete or to keep the existing vendor maintenance agreement current.

Exhibit 14.1 illustrates the categories for production changes.

300 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 300

Page 318: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The one constant and immutable heuristic associated with systemchanges is that they are subject to testing. The testing can be at anyone of the following levels: unit, string, integration, regression,smoke, security, and performance. The amount of testing necessaryto verify the system change depends on the event/trigger that causesthe system changes.

Production SAP systems are susceptible to changes and upgradesfrom the following events:

■ Addition of SAP modules and/or SAP bolt-ons.■ Application of kernel upgrades or ABAP hot packs.■ SAP upgrades affecting custom configuration, out-of-box func-

tionality, and report, interface, conversion, and enhancement(RICE) objects.

■ End user requests enhancements.■ End user reports problems to the SAP help desk or production

support team.■ Gap analysis reveals needed functionality for a future release.■ Scope from one release is deferred to a future release.■ New division/unit within the same company requests SAP.

Testing in an SAP Production Environment 301

EXHIBIT 14.1 Categories of SAP System Changes

Customer Driven(Optional)

Vendor Driven(Mandatory/Optional)

Customer Driven(Mandatory)

PlannedChanges

Ad-hocChanges

EmergencyChanges

End usercalls help desk

Patches

Gap analysis

Deferred scope

Hot Packs

New IndustrySolution

Prior versiondiscontinued

OSS notes

Production systemis down

Design violatescompany policy

Company merger

System designimpacts bottom line

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 301

Page 319: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Exceptions and waivers from prior SAP releases roll over to theproduction team.

■ Application of OSS notes and patches.■ A company with an existing SAP environment buys another com-

pany that needs to have SAP implemented.■ Support for older versions is discontinued, which causes the pro-

ject to upgrade.■ Hardware, database, or network upgrades.

It is inevitable that even the most static, generic, or out-of-the-box SAP production environment during its lifetime will undergo atleast one of the aforementioned events. Exhibit 14.2 highlights a typ-ical SAP production change (assuming the Change Control Board[CCB] has accepted the change) whereby an end user reports a prob-lem to the help desk, the SAP production team resolves the issue, andthe test team executes automated test scripts to resolve the problem.

Production changes and upgrades vary in degree of complexity.Some changes are as simple as adding a new value to a drop-downlist. In contrast, other changes affect system functionality across mul-tiple SAP modules, which can cause far-reaching consequences to thecompany’s bottom line. From a testing perspective, it is the latter pro-duction changes that can consume the most time and resources forprojects when testing is conducted manually. When productionchanges that cause cascading effects are not thoroughly tested, thebusiness is susceptible to a higher risk of failure.

Fortunately, risks that system changes pose to the productionenvironment for most SAP projects can be mitigated with robustregression and performance testing that is supplemented with auto-mated test tools. The first lines of defense against expected produc-tion changes are preparation and planning followed with systemdevelopment, implementation, and testing.

CHALLENGES TO PRODUCTION SUPPORT TESTING

Some of the main challenges to production testing include:

■ Complexity and frequency of system changes■ Having dedicated resources to test system changes

302 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 302

Page 320: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

303

EXHI

BIT

14.2

Test

ing

a H

ypot

heti

cal S

AP

Prod

ucti

on C

hang

e

App

ly fi

x

Test

in D

ev

Res

olve

issu

es

Rep

ort f

indi

ngs

Com

mun

icat

es im

pact

to T

est T

eam

Aut

omat

es c

urre

nt “

fixed

” pro

cess

Impl

emen

ted

“fix

” did

n’t b

reak

any

thin

g

Rea

dy fo

r “p

rod”

Exe

cute

“su

nny-

day”

sce

nario

s

Sel

ects

scr

ipts

to r

un fr

om r

egre

ssio

n lib

rary

Pro

mot

e in

to Q

A e

nviro

nmen

t

Ret

est i

n Q

A

End

Use

rP

rodu

ctio

n Te

am

Res

olve

d?

Y

Fin

ding

s? P

N

F

Fun

ctio

nal T

eam

Test

Tea

m

Cal

ls h

elp

desk

to r

epor

tpr

oble

ms

in P

rodu

ctio

nR

evie

ws

ticke

t and

assi

gns

to T

eam

Lea

d

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 303

Page 321: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Heavy reliance on manual testing■ Rigorous testing causing schedules to slip■ Labor cost of production testing

The sheer magnitude, frequency, and volume of SAP changes in aproduction environment can create a series of logistical issues for theproduction team. The production, integration, and test teams need toaddress the issues of who will do the testing and how system changeswill be coordinated, documented, analyzed, reviewed, and tested. Thesystem changes vary in degree of complexity but even a minor changeto a single SAP transaction can have a rippling effect on the system’sintegrated processes.

Testing in a production environment includes identifying the af-fected processes that need to be tested as a result of the systemchange. For example, the application of an enhancement to the SAPtransaction CJ20N can have cascading effects on an integrated SAPprocess containing touch points within an end-to-end process such asorder-to-close. A process such as order-to-close can contain multiplestrung-together SAP transactions, data values, and process variationsthat can take several individuals hours or days to test and documentresults after all test scenarios are identified from the implementationof a system change. Software vendor Compuware offers the solutionSAP Assessor Tool to identify the impact of a system change withinan SAP environment. Furthermore, SAP transaction code SE51 pro-vides a “where-used” function to identify where a program is usedwithin SAP transactions.

Projects without automated test tools or a robust automation strat-egy will need to rely heavily on manual testing for regression testing ofthe system along with manual documentation or recording of the testresults. Manual testing is not easily repeatable, takes functional re-sources from their primary job responsibilities, is tedious to document,and is time consuming. Manual testing for end-to-end complexprocesses such as purchase-to-pay, hire-to-retire, and forecast-to-orderrequires the coordination of multiple individuals where each individualmay be familiar with only a portion of the end-to-end process. Testingof end-to-end processes can be time consuming and thus cause scheduleslippages. Given these constraints and limitations of manual testing,many projects suspend or delay their plans to apply a system change.

Manual testing also proves to be expensive when the sameprocesses need to be frequently retested with multiple individuals.

304 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 304

Page 322: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Test automation allows projects to easily retest the same processeswith multiple sets of data while verifying system attributes and con-figuration settings. Automation can also run unattended or withouthuman intervention, which frees up functional resources. Further-more, test tools are capable of producing test results and test logswith audit trails that facilitate information technology (IT) audits.Depending on the industry where SAP is implemented, regulationsand company policies may dictate that screenshots be produced toverify that system changes were implemented correctly and test toolsfacilitate the process of capturing and storing screenshots.

AUTOMATION TESTING THROUGH SUNNY-DAY SCENARIOS

Although it is possible to maintain and support SAP in the productionenvironment in the absence of third-party tools, experience showsthat SAP manual testing is prone to error, strains the resources fromthe configuration team, requires much coordination, and is expensiveand time consuming for end-to-end processes that have many varia-tions. Production testing in which manual testing would be impracti-cal and would require an army of manual testers means processes thatare subject to SAP variant configurations that have hundreds of pos-sible combinations for creating a finished product. For instance, inthe automotive industry it is possible to build or configure a vehiclefor purchase over a website with hundreds of combinations, and aftera production change all combinations for configuring a car mustwork correctly. In this example, the only feasible or cost-effective wayto test all vehicle combinations would be with automated test tools.

In Appendix B, techniques predicated on Taguchi’s design of ex-perimentation are described under the software-testing principle oforthogonal arrays. Orthogonal arrays can reduce the number of testcases while still providing maximum system coverage. Orthogonal ar-rays are suitable for projects with SAP variant configuration.

Test tools as described in Chapter 5 offer a viable alternative forsupporting the production system. Test tools allow for the parallelexecution of several end-to-end scenarios spanning multiple SAPtransactions that would otherwise prove to be unwieldy or too re-source intensive through manual testing efforts. End-to-end scenariosare processes that include the stringing together of several SAP

Testing in an SAP Production Environment 305

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 305

Page 323: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

transactions that can contain verification for system functionality,SAP roles, work flow, interfaces, reports, and performance.

Companies that own test tools can build a library of automatedtest scripts for sunny day scenarios that can be executed and repeatedon a regular basis to ensure that production transports have not ad-versely affected previously working system functionality. Sunny-dayscenarios are a representation of a business process with error/failfree system behavior. They are primarily designed to verify frequentlyexecuted SAP processes within a single module, containing touchpoints and critical system functionality. Testing of sunny-day scenar-ios includes testing of process variations, reversals, adjustments, andcancellations. Exhibit 14.3 shows an example of the end-to-end sce-nario requirement to invoice, consisting of five variations that can beautomated and scheduled to run at a predefined interval beforechanges are promoted into the production environment. Rainy-dayscenarios are in contrast to sunny-day scenarios in that rainy-day sce-narios take into account possible system exception and error cases.

For companies that do not have the resources or in-house exper-tise to build a library of test scripts, they can acquire from third-partyvendors a library of pretest SAP test scripts that can be customized tomeet the internal business processes. Appendix A delves into the con-cept of commercially available SAP test libraries and SAP accelerators.

A starting point for automating sunny-day scenarios would be theSAP implementation tool Solution Manager, which under the activityfor Define Baseline Test Cases offers an accelerator containing a listof predefined test scenarios in addition to the scenarios that can be

306 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

EXHIBIT 14.3 End-to-End SAP Scenario ContainingMultiple Variations

Variations VariationBusiness Scenarios

Requirement to Invoice Service PORequirement to Invoice Nonstock PORequirement to Invoice Service OARequirement to Invoice Material OARequirement to Invoice Consignment OARequirement to Invoice Stock PO

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 306

Page 324: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

launched from the SAP support portal. Alternatively, companies thathave built functional teams around production processes such asorder-to-cash, purchase-to-pay, work-to-pay, hire-to-retire, and so oncan build automated test scripts around their established functionalteams. For companies that built functional teams around standaloneSAP modules (e.g., Human Resources, Project Systems, MaterialsManagement, etc.) without the Solution Manager implementationtool, sunny-day scenarios can be identified through workshops andseminars with an audience of stakeholders for the entire end-to-endprocess.

After initial sunny-day scenarios have been identified based onpredefined criteria and proven to successfully work manually in a testenvironment, the test team can either develop the necessary modularand reusable test scripts from scratch or tweak the generic test scriptsif purchased from a commercial test tool vendor. The processes shouldbe proven to work manually in order to avoid wasted automation ef-forts on an unstable SAP environment. The project will need to rely ondedicated in-house or outsourced experienced resources to developand maintain the necessary automated test scripts. Chapter 5 discussesthe suggested skill sets for a test tool automator and rules of thumb(heuristics) for designing test scripts.

Initially, test sunny-day scenarios can be placed in a repository ortest management tool and subjected to version control. The first stepto building a scenario is to record standalone SAP transaction codes,which are the building blocks of the scenario, and then string to-gether various test SAP transactions (building blocks) to form a muchlarger SAP process. The standalone test SAP transactions can be re-cycled or tweaked to form other end-to-end scenarios. For example,SAP t-code VA01, which is for creating sales order, can be tested aspart of the order-to-cash scenario, but through modifications therecording of VA01 can be reused in the order-to-close scenario.

After the initial sunny-day scenarios are scripted, follow-onscripting can include the variations for the end-to-end scenarios as-suming that the scenario variations are stable and proven to workmanually. New processes to be automated should be documentedwith test cases and tested manually in both the DEV and the TESTenvironments. The recording of end-to-end scenarios and corre-sponding variations can lead to the creation of a comprehensive li-brary of test scripts representing business-critical functionality.

Testing in an SAP Production Environment 307

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 307

Page 325: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The following is an example of a potential application of sunny-day scenarios. The SAP production team implements and manuallytests a configuration change. The configuration change will be in-cluded as part of a scheduled production transport. When the CCBanalyzed the configuration change, a determination was made thatthe change would impact other SAP processes within end-to-end sce-narios. The test team is informed of the configuration change andproceeds to execute automated end-to-end processes that ensure thatthe change does not adversely affect business-critical processes beforethe change is promoted into production. The test team ensures thattouch points, business rules, functional requirements, segregation ofduties, and work flow are not impacted with the new system change.The test team tests end-to-end processes with variations and multiplesets of data, which otherwise would have been too expensive or timeconsuming with manual testing.

APPROVALS FOR CHANGES

Approving production changes requires a series of handoffs andapprovals from various business stakeholders, including the end user.Many projects rely on a series of disconnected spreadsheets, phonecalls, and e-mail messages to track the actions performed on a pro-duction change and the person signing off on the change. Visibilityand transparency is hindered when companies do not track approvalsand action for changes within a single version-controlled repository.

For companies that are subject to IT audits, Sarbanes-Oxley, orregulations (such as pharmaceuticals), it is essential to thoroughlydocument all actions performed on system changes in a single repos-itory with audit trails and reporting capabilities.

Companies such as Mercury Interactive offer tools for handlingthe necessary handoffs to transport objects into production after sys-tem changes. A tool that can reduce the time needed to transport SAPobjects from Mercury Interactive is Mercury Deployment Manage-ment Extension™ for SAP® Solutions.

Expected stakeholder teams for approving a production changeinclude the test, integration, change management, development,Basis, functional, and end users (client). The test team verifies the

308 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 308

Page 326: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

functionality implemented change and ensures that the change doesnot impact existing functionality through the execution of sunny-dayscenarios. The test team can also document the test results and cap-ture screenshots from the system to ensure that it was implemented,designed, and configured properly. The change management teammay update the training materials, business process procedures(BPPs), and release notes depending on the complexity and type ofsystem change. The functional and development teams implement thechange, test the change manually, and help draft or refine test casesfor the system change. Furthermore, for proposed system changesthat have been successfully tested, the configuration and developmentteams will need to update the corresponding documentation, such asflow process diagrams and technical and functional specificationsthat are associated with the changed objects. The Basis team trans-ports the change after the proposed change and its testing have beenapproved by all necessary stakeholders. The integration team ensuresthat all approvals have been granted for the system change, and thatthe change is transported under one of these situations: planned,emergency, or ad hoc.

End users are critical stakeholders in certifying the test resultssince the system enhancement or change is implemented as a meansof helping them achieve their everyday tasks. End users should ver-ify that changes that originated from help desk tickets that end usersreported are in fact resolved successfully. Furthermore, end usersmay need training for system changes that alter the layout and ap-pearance of screens, business logic, creating new roles, integrationtouch points, and work flow. Within some organizations only theend user is permitted to close tickets reported through the produc-tion help desk.

TYPES OF PRODUCTION TESTS

Production changes require much regression testing for impact. How-ever, often misunderstood are which aspects of regression testingshould be considered.

For instance, custom objects and embedded security can be ad-versely impacted by a system with the implementation of hot pack,

Testing in an SAP Production Environment 309

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 309

Page 327: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

OSS notes, or configuration change. However, a system upgrade, newinterfaces, new batch jobs, or the addition of a new module canimpact the system performance and cause unnecessary system bottle-necks and degradation points that can render the system inoperable.

Another misunderstood concept in production testing is that pro-jects will test system changes only at the SAP GUI level and overlookthe system behavior at the back end. For instance, if new fields areadded to a screen from the SAP bolt-on Supplier Relationship Man-agement (SRM), it may be necessary to test that the application cor-rectly displays and populates the fields at the GUI level and that thefields are correctly populated and inserted in the system database.

Typically, companies will develop automated sunny-day scenariosthat verify the attributes, properties, and characteristics at the GUIlevel but not that the system is behaving correctly at the back end,which introduces a risk to the business. Test scripts can be enhancedto address this deficiency and include programming logic to verify thedatabase.

The teams conducting production testing should verify at a min-imum that the system security, performance, functionality, workflow,business logic, and enhancements (user-exits) are not compromisedwhen a system change is introduced from both the front end and backend. In addition to verifying system functionality, automated testscripts should include log-on for test users based on their roles in test-ing the system security. The scripts should also have logic for sendingand verifying system notifications.

Depending on the system change, the project may need to developthe same sunny-day scenarios in both the functional testing tool andthe load testing tool to ensure that service-level agreements (SLAs)and optimal system performance are maintained when system changesare introduced. The changes and rippling effects are tested with thefunctional test tool. Exhibit 14.4 depicts the various types of teststhat may be conducted depending on the type of SAP system changethat is implemented. After the functionality has been verified, thesystem performance is tested. The rationale behind this is that thesystem functionality must be stable before a performance test isattempted.

Systematic and robust regression testing for security, workflow,performance, and functionality at the back end and front end will re-duce the risk of system failure as a result of a system change.

310 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 310

Page 328: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

311

EXHI

BIT

14.4

Type

s of

Tes

ts C

ondu

cted

Bas

ed o

n th

e Ty

pe o

f SA

P Sy

stem

Cha

nge

Pat

ches

OS

S n

otes

GU

I upg

rade

Hot

Pac

ksN

ew M

odul

eC

onfig

Cha

nges

Add

ed R

ICE

Def

erre

d S

cope

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

kE

nds

Per

form

ance

(Opt

iona

l)

Dev

elop

men

t(O

ptio

nal)

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

kE

nds

Per

form

ance

(Opt

iona

l)

Dev

elop

men

t(O

ptio

nal)

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

k E

nds

(Opt

iona

l)

Per

form

ance

Dev

elop

men

t

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

k E

nds

(Opt

iona

l)

Per

form

ance

(Opt

iona

l)

Dev

elop

men

t(O

ptio

nal)

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

kE

nds

Per

form

ance

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

kE

nds

Per

form

ance

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

kE

nds

Per

form

ance

Fun

ctio

nal

Sec

urity

Wor

kflo

w(O

ptio

nal)

Fron

t/Bac

kE

nds

Per

form

ance

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 311

Page 329: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

SUPPORTING THE TESTING EFFORT

Production testing requires support, assistance, and coordinationfrom multiple entities. For example, the following outputs may occurfrom a system change:

■ Updating of BPPs■ End-user training■ Documentation of new test cases■ Development of automated test scripts and new system settings■ Development of new RICE objects■ Updates to functional specifications, flow process diagrams, and

requirements

Managing all these outputs requires resources from the configu-ration, development, change management, test, and integrationteams. For companies without dedicated test teams, the resourcesfrom the functional and development teams have to play dual roles,which prevent them from focusing on their primary job responsibili-ties. Without a dedicated test team, maintaining and developing testscripts can become an intractable challenge. In Exhibit 14.5 the an-ticipated support team roles are identified to introduce, test, and signoff a system change.

Having a test team does not indicate or manifest that the test teamcan effectively provide testing for production changes in isolation. Atest team will need to interface with stakeholders from various teamsin order to test the application, retest the application in the event thatthe change was implemented incorrectly, and document test results.

The interaction between the test team and the configuration teamincreases when the testing activities (the test automation activities, inparticular) have been outsourced. In an outsourced agreement, thetest team typically focuses on test script automation where the ex-pertise resides with test tools and not necessarily on the SAP businessprocesses or logic. The outsourced test team may not have the neces-sary domain expertise or SAP knowledge to test system changes with-out having fully documented test cases from the configuration team.The outsourced team may, however, automate test scripts successfullythrough well-documented test cases that contain expected results,and with the ongoing assistance from the functional SAP expert.

312 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 312

Page 330: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

313

EXHI

BIT

14.5

Supp

orti

ng R

oles

to

Rev

iew

, Im

plem

ent,

Clo

se, a

nd A

ppro

ve a

Sys

tem

Cha

nge

Test

(In-

hous

e/O

utso

urce

)F

unct

iona

lC

hang

eM

anag

emen

tIn

tegr

atio

nB

asis

Dev

elop

men

tE

nd U

sers

Req

uire

men

tsTr

acea

bilit

y

Par

ticip

ate

in C

CB

Aut

omat

eP

roce

sses

Exe

cute

Sun

ny-

Day

Sce

nario

s

Dev

elop

Per

form

ance

Scr

ipts

Rep

ort

Res

ults

Ret

est

Mai

ntai

nLi

brar

y of

Scr

ipts

Ver

ifyS

LAs

Man

age

Test

Too

ls

Man

ually

Tes

tIn

itial

Cha

nge

Upd

ate/

Cre

ate

Test

Cas

es

Fix

Pro

blem

s

Impl

emen

tC

hang

e

Hel

p E

valu

ate

Aut

omat

ion

Crit

eria

Upd

ate

Spe

cs

Upd

ate

Dia

gram

s

Sig

n-on

Cha

nge

Test

Cha

nge

Upd

ate/

Cre

ate

BP

Ps

Cre

ate

Rel

ease

Not

es

Pro

vide

Trai

ning

Cha

irC

CB

Enf

orce

Sta

ndar

ds

Sch

edul

eR

elea

ses

Req

uire

men

tsTr

acea

bilit

y

Tran

spor

tC

hang

e

Ref

ine/

Add

Rol

es

Mon

itor

Sys

tem

for

SLA

s

Fix

Pro

blem

s

Impl

emen

tC

hang

e

Man

ually

Tes

tIn

itial

Cha

nge

Upd

ate

Spe

cs

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 313

Page 331: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Projects with dedicated test teams (whether the test teams are in-house or outsourced) can also follow consistent testing practices,which include documenting test cases on approved testing templates,reporting test results with screenshots, and supporting test tools. Testteams can also participate in the CCB meetings and provide an inde-pendent verification of the system from the person who implementedthe change.

In Federal Drug Administration (FDA) and other regulated envi-ronments, test teams can focus on documenting test results withscreenshot printouts for the successful implementation of the systemchange and subsequently generate reports containing test metrics forthe executed test cases.

TECHNIQUES FOR EXECUTING AUTOMATED SCRIPTS

Automated test tools increase the testing coverage and reduce theturnaround time needed to introduce a change or a fix into the pro-duction system. It is possible that after an automated test case hasbeen constructed and designed in an automated test tool, the timeneeded to execute the automated test case is only a fraction of thetime needed to execute the test case manually, which expedites orreduces the test execution phase for changes introduced into a pro-duction environment. Automated test cases also provide greater test-ing coverage since they can be executed unattended or for multiplevariations of a given scenario (i.e., hire-to-retire scenario). Automatedtest cases also create automatic test logs and test results after they havebeen executed, which saves time over manually recording test results.

Automated test cases cannot replace all manual testing for re-gression testing. New changes or system fixes introduced into aproduction environment first need to be manually unit- and string-tested in a development environment. The newly introduced change orsystem fix is further tested manually as part of an end-to-end processor larger scenario to ensure that the system change or fix behaves asexpected and conforms to documented requirements. However, beforethe system change is promoted into the production environment, it isnecessary to test that the change does not adversely affect other sys-tem functionality. Automated test cases are an effective technique forverifying the potentially affected system functionality. Attempting to

314 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 314

Page 332: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

test manually all affected or impacted components may prove unlikelyfor projects that cannot devote resources for full-blown regressiontesting and recording of test results.

Automated test cases increase the confidence that vital or business-critical system functionality still works as expected after a proposedsystem change is introduced into the development and test clientsand prior to its transport into the production environment. Exhibit14.6 shows the various levels leading to a regression test. The newlyproposed system change is first tested manually at the unit, string,and integration level and subsequently regression tested since the im-pact of the proposed change is tested with automated test tools. In theabsence of automated test tools, the production team or SAP consul-tants would have to test all potential impact scenarios manually,which may not be possible given project constraints or availability ofresources. From Exhibit 14.6 one can see that automated test casesincrease testing coverage and increase the likelihood of verifying theimpact of the proposed system changes on various business-criticalscenarios.

Production teams should consider the following techniques be-fore executing automated test scripts when evaluating implementedproduction changes:

■ Sequence for executing test scripts■ Identifying which test scripts need to be executed■ Maintaining test script data and data seeding■ Prioritizing test scripts

Testing in an SAP Production Environment 315

T-code

T-code 2T-code 1

Manual Unit Testing

T-code 3ManualString/integrationTesting

Scenario 2Scenario 1 Scenario 3RegressionTesting(automated)

EXHIBIT 14.6 Hierarchy of Regression Testing for Changes Introduced tothe Production Environment

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 315

Page 333: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Workstations (hardware) to execute test scripts■ Allocating a dedicated SAP environment for test script playback■ Assigning tasks for test script execution or running test scripts

unattended■ Announcements (communicating) to the project execution schedule■ Holding scheduled sessions to report results from executed test

scripts■ Capturing and storing test results (including screenshot printouts)■ Resolving test script errors■ Signoffs

Automated test scripts require maintenance, coordination, andanalysis. The promise of libraries of test scripts with unattended(without human intervention) playback is difficult to attain withoutappropriate support and automation standards.

Ideally, entire libraries of regression test scripts can verify systemfunctionality, response times, and SLAs with little or no interventionfrom human beings. However, this goal is hampered when the fol-lowing occurs:

■ Test scripts are not scheduled to execute in the right sequence.■ Test data conflicts exist.■ There is confusion over roles and responsibilities.■ Test results are not captured or saved.■ Signoffs and approvals are ignored.■ Test scripts are not selected to verify cascading effects from the

implemented change.

When the CCB meets to review future production changes, a de-cision is made whether the future change should be adopted, rejected,or put on hold. According to Karl Wiegers, author of books on soft-ware requirements, evaluation of the considerations below can helpaddress the impact of a system change1:

■ Identify the other system components you’ll likely have tochange. These might include other requirements, design descrip-tions, code, tests, user publications, help screens, system docu-

316 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

1Karl E. Wiegers, “Requirements When the Field Isn’t Green,” STQE, May/June2001.

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 316

Page 334: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

mentation, project plans, shared libraries, hardware, and evenother subsystems or applications.

■ Judge whether the change is technically feasible and can beaccomplished at acceptable cost and risk. Will it conflict withother functions or overtax system resources such as processorcapacity, memory, or communications bandwidth?

■ Evaluate the possible impact on the system’s performance,response time, efficiency, reliability, usability, integrity, and othercritical quality attributes.

■ Estimate the amount of work effort involved.

Furthermore, before a production change is accepted it should beevaluated for cascading system effects and priority. The test team incollaboration with the configuration team analyzes the impact of thechange in the system and which automated processes need to be exe-cuted in a predefined sequence in order to verify existing system func-tionality. The test team assigns the tasks associated with executingand collecting test results to individuals with sufficient technical ex-pertise in the automated test tools.

The assigned test team members verifying the system changeshould ensure that the test scripts play back successfully, have validand sufficient test data, and that other systems users do not interferewith the execution of the test script.

After test scripts are executed, some of the standards that canhelp facilitate compliance with IT audits include capturing test logs,test results, and screenshot printouts. The test results are subject topeer review and signoffs, which serve as part of the criteria and ap-proval process for transporting the system change into production.

With the aforementioned suggested guidelines and standards thelikelihood of script playback and repeatability increases, which helpsmeet the challenge of timely promotion of SAP objects in an SAPenvironment.

Testing in an SAP Production Environment 317

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 317

Page 335: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

14_4782 2/5/07 11:27 AM Page 318

Page 336: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

319

CHAPTER 15*

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort

OUTSOURCING DEFINED

Outsourcing is a term that describes the practice of seeking resourcesoutside of an organization to provide a service. The goal of out-sourcing is usually to save money and/or to leverage a service providerthat can do the job more efficiently or effectively than the internalstaff. A common example of outsourcing in the information technol-ogy (IT) world is application development. However, complete busi-ness functions such as human resources, customer service, softwaretesting, software development, and call centers may also be out-sourced to another party.

As the practice of contracting service providers outside of NorthAmerica has become prevalent, many people confuse the terms out-sourcing and offshoring. In truth, offshoring, or contracting with aservice provider overseas, is but one of various means to contract out-sourced services.

WHY OUTSOURCE SAP TESTING?

Dynamic organizations encounter many demands and shifting prior-ities of their internal teams. The need for outsourcing of any type canchange as business circumstances change. It may not be a resourcegap or a deficiency in the internal team that leads to outsourcing.Rather, in a mature organization, it is likely a business decision, dri-ven by business value that leads to an outsourcing solution.

*This chapter was authored by Lorrie Collins, National Solutions Director for Sphe-rion Corporation.

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 319

Page 337: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Limited Resources

The project team that drives an enterprise initiative like an SAP imple-mentation typically begins to morph into an enterprise of its own—consuming all subject matter experts (SMEs) from the business and ITcommunities for this mission-critical job. Often, this leaves an equallycritical skeleton crew to maintain the day-to-day business. The inter-nal SME assets are assigned to the highest-value activities to drive pre-sent and future success. Precious few resources remain to conducttesting.

Cost Savings

Most third-party system integrators (SIs) include testing in the scopeof the implementation from a process perspective, as well as aresource perspective. This approach violates several quality assurance(QA) tenets if not handled appropriately (see Independent Testingbelow) but is quite profitable business for the SIs. A savvy IT execu-tive will recognize that outsourcing the testing to another party canshave significant dollars from the budget.

Reduction of Risk through Independent Testing

A test is “independent” when a person who has not been involved inthe development or implementation of the software conducts it. Thisindependence enables the tester to be more objective and readily carryout the fundamental goal of any testing activity—finding defects.Independent testing also provides the following benefits:

■ An “egoless” approach. People who have invested much time andeffort in the build process are not the best people to test it. Inde-pendent testers do not have a vested interest in testing outcomesas do the developers and are, therefore, not as biased.

■ Detection of more diverse types of errors. Independent testers areunlikely to test the software the same way as the build team, pro-viding a greater likelihood of finding errors that the build teammissed.

320 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 320

Page 338: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ More controlled and disciplined management of the testing process.Formally trained and experienced independent testers establish aformal relationship between the build team and the test team.

■ A fresh perspective on the requirements. A “second set of eyes”may reveal if the build team misunderstood or misinterpreted therequirements. Two groups will not likely have the same miscon-ceptions.

Lack of “Know-How”

Many organizations know or suspect that Quality Assurance processmaturity is an area of need. “Knowing that you don’t know” is a pos-itive step in the direction of reducing the risk that a mission-criticalimplementation goes awry. Leveraging a knowledgeable, skilled, andexperienced testing partner is a form of insurance to protect the size-able investment of the new system.

Shortage of Physical Space

The consumption of all resources by an SAP project may extend to thatof physical space. It is not untypical for contractors supporting the pro-ject to fill every cubical, office, conference room, and hallway. Findingthe space for a testing team to plan, collaborate, and execute may be alogistical obstacle that can be addressed through outsourcing.

OUTSOURCING FACTORS

Options for outsourcing the testing effort are numerous—each withits own set of benefits and drawbacks. Layered on top of the com-plexities of the overall system implementation, the successful out-sourcing decision considers the following factors:

■ Cost. Focus not only on the hard dollars, but also on the returnon investment. How quickly can success be realized within eachoption? How does each option achieve reusability for continuedvalue?

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 321

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 321

Page 339: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Risk. Consider how the sourcing strategy could positively or neg-atively impact the critical success factors of the project, as well asthe critical success factors of the new system’s ability to supportthe business.

■ Organizational readiness. How will the sourcing option impactthe organization’s capacity to maximize the value of the testingservice? Organizational readiness is a compilation of work ethics,relationships, management style, leadership, process maturity,and old baggage (successes and failures of the past). Will outsideresources be accepted or rejected?

■ Team dynamics. How will individual stakeholders perceive thevarious options as a personal win or loss situation? How do rolesand responsibilities, reporting relationships, promotions, and hir-ing and firing factor into the sourcing decision?

■ Technical factors. How do technical architecture, technical stan-dards, industry knowledge, and regulatory requirements knowl-edge factor into in the sourcing decision?

■ Testing capabilities. The decision maker should weigh the skills,knowledge, experience, and track record of the sourcing vendors.Bottom line: Can the job be done successfully?

■ Business value. In summary, consider how the testing sourcingstrategy will benefit or detract from business goals and projectobjectives. What constraints (budget, time, scope, and resources)must be balanced with potential benefits (return on investment[ROI], time-to-market, and quality)? In other words, “Whatmakes the most sense for the current environment conditions?”and “Where do I get the biggest bang for my buck?”

OPTIONS FOR OUTSOURCING TESTING

It is imperative that the organization aligns the business value and theimpact of factors outlined above to the outsourcing decision. Oncethis is accomplished, the risk of making the wrong sourcing decisioncan be greatly reduced. The following are some options for out-sourcing testing.

322 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 322

Page 340: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Deliverables-Based Project

In this option, the sourcing party (supplier) agrees to solve a businessproblem (in this case, to complete testing of the system) in exchangefor a fee. This is typically known as a “solution.” The buyer isexchanging a fee for the promise of a predefined outcome. The sup-plier takes on significant accountability and ownership of the risk inthis arrangement in order to meet the buyer’s expectations. In orderto meet these expectations, the supplier drives the approach, selectsthe team resources, manages and directs the resources on a day-to-day basis, and maintains the test environments as required. The gen-eral approach, deliverables definition, processes, communication,logistics, and other details are agreed to in advance by the buyer andsupplier.

As this arrangement is defined as a project, there is a definitivestart and end, making this solution appropriate for an initial imple-mentation or major release. This option is also viable for a buyer whois expecting “expert” services where the organization is lacking; orwhere the buyer wishes to shift ownership, management, and direc-tion to a third party in order to free the internal staff to focus onother objectives.

Managed Service

This option has the same characteristics of a deliverables-based pro-ject, but is delivered on a time-based arrangement—generally one tothree years. The two approaches differ in that a deliverables-basedproject spans the life cycle of a development or maintenance cycle,while the managed service spans a calendar period. The effectivenessof a managed service is usually measured through service-level agree-ments (SLAs). Since testing is dependent, to a great degree, on theapplication itself, and the progress of the build (development and con-figuration) team, SLAs are sometimes difficult to measure. Amplethought should be given to the approach and effort for gathering datapoints and measuring SLAs against expectations. Many organizationszealously set too many expectations or set expectations that cannotbe easily isolated or measured. Organizations should target a maxi-mum of two to three SLAs for a managed service.

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 323

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 323

Page 341: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Some example SLAs include:

■ On-time test management reporting■ Test case development request response■ Customer satisfaction (measured by survey)

A managed service is ideally aligned with ongoing maintenance ofthe system. All things being equal, the buyer should look for the sup-plier to increase efficiencies over time, potentially reducing the cost ofthe service. As in the deliverables-based project, the managed serviceplaces ownership, management, and control with the supplier.

Staff Augmentation

In this approach, the supplier provides a skilled and experiencedresource who matches the buyer’s requirements. The buyer providesday-to-day direction for the resource and owns the testing approach,as well as the outcome of the testing process. Here, the buyer retainscontrol of the resources. The buyer gains a resource that does notrequire training in the technology, but will need to learn corporateprocesses and adapt to the organization’s culture. Careful considera-tion must be given to the trade-off between these two knowledgeareas.

Managed Staffing

This arrangement is a multistaff augmentation approach with thebenefit of administrative supervision. One or more of the staff aug-mentation team members are given supervisor responsibility. Thestaffing supervisor offloads administrative duties from the client andpushes down the directives of the client to the team. As in managedservices, this type of agreement is time based, often spanning one tothree years with possible contract renewal.

A managed staffing arrangement is ideal for an organization thatis in need of skilled resources, but wants to retain direction and con-trol of the testing function. There aren’t any SLAs involved in this ap-proach since the process and outcome are client driven.

324 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 324

Page 342: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

ONSITE VERSUS OFFSITE/OFFSHORE

The outsourcing approaches listed above can be delivered in the fol-lowing ways:

■ Onsite in the buyer’s environment■ Offsite at a supplier’s test lab■ Offshore in a supplier’s environment

The key to achieving and maintaining business value in offsite/offshoring lies in establishing the management structures enabling allparties to work together effectively. Gartner research shows that ef-fective, integrated relationships are a key factor in delivering long-term success. Research also shows that:

■ Good services integration increases flexibility and improvesdelivery.

■ Poorly integrated relationships are expensive to manage and, inmost cases, fail to deliver what the business needs.

Many organizations mistakenly believe that services will operatethe same offshore as they would onshore, but at a much lower cost.In truth, risk of an offsite or offshore testing engagement rises signif-icantly for a multitude of reasons.

Many companies also assume that using an offshore vendor thathas been assessed at Capability Maturity Model (CMM) Level 5 willallow the business to reach goals of cost savings while maintainingand even improving the quality of their IT products. After all, if theoffshore vendor is CMM Level 5, they must do everything the rightway. Why, then, have so many offshore initiatives failed to achievethe anticipated quality goals and cost savings?

Offshore services must be delivered with innovative practices thatbridge the chasm between a buyer who is probably not operating atCMM Level 5 and the offshore vendor that can operate at CMMLevel 5. Without innovative processes driven by an Onsite IntegratedRelationship team, the two parties are speaking two widely divergentlanguages and cannot be successful.

The Integrated Relationship team is a critical component thatbridges the local and remote team members. This team, which sits

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 325

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 325

Page 343: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

onsite, focuses on people, processes, and skill sets. Members of theonsite team must have a right balance of competencies:

■ Behavioral. Personal attributes and characteristics: “know why”■ Business. Business knowledge and awareness: “know what”■ Technical. Technology skills: “know how”

This onsite team, sourced from the supplier, is a critical elementin the structure of any offsite or offshore testing arrangement andgreatly enhances the chance for success.

The approach to effectively integrate offsite or offshore resourcesinto a cohesive project team involves several basic repeatable princi-ples: accountability, verification, communication, repeatability, andcontinuous improvement.

■ Accountability. Roles and responsibilities must be clearly definedif a project combining near and offshore resources is going to bedelivered on-time and within budget. Each resource must clearlyunderstand their duties and how their respective actions influenceoverall project success. A project liaison role is essential to helpfacilitate this understanding by aggressively communicating andauditing all quality gates established by the project team.

■ Verification. As is the case with any project, authenticating com-pleted tasks is a critical project success factor. By verifying theaccuracy and comprehensiveness of all completed tasks, the teamis able to identify problem and high-risk areas early in the projectlife cycle and improve the odds of success sustainability.

■ Communication. When utilizing an offshore provider, communi-cation and cultural issues will likely surface. There is an abun-dance of research available detailing failed projects caused bypoor communication. A communication strategy and plan mustbe developed and the work effort managed against the plan toassure that all team members receive information in a timely man-ner and understand content.

■ Repeatability. This is an ageless key to long-lasting success.Processes governing all offshore work must be universally under-stood and practiced consistently. By implementing repeatable

326 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 326

Page 344: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

processes, cycle time is improved, reducing costs, improving qual-ity, and enhancing communication.

■ Continuous improvement. Offshore service delivery is an ever-changing effort. Processes, standards, and policies governing oneclient may not work for another. The service provider must con-tinually evaluate process performance, identify improvement, andintegrate these improvements back into the process.

INCREMENTAL TRANSITION: THE BOT MODEL

Mature offsite/offshore vendors utilize a build–operate–transfer(BOT) model to incrementally transition the testing service from theclient’s location to the offsite/offshore test lab. This is a crucial partof a successful testing solution and should not be cut short. The BOTmodel will include activities such as infrastructure planning andimplementation, process development, resource training, piloting,monitoring, and reporting.

In summary, best practices in offsite/offshore testing include:

■ Effective process integration■ Structured communications■ Process monitoring■ Evaluation and feedback■ Incremental transition■ Continuous improvement

STRUCTURING THE TERMS OF THE TESTING SERVICE

Service providers typically gravitate to a standard and consistent wayto arrive at terms for the testing service that will allow them to deliversuccessfully, achieve customer satisfaction and referenceability, mini-mize risk, and make a reasonable profit. The level of complexity ofthe terms is most often directly related to the amount of risk and own-ership assigned to the service provider.

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 327

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 327

Page 345: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Staff Augmentation

As discussed earlier, staff augmentation bears the least amount of riskfor the service provider and assigns sole ownership of the service out-come to the buyer. In this scenario, the supplier assists the buyer inidentifying the knowledge, experience, skill sets, and traits of theresource and identifies a candidate for the client. This processoffloads the enormous task of searching, qualifying, and screen-ing candidates. Often, the supplier has many ways through whichto source candidates that the buyer does not have at his/her dis-posal. Terms are typically limited to pay rate and duration of theassignment.

Solutions

In other arrangements, the supplier is accountable for delivering anoutcome for the engagement. This is referred to as a “solution.”Deliverables-based project, managed services, and managed staffingfall into the “solution” category. Since the supplier is held account-able to deliver an outcome, much analysis and planning is required.Steps to arrive at terms include:

Step 1 Confirming the scope.

Step 2 Fully understanding and validating the client’s requirements.

Step 3 Architecting a solution that achieves the desired outcome,including definition of deliverables (test strategies andplans, test cases and scripts, test management reports, etc.).

Step 4 Aligning testing tasks to the overall project schedule.

Step 5 Sizing the team accordingly.

Once approach and sizing is achieved, the supplier can provide afixed cost or estimate. Pricing is typically structured as an hourly rate.Pricing by deliverables (i.e., test strategy, test scripts, test results re-porting) is an option, but is rarely used, due to complexities in esti-mating. Testing has such a great dependency of many aspects of thesoftware development life cycle that it does not lend itself well topricing by deliverable.

328 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 328

Page 346: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Fixed Cost versus Estimate

Service providers will generally allow the buyer to select fixed cost ortime-and-materials payment terms. Some consideration of each isprovided in Exhibit 15.1.

Fixed or Variable Resource Pool

As in traditional project planning, the size of the resource pool isderived from the project duration, work effort, and other factors. If

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 329

EXHIBIT 15.1 Fixed Cost versus Time-and-Materials

Fixed Cost Time and Materials

Definition Costs are fully estimated in Costs are estimated in advancedetail during the contract stage and communicated to the client.and the buyer is given a fixed The client pays for the servicesor flat fee that can be paid on a rendered, as they are received.variety of payment schedules.

Relative Cost Typically more expensive. The Typically less expensive. Nosupplier may add a premium or contingency is needed since contingency into the price to each hour worked is billed.accommodate unexpecteddelays or problems. If thevendor brings the work inunder schedule, the client stillpays the predetermined price.

Relative Higher. Since a fixed price is Lower. Costs could come inPredictability provided, budgeting can be higher or lower than budgeted.of Cost more accurate.

Relative Less flexible. Scope and More flexible. Vendor shouldFlexibility statement of work is followed be managing the work closely

rigidly so that the supplier can (as if the estimate were a fixeddeliver under the cost constraint. cost) and advising the buyerThis can be frustrating for the whenever the budget is buyer who may not have fully exceeded.planned for all conditions thatmight surface. Change orderscan be implemented to addressscope and SOW problems.

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 329

Page 347: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the number of resources can be predicted with reasonable assurance,a fixed number of resources is likely to be the best approach tostaffing the testing team.

Sometimes, the resources needed may vary, driven by unantici-pated events such as a sudden decline in system performance or ur-gent business process changes. Conversely, a variable resource poolmay be needed to address predictable peaks in work, such as plannedsystem releases or upcoming projects. A variable resource pool maybe the best approach to meet predictable or unpredictable demandsthat require different levels of sourcing.

The On-Demand Resource Pool (Unpredictable)

The supplier may accommodate this need by establishing a core teamto handle the steady, predictable flow of testing needs, and comple-ment this team with a set of resources on reserve. The resources onreserve are priced at a discount rate when not actively working. Thisrate is essentially a retainer fee. When demand calls for the need toutilize the reserve resource, a higher rate is invoked for the period oftime utilized. This arrangement provides consistency in the resourceassignment (reducing training time and startup), keeps the buyerscosts lower, and affords great flexibility.

The On-Demand Resource Pool (Predictable)

When peak demand is predictable and planned for, the supplier mayinvoke an approach to increase staff to address the demand, providedthat ample advance notice is provided. The buyer will play a pre-dictable fee for the on-demand resources, which can assist with bud-get planning. Depending on the factors like the supplier’s engagementportfolio, resources, and timing, the specific testers brought into theproject may not have been trained and oriented to the client’s envi-ronment, requiring additional startup time.

330 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 330

Page 348: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Expenses

Other costs that should be anticipated in an outsourced testingengagement include:

■ Lab fees. When the testing service is delivered offsite, the buyershould anticipate a test lab fee that covers office space, hardware,software, connectivity, office equipment, and other facility costs.

■ Travel and expense. Resources may travel to deliver services onpremises, or in the case of offsite/offshore, travel on occasionbetween the client’s location and the test location. These costsmay be passed through to the buyer or factored into the fees.

Quality Management of Solution Engagements

Solution engagements of all types are, by nature, more complex andshould include some level of QA processes to ensure that the vendoris delivering as agreed. Mature service providers will include this ser-vice within the scope of the engagement.

LESSONS LEARNED FROM OUTSOURCING SAP TESTING

■ Consider engaging in a testing outsourcing strategy early, prior tocontracting with the system integrator. Identify any overlap orconflicts in contractual terms and statements of work. Build inprocesses that allow each vendor to work effectively without neg-atively impacting the others. Unresolved issues are certain to delaythe project, drive up costs, and require renegotiation of terms.

■ Utilize a structured request for proposals (RFP) process to obtain,evaluate, and compare vendors. Ensure that a vendor conferenceis included in the process so that vendors have an opportunity tothoroughly understand the testing requirements and desiredapproach. Requiring a presentation from the top two or threevendors can help ensure that expectations are aligned between allparties.

Outsourcing the SAP Testing Effort 331

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 331

Page 349: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Request examples of past experience from both the supplier com-pany, as well as the lead resources that are relevant for the pro-ject. Ask for references and follow up with those contacts.

■ Evaluate expertise, experience, communication, flexibility, cost,and overall business value.

■ In offsite and offshore assignments, do not shortcut the onsiterelationship team functions. Follow a BOT process for incremen-tal transition of the testing process.

■ Ensure that your organization is ready to take on and maximizethe investment of outsourcing.

■ Allow business value to drive the decisions involved in selectingthe outsourcing solution.

332 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

15_4782 2/5/07 11:28 AM Page 332

Page 350: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

333

APPENDIX AAdvanced Testing Concepts

This book so far has covered numerous testing strategies that can beimplemented to allow for a successful SAP implementation and

testing effort. This appendix will provide an overview of some of themore advanced testing concepts that can be implemented additionallyto enhance the testing efforts. It will cover the Orthogonal ArraysTesting System (OATS), which describes a statistical approach to nar-rowing down test input data, plus a very effective way to automate(i.e., the keyword-driven automation approach). It will also touch onusability testing, including Section 508. Finally, this appendix willcover a test harness architecture.

ORTHOGONAL ARRAYS1

It is generally not feasible or cost effective to test a system using allthe possible variations and combinations of test parameter inputs.SAP implementations that have SAP variant configuration are primeexamples of software implementations that have to test multiple com-binations for creating a product based on different parameter inputsand data dependencies among the parameters. An example of SAPvariant configuration would be an Internet user interested in pur-chasing an automobile over the Internet, which can cause the user tohave hundreds, if not thousands, of combinations to build a carthrough a manufacturer’s website. Another example of a systemrequiring multiple combinations and test parameter inputs is a taxmanagement system that required testing and contained a calculationengine that computed the depreciation of fixed assets (e.g., computers,airplanes, and office furniture) based on user-supplied information

1Modified from Elfriede Dustin, “Orthogonally Speaking,” www.stickyminds.com.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 333

Page 351: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

about the assets of the company. These types of computations arecomplex and sensitive to different combinations of a large number ofpossible input parameters. Some of these parameters are the “placedin service date” of the fixed asset, methods of depreciation, life of theasset, business use percentages, fixed asset costs, and calendar years—to name only a few of many possible parameters. Each parametercould have numerous data values. As a result, there are tens of thou-sands of potential input variations, each producing different resultsand making exhaustive testing of the calculation engine’s computa-tions nearly impossible.

There is no efficient or quick way to test any calculation enginesource code changes since too many of the variables depend on eachother. An approach to derive a suitable set of test cases when it is notfeasible to use all the possible combinations and variations of test pa-rameters is the test technique called the Orthogonal Array TestingSystem (OATS). This technique is very useful for finding a small setof tests (from a large number of possibilities) that exercises keycombinations.

THE OATS SOLUTION

OATS is derived from manufacturing techniques developed as part ofthe industrial engineering discipline. Orthogonal arrays are used as amathematical tool in the Robust Design methodology described inMadhav Phadke’s Quality Engineering Using Robust Design andother books. The Robust Design methodology and design of experi-ments, created by Professor Genichi Taguchi, is in use in many mod-ern areas of engineering.

The OATS technique supports the system test effort by enablingtest cases to be determined efficiently and uniformly. With this testtechnique testers are able to select the combinations of test parame-ters that will provide maximum coverage from test procedures, whileusing a minimum number of test cases. The assumption here is thattests that maximize the interactions between parameters will findmore faults.

The technique works. In the calculation engine testing, for exam-ple, OATS made it possible for the tax management developers to

334 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 334

Page 352: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

change their application’s calculation engine with more confidence byusing automatically generated OATS test parameters that are fed intoa test harness, which in return exercised the calculation engine. Theengine’s outputs were captured and became the baseline for any fu-ture changes to the calculation engine. This test harness has provento be very valuable, as it has uncovered many calculation differencescaused by calculation engine source code changes. Moreover, theOATS procedure has given us an objective measure of testingcompleteness.

What Is an Orthogonal Array?

This section introduces the idea of orthogonal arrays with an exam-ple. Suppose there are three parameters (A, B, and C), each of whichhas one of three possible values (1, 2, or 3). The effort to test all pos-sible combinations involving the three parameters would require 27test cases.

Are all twenty-seven of those tests needed? Yes, if there’s a faultthat depends on the precise values of all three parameters (a fault, forexample, that would occur only for the case A = 1, B = 1, C = 1). But,because of the way programming works, it’s probably more likelythat a fault will depend on the values of only two of the parameters.In that case, the fault might occur for each of these three test cases: A= 1, B = 1, C = 1, A = 1, B = 1, C = 2, and A = 1, B = 1, C = 3. Sincethe value of C in this example seems to be irrelevant to the occurrenceof this particular fault, any one of the three tests will suffice.

Given that assumption, the array in Table A.1 shows the nine testcases required to catch all such faults, in the most economicalarrangement that will show all possible pairs within all three vari-ables. The array is orthogonal because, for each pair of parameters,all combinations of their values occur once. That is, all possible pair-wise combinations between parameters A and B, B and C, and C andA are shown. In terms of pairs, this array has a strength of 2. Itdoesn’t have a strength of 3 because not all three-way combinationsoccur; A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, for example, doesn’t appear. But it coversthe pairwise possibilities, which is what pairwise testing is concernedwith.

Advanced Testing Concepts 335

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 335

Page 353: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Applying the Technique

Before implementing orthogonal array testing, the test engineer needsto determine the size of the array required for the specific system testeffort. The size of the orthogonal array is based upon the maximumnumber of values for all possible parameters. For demonstration pur-poses, let’s look at a simplified example of how we might use OATSto test our favorite tech bookstore’s applications.

Table A.2 shows example parameters we believe might interact.They are: Type of Credit Card, Credit Card Number, Credit CardExpiration Date, Product Type Purchased, and Quantity Purchased.

336 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

TABLE A.1 Sample Array

A B C

1 1 1 32 1 2 23 1 3 14 2 1 25 2 2 16 2 3 37 3 1 18 3 2 39 3 3 2

TABLE A.2 Bookstore Purchase Parameters and Values

Type of Credit Credit Card Product Credit Card Expiration Date Type QuantityCard Number (Years from Today) Purchased Purchased

Amex Correct 50 Book 1

Discover Incorrect Invalid Year Video 0Length

Visa Invalid Today Software –1Digits

MasterCard Yesterday Book, Software, Videos 10

Invalid Character Book, Software 1

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 336

Page 354: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Each parameter has its own possible values that need to be testedin combination with the values of other parameters. The possible val-ues pertaining to the Type of Credit Card used by a customer mightinclude American Express, Discover, Visa, and MasterCard. TheCredit Card Number entries could be correct or incorrect. All correctnumbers are assumed to interact in the same way; that is, if one cor-rect number reveals a fault when combined with a Discover card, allcorrect numbers will reveal the same fault when combined with aDiscover card. However, incorrect numbers are assumed to interactdifferently, depending on whether they have an incorrect length orsome invalid digits.

Once the parameters and the values have been derived, we haveto decide how parameters are likely to interact. If only pairwise in-teractions are likely, the array should have a strength of 2. In thiscase, it seems reasonable to say that pairwise testing is sufficient(“good enough”) for this type of application testing, so three-waytesting doesn’t seem necessary. (Note that with a higher-risk applica-tion, one might want to consider selecting an array that allows forthree-way or n-way input parameter testing.)

An orthogonal array tool can be used to produce an orthogonalarray such as the one in Table A.3. Each resulting row in the orthog-onal array specifies one specific test case (without expected results).For example, in row number 0, a test case will be executed usingAmerican Express as the credit card, with a credit card number valueof 402901517, with an expiration date of 2/13/2001, involving thepurchase of one (1) book. [Note: The credit card numbers used hereand in the accompanying table are truncated fictional numbers, so asto avoid any similarity to actual accounts.] Collectively, 25 test casesexercise all pairwise combinations. Exhaustive testing would have re-quired 55, or 3,125 test cases.

The test cases contain specific values, rather than markers like“incorrect length” or “invalid year.” To construct this example, use ascript that replaces the respective values of the orthogonal array withthe actual parameters and values needed for the project.

While OATS is a useful tool, consider using additional testing tech-niques to derive your data elements when you’re determining actualvalues. Techniques such as boundary value analysis (e.g., selecting themaximum, minimum, one more than maximum, one more than mini-mum, or zero data) in combination with OATS can be a powerful

Advanced Testing Concepts 337

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 337

Page 355: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

technique. (It is common for errors to congregate around the bound-ary values.) In this example, one could pick the Quantity 100,000—be-cause that’s the maximum number of any item that can be purchasedat one time in this example—then try 99,999 (one less than maximum),100,001 (one more than maximum), and so on.

338 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

TABLE A.3 Test Case Definitions

Credit Credit Card Expiration

ID Card Number Date Product Quantity

0 Amex 402901517 2/13/2001 Books 11 Amex 123456789 2/15/2001 Software 02 Amex 11111111% 5/15/2001 Videos –13 Amex WER11212p 5/28/2050 Books, Software,

Videos 104 Amex 542212345 3/16/2001 Books, Software 15 Discover 402901517 2/15/2001 Videos 106 Discover 123456789 5/15/2001 Books, Software,

Videos 17 Discover 11111111% 5/28/2050 Books, Software 18 Discover WER11212p 3/10/2001 Book 09 Discover 542212345 2/13/2001 Software –110 Visa 402901517 5/15/2001 Books, Software 011 Visa 123456789 5/28/2050 Books –112 Visa 11111111% 2/22/2001 Software 1013 Visa WER11212p 2/13/2001 Videos 114 Visa 542212345 2/15/2001 Books, Software,

Videos 115 MasterCard 402901517 5/28/2050 Software 116 MasterCard 123456789 3/08/2001 Videos 117 MasterCard 11111111% 2/13/2001 Books, Software,

Videos 018 MasterCard WER11212p 2/15/2001 Books, Software –119 MasterCard 542212345 5/15/2001 Books 1020 Visa 402901517 3/26/2001 Books, Software,

Videos –121 Visa 123456789 2/13/2001 Books, Software 1022 Visa 11111111% 2/15/2001 Books 123 Visa WER11212p 5/15/2001 Software 124 Visa 542212345 5/28/2050 Videos 0

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 338

Page 356: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

This example also illustrates an issue that often arises: unspecifiedvalues. Because there are fewer Type of Credit Card and Credit CardNumber values than there are Expiration Date values, not all rows inthe orthogonal array are required to exercise all the pairwise combi-nations involving them. For some of the rows, the value of Type ofCredit Card or Credit Card Number is left to the discretion of the testengineer. The values can be chosen based on risk, highest usage, orhighest problem area. Table A.4 provides an example. American Ex-press might have been chosen because it has been the card the book-store’s application traditionally has had the most trouble with, or isused most often. A correct Credit Card Number might have beenchosen because incorrect number input might not have been an issuein the past.

In some cases combinations of test parameters and values can beinvalid, and an invalid test case combination is generated (dependingon business logic). For example, with three parameters (A, B, and C),it might be invalid for both A and C to have a value of 1, but theOATS tool would still generate that combination. In that case it is upto the test engineer to make a decision. Execute the test case as is(garbage in and garbage out) and determine how the system handlesinvalid combinations of input or decide to not use the invalid test casecombinations—in order to shorten the test case evaluation cycle, orin cases where the back-end system doesn’t allow for invalid inputcombinations. But choose carefully: If you throw out the invalidcases, you might also be throwing out other combinations. For ex-ample, the A = 1, C = 1 case might be the only row containing A = 1,B = 3 (a valid combination that won’t be tested if you throw out therow). And if you throw out the invalid cases, you won’t know howthe system behaves given these invalid combinations.

In the case study of the calculation engine of the asset manage-ment system, input of invalid test combinations was allowed. The

Advanced Testing Concepts 339

TABLE A.4 Sample Combination

Type of Credit Credit CardCredit Card Expiration Date Product Type QuantityCard Number (Years from Today) Purchased Purchased

Amex Correct Invalid Character Books, Software 1

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 339

Page 357: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

calculation engine was expected to produce consistent results amongthe various builds, whether the input was valid or invalid.

Please note that Table A.4 is a simplified excerpt, one that is smalland readable, of a sample test case combination. In addition to theparameters illustrated here, the bookstore might also wish to trackthe number of books that remain in inventory following the pur-chase, or be able to query the purchase status for a particular cus-tomer. Test professionals should review the resulting test cases andadd additional test cases based on known risk areas.

In our test program for the asset management calculation engine,we executed a test harness that generated over 17,000 test cases usingOATS. A software program was then developed that incorporatedthese test cases and applied them to the back end of the Web appli-cation one by one. (Such a software program might be tailored to cre-ate a particular load on the system, or to simply verify baselinefunctionality.)

KEYWORD-DRIVEN AUTOMATION APPROACH2

A keyword-driven automation approach to testing is similar to theuse of a data template where this approach makes use of a data inputfile that consists of keywords. Not only is data input from a file, butalso the associated controls, commands, and expected results. As aresult, test script code is separated from data, which minimizes scriptmodification and maintenance effort. When using this approach, it isimportant to separate the action of determining “what requirementsto test” (simple user commands) from the effort of determining “howto test the requirements” (actually implementing the code to performthe command). The functionality of the application, selected for test-ing, is documented within a table to include the step-by-step instruc-tions for each test. See Table A.5, Keyword-Driven Automation.

Once the table has been created, a simple parser can be createdthat reads the steps from the table, while the keyword determineshow to execute each of the steps by calling the specific function andperforms error checking based on the error codes returned, among

340 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

2Adaptation of the data-driven approach discussed in Elfriede Dustin, 1999, Auto-mated Software Testing, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 340

Page 358: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

other features. The parser extracts information from the table for thepurpose of developing one single (large) test procedure. The parsercode is depicted below.

Script That Makes Use of Keyword-Driven Automation

Window SetContext, “VBName=StartScreen;VisualText=XYZ Savings Bank”, “”

PushButton Click, “VBName=PrequalifyButton;VisualText=Prequalifying”

Window SetContext, “VBName=frmMain;VisualText=Mortgage Prequalifier”, “”

MenuSelect “File->New Customer”

ComboListBox Click, “ObjectIndex=” & TestCustomer.Title , “Text=Mr. “

InputKeys TestCustomer.FirstName & “{TAB}” & TestCustomer.LastName &

“{TAB}” & TestCustomer.Address & “{TAB}” & TestCustomer.City

InputKeys “{TAB}” & TestCustomer.State & “{TAB}” & TestCustomer.Zip

PushButton Click, “VBName=UpdateButton;VisualText=Update”

.

.

.

‘End of recorded code

The test team could create a GUI Map containing entries forevery type of GUI control that the testing would need to address.Controls would include every push button, pull-down menu, drop-down box, and scroll button. Each entry in the GUI Map would con-tain information on the type of control, the control item’s parentwindow, and the size and location of the control in the window. Eachentry would contain a unique identifier similar in concept to controlIDs. The test engineer uses these unique identifiers within test scriptsin a similar way in which object recognition strings are used.

Advanced Testing Concepts 341

TABLE A.5 Keyword-Driven Automation

Table Used to Generate Automated Testing Skill

Window Window(VB Name) (Visual Test) Control Action Arguments

StartScreen XYZ Savings Bank — SetContent —

PrequalifyButton Prequalifying PushButton Click —

frmMain Mortgage — SetContext —Prequalifier

FrmMain File — MenuSelect New Customer

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 341

Page 359: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

The GUI Map serves as an index to the various objects within theGUI and the corresponding test scripts that are available to performtests on the objects. The GUI Map can be implemented in severalways to include the use of constants or global variables. Every GUIobject is replaced with a constant or global variable. The GUI Mapcan also be supported through the use of a data file, such as a spread-sheet. The map information can then be read into a global array. Byplacing the information into a global array, the map information isavailable to every test script in the system and can be reused andcalled repeatedly.

In addition to reading GUI control data from a file, expected resultdata can also be placed into a file and retrieved. This way, the auto-mated test tool can make an automatic comparison of the actual resultproduced by the test to the expected result maintained within a file.

When developing this keyword-driven approach, it is importantthat the test team keeps in mind the size of the application, the size ofthe test budget, and the return of investment that can be expectedfrom applying a data-driven approach. Consider the example of thetest engineer named Bill, who demonstrated a keyword table-drivenapproach at a test tool user group meeting. Bill had developed a sig-nificant number of scripts to support a keyword-driven approach,when the application that he was trying to test in an automated fash-ion was quite simple. The application that he was testing performedsimple record add, delete, and update functions. It would have beenmuch more efficient to simply use a data file to enter the variousrecords, which amounted to a test development effort of no morethan a half hour. The resulting script in turn, could be reused as oftenas necessary. The keyword-driven approach had taken Bill two weeksto develop.

More on Keyword-Driven Testing3

Keyword-driven testing is actually a concept known by many names.It is sometimes called “table-driven testing,” “action-based testing,”and even “data-driven testing” in some contexts or in the user’s man-

342 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

3Contributed by Carl Nagle.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 342

Page 360: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Advanced Testing Concepts 343

ual from many commercial vendors of automated test tools. In theworld of software test automation, two of the most important thingsto know about keyword-driven testing are that it provides for the sep-aration of certain roles in the testing process, and it allows us to sep-arate our key test assets from the tools that will execute them.

When talking about the separation of roles we are talking aboutthe ability to retain nonprogrammer testers for the role of Test De-signer, while allowing for a separate role in the Test Automator, if de-sired. At the highest level, the nonprogrammer in test tools, the TestDesigner (i.e., Test Designer is the equivalent of the business analyst,SAP configuration expert, or subject matter expert) is able to expressexecutable keyword-driven tests in the vocabulary most suited to theapplication. There is no need to learn a specific tool’s programminglanguage because the keyword-driven tests are not written for anyspecific tool to execute. In fact, the high-level keyword-driven tests asshown below are even suitable for manual execution.

Here is a simple example of high-level keyword-driven testinstructions:

Keywords Parameters

LoginAsUser “admin” “adminPassword”

AddEmployee “John” “Smith”

VerifyEmpID “12345”

As we can see, the high-level keyword-driven tests are easy to de-velop and easy to interpret. They can be written using familiar texteditors, spreadsheet tools, or table editors. A manual tester or test au-ditor should have no problem understanding what the test is intendedto do.

Some keyword-driven automation frameworks go only this far.The role of the Test Automator (i.e., the person who brings expertisein the automated test tools) is then to create the execution engine thatcan interpret the above tests and call the appropriate automation toolfunctions to accomplish each task. In this scenario, an execution enginemust be written specifically for the application being tested in the lan-guage of the tool that is going to test it. When it is time to test anotherapplication, a new execution engine must be written to support it.

Extended keyword-driven frameworks go a step further and im-plement execution engines that are not at all tied to the application

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 343

Page 361: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

being tested. They provide an additional low-level layer of keywordsupport that allows even the Test Automator to develop test assetsthat are independent of the tool that will execute them. This meansthe execution engine need only be created once and it can be used totest any number of applications. In addition, the execution engine canbe written for different automation tools and the tests themselves donot have to change. This effort is always much smaller than rewritingall the automated tests for all the tested applications using other testautomation techniques.

As we will see in the next example, the most basic of test auto-mation steps are available as low-level keywords in an extended key-word-driven framework. A Test Designer’s “LoginAsUser” testwould be implemented by the Test Automator using the low-levelkeyword instructions provided by the extended framework:

Keywords Parameters

SetText LoginWindow UserName “admin”

SetText LoginWindow Password “adminPassword”

Click LoginWindow Submit

As should be evident, the role of the Test Automator in this sce-nario is not to write a new execution engine but is, instead, to exploitthe extended execution engine that already exists. These low-level as-sets are still in the simple text format and are not tied to any particu-lar test automation tool. We leverage an execution engine that knowshow to interpret these simple commands. If the need to migrate to anew testing tool ever occurs, we need only to write a comparable ex-ecution engine and all of the tests for all of our applications are stillvalid.

Pros and Cons of Keyword-Driven Testing

While this all sounds great, there are some trade-offs that occur bygoing the keyword-driven route:

■ No automated scripting. This is not a record-and-playback sce-nario. Tests must be planned and developed in the keyword-driven format.

344 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 344

Page 362: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Longer to develop tests. Because there is no record option for thistype of testing, it does tend to take longer to put the test in placethan it would for a simple recorded script.

■ Framework learning curve for new Test Automators. In additionto learning the nuances of the automation testing tool itself, theTest Automator must learn about the additional keyword-drivenlayer sitting on top of it.

■ Framework from scratch can be cost prohibitive. If the projectcannot leverage an existing framework, then one must be createdfrom scratch. This can take weeks to complete and often this hasnot been factored into existing project schedules.

Keyword-driven testing, however, does provide tremendous ad-vantages over more traditional automation techniques when used inthe proper context. Some of these benefits include:

■ Tests easy to read/enhance. We do not need to be programmers tocreate or interpret the tests. Thus, manual testers and test auditorscan review the tests and actually understand and even executethem.

■ Separates test development from automation tools. Because thisis not a record-and-playback technique, test development by non-programmers can actually begin long before the application hasbeen delivered for testing. And since the keyword-driven tests arenot coded in the programming language of any specific testingtool, the tests can migrate from tool to tool over time whenevernecessary. (It is even possible to use multiple automation tools—each handling the part of the test it is most capable to handle.)

■ Testers can migrate across projects more readily. Where keyword-driven testing is used throughout an organization, testers canreadily migrate from project to project regardless of the testautomation tools that might be deployed in different areas. Atester writing keyword-driven tests executed by Vendor A can justas easily write keyword-driven tests executed by Vendor Bbecause the keyword-driven tests are not tied to either tool andthe editors used to write the tests are the same for all executionengines.

■ Framework is application independent. The automation toollibraries used to execute keyword-driven tests can be made

Advanced Testing Concepts 345

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 345

Page 363: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

entirely generic and independent of the tested applications. Thisis an extraordinary level of code reuse, robustness, and maturityproviding significantly reduced long-term maintenance costs.

For more detailed information on keyword-driven testing, readthe whitepaper on Test Automation Frameworks at http://safsdev.sourceforge.net.

USABILITY TESTING4

Usability testing evaluates the human factor, or usability problems. Eval-uating for usability helps to measure whether usability goals are met.

One of the early references to a usability engineering methodol-ogy was offered by Gould and Lewis (1985). Gould and Lewis de-scribe a very general approach to usability engineering involvingthree global strategies:

1. Early focus on users and tasks. This strategy involves applyingsuch tasks as user profiling, task analysis, prototyping, and userwalkthroughs.

2. Empirical measurement. Here such tasks and techniques as ques-tionnaire administration, laboratory and field usability studies,and usage studies represent some of those available for collectingobjective, quantitative performance, and satisfaction data.

3. Iterative design. Systems built using a User Interface Manage-ment System (UIMS) allow radical changes to the interface (asopposed to the application code itself) to be made quickly andeasily in response to empirical data. This makes iterative testingand redesign feasible.

Usability tests5 are performed in order to help verify that the sys-tem is easy to use and that the user interface appearance is appealing.Usability tests consider the human element in system operation. The

346 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

4Adapted and modified from Elfriede Dustin, 1999, Automated Software Testing,Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.5Modified from Elfriede Dustin, 2002, “Usability Testing,” in Effective SoftwareTesting, Addison Wesley, 2002.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 346

Page 364: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

test engineer needs to evaluate the application from the perspective ofthe end user.

Test development considerations for usability tests include ap-proaches where the user executes a prototype of the actual applicationbut the real functionality has not been built. By running a capture/playback tool in capture mode while the users are executing the pro-totype, recorded mouse movements and keystrokes can track wherethe users move and how the users would execute the system. Readingthese captured scripts can help the designers understand the approachof the usability of the application design.

Inadequate attention to the usability aspects of an application cancause an application to have a poor acceptance rate among end users,based on the perception that it is not easy to use, or doesn’t performthe necessary functions. This can lead to increased technical supportcalls, and can negatively affect application sales or user acceptance.

Usability testing is a difficult but necessary part of delivering anapplication that satisfies the needs of its users. The primary goal ofusability testing is to verify that the intended user base of the appli-cation is able to interact properly with the application, with a posi-tive and convenient experience. This will require an examination ofthe layout of the application’s interface, including navigation paths,dialog controls, text, and other elements as necessary, such as local-ization and accessibility testing requirements. In addition, supportingcomponents such as the installation program, documentation, andhelp system must also be investigated.

In order to properly develop and test an application for good us-ability, it is necessary to gain an understanding of the target audienceof the software and their needs. This information should be promi-nently featured in the application’s business case and other high-leveldocuments. There are several ways to determine the needs of the tar-get audience from a usability perspective:

■ Hire subject matter experts. Having staff members that are alsoexperts in the domain area is a necessity in the development of acomplex application. These staff members will be able to counselthe requirements, development, and testing teams on a continualbasis, which can be a great asset to the effort. It is usually neces-sary to have multiple subject matter experts on hand, since opin-ions on certain domain-related rules and processes could differ.

Advanced Testing Concepts 347

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 347

Page 365: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

■ Focus groups. An excellent way to get end-user input on a pro-posed user interface is to hold focus group meetings with potentialcustomers to get their feedback on what they would like to see inan interface. Prototypes or screenshots are useful tools to use in afocus group discussion. It is important to make sure that the mem-bers of the focus groups are representative of all of the actual endusers of the product, so that adequate coverage is achieved.

■ Surveys. Although not as effective as the above approaches, sur-veys can yield useful information about how potential customerswould use a software product to accomplish their tasks.

■ Similar products. Investigating similar products can provide infor-mation on how the problem has been solved by other groups inother problem domains, as well as the same problem domain.Although user interfaces should not be blatantly copied fromanother product, it is useful to see how other groups or competi-tors have chosen to approach the user interface of the application.

■ Observation. Monitoring a user’s interaction with an application’suser interface can provide a wealth of information about its usabil-ity, which can be accomplished by simply taking notes while the userworks with the application, or videotaping the session for lateranalysis. This will enable the usability tester to see where the usersstumbled with the user interface, and where they found it intuitive.

As with most nonfunctional requirements, early attention to us-ability issues can produce much better results than attempting toretrofit the application at a later time. Some application designs andarchitectures may not be suitable for the required user interface, andtherefore would be difficult to change later if it is determined that theapplication is regarded as poor from a usability perspective. In addi-tion, a large amount of time and effort is expended to craft the ap-plication’s user interface, so it is wise to specify the correct interfaceas early as possible in the process.

An effective tool in the development of a usable application is theuser interface prototype. Developing this kind of prototype allows in-teraction between potential users, requirements personnel, and de-velopers to determine the best approach to the application’s interface.Although this can be done on paper, prototypes are the best approachsince they are interactive, and give a “preview” of what the appli-cation will look like. Prototypes, in conjunction with requirements

348 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 348

Page 366: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

documents, can also provide an early basis for developing test proce-dures. During the prototyping phase, usability changes can be imple-mented without much impact to the development schedule.

Later in the development cycle, end-user representatives or sub-ject matter experts should participate in the usability tests. If the ap-plication is targeted at multiple types of end users, then at least onerepresentative from each group should take part in the tests. Partici-pation can take place at the site of the software development organi-zation, or it could be done using a prerelease version of the softwaresent to the end user’s site, accompanied by usability evaluation in-structions. Each end user will note areas where they don’t find the in-terface usable or didn’t understand parts of it, and/or providefeedback on how it could be improved. Remember that at this stagein the development life cycle, large-scale changes to the application’suser interface are typically not practical, so only refinements shouldbe targeted here.

A similar approach can be taken for an application that is alreadyin production. Feedback and survey forms are useful tools in deter-mining what usability improvements should be made for the next ver-sion of the application. This type of feedback can be extremelyvaluable, since it is coming from paying customers who have a vestedinterest in seeing the application improved to meet their needs.

Another aspect of usability is Section 508,6 which refers specifi-cally to Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended bythe Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (to learn more about Section508 please visit www.section508.gov/). SAP implementations in theU.S. federal and Department of Defense sector are subjected to Sec-tion 508 compliance. The law requires federal agencies to purchaseelectronic and information technology that is accessible to employeeswith disabilities, and to the extent that those agencies provide infor-mation technology to the public, it too shall be accessible by personswith disabilities.

Actually Section 508 was included in an amendment to the Re-habilitation Act in 1986, with the requirement that the federal gov-ernment provide accessible technology to employees and to thepublic. But the 1986 version provided no guidance for determining

Advanced Testing Concepts 349

6www.access-board.gov/sec508/standards.htm.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 349

Page 367: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

350 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

accessibility of information technology and there were no enforce-ment procedures. The 1998 amendment addressed both these issues.

If an application has to be Section 508 (accessibility) compatible,there are numerous tools on the market that allow for Section 508compatibility testing, such as Bobby, described at http://www.jimthatcher.com/testing4.htm.

TEST HARNESS

Some components of a system can be tested only by developing a testharness. For example, consider the tester who is designing tests for acalculation engine that allows for hundreds and thousands of inputcombinations, as described in the section on Orthogonal Arrays. Thistype of testing will require a different test design from user interfaceor black box testing. Since the combinations and variations of inputsto the calculation engine are too huge to consider testing through theuser interface, due to speed and other issues, it may be necessary todevelop a test harness to directly test the calculation engine. It willrequire a large set of input values and verify the output.

A test harness is a tool that performs automated testing of a corecomponent of a program or system. It could be developed to allowdeeper testing of core components. Usually written in a more robustprogramming language, such as a standalone Java, C++, or VBA pro-gram, a custom-built test harness will typically be faster and moreflexible than an automated test tool script, which may be constrainedby the test tool’s specific environment.

A test harness could also be used to compare a new componentagainst a legacy component or system. Often, two systems do not usethe same data storage format and have different user interfaces usingdifferent technologies. Therefore, any automated test tool wouldneed a special mechanism, or require a duplicate automated testscript development effort, in order to run identical test cases on bothsystems and generate identical (or at least comparable) results. In theworst case, duplicate test scripts would have to be developed usingtwo different sets of automated testing tools, if one tool is not com-patible with both systems. Instead, a custom-built, automated testharness could be written that encapsulates the differences betweenthe two systems into separate modules, and allows targeted testing tobe performed against both systems. Typically, the test harness will in-

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 350

Page 368: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

teract with each system below the user interface, to achieve optimumperformance and stability. An automated test harness could take thebaseline of the test results generated by a legacy system and auto-matically verify the results generated by the new system by compar-ing the two result sets and outputting any differences. One way toimplement this is to use a test harness adapter pattern.

A test harness adapter is a module that “adapts” each systemunder test to be compatible with the test harness, which executes pre-defined test cases against systems, through the adapters, and storesthe results in a standard format so that results can be automaticallycompared from one run to the next. For each system to be tested, aspecific adapter must be developed that is capable of interacting withthe system, directly against its DLLs or COM objects, for example,and executing the test cases against it. Note that, for example, to testtwo systems with a test harness, it would require two different testadapters, and two separate invocations of the test harness, one foreach system. The first invocation would produce a test result, whichwould be saved and then compared against the test result for the sec-ond invocation. Exhibit A.1 depicts a test harness that is capable ofexecuting test cases against a legacy system and a new system.

Advanced Testing Concepts 351

EXHIBIT A.1 Test Harness Basic Architecture

Test Cases

Test Harness

Test Harness Adapter(Legacy System)

LegacySystem

LegacySystem

Test Harness Adapter(New System)

Test Result

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 351

Page 369: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Identical test cases can be run against multiple systems using atest harness adapter for each system. The adapter for a legacy systemcan be used to establish a base set of test results against which the re-sults for the new system can be compared.

The test harness adapter works by taking a set of test cases andexecuting them in sequence directly against the application logic ofeach system under test, bypassing the user interface. This allows formaximum throughput of the test cases. Results from each test caseare stored in one or more results files, in a format, such as XML, thatis the same regardless of the systems under test. Result files can be re-tained for later comparison to the results files generated in subse-quent test runs. To compare the results of the tests, a custom-builtresults comparison tool knows how to read and evaluate the resultfiles, and output any errors or differences found. It is also possible toformat the results so they can be compared with a standard “file diff”tool.

As with any type of tests, test harness test cases may be quitecomplex, especially if the component tested by the harness is of amathematical or scientific nature. Since there are sometimes millionsof possible combinations of the various parameters involved in cal-culations, there are also potentially millions of possible test cases.Given time and budget constraints, it is unlikely that all possible testcases will actually be expressed and tested; however, it’s likely thatmany thousands of test cases will be developed and executed usingthe test harness.

With thousands of different test cases to be created and executed,test case management becomes a significant effort. Detailed below isa general strategy for developing and managing test cases for use withthe test harness, which is also applicable to other parts of the testingeffort.

■ Creating test cases. Test cases for a test harness are developed inthe same fashion as test cases for manual testing, using varioustest techniques. A test technique is a formalized approach tochoosing the test conditions that give a high probability of find-ing defects. Instead of guessing at which test cases to choose, testtechniques help testers derive test conditions in a rigorous andsystematic way. A number of books on testing describe testingtechniques such as equivalence partitioning, boundary value

352 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 352

Page 370: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Advanced Testing Concepts 353

analysis, cause–effect graphing, and others7 and a brief overviewis provided here:● Equivalence partitioning identifies the ranges of inputs and ini-

tial conditions that are expected to produce the same results.Equivalence relies on the commonality and variances amongthe different situations in which a system is expected to work.

● Boundary value testing is used mostly for testing input editlogic. Boundary conditions should always be part of your testscenarios, since it has been proven that many defects occur onthe boundaries. Boundaries define three sets or classes of data:good, bad, and on the border (in-bound, out-of-bound, and on-bound). Boundary testing uses values that lie in or on theboundary, such as endpoints, and maximum/minimum values,or field lengths.

● Cause–effect graphing8 is a technique that provides a conciserepresentation of logical conditions and corresponding actions,represented in a graph with the causes on the left and the effectson the right.

● Orthogonal array testing enables the selection of the combina-tions of test parameters that provide maximum coverage fromtesting procedures, using a minimum number of test cases. Testcases using orthogonal array testing can be generated in an auto-mated fashion. (See the section on Orthogonal Array testing.)

■ Establishing a common starting point. All test cases must estab-lish a well-defined starting point that is the same every time thetest case is executed. Setting up a template with record types,types, and record fields, and then creating a new set of recordsusing this template before running a series of test cases can pro-vide this common starting point. When the modular test compo-nents are reused, they will be able to hand off the application inthe same way they found it, for the next test component to run.Otherwise, the second test component will always fail since theassumed starting point is incorrect.

7See Boris Beizer, 1990, Software Testing Techniques, International Thomson Com-puter Press; also see G. J. Myers, 1979, The Art of Software Testing, New York: JohnWiley & Sons.8G. J. Myers, 1979, The Art of Software Testing, New York: John Wiley & Sons.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 353

Page 371: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

354 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

■ Manage test results. Test scripts produce a test result for everytransaction set they execute. The test results are generally writtento a file. A single test script can write results to as many files asdesired, though in most cases a single file should be sufficient.After running a series of test cases, a number of files containingtest results are created. Since running any given test case shouldproduce the same results every time it is executed, the test resultsfiles can be compared directly via a simple file diff, or by using acustom-developed test results comparison tool. The differencesthat this comparison produces need to be evaluated, and defectsneed to be determined, documented, and tracked to closure.

A custom-built test harness can provide a level of testing aboveand beyond that of automated test tool scripts. Although a test har-ness can be time consuming to create, it will allow deeper coverage ofsensitive application areas, and also allow two applications to becompared.

16_AppA_4782 2/5/07 11:30 AM Page 354

Page 372: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

355

APPENDIX B*

Case Study: Accelerating SAP Testing

SAP testing accelerators are a new trend from software testing ven-dors to introduce or facilitate automation testing efforts. SAP test

accelerators are a prebuilt library of previously automated test casesrepresenting SAP test transactions that can be customized or modi-fied to meet a project’s specific and unique configuration settings. SAPtest accelerators hold the promise of reducing the cycle time to auto-mate SAP end-to-end processes (i.e., hire-to-retire, request-to-pay,etc.) while empowering the SAP project’s nontechnical members toassemble and execute automated test cases.

Although SAP testing accelerators ostensibly offer superior bene-fits over traditional SAP automation efforts whereby SAP transac-tions are recorded from scratch, they also have potential drawbacksthat are often obscure and can hamper automation progress. Manyof the drawbacks from SAP testing accelerators are overcome withwhat is known as a “next-generation accelerator.”

BACKGROUND

Test accelerators refer to prebuilt and generically recorded test casesthat could be used to test packaged enterprise business applications.Accelerators typically provided most, if not all, elements necessary totest an entire end-to-end business process such as order-to-cash. Theoriginal thinking was that if a single application was deployed atmany locations, a single out-of-the box library of prerecorded testcases that can be modified as needed would accelerate the implemen-tation of test automation by providing prebuilt content in a provenframework to the SAP user community.

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 355

Page 373: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Initial test accelerators’ assets focused on screen logic, screenelements, and test scripts. This made it possible for companies to re-configure and edit these preexisting assets to reflect the unique con-figuration settings established at each SAP installation. This furtherallowed test developers to greatly reduce the effort associated withbuilding a test asset development framework and automated testcases from scratch.

This reusability of test assets was a tremendous benefit to the testscript developer. By reusing the fundamental screen elements it waspossible to quickly put together many different test scripts in a shortperiod of time.

CHALLENGES

While test accelerators were an improvement over traditional auto-mation efforts of developing automated test cases from scratch, theystill suffered from the following four main problems:

1. Limited system validation2. Increased maintenance3. High costs4. Complex data management

Traditional SAP test accelerators do not embed sufficient pro-gramming logic for validating business processes or validatingprocesses at the back end of the application.

An effective test acceleration solution must incorporate test assetmaintenance in its thinking. When we say maintenance, we are refer-ring to change management and control. Changes are a natural partof any business process and these changes percolate down to the testassets as well. For a test accelerator to be effective, it must contem-plate this reality and provide a solution to easily manage, modify, andevolve with the changing SAP business processes.

The current model most graphical user interface (GUI) test toolproviders use for managing data for a test script is a spreadsheet. Foreach SAP transaction in a test script they will associate a test script toinput the data and another spreadsheet for validating the results ofthat transaction. Exhibit B.1 is a diagram of an order-to-cash (OTC)

356 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 356

Page 374: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

357

Ord

er t

o C

ash

Sce

nar

io 1

Exe

cutio

nV

alid

atio

n

LE

GE

ND

Sal

esO

rder

Dis

play

Sal

esO

rder

Goo

dsIs

sue

Dis

play

Out

boun

dD

eliv

ery

Dis

play

Cus

tom

erD

ispl

ayC

ondi

tion

Sto

ckO

verv

iew

Del

iver

y

Dis

play

Mat

eria

lD

ocum

ent

Bill

ing

Dis

play

Sal

esO

rder

Sto

ckO

verv

iew

Bal

ance

Dis

play

Dis

play

Acc

t.D

ocum

ent

Cus

t. A

cct.

Bal

ance

Dis

play

Dis

play

Acc

t.D

ocum

ent

Cus

t. A

cct.

Bal

ance

Dis

play

Bal

ance

Dis

play

Cus

t. A

cct.

Bal

ance

Dis

play

Inco

min

gP

aym

ent

Dis

play

Acc

t.D

ocum

ent

EXHI

BIT

B.1

Dec

ompo

siti

on o

f O

rder

-to-

Cas

h Sc

enar

io

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 357

Page 375: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

end-to-end scenario encompassing multiple SAP transactions strungtogether. The SAP test accelerator will offer a series of automated testcases for each transaction linked together to form a single test scriptfor the complete business process. Each transaction requires a spread-sheet to drive the execution. It is likely that the end-to-end process inExhibit B.1 for OTC will have over 20 spreadsheets associated withit. Considering that an organization may have 20 different OTC sce-narios that must be tested, it is possible to have hundreds of spread-sheets containing the test data for just OTC.

Existing SAP test accelerators have prebuilt libraries that aregeneric and therefore any economies of scale are limited. For exam-ple, every time a test scriptwriter constructs an automated test casefor entering an order through an SAP transaction such as VA01 (forsales order creation), it is largely a unique activity subject to the spe-cific SAP configuration settings under which the process was auto-mated. When one multiplies this effort across all the transactions thatare part of a typical SAP end-to-end scenario, it becomes obvious thatthere is a lot of labor involved in constructing and modifying auto-mated test cases from the SAP test accelerators. Current tool vendorsdo not want to point this out because they want to sell you their toolsand SAP test accelerators. Service vendors do not want to point thisout because they would rather maximize their profits from billablehours associated with supporting and maintaining test cases derivedfrom SAP test accelerators.

AN ENHANCED APPROACH

Now that we have identified some of the issues with the current par-adigm of SAP test automation and first-generation test accelerators,let us look at how one assembles a better solution through next-generation SAP test accelerators. We will look at new test script cre-ation methods, new methods for managing changes to test assets, newconcepts for managing test data, more efficient techniques for per-forming lights-out testing, and a different cost model that makes testautomation generate a respectable return on investment (ROI), all ofthis done within the context of a new SAP-centric test accelerationparadigm. Furthermore, the new paradigm includes the concept of a

358 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 358

Page 376: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

labor cost model that consists of one-time test case automation thatis distributed everywhere.

One-time test case automation that is delivered everywhere im-plies there is an inherent leverage in every test case that is automated.In next-generation test accelerators, this is accomplished through theuse of test components. Test components can be thought of as auto-mated test cases that have the functionality to test all of the configu-ration permutations of the SAP transaction that they test. Forexample, the same test component for SAP transaction VA01 can beused to test SAP transaction VA01 at various SAP implementationsregardless of the SAP configuration settings for transaction VA01.This aforementioned test component could then be reconfigured tomirror the specific configuration of VA01 at each SAP installation.The labor associated with the construction of the test component isthen distributed across various SAP implementations that have SAPtransaction VA01 as part of their functional scope. Test componentsare capable of testing all the different configuration settings of an SAPtransaction.

Each test component corresponds to a SAP transaction code so asuccession of components can be quickly strung together to test theend-to-end business process. To customize this sequence to your spe-cific SAP configuration, the test developer selects from a table thescreens used in a given transactions and the fields used for eachscreen. In other words, they configure the component to match theconfiguration of the transaction code.

There are many benefits to an automated test library for SAP thatis constructed of transaction-level components. The first is naturallythe cost as the leverage of automate-once and distribute-everywhereis intuitive. Another, equally important benefit is the implied frame-work inherent in its structure. The configuration and implementationraises the discussion from a technical, GUI test tool level up to abusiness-process level more common with the tenets of SAP. A thirdbenefit is that this implied structure allows for changes to test assetsin a much more familiar and comfortable manner. Changes such asfield additions or deletions and screen additions or deletions do notneed to happen at a code level but through a forms-based selectionprocess, thus eliminating test script authoring entirely from the process.This simple change reduces cycle time dramatically by reducing the

Case Study: Accelerating SAP Testing 359

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 359

Page 377: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

mental processing time needed in authoring a test script. In fact, notest script authoring is necessary. The time savings, efficiency, and ac-curacy for configuring these test components versus constructing anautomated test case are analogous to your schoolday preference fortaking a true/false test versus an essay test. In short, it is just faster,cheaper, and better.

Next-generation accelerator pricing has driven the cost of SAPtest automation down to the cost of approximately one person-yearof effort to cover the majority of the core SAP critical businessprocesses. Even for the smallest of installations, the gain of efficiencyis hard to summarily dismiss as too expensive. Even the most skepti-cal are wise to take a closer look.

In a next-generation accelerator test, components not only ac-commodate test execution but they perform validation as well. Bybuilding validation into the test component, a tester does not have toperform endless screen reads to retrieve the validation values for afield. A test component simplifies the process of field validation be-cause it knows the location of the field within the SAP database andreads its value directly from the SAP table. It is also possible to iden-tify additional validation elements in other transactions, which maybe useful for validating (technically this is validation not verification)the actual results with the expected results. Retrieval of this data canbe specified quickly and easily if required to augment the prebuilt val-idation associated with each transaction code. Most important, it in-stitutionalizes the validation knowledge of the functional experts inthe test component. This fact provides the greatest value both in timesavings and domain expertise.

By building validation into each test component, there is a signif-icant time savings when constructing an end-to-end test of a businessprocess. Instead of working at a test script level, the construction isdone at a business level by choosing the transaction that needs to betested without much effort focused on the validation of the data,since it is built into the test components.

This technique is possible only through the use of a SAP test ac-celerator, which leverages off components to create the test scenariosand a next-generation test accelerator as it permits the use of valida-tion that is built into each component. The means by which thesecomponents retrieve data from the SAP database is through the useof a validation engine. A validation engine is a software mechanism

360 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 360

Page 378: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

that permits direct access to the SAP database to retrieve values. Itworks in conjunction with a test component library that makes a dataretrieval request of the validation engine. As a test is being executed,a test component starts the execution of a test script inside the GUItest tool. That execution goes to a screen transaction displayed in theSAP GUI and inputs the execution data for the transaction. Thiscauses the step-by-step execution of one or more SAP transactions de-pending on the complexity of the test script. After each transaction iscompleted, the test script makes a request of the validation engine,asking for the values necessary to validate the results of the transac-tion just completed. These values are returned to the GUI test tool,compared with the expected results, and a pass or fail value is as-signed to that test step. (See Exhibit B.2.)

A validation engine can also increase the efficiency of testing in-and outbound interfaces to SAP. Interface testing can be donethrough a GUI test tool but it requires the skills of a test script writer,a Visual Basic programmer, and an ABAP program in order to gener-ate the code to access the internals of SAP through a test tool. Usinga validation engine simplifies this process greatly by eliminating theneed for an advanced business application programming (ABAP) pro-grammer as well as a Visual Basic programmer, and once a test com-ponent is in place it can be reused in other end-to-end test scenarioswith little technical expertise. Validation engines greatly simplify the

Case Study: Accelerating SAP Testing 361

System Under Test

Execution Engine

Test Scripts

GUI Test Tool

Core Business Processes

Effecta™Validation Engine

SAP GUI

SAPERP

Database

Interfaces

EXHIBIT B.2 Validation of Processes through the GUI and Back End withValidation Engine

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 361

Page 379: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

effort required to build end-to-end test scenarios that cross over mul-tiple platforms.

Through the use of validation engines for next-generation SAPtest accelerators, building lights-out test automation is a much sim-pler proposition and realistically attainable through the frameworkand structure provided in a next-generation accelerator. By enablingthis efficiency, the real ROI begins to appear to test automationnaysayers and the benefit of faster cycle times, deeper testing, andlower costs can be realized.

MAINTENANCE AND FEATURES OF ACCELERATORS

As previously mentioned, with the use of next-generation test accel-erators it is possible to think of the automated test case for a partic-ular transaction as a test module or test component. That singlecomponent is then used by larger automated test cases for end-to-endprocesses that consist of multiple SAP transactions so that mainte-nance or changes to that individual component are propagated acrossall automated test cases that use that component. This simplifies thechange process and reduces the labor associated with keeping testassets current. First-generation test accelerators solved the challengeof constant change with the use of this component architecture but inso doing introduced a number of other challenges that were subse-quently addressed by next-generation test accelerators.

The challenge with building test scripts from components is themanagement and coordination of these test components across agroup of test developers. Like any development process without asystem for tracking, versioning, and distributing these test assets, theoverall system effectiveness is greatly inhibited. Without a centralizedtool or method for managing this resource, an organization can getinto trouble very quickly.

One method for controlling these assets is to treat them as youwould any software asset and use a source code control program tomanage the distribution and control of these assets. Next-generationtest accelerators are implementing central access to these assetsthrough the authoring environment while still using a source codecontrol program for overall management. This provides easy access,use, and reuse to the test developers, at the same time providing all of

362 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 362

Page 380: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

the benefits of an asset that is governed by the rules in a source codecontrol program. The source code control program provides a repos-itory for the test component library as well as a copy of the databasethat contains the configuration data of the metadata, which are theelements and objects that make up the automated test cases. Theoverall impact is a disciplined test environment with the ability to re-trace past tests that assures consistent testing and manages the ongo-ing evolution of your test assets in a controlled environment.

With the management and control of these test assets defined, letus look at how changes are made. When working with a next-generation test accelerator most process changes are taken in stride,as they no longer require the intensive coding changes. Working withmetadata through a forms selection process simplifies the testingprocess greatly. However, there are times when the change to yourSAP system is not based on standard SAP transactions, but is basedon a modification that your organization has made to SAP or perhapsinterfaces to another application altogether. In this case your test ac-celerator needs to be able to handle custom Z-transactions or in-bound or outbound interfaces. If your test accelerator is designedproperly, it is possible to build custom components to address thespecific needs of these custom objects. It is very common to run intomany custom objects that are part of core, critical business processes,so you should assume you will need to deal with these.

In SAP, Z-transactions exist because the necessary functionality ina given SAP transaction did not exactly meet the needs of the user;therefore it is unrealistic to think that a test accelerator will have thenecessary functionality to exactly test that Z-transaction. Similarly,an interface to another system will not be included in any standardtest accelerator, so a custom test component will be necessary.

To implement effective test automation in these environments, atest accelerator provider must either provide effective training in de-veloping test components or provide an impeccable service to buildthem for you, or more likely both. If for no other reason than to havethe freedom of choice, a vendor must supply a developer’s course onthe construction of test components. This course should provideenough detail of the internals of the component so that it can be in-cluded in the library of other test components and operate seamlesslywithin that environment. Additionally, the accelerator vendor shouldbe capable of providing a service to build these components for you,

Case Study: Accelerating SAP Testing 363

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 363

Page 381: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

should you choose to outsource their creation. Eventually, we will seethird-party service providers offering test component development.

Next-generation test accelerators that store execution, validation,and metadata in a relational database are a dramatic improvementover managing test data in spreadsheets. By centralizing data the testplatform simplifies test creation, manages access control, simplifiesbackup, recovery and revision control, and enables simplified auditand compliance with government regulatory requirements under Sar-banes-Oxley, the Federal Drug Administration (FDA), and others.

Initial SAP test accelerators have been a promise for a number ofyears but their value is hampered on account of the following fivemajor challenges:

1. Test script creation slowed the adoption as many were not readyto follow the paradigm of the test tool provider over SAP’s busi-ness process model.

2. Most test organizations were in the dark about lights-out testing,so they were unable to see the ROI on test automation, even withaccelerators.

3. Maintainability of test scripts was a significant hindrance foranyone who was writing test scripts manually and required anarmy of staff to keep test assets current.

4. Data management was unsecured and this only exacerbated themaintainability of test assets.

5. Finally, the cost model for building test assets was based on acustom programming model instead of a build-once, distribute-everywhere model that distributes the cost across the entire SAPcommunity.

Times have changed and forward-thinking test automation com-panies have solved these five key problems, so if one has been skepti-cal of SAP test accelerators in the past it is a good time to take acloser look at the state of the industry.

364 TESTING SAP R/3: A MANAGER’S STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE

17_AppB_4782 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 364

Page 382: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

365

Index

AABAP. See Advanced business

application programming(ABAP)

Action-based testing, 342. See alsoKeyword-driven automationapproach

Ad hoc system changes, 300, 309Ad hoc tests, 72, 166Advanced business application

programming (ABAP), 2, 15,16, 20, 21, 23, 52, 63, 167,192, 200, 204, 227, 231, 245,255, 263, 301

Alexander, Christopher, 12Altova UModel, 47Application under test (AUT), 11Approval (sign-offs)

automated test cases, 91production changes, 309, 310requirements, 44test case, 233, 239test plans, 176test results, 3test strategies, 176

ARIS, 47Arsin Corporation, test tool

evaluation form, 101–106ASAP Roadmap Methodology, 2,

7, 28accelerator for BPP template,

236and early testing, 9feasibility check, 45

integration test, 59requirements, developing, 45test case templates, 183–185,

232, 233test strategy, 174testing activities, 269workshops, conducting, 42

Ascendant, 2, 28and business scenarios, 41experience with and cost

estimates, 67prioritizing requirements, 52, 53test case templates, 232, 233test plan sample, 176test strategy template, 174, 175use of in developing

requ irements, 39Audits, 3, 4, 170, 171, 288, 305,

317Automated testing

capacity testing. See Capacitytesting

criteria for business process testautomation, 163, 164

failure signs, 167, 169, 170functional testing. See Functional

testingand number of resources needed,

200processes, 32production-based SAP system.

See Production-based SAPsystem

regression testing. See Regressiontesting

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 365

Page 383: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Automated testing (cont.)sources of automation,

160–161test results, 287, 288tools. See Test toolstypes of tests suitable for,

161–166AutoSys, 15Autotester, Inc., test tool

evaluation form, 107–114AutoTester ONE Special Edition

for SAP, evaluation form,107–114

BBasis team

and capacity testing, 258and performance testing, 17as source of individual resources,

226and system changes, 310, 312test readiness review, 178

Basis team leaderapproval of test plan and test

strategy, 176as member of change control

board, 55Batch Data Communication (BDC),

227Beta testing, 211Black box testing, 1, 7, 15BMC Patrol, 253Bolt-ons, 16, 17, 160, 200, 251,

311Boundary testing, 4Budget, 4, 68, 171. See also CostsBuild-operate-transfer (BOT), 327,

332Build versus buy analysis, 81, 82Business analysts (BAs), 5, 40–42,

61, 63, 64, 71, 86, 169, 231,233, 238

Business process master list(BPML), 49, 160, 161

Business process procedures(BPPs), 21, 161

authoring tools, 221and production changes, 310,

313and quality assurance, 173, 197as source of information for test

case, 231, 233, 236, 237template, 183, 236

Business processeschanges to and maintenance of

automated test components,84

criteria for test automation, 163,164

diagrams, software for designing,47

gathering and analyzing, 87and structure of functional

teams, 24and test automation, 91

Business rules, 87Business scenarios, 41Business Warehouse (BW), 16, 231,

251

CCalendar, test execution, 274–276Caliber-RM, 50Capability Maturity Model

(CMM), 3, 26, 173, 272, 286,325

Capacity testinganalysis, 264–266automated, 253–264execution, 259–264importance of, 243–244manual, 253–255, 260monitoring, 260, 261need for, 243, 244

366 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 366

Page 384: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

planning, 244–253and production-based systems,

266Roadmap templates, 244test design and construction,

253–259trial runs, 258, 259triggers for, 244, 245types of, 243, 245, 246

Cascading effects of systemchanges, 299, 302, 304, 316

CATT, 262, 277CCMS, 253Certification processes, 58Certify, test tool evaluation form,

131–139Change control board (CCB), 29

and capacity testing, 265defect management, 285defect resolution, 290, 292and help desk system requests,

49. See also Help deskmembers of, 55production changes, 316requirements management, 38,

50role and responsibilities of, 55,

56and system changes, 18waivers, evaluation of impact, 60

Change management team, 17,29–33, 310

Checklist, test readiness review, 31,32, 179–182

Class library framework, 79–82,87, 88

Code-free automation approach,76, 82–84, 87, 88

Coding practices, 88Commitment from management,

72, 73Computer Aided Testing Tool

(CATT), 262, 277

Compuware Corporation, 304test tool evaluation form,

115–121Configuration

changes, 49, 75, 83, 84, 162and maintenance of test

components, 84Configuration team

and capacity testing, 258leader approval of test plan and

test strategy, 176and performance testing, 17and scenario testing, 16as source of individual resources,

225, 226structure of, 24and system changes, 310, 313,

314test readiness review, 178unit testing, 14and user acceptance testing, 17

Conflicts of interest andindependent testing, 57

Consistency, requirements, 51Consultants, 5, 6, 61, 64, 231,

241Continuous process improvement

lessons learned, documentationof. See Lessons learned

and outsourcing, 327and tester evaluation, 205testing, 22

Control-M, 15Corrective actions, 26Costs

automation, 73estimating, 4, 61–68licensing fees, 82and outsourcing, 24

Customer input (CI) templates,39–49, 53, 236

Customer RelationshipManagement (CRM), 251

Index 367

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 367

Page 385: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Customization, 31, 91, 160, 163,203

DData

changes to, 84, 85defects, 293dictionary, 232, 233, 236and functional test automation,

72, 74–76, 82–85, 87historical data, 62, 63, 68, 276loading, 202, 223master data, 40, 232migration testing, 18, 237test data, collection of, 290and test dependencies, 277, 288values, 183, 304

Data-driven approach toautomation, 72, 76, 77, 342.See also Keyword-drivenautomation approach

Database administrator (DBA), 247,260

Database team, 17, 229Databases

defects, 285, 288, 398and frameworks, 78, 79Microsoft Access, 222test data, 85

Defects, 3aging, 280, 281density, 282, 283fix retest, 281and implementation partners, 59management, 285, 288, 298newly opened, 281, 282prevention, 11reporting, 285, 290–298and role of quality assurance,

174. See also Qualityassurance (QA) standards

severity levels, 292, 294, 295

and test engineer self-evaluation,214–217

and test management tools, 170,171

trend analysis, 281, 282Deloitte Consulting, 28Department of Defense (DoD), 28,

29, 287Destructive testing, 72Development objects, 49. See also

Report, interface, conversion,enhancement, work flow andform (RICEWF) objects

Development teamand capacity testing, 258and development testing, 15, 16,

227, 228and scenario testing, 16structure of, 24and system changes, 310, 312test readiness review, 178

Development team leaderapproval of test plan and test

strategy, 176as member of change control

board, 55Development testing, 15, 16, 227,

228Diagramming. See also Unified

Modeling Language (UML)flow processes. See Flow process

diagramsprocesses and requirements, 3

Documentation, 3approvals, 311automation, 71, 72, 91capacity testing, 255, 256inadequate, 169lessons learned, 21, 23, 26–28,

31, 173, 198, 265need for, 285, 286and outsourcing, 88requirements, 9, 11, 44

368 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 368

Page 386: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

retention of, 4and system changes, 313test results, 285–287

DOORS, 50Dustin, Elfriede, 50

EEarly testing, importance of, 9–13Early Watch, 253eCATT, 92, 221Eighty/twenty rule (Pareto’s

principle), 247, 251End users. See also User acceptance

test (UAT)and developing requirements, 38,

45–47and functional requirements, 37hands-on testing, 3help desk tickets. See Help deskand integration testing, 17and performance testing, 162,

163questionnaires, 48as source of individual resources,

225, 226surveys, 48and system changes, 310, 312and test cases, 238, 239training. See Trainingas workshop participants, 42

Entrance criteria, 3, 58, 176, 177Estimates

automation timeline, 86–88costs, 62, 63, 65–67and test execution calendar, 274test schedule, 268, 269

Evolutionary model, 28Exit criteria, 3, 58, 59, 176, 177Expected test results, 183Expert judgment model, 67, 68, 274Extended Computer Aided Test

Tool (eCATT), 92, 221

FFeasibility check, 45Flow process diagrams, 4, 32, 222,

231, 233, 237, 313Frameworks approach, 76–82,

86–88Functional requirements

documenting, 13and managing requirements, 49and prioritization, 52and requirements traceability

matrix, 54. See alsoRequirements traceabilitymatrix (RTM)

as source of information for testcase, 231

and test cases, 161Functional specifications, 236, 237,

313Functional team, 24, 55, 310, 312Functional testing, 3

approaches, 76–83business case for, 69–71documentation, 71, 72management, 85–87negative testing, 72outsourcing scripting, 87–89pitfalls, 74–76positive testing, 72for regression testing, 71success factors, 72–74test library maintenance, 83–85testers, evaluating, 209, 210“to-be” processes, 72when to automate, 71, 72

GGap analysis, 38, 39, 42, 43, 45,

47–48, 193, 240, 301Good manufacturing practices

(GMPs), 65

Index 369

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 369

Page 387: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Graphical user interface (GUI), 4,49, 79–83, 311

HHands-on testing, 3Hardware resources, 224, 225Help desk

and automated test tools, 224and cost estimates, 63and emergency changes, 300and production changes, 47, 310reduction of complaints as

objective of SAP, 243and SAP implementation, 5, 6and scope creep, 49, 55as source of requirements,

37–39, 42, 47–49and system changes, 227, 301,

302, 310system defects, 20and traceability of requirements,

53Historical information model, 67,

68, 274IBM, 28

Ascendant. See Ascendanttest tool evaluation form,

150–159

IIDS Scheer, 47IEEE, 3, 7, 28, 56, 57, 173Implementation methodologies, 2,

5–8, 28, 29, 62, 63, 65–67,162

Independent verification andvalidation (IV&V), 56, 57. Seealso Verification

Industry regulationsand CI templates, 43, 44requirements, 37

as source of requirements, 38Infrastructure team, 17Institute of Electrical and

Electronics Engineers (IEEE),3, 7, 28, 56, 57, 173

Integrated Relationship team,325–327

Integration manager, 55, 176Integration team, 18, 310, 312Integration testing, 16, 17,

160–162, 178–185, 201, 228,301

Intellicorp, 47Intermediate documents (IDOCs),

251, 255, 262Interviews, 45–47iTKO Inc., test tool evaluation

form, 140–149

KKey or action word framework,

79, 86, 88Keyword-driven automation

approach, 340–346

LLegacy systems, 228

and capacity testing, 247and challenges in SAP testing, 5and data migration, 23and data verification, 275and development testing, 15, 16,

228documentation, 39and quality assurance, 175as source of requirements, 38,

42, 45and test cases, 21, 232, 237, 238and test team members, 199, 204

Lessons learnedcapacity testing, 265

370 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 370

Page 388: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

and changes to testing, 31and cost estimates, 61, 63, 66need for capturing, 19from outsourcing, 331, 332and peer reviews, 239repository for, 28reviewing and documenting, 21,

23, 26–28, 31, 173, 198LiveModel, 47Load testing, 162, 243, 245, 247,

255–259, 261, 263, 264. Seealso Capacity testing

Loadrunner, 253Logs, 283, 287. See also Test

resultsLuminate, 253

MMaintenance

automated test components, 84,85

test cases, 240, 241Manual keystrokes, capturing, 91Manual testing, 3, 202

ad hoc tests, 72capacity testing, 253–255destructive testing, 72production-based SAP system,

299, 304–306random testing, 72and signs of automation failure,

169, 170and system changes, 298test results, 287, 288

Mercury Deployment ManagementExtension for SAP Solutions,309

Mercury Interactive, 50, 253, 309

Metricstest case planning, 239, 240test execution, 278–283

NNaming conventions, 75, 76, 85,

88Narratives, 4, 32, 47, 222. See also

Unified Modeling Language(UML)

Negative testing, 4, 14, 15, 72Nonfunctional requirements, 13Nonfunctional testing, 210, 211

OOffshoring, 319, 325Origins of SAP, 1, 2Orthogonal arrays testing systems

(OATS), 4, 306, 333–340OSS (On-line Service System), 18,

49, 63, 66, 162, 190, 203,227, 267, 299, 300, 302, 311

Outsourcingbenefits of, 319–321build-operate-transfer (BOT)

model, 327, 332costs, 24defined, 319deliverables-based project, 323documentation, 88factors to consider, 321, 322and Integrated Relationship

team, 325–327lessons learned, 331, 332managed service, 323, 324managed staffing, 324offshore, 319, 325–327offsite, 325–327onsite, 325payment terms, 329scripting, 87–89as source of individual resources,

225staff augmentation, 324, 328terms of testing service, 327–331

Index 371

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 371

Page 389: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Outsourcing (cont.)test automation, 91test teams, 22, 24and testing system changes, 313,

314

PPareto’s principle (80/20 rule), 247,

251Pass/fail criteria, 178Patches, 49, 60, 66, 73, 83, 84,

162, 190, 203, 223, 267, 289,300, 302

Peer reviews, 3, 31, 44, 233, 238,239

Performance testing, 17, 160–162,201, 228, 329, 301, 302

Pilot project, 73, 74Positive testing, 4, 72Prioritization, requirements, 36,

51–53Production-based SAP system

approvals for changes, 309, 310automated testing, 299,

305–309, 314–317and capacity testing, 266and cost estimates, 65–67rainy-day scenarios, 306requirements, sources of, 42, 47,

48sunny-day scenarios, 305–309,

311support for testing, 313, 314system changes, 300–303testing challenges, 302, 304, 305types of tests, 310–312

Production support, 3Production team, 225, 226Project Management Institute

(PMI), 26Project management operations

(PMO), 29, 56, 57, 178

Project manager, 55, 176, 178, 258Prototypes and demonstrations,

39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 58, 63, 166

QQuality assurance (QA) standards,

3, 4applicability of, 186, 187and cost estimates, 61limitations of, 186, 187quality defined, 35and quality management (QM)

module, 173quality measures, 12test case template, 183–186test cases, 240test criteria, 176–178test plan and strategy, 174–176test readiness review, 178–183

Quality assurance (QA) teamcomposition of team, 201, 202and cost estimates, 61, 65and diversion from primary job

responsibilities, 187, 188evaluating testers, 205–214integrated with test team, 191number of resources needed,

200–201project preparation phase, 190responsibilities and skills sets

required, 197, 198role and responsibilities, 173, 174skills, 188, 191–199and test cases, 233test team differences, 188–190when to add to project, 190, 191

Quality Center (TestDirector), 50Quality management (QM)

module, 173Questionnaires

capacity test planning, 247–250end users, 45–48

372 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 372

Page 390: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

RRainy-day scenarios, 306Random testing, 72Rational Functional Tester, test

tool evaluation form, 150–159Rational Requisite Pro, 50Rational Rose, 47Rational Unifying Process (RUP),

4Record and play, 74–77, 85Regression testing, 3, 4, 18, 32, 71,

160–162, 229, 233, 299, 301,302, 304, 310, 311, 314

Regulatory compliance, 57, 285,287, 309, 314

Relational databases, 79Releases

previous release as source ofrequirements, 37, 38, 47, 48

and system changes, 300, 301testing criteria, 177, 213

Remote function calls (RFCs), 41Repetitive nontesting tasks, 167Report, interface, conversion, and

enhancement (RICE) objects,301, 313

Report, interface, conversion,enhancement, work flow andform (RICEWF) objects, 15,16, 37, 49, 237, 271

Reports, 200, 201, 285. See alsoTest reporting

Repositoriesand cost estimates, 67database, 86documentation of business

processes, 47lessons learned, 28requirements, 47, 50, 54, 55,

222and test management tools, 288,

298

test plan and strategy, 176tests, 170, 171, 176, 241, 283,

308and tracking approvals and

changes, 309vendors, 50

Request for proposal (RFP), 331Requirements, 4

ambiguous, 51, 53, 251approval process, 44and defect prevention, 11. See

also Defectsdefined, 36development objects, 37, 49documentation, 9, 11, 44drafting, 38, 39early testing, 9, 11evaluating, 50–53examples of well-written and

poorly-written, 251–253failure to meet, 7feasibility check, 45functional. See Functional

requirementsinspection, 44linking, 50management tools, 38, 49, 50,

170, 171, 221, 222methods for gathering, 39–49peer review, 44performance, 49prioritizing, 36, 51–53and quality, 12, 13, 35, 36repositories, 47, 50, 54, 55, 222security, 37, 49as source of information for test

case, 236, 237sources of, 37, 38and system changes, 313system performance, 37terminology, 37, 38and test case, 232testing, 11, 12

Index 373

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 373

Page 391: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Requirements, (cont.)traceability matrix. See Require-

ments traceability matrix(RTM)

types of, 37UML, use of. See Unified

Modeling Language (UML)usability, 49user interviews, 45–47verification, 12, 13, 56–60work flow, 49workshops, use of, 38, 42–45

Requirements-based testing, 31, 35

Requirements traceability matrix(RTM), 3, 4, 35

construction of, 58developing, 53, 54inadequate, 6, 7quality assurance team, 190and requirement management

tools, 221, 222and requirements-based testing,

31and test cases, 237test team, 190and verification of requirements,

58Requisite Pro, 50Resources, 219, 220

environment, 225hardware, 224, 225individual, 225–229quality assurance (QA) team,

200, 201software, 222–224test lab, 220, 221test team, 189, 190, 200, 201,

204, 205Resumption criteria, 178Return on investment (ROI)

and test case automation,164–166

test tools, 7, 8, 166, 167, 169Reverse engineering, 11RICEWF. See Report, interface,

conversion, enhancement,work flow and form(RICEWF) objects

Roadmap Methodology. See ASAPRoadmap Methodology

RTM. See Requirementstraceability matrix (RTM)

SSAP Assessor Tool, 304SAP modules, 24, 173, 300, 302,

306, 308, 311SAP objects, transporting, 222,

309Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX), 4, 52, 57,

65, 286, 309Scenario testing, 16, 161, 162,

164, 165, 177, 201, 227Schedule, 4, 62, 65. See also Test

scheduleScope and purpose of book, 2–4Scope creep, 49, 55Scope of testing, 4, 6, 7, 65–67Scope statement, 45, 46Screen/window framework, 79–81,

87, 88Screenshots, 186, 225, 262, 283,

288, 292, 305, 310, 314,316, 317

Scriptscapacity testing, 255, 256, 258,

262CATT, 277and cost estimates, 63documentation, 267eCATT, 221and functional testing, 71,

75–79, 84–89outsourcing, 87–89, 330

374 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 374

Page 392: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

script coding, 86, 87test script, 231, 240, 284, 299,

302, 306, 308, 309, 311,313–317

and test tools, 75, 91, 92, 163,164, 199, 221, 272

and testers, 208, 213Security testing, 14, 175, 301SEI. See Software Engineering

Institute (SEI)Serena-RTM, 50, 58Service-level agreements (SLAs),

4and capacity testing, 259, 263,

265, 266and outsourcing, 323, 324and performance testing, 17and requirements, 253and system changes, 311

Site surveys as source ofrequirements, 38

SiteScope, 253Six Sigma, 173, 176Smart Draw, 47Smoke testing, 7, 161, 301Software development

and early planning, 268life cycle, 9, 267, 328outsourcing, 319and system quality, 35testers, 12

Software Engineering Institute(SEI), 4, 7, 28, 286

Capability Maturity Model. SeeCapability Maturity Model(CMM)

Software resources, 221–224Solution Manager, 28, 42, 47. See

also ASAP RoadmapMethodology

automating sunny-day scenarios,306–308

CI templates, 39–49, 53, 236

stress and volume tests,templates for planning, 175,247

use of in developingrequirements, 39

white paper for documenting teststrategy, 174, 175

Spreadsheetscapacity test design, 253and frameworks, 78–80test case templates, 183, 186,

231, 233test data, 85test results, storing, 283, 288

Standardscoding, 85independent testing, 56–60naming conventions, 75, 76, 85,

88quality assurance. See Quality

assurance (QA) standardstest case conventions, 74–76

Statistical process control (SPC),247

Stress testing, 162, 175, 220, 247

String tests, 16, 160, 201, 219, 301

Structured Query Language (SQL),79, 192, 263

Subject matter experts (SMEs), 5and automated testing

approaches, 87and capacity testing, 247, 258and estimates, 61, 64and exit criteria, 177and functional test automation,

71, 86and integration testing, 17, 228as members of change control

board, 55as members of test team, 198,

199, 206

Index 375

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 375

Page 393: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Subject matter experts (SMEs)(cont.)

and peer reviews of test cases,238

requirements, gatheringinformation for, 39

and scenario testing, 16, 227and signs of test automation

failure, 167, 169as source of individual resources,

225, 226, 320and technical experts, 199, 208,

209test case review, 238user acceptance testing, 58as workshop participants, 42

Success testing criteria, 178Sucid Corporation, test tool

evaluation form, 122–130Sunny-day scenarios, 306, 308,

309, 311Supplier Relationship Management

(SRM), 251, 311. See alsoBolt-ons

Suspension criteria, 3, 177System architect, 61, 64System changes. See also

Production-based SAP systemdocumentation, 313emergency (ad hoc), 300, 301,

310enhancements, 49, 66impact of, assessing, 316, 317and maintaining test cases, 240,

241outputs, 313, 314patches. See Patchesplanned, 300, 301and regression testing, 18testing activities, 64upgrades. See Upgrades

System modules, addition of andneed for new requirements, 38

TTable-driven testing, 342. See also

Keyword-driven automationapproach

Taguchi, Genichi, 306, 334Technical expertise, 198, 199, 208,

209Technical specifications, 231, 236,

237Technical testing, 18, 229Templates

Ascendant, 174, 175, 232, 233business process procedures,

183, 236capacity testing, 244customer input (CI), 39–49, 236and documenting lessons

learned, 27evaluation matrix template,

93–100and outsourcing, 24and quality assurance, 173, 186Solution Manager, 175stress test planning, 175, 249test case, 174, 175, 183–186,

231–237, 254test strategy, 174testing SAP, 23, 29, 30

Test accelerators, 367–376Test analysts, 86Test approach

changes, managing, 29–33implementation methodologies.

See Implementationmethodologies

project components, 1review of existing practices,

19–22software methodologies, 28, 29

Test cases, 3automated, 4, 160, 161, 167,

232

376 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 376

Page 394: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

building, 232, 233characteristics of well-written,

232, 233customized template, 234, 235data dictionary example, 236design of, 231execution of. See Test executionmaintaining, 240–241methods for automating, 168metrics, 239, 240and number of resources needed,

200, 201and orthogonal arrays (OATS),

4, 306, 333–340peer review, 238, 239production-based changes, 314,

315reuse of, 232sources of information for, 231,

233, 236–238templates, 174, 175, 183–186,

231–237, 254test scenarios, 308and test tools, 161–166and use of implementation

partners, 58, 59Test criteria, 176–178Test Data Migration Server, 223Test design

and automated testing, 78, 86, 89and number of resources needed,

200, 201and test management tools, 170,

171tools for, 91

Test engineersand automated testing, 78, 82,

86, 163and benefits of code-free

automation, 83evaluating, 205, 207, 211, 212responsibilities and skills

required, 194–196

and script coding, 87–89self-evaluation, 214–217and signs of test automation

failure, 167, 169skill level, impact of on test

execution schedule, 272Test environment, 73, 74, 196, 225Test execution, 233, 267, 268

automated, 267calendar, 274–276capacity testing, 259–264logs and results, 283manual, 267metrics, 278–283and number of resources needed,

200, 201purpose of, 267test dependencies, 277, 278and test management tools, 170,

171test schedule, 267–274, 278–283tools for, 91

Test harness, 199, 208, 350–354Test labs, 220, 221Test lead, 193, 194Test libraries, 71, 73, 76, 83–87,

89, 204, 299, 306, 309, 316Test management tools, 3, 91, 92,

170, 171, 308test case templates, 231, 233test data collection, 290test results, storing, 283and testing metrics, 278

Test managerlessons learned, documenting,

27and managing changes, 29–33and peer review of test cases,

239responsibilities and skills

required, 192, 193and test strategy, 174tester evaluation, 205–214

Index 377

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 377

Page 395: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Test plan, 1, 4, 29–33, 91, 170,171, 174–176, 200, 201

Test program tasks, 269–271Test readiness review (TRR), 20,

31, 32, 178–183, 233, 277Test reporting, 170, 171, 200, 201,

285Test repository, 170, 171, 176,

241, 283, 308Test results, 3, 4

documentation, 285–287screenshots, 289, 290, 292storing, 283, 287, 290

Test schedule, 267, 274, 278–283Test scripts. See ScriptsTest strategy, 4, 9, 29–33, 190Test team

borrowed resources, 204, 205,225, 226

centralized, 22, 23composition of, 202–205and cost estimates, 61, 64, 66decentralized, 22–24formation of, 3integrated with QA team, 191and integration testing, 17manager of as member of change

control board, 55number of resources needed, 200,

201outsourced, 22, 24and performance testing, 17permanent team, 202–204project preparation phase, 190and quality assurance, 174,

188–190and regression test, 18resources, 187, 188and scenario testing, 16skill sets, 191–198structure, 22–26system changes, 310, 312, 314,

317

test lab responsibility, 220, 221test readiness review, 178and user acceptance testing, 17when to add to project, 190,

191Test tools

Arsin Corporation, 101–106automation, 3, 4, 16, 17automation failure signs, 167,

169, 170Autotester, Inc., 107–114benefits of, 166, 167CATT, 262, 277commercial vendors, 92Compuware Corporation,

115–121eCATT, 92, 221evaluation criteria, 160evaluation matrix template,

93–100IBM, 150–159iTKO Inc., 140–149methods of automation, 167,

168production-based SAP system,

306readiness for, 91return on investment, 7, 8role of, 92software, 221Sucid Corporation, 122–130types of tests suitable for

automation, 161–166use of, 91, 92vendor survey, 92Worksoft, Inc., 131–139

Testers. See also Test teamearly involvement, need for, 11,

12evaluating, 205–214expectations, 207, 208lack of skills and knowledge,

5, 6

378 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 378

Page 396: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Testing committee, 29, 30Testing practices, basic principles,

2, 3TestPartner, evaluation form,

115–121Text editors

capacity test design, 253and frameworks, 79test case templates, 183, 186,

231, 233test data, 85test results, storing, 288

“The system shall” statements, 11Third-party organizations

documenting lessons learned, 27independent verification of

requirements, 56–58test case review, 238third-party verification, 3

ThreadManager, 28“To-be” processes, 72, 87Total quality management (TQM),

35, 176Touch points, 41, 49, 51, 72, 193,

304, 306, 309, 310Traceability, requirements, 51, 53.

See also Requirementstraceability matrix (RTM)

Training, 8, 72–74, 91, 310, 313Transaction codes, 160, 161, 278,

304, 308Transporting objects, 20, 26, 32,

222, 309TRR. See Test readiness review

(TRR)

UUML. See Unified Modeling

Language (UML)Unified Modeling Language

(UML), 3, 11, 32, 47, 222,237

Unit testing, 3, 14, 15, 227, 301Upgrades, 20, 27, 32, 49, 56, 201,

223, 300, 302, 311Usability testing, 18, 37, 346–350Use case, 11, 13, 47, 48User acceptance test (UAT), 17,

53, 228, 229. See also Endusers

Department of Defenserequirements, 29

resources, 219and role of change control

board, 55and test cases, 233, 238, 239test lab, use of, 220and test strategies, 175verifications, 58, 59

VV-shaped model, 9Validation of system design, 3Verification

independent verification andvalidation (IV&V), 56, 57

of objects, 167and outsourcing, 320, 326points, 161requirements, 12, 13, 56–60service-level agreements, 263of system design, 3

Versionscontrol, 85, 88, 173, 176, 197,

222, 223, 241and test management tools, 170,

171, 241Visio, 222Volume testing, 162, 247

WWaivers, 58–60Waterfall model, 9, 28

Index 379

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 379

Page 397: 47607944 eBook Testing SAP R3 a Manager s Step by Step Guide7

Weigers, Karl, 38, 316White box testing, 15Work Breakdown Structure (WBS),

269–271

Workshops, 38, 42–45Worksoft, Inc., test tool evaluation

form, 131–139Workstations, 224, 225

380 Index

18_index_4782 2/5/07 3:15 PM Page 380